PCT HOLDINGS INC /NV/
SB-2/A, 1996-06-19
ELECTRIC LIGHTING & WIRING EQUIPMENT
Previous: CAVALIER HOMES INC, SC 13D/A, 1996-06-19
Next: FRETTER INC, 10-Q, 1996-06-19



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 19, 1996
    
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-5011
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
 
                                       TO
                                   FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                               PCT HOLDINGS, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                             <C>
          NEVADA                          3679                      87-0431483
      (State or other         (Primary Standard Industrial       (I.R.S. Employer
      jurisdiction of         Classification Code Number)     Identification Number)
      incorporation)
</TABLE>
 
               434 OLDS STATION ROAD, WENATCHEE, WASHINGTON 98801
                                 (509) 664-8000
                        (Address and telephone number of
   Registrant's principal executive offices and principal place of business)
 
                                DONALD A. WRIGHT
                                   PRESIDENT
                             434 OLDS STATION ROAD
                          WENATCHEE, WASHINGTON 98801
                                 (509) 664-8000
           (Name, address, and telephone number of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                   COPIES TO:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
              Sheryl A. Symonds                             Mark A. von Bergen
           L. John Stevenson, Jr.                            W. Wells Talmadge
            Eugenie D. Mansfield                       Weiss, Jensen, Ellis & Howard
               Stoel Rives LLP                            2300 U.S. Bancorp Tower
              3600 Union Square                            111 S.W. Fifth Avenue
            600 University Street                         Portland, Oregon 97204
       Seattle, Washington 98101-3197
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please  check the following  box. If any  of the securities  being registered on
this form are to be  offered on a delayed or  continuous basis pursuant to  Rule
415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. /X/
                            ------------------------
 
   
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  THAT  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL HEREAFTER BECOME  EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE  WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                                                           SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                                                   JUNE 19, 1996
    
                                2,250,000 UNITS
 
   
                                     [LOGO]
               EACH UNIT CONSISTING OF ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
                     AND ONE COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
    
 
   
    PCT HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), is hereby offering
2,250,000 units (the "Units"), each Unit consisting of one share (the  "Shares")
of  the Company's common  stock, $.001 par  value (the "Common  Stock"), and one
warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the "Warrants"), for the  initial
offering  price of $      per Unit (the  "Unit Offering Price").  The Units will
separate immediately upon issuance, and the Common Stock and Warrants that  make
up  the Units  will trade  only as  separate securities.  Each Warrant initially
entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $     per share (150% of the  Unit Offering Price), subject to  certain
adjustments including, if the Company's audited fiscal 1997 net income (adjusted
to  exclude  any expense  relating to  the  vesting of  any employee  options or
warrants) does not exceed  $1.5 million, a one-time  downward adjustment of  the
exercise  price to  (a) 125% of  the Unit Offering  Price if such  net income is
$800,000 to $1.5 million, (b) 100% of the Unit Offering Price if such net income
is $500,000 to  $799,999, and (c)  75% of the  Unit Offering Price  if such  net
income  is less than $500,000. The Warrants  are exercisable at any time, unless
previously redeemed, until the fifth anniversary  of the effective date of  this
Prospectus,  subject to certain conditions. The Company may redeem the Warrants,
in whole or in part, at any time  upon at least 30 days prior written notice  to
the  registered holders thereof, at  a price of $.25  per Warrant, provided that
the closing  bid price  of  the Common  Stock  has been  at  least 200%  of  the
then-current  exercise  price of  the Warrants  for each  of the  20 consecutive
trading days immediately preceding the date of the notice of redemption.
    
 
   
    The Common Stock is included in the Nasdaq Small Cap Market System  ("Nasdaq
- - -- Small Cap") under the symbol "PCTH." On June 17, 1996, the last reported sale
price  of the Common  Stock on Nasdaq --  Small Cap was  $4.50 per share. Before
this Offering, there has been only a limited market for the Common Stock and  no
market  for the Warrants, and there is no assurance that an active public market
will develop or that, if it does develop, it will be sustained. The Company  has
applied  for  listing on  the Nasdaq  National Market  System under  the symbols
"PCTH" and "PCTHW" for the Common Stock and the Warrants, respectively.
    
 
   
    THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY  INVOLVE A  HIGH DEGREE  OF RISK.  SEE  "RISK
FACTORS," BEGINNING AT PAGE 6.
    
                             ---------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED  UPON THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
               REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            UNDERWRITING          PROCEEDS TO
                                    PRICE TO PUBLIC         DISCOUNT(1)            COMPANY(2)
<S>                               <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Per Unit........................           $                     $                     $
Total(3)........................           $                     $                     $
</TABLE>
 
(SEE ACCOMPANYING FOOTNOTES ON NEXT PAGE.)
 
    The Units are offered  by the several Underwriters,  subject to prior  sale,
when,  as, and if delivered to and  accepted by the Underwriters, and subject to
their right to reject orders in whole  or in part. It is expected that  delivery
of the Units will be made in New York, New York, on or about           , 1996.
                            ------------------------
 
   
PAULSON INVESTMENT COMPANY, INC.                        COHIG & ASSOCIATES, INC.
    
 
                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS          , 1996
<PAGE>
- - ------------------------
   
(1)    Excludes a  nonaccountable expense  allowance payable  by the  Company to
    Paulson  Investment  Company,  Inc.,  and  Cohig  &  Associates,  Inc.,  the
    representatives  (the  "Representatives") of  the several  underwriters (the
    "Underwriters"), equal  to 3%  of  the aggregate  Unit Offering  Price.  The
    Company  has also agreed  (i) to issue to  the Representatives warrants (the
    "Representatives' Warrants")  to  purchase an  aggregate  of up  to  225,000
    Units,  exercisable at $         per Unit (120% of the Unit Offering Price),
    and (ii) to grant certain registration rights with respect to the securities
    underlying  the  Representatives'  Warrants.  The  Company  has  agreed   to
    indemnify   the   Underwriters   against   certain   liabilities,  including
    liabilities under the Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Securities
    Act"). See "Underwriting."
    
 
   
(2)  Before deducting expenses of this Offering payable by the Company estimated
    at   $985,000,   including  the   Representatives'   nonaccountable  expense
    allowance.
    
 
   
(3)    The  Company   has  granted  the  Underwriters   a  45-day  option   (the
    "Overallotment  Option") to purchase  up to 337,500  additional Units on the
    same terms and  conditions as  set forth above,  solely for  the purpose  of
    covering overallotments, if any. If the Overallotment Option is exercised in
    full,  the  total Price  to Public,  Underwriting  Discount and  Proceeds to
    Company will be $          ,  $          and $          , respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."
    
 
   
    Kryoflex-Registered  Trademark- is a registered  trademark and Partners with
Tomorrow-TM- and Northridge Valve-TM- are trademarks of the Company.
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
    The Company  is subject  to  the reporting  and  other requirements  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and the
Company intends  to  furnish its  shareholders  with annual  reports  containing
audited   financial  statements  and   quarterly  reports  containing  unaudited
financial information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
    
                            ------------------------
 
    The Company  will provide  without  charge to  each  person who  receives  a
Prospectus,  upon written or oral  request of such person, a  copy of any of the
information that is incorporated by  reference in the Prospectus (not  including
exhibits  to  the  information  that is  incorporated  by  reference  unless the
exhibits are themselves specifically incorporated by reference) and the  address
(including  title and department) and telephone  number to which such request is
to be directed.
 
   
IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVERALLOT  OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  THAT  STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE  MARKET  PRICES OF  THE COMPANY'S
SECURITIES AT  A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  STABILIZING  MAY  BE  EFFECTED  ON  THE  NASDAQ  STOCK  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
   
                               PICTURE SUMMARIES
    
 
   
1.  [Picture of various EMI filters surrounding a dime to indicate relative
    size]
    Miniature solder-in EMI filters for feedthru applications
    
 
   
2.  [Picture of several discoidal capacitors next to a nickel to indicate
    relative size]
    Multi-layer ceramic discoidal capacitors for EMI filter applications
    
 
   
3.  [Picture of many EMI filters]
    High reliability screw-in low pass EMI filters
    
 
   
4.  [Picture of a worker pouring molten metal into a mold]
    Pouring of a sandcasting mold
    
 
   
5.  [Picture of aluminum castings]
    High volume precision aluminum castings
    
 
   
6.  [Picture showing equipment in Cashmere machine shop]
    Precision machine shop
    
 
   
7.  [Picture of emergency exit window frame for passenger aircraft]
    Emergency exit window frame for passenger aircraft
    
 
   
8.  [Picture of the reset mechanism used in the Seismic valve]
    Seismic's valve includes a patented mechanism for resetting the valve
    without special tools
    
 
   
9.  [Picture of the Seismic natural gas shut-off valve]
    Seismic's natural gas shut-off valve is manufactured by Cashmere
    
 
   
10. [Picture of the Seismic residential natural gas shut-off valve and its
    packaging]
    Seismic markets its residential valve under the brand name "Northridge
    Valve-TM-"
    
 
   
11. [Picture of electronic components welded onto an aluminum housing]
    Lightweight components laser welded into an aluminum housing for aircraft
    applications
    
 
   
12. [Picture of five electrical connectors made for the International Space
    Station]
    Connectors for International Space Station
    
 
   
13. [Picture of two aluminum Aamram missile modules]
    Aluminum Aamram missile modules with laser welded hermetic connectors
    
 
   
14. [Reproduction of the Company's logo including the words "Partners With
    Tomorrow-TM-"]
    Partners With Tomorrow
    
 
   
15. [Picture of the Company's facility in Wenatchee, Washington]
    A substantial percentage of the Company's customers consists of large
    manufacturing companies in the aerospace, defense, energy, medical and
    general electronics industries. The Company also markets and sells its
    products to a variety of smaller specialized electronics companies and has
    recently entered the consumer home improvement market with its natural gas
    shut-off valves.
    
 
   
16. [Picture of four hermetic electronic packages]
    Laser welded hermetic electronic packages are used in sophisticated
    communications and radar equipment
    
 
   
17. [Picture of various electrical connectors]
    Space-age connectors involve many complex machined shapes and sizes
    
 
   
18. [Picture of several formulations of Kryoflex-Registered Trademark-
    materials]
    Proprietary Kryoflex-Registered Trademark- materials are produced in many
    different formulations
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH, THE  MORE DETAILED  INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
RELATED  NOTES  THERETO  APPEARING  ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  EXCEPT  AS
OTHERWISE  NOTED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS  PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE
OVERALLOTMENT  OPTION,  THE  WARRANTS  OR  THE  REPRESENTATIVES'  WARRANTS.  SEE
"DESCRIPTION  OF SECURITIES"  AND "UNDERWRITING."  UNLESS THE  CONTEXT INDICATES
OTHERWISE, REFERENCES HEREIN TO THE "COMPANY" ARE TO PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND  ITS
CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    PCT Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") develops, manufactures, markets and sells
a broad range of precision electronic components designed to operate with a high
degree  of reliability in  harsh environments such  as the ocean,  space and the
human body. These environments experience extremes in temperature, pressure  and
corrosiveness   that  can  make  product  repair  or  replacement  difficult  or
impossible. The Company  uses its  patented technologies  to produce  electronic
components for a wide variety of applications in the aerospace, defense, energy,
medical and general electronics industries.
 
   
    The  Company operates through  five wholly owned  subsidiaries. Two of these
businesses are  engaged  in  the  production of  electronic  devices,  with  one
producing  a variety of electronics packages  and connectors shielded from their
environment by the Company's proprietary ceramic seals, and the other  producing
devices designed to filter out electromagnetic interference detrimental to other
electronic  devices. The Company has recently  acquired a business that designs,
manufactures and  sells  automatic  natural  gas  shut-off  valves  for  use  in
earthquake sensitive areas. The Company also has two businesses that manufacture
machined  or cast metal products for  many applications, including products that
are  incorporated  into  or  complementary  with  the  products  of  its   other
subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    A  substantial  percentage of  the  Company's customers  for  its electronic
products consists of  large manufacturing companies  in the aerospace,  defense,
energy,  medical  and  general  electronics  industries.  These  include  Hughes
Aircraft Company, Honeywell Inc.'s  Military Avionics Division, Lockheed  Martin
Corporation,   Northrop   Grumman   Corporation,   Space   Systems/Loral,  Inc.,
Westinghouse Electric Corporation  and TRW,  Inc. The  Company's metal  products
customers  include The Boeing Company, Kawasaki  Heavy Industries, Ltd., Deere &
Company, Northrop Grumman Corporation and  PACCAR Inc. The Company also  markets
and  sells  its  products  to  a  variety  of  smaller,  specialized electronics
companies. The  Company, with  its  natural gas  shut-off valves,  has  recently
entered the consumer home improvement market and has received initial orders for
its  valves from home improvement centers such  as Eagle Hardware & Garden Inc.,
Ernst Home Center, Inc., HomeBase Inc., Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and Ace Hardware
Corp.
    
 
   
    The Company's strategy is to expand  the range of products it offers  within
its  core areas of competence, and to produce a larger portion of the customer's
total product  requirement,  through  internal growth  and  the  acquisition  or
development   of  new   technologies.  The  Company   has  recently  experienced
significant growth  in  revenues,  as  a  result  of  both  the  acquisition  of
complementary  businesses  and  internal  growth within  each  of  its operating
subsidiaries. The Company hopes to continue to experience growth and to  exploit
both technological and marketing synergies resulting from the integration of the
businesses  it has  acquired and  other businesses  or technologies  that it may
acquire in the future.
    
 
    The Company  is incorporated  under the  laws of  the State  of Nevada.  Its
corporate  offices are located at 434  Olds Station Road, Wenatchee, Washington,
and its telephone number is (509) 664-8000.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Securities offered................  2,250,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of
                                    Common Stock and one Warrant to acquire one share of
                                    Common Stock. The Common Stock and Warrants will be
                                    separately transferrable immediately upon commencement
                                    of trading.
 
Common Stock to be outstanding
  after the Offering..............  9,728,309 shares.(1)
 
Use of proceeds...................  To repay indebtedness, acquire equipment, expand facili-
                                    ties, fund potential acquisitions, and provide working
                                    capital. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Risk factors......................  Investment in the Units involves a high degree of risk.
                                    See "Risk Factors."
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market
  System symbols..................  Common Stock ...................................... PCTH
                                    Warrants ......................................... PCTHW
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
   
(1) Excludes 642,783  shares of  Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of  stock
    options  and warrants  at a  weighted average  exercise price  of $4.174 per
    share outstanding at May  31, 1996. Also excludes  845,000 shares of  Common
    Stock  issuable upon  the exercise  of a stock  option that  the Company has
    agreed to grant to Donald A. Wright on the effective date of this Prospectus
    at 150% of the Unit  Offering Price, but not less  than $3.75 per share.  An
    additional  9,717 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the
    Company's 1995  Stock Incentive  Plan  and an  additional 91,000  shares  of
    Common  Stock  are reserved  for  issuance under  the  Company's Independent
    Director Stock Plan. See "Capitalization," "Management -- Benefit Plans" and
    "Description of Securities -- Stock Options."
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                     (in thousands, except per share data)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:(1)
  Net sales....................................................................  $   2,940  $  11,035  $  20,725
  Gross profit.................................................................         80      1,943      4,286
  Loss from operations.........................................................       (884)      (846)      (479)
  Net loss.....................................................................     (1,098)    (1,411)      (999)
  Loss per share of Common Stock...............................................       (.60)      (.41)      (.16)
  Shares used in computation of loss per share.................................      1,826      3,469      6,209
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               MAY 31, 1996
                                                                                         -------------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(2)
                                                                                         ---------  --------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital......................................................................  $     952    $    9,181
  Total assets.........................................................................     27,649        35,859
  Short-term debt......................................................................      8,005         4,449
  Long-term debt.......................................................................      1,961         1,961
  Stockholders' equity.................................................................     12,539        20,768
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
(1) The increases in net sales are  attributable to acquisitions by the  Company
    and  internal growth. See "Acquisition History" and "Management's Discussion
    and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
   
(2) Adjusted to  reflect the  sale of  the Units  offered hereby,  assuming  the
    application  of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."
    Does not include  proceeds that  would be  received upon  exercise of  stock
    options and warrants outstanding at May 31, 1996, to acquire an aggregate of
    642,783  shares of Common Stock, or the proceeds that would be received upon
    the exercise of  a stock  option that  the Company  has agreed  to grant  to
    Donald  A.  Wright on  the  effective date  of  this Prospectus  to purchase
    845,000 shares of Common Stock. See "Capitalization," "Management -- Benefit
    Plans" and "Description of Securities -- Stock Options."
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  CERTAIN  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SECTION 27A  OF THE SECURITIES  ACT AND SECTION  21E OF THE  EXCHANGE
ACT.  ACTUAL  RESULTS  COULD  DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM  THOSE  PROJECTED  IN THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN OF THE RISK FACTORS SET  FORTH
BELOW  AND INFORMATION  ELSEWHERE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. IN ADDITION  TO THE OTHER
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS, INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER
THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS:
 
   
    HISTORY  OF NET LOSSES.   The Company  reported net losses  of $1,098,000 in
fiscal 1994, $1,411,000 in fiscal 1995, and $999,000 in fiscal 1996. The Company
has not demonstrated  an ability to  achieve substantial profitable  operations.
There is no assurance that profitable operations will be achieved in fiscal 1997
or  at any time thereafter or that  any profitable operations will be sustained.
The Company's ability to achieve a profitable level of operations in the  future
will  depend on many factors, including  the Company's ability to assimilate its
recent and  potential  future  acquisitions and  to  finance  its  subsidiaries'
production,  the degree  of market penetration  of its products,  its ability to
develop new products, the degree of  market acceptance of new products, and  the
level of competition in those markets in which the Company operates. The Company
is  currently  experiencing growth  in orders  and  backlog, which  will require
additional expenditures to support a  higher level of inventory and  operations.
These  requirements will  affect cash  flow and  results of  operations over the
short term and may result in significant future losses if anticipated growth  is
not sustained.
    
 
   
    NEED  FOR  IMMEDIATE ADDITIONAL  CAPITAL.   The  Company is  experiencing an
immediate need for  additional capital  to fund  its current  operations and  to
repay  matured and maturing debt. The Company also needs to refinance certain of
its existing indebtedness. The Company's primary  line of credit expired on  May
26,  1996, at which time the Company was  in default under one of its covenants.
The Company owed $1,224,000 under that line of credit as of the expiration date,
and is  currently negotiating  to obtain  renewal of  that line  of credit  with
revised  covenants. The Company  has recently incurred  $1,350,000 in short-term
debt maturing in September 1996 which the Company plans to repay using a portion
of the proceeds of this  Offering. See "Use of  Proceeds." The Company has  also
extended the repayment time on a number of its accounts payable. The Company has
obtained  a waiver, until September 1, 1996, of defaults under certain financial
and funding covenants with the Morel subsidiary's bank lender, and has  obtained
a  repayment extension  for a $313,000  short-term debt obligation  of the Morel
subsidiary, in  anticipation  of the  closing  of this  Offering.  Although  the
Company  believes it  will be able  to obtain  satisfactory lending arrangements
from bank or other institutional lenders, there is no assurance that its primary
line of credit will be renewed, that alternative financing will be available, or
that any available financing will be on favorable terms. The audit opinion  with
respect  to the Company's fiscal 1996  financial statements will be qualified as
to the Company's ability to  continue as a going  concern if this Offering  does
not close. The Company believes that the proceeds of this Offering will allow it
to  repay  necessary debt  obligations  and accounts  payable,  and to  fund its
ongoing operations for  at least the  next 12 months.  However, the Company  may
need  to raise additional capital  in the future. See  "Risk Factors -- Need for
Additional Long-Term Capital,"  "Use of Proceeds"  and "Management's  Discussion
and  Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
    
 
    INTEGRATION OF ACQUISITIONS; MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH.  As part of its  business
strategy,  the  Company has  recently experienced  rapid growth  as a  result of
several acquisitions that have placed, and will continue to place, a significant
strain on its management, financial and other resources. The Company intends  to
continue  to  evaluate opportunities  for  growth through  expansion  of current
operations and  the  acquisition  of other  entities,  products  or  technology,
although  no material acquisitions are currently  planned. There is no assurance
that the Company  will be able  to implement  its growth strategy  or that  such
strategy  ultimately will prove  successful. Recent and  any future acquisitions
may subject the Company to many  risks, including risks relating to  integrating
and  managing the  operations and  personnel of  acquired companies, maintaining
uniform standards, controls,  procedures and policies,  potential disruption  of
the  Company's ongoing business,  and possible impairment  of relationships with
employees and customers  as a result  of the integration  of any new  management
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
or other personnel. Any future acquisitions could adversely affect the Company's
results  of operations due to  the risks of assessing  the value, strengths, and
weaknesses of acquisition  candidates or new  products, diversion of  management
attention  from the  Company's existing  businesses, reduction  of the Company's
cash, disruption of product development  cycles, dilution of earnings per  share
or  other factors. The Company's ability to manage its current and future growth
will require it to implement and improve its operational, financial,  budgeting,
management  information and internal control systems. The success of the Company
will depend on the ability of management to implement effectively these  changes
and  to  manage  the Company's  operations  over  the long  term.  The Company's
historical acquisitions  have been  made, and  any future  acquisitions will  be
made,  on the assumption that certain synergies and other operating efficiencies
can be achieved in  the combined operation. While  the Company believes that  it
has experienced some of the anticipated benefits from its acquisitions, there is
no  assurance that  all of the  expected benefits  will be achieved  or that any
benefits will be  sustained. A  failure to  achieve or  sustain the  anticipated
benefits   of  any  acquisition  could  result  in  that  acquisition  having  a
detrimental effect  on  the  Company's  results of  operations,  cash  flow  and
financial  condition. See "Acquisition History" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
   
    DEPENDENCE ON SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS.  The Cashmere subsidiary of the Company
historically  has  been  almost  entirely  dependent  upon  The  Boeing  Company
("Boeing"),   although  the  percentage   of  its  Boeing   sales  decreased  to
approximately 73%  of  Cashmere's total  net  sales  in fiscal  1996.  Sales  by
Cashmere  and other Company subsidiaries to Boeing constituted approximately 28%
of the Company's consolidated  net sales for fiscal  1996. As a result,  general
economic  conditions and events  affecting Boeing, all of  which are outside the
control of the Company,  may have a significant  impact on Cashmere's sales  and
consequently on the overall results of operations of the Company. For example, a
change  in inventory practices at Boeing and a general downturn in the aerospace
market led to an almost  50% drop in Cashmere's sales  in calendar year 1993.  A
machinist's  union strike  at Boeing  during the  winter of  1995-1996 adversely
affected Cashmere sales to  Boeing, although such sales  have recently begun  to
increase.  Cashmere has entered  into contracts with  Boeing which extend beyond
one year to supply  parts at fixed prices,  and, accordingly, aluminum or  other
metal  price increases or  other cost increases  can adversely affect Cashmere's
margins on the sale of those parts. The Morel subsidiary, which was acquired  by
the  Company  in  December 1995,  is  dependent  on PACCAR  Inc.,  including its
Kenworth and Peterbilt divisions (collectively,  "PACCAR"). Net sales to  PACCAR
constituted  75% of Morel's net sales in fiscal 1995. Net sales to PACCAR in the
last six months of fiscal 1996 constituted 15% of the Company's consolidated net
sales for that period. PACCAR has reported that its first quarter 1996 net sales
declined 9% from first quarter 1995 net sales, due to an industry-wide  decrease
in  demand  for trucks  from  the record  sales levels  of  1995. PACCAR  has no
contractual obligation to continue  to place orders for  products of Morel,  and
Boeing  has considerable flexibility under its contracts with Cashmere to reduce
its level of orders or to  cease ordering products from Cashmere. Both  Cashmere
and  Morel have developed  and are implementing  strategies intended to decrease
their reliance  on  sales to  these  primary  customers. However,  there  is  no
assurance  that either Cashmere or Morel can successfully reduce its reliance on
Boeing and PACCAR, respectively,  to a degree that  will protect the Company  in
the  event  of unexpected  decreases in  sales to  these primary  customers. See
"Business."
    
 
    NEED FOR ADDITIONAL LONG-TERM CAPITAL.  The Company anticipates that, if its
primary line  of  credit is  renewed  or  replaced on  satisfactory  terms,  the
Company's  existing  capital  resources and  expected  revenue  from operations,
together with the net proceeds of this Offering, will be adequate to satisfy its
capital requirements  for at  least the  next 12  months. The  Company's  actual
capital  needs, however, will depend upon numerous factors, including the amount
of revenue generated from operations, the cost of increasing the Company's sales
and marketing activities, the ability  of third-party suppliers to meet  product
commitments,  the willingness of the Company's  primary lender to renew its line
of credit, and  any future  acquisitions, none of  which can  be predicted  with
certainty.  There is no assurance that the Company's primary line of credit will
be renewed or that the Company  will not require additional capital sooner  than
currently anticipated. The Company may receive
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
additional  funds upon exercise  of the Warrants  and other outstanding warrants
and stock options, but  there is no  assurance that any  such warrants or  stock
options  will be exercised. As a result  of these and other factors, the Company
is unable to predict accurately the amount  or timing of future capital that  it
will  require.  There is  no  assurance that  any  additional financing  will be
available to the Company on  acceptable terms, or at  all, when required by  the
Company.  The  inability  to  obtain necessary  financing  could  materially and
adversely affect the Company's business and  results of operations. See "Use  of
Proceeds"  and "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
   
    COMPETITION.  The Company  operates in highly  competitive markets. Most  of
its  competitors have  greater financial  resources, broader  experience, better
name recognition  and  more  substantial  marketing  operations  than  does  the
Company,  and  represent substantial  long-term  competition. The  industries in
which the  Company competes  are characterized  by ongoing  product  development
efforts and evolving technology, and success depends in part upon the ability to
gain  a  competitive  advantage  through  proprietary  technology.  Although the
Company believes  that its  proprietary  technology may  give it  a  competitive
advantage  with respect  to its  technology-based products,  new developments by
competitors are  expected to  continue. The  Company's competitors  may  develop
products  that are viewed by  customers as more effective  or more economic than
the Company's product lines. There is no assurance that the Company will be able
to compete  successfully against  current  and future  competitors or  that  the
competitive  pressures faced  by the  Company will  not materially  or adversely
affect the  Company's  business and  results  of operations.  See  "Business  --
Competition."
    
 
   
    RECENT  INTRODUCTION  OF NEW  PRODUCT  INTO NEW  MARKET.   Unlike  the other
businesses acquired  by the  Company, there  had been  no sales  of the  Seismic
subsidiary's  natural  gas  shut-off  valve  before  the  Company  acquired  the
technology for  that product  in November  1995. In  addition, the  natural  gas
shut-off  valve is  intended for  consumer use and  is being  marketed to retail
distributors of home improvement products and to natural gas utilities for  sale
to  consumers. This represents a different type  of product than the Company has
previously manufactured, and  a different  kind of  market than  the markets  in
which  the Company's other subsidiaries operate. The Company began marketing the
natural gas shut-off valve in December 1995, and received initial orders for the
product beginning in March  1996. There is no  assurance that this product  will
achieve  market  acceptance, or  that the  Company  will be  able to  market the
product successfully or to  compete in this new  market. Failure of the  natural
gas  shut-off valve  to achieve  market acceptance  and to  compete successfully
could have a material  adverse effect on the  Company's business and results  of
operation. See "Business -- Seismic Safety Products, Inc."
    
 
    TECHNOLOGICAL  CHANGE;  DEVELOPMENT OF  NEW PRODUCTS.    The market  for the
Company's products is characterized by steadily evolving technology and industry
standards,  changes  in  customer  needs  and  new  product  introductions.  The
Company's  success will depend  on its ability to  enhance its current products,
develop new products that meet changing customer needs, advertise and market its
products, and respond  to evolving  industry standards  and other  technological
changes  on a timely  and cost-effective basis.  There is no  assurance that the
Company will be successful in developing new products or enhancing its  existing
products  on a  timely basis,  or that  such new  products or  enhancements will
achieve market acceptance. Furthermore, from time to time the Company and others
may announce new products, enhancements or technologies that have the  potential
to  replace or render  obsolete the Company's existing  products. Any failure by
the Company to  anticipate or respond  adequately to changes  in technology  and
customer preferences, the introduction of new products or enhancements by others
or  any significant delays in the development or introduction of new products by
the Company could  have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Business."
 
   
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's success depends to a significant
extent on the Company's Chief Executive Officer and President, Donald A. Wright,
and  a small  number of other  senior management and  operational personnel. The
loss of the services  of any of  these employees could  have a material  adverse
effect  on the ability  of the Company  to achieve its  business objectives. The
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
Company has key man  life insurance policies  on the life of  Mr. Wright in  the
aggregate  amount of  $3 million. The  Company's growth and  future success will
depend in large part  upon its ability to  attract and retain additional  senior
management  and highly skilled personnel to provide management and technological
depth and support, to  enhance and market its  existing products and to  develop
new products. Competition for skilled management, technical, marketing and sales
personnel  is intense. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful
in attracting and retaining the  key management, technical, marketing and  sales
personnel  necessary to support the Company's business and its recent and future
acquisitions, and its failure to do so would materially and adversely affect the
Company's business and results of operations. See "Management."
 
   
    LIMITED PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.  The Company regards  elements
of  its  technology as  proprietary  and relies  primarily  on a  combination of
patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, confidentiality  procedures,
and  other intellectual property  protection methods to  protect its proprietary
technology. The Company has 32 United  States patents, two United States  patent
applications  pending and one international  patent application pending relating
to certain  of its  technology and  products.  There is  no assurance  that  the
Company's  patent applications will result in issued patents, that the Company's
existing patents  or  any future  patents  will  provide the  Company  with  any
competitive  advantages for its products or  technology, or that, if challenged,
the  Company's  patents  will  be  held  valid  and  enforceable.  Despite   the
precautions  taken  by the  Company, unauthorized  parties  may attempt  to copy
aspects of the Company's products or obtain and use information that the Company
regards as  proprietary, and  existing intellectual  property laws  afford  only
limited  protection. Policing violations of such  laws is difficult. The laws of
certain countries in which the Company's  products are or may be distributed  do
not  protect the Company's products and intellectual property rights to the same
extent as do the  laws of the  United States. There is  no assurance that  these
protections  will  be  adequate  or  that  the  Company's  competitors  will not
independently develop similar  technology, gain  access to  the Company's  trade
secrets  or  other  proprietary  information,  or  design  around  the Company's
patents. The Company may be required to enter into costly litigation to  enforce
its  intellectual property  rights or to  defend infringement  claims by others.
Such infringement claims could require  the Company to license the  intellectual
property rights of third parties. There is no assurance that such licenses would
be  available on reasonable terms,  or at all. The  Company has recently settled
patent infringement  litigation instituted  by a  competitor by  purchasing  two
patents  and granting the  competitor a license  to use these  and certain other
related patents of the Company. The  Company's issued patents expire at  various
times  over the next 16 years beginning  in September 1997. Although the Company
believes that the  manufacturing processes  of much  of its  technology that  is
currently   protected  by  patents,  particularly  that  of  its  Pacific  Coast
subsidiary, are sufficiently complex that competing products made with the  same
technology  are unlikely, there  is no assurance  that the Company's competitors
will not design  competing products using  the same or  similar technology  once
these patents have expired. See "Business -- Proprietary Rights."
    
 
   
    ENVIRONMENTAL  MATTERS.  The Company is  subject to federal, state and local
laws, regulations  and ordinances  concerning  solid waste  disposal,  hazardous
materials  storage, use and disposal, air emissions, waste water and storm water
disposal,  employee   health   and  other   environmental   matters   (together,
"Environmental  Laws"). Proper  waste disposal and  environmental regulation are
major considerations for the Company  because certain metals and chemicals  used
in its manufacturing processes are classified as hazardous substances. Since the
Company's  acquisition of the Morel subsidiary in December 1995, the Company has
initiated an  environmental compliance  program for  the Morel  facility,  which
includes  obtaining  all  permits  necessary for  that  facility  to  operate in
compliance with applicable Environmental Laws. As part of this program, Morel in
January 1996 obtained a  permit to discharge air  emissions. Morel is  operating
without  a permit required under Environmental Laws to discharge waste water and
storm water.  In  May 1996,  Morel  submitted an  application  to the  State  of
Washington  for this permit.  A failure by  Morel to obtain  the required permit
could result in regulatory authorities imposing fines on Morel or ordering Morel
to  cease  operations  or   both.  The  Company   is  obtaining  the   necessary
environmental  data to support the permit application and expects to submit such
data  in  July  1996.   Although  the  Company   believes  that  the   necessary
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
permit will be issued in the first quarter of fiscal 1997, there is no assurance
that  such permit will  be issued, and  the failure to  obtain such permit would
have a material adverse effect on the Company. From time to time, the  Company's
operations  may result  in other noncompliance  with Environmental  Laws. If any
violations of Environmental Laws occur, the Company could be liable for  damages
and for the costs of remedial actions and could also be subject to revocation of
permits necessary to conduct its business. Any such revocation could require the
Company  to cease or  limit production at  one or more  of its facilities, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. As a generator of hazardous
materials, the  Company  is subject  to  financial  exposure even  if  it  fully
complies  with these laws.  Environmental Laws could  become more stringent over
time, imposing  greater  compliance costs  and  increasing risks  and  penalties
associated with any violations. There is no assurance that any present or future
noncompliance with Environmental Laws will not have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's results  of operations or  financial condition.  See "Business --
Environmental Matters."
 
   
    GOVERNMENT REGULATION.  Certain of  the Company's products are  manufactured
and  sold under United States government  contracts or subcontracts. As with all
companies that  provide products  or  services to  the federal  government,  the
Company is directly and indirectly subject to various federal rules, regulations
and  orders applicable  to government  contractors. Certain  of these government
regulations relate  specifically  to  the vendor-vendee  relationship  with  the
government,  such as  the bidding and  pricing rules. Under  regulations of this
type, the  Company  must  observe  certain  pricing  restrictions,  produce  and
maintain  detailed  accounting data,  and meet  various other  requirements. The
Company is also subject to a number of regulations affecting the conduct of  its
business  generally. For example, the Company must adhere to federal acquisition
requirements and to standards established by the Occupational Safety and  Health
Act  relating to labor practices and occupational safety standards. Violation of
applicable government rules and regulations could result in civil liability,  in
cancellation  or suspension of existing contracts or in ineligibility for future
contracts or subcontracts  funded in whole  or in part  with federal funds.  See
"Business -- Government Regulation."
    
 
   
    AVAILABILITY  AND COST OF MATERIALS.  The  Company does not have fixed price
contracts or arrangements  for all of  the raw materials  and other supplies  it
purchases.  The Company generally has readily available sources of raw materials
and other  supplies required  for the  manufacture of  its products  and,  where
possible,  the Company maintains alternate sources of supply. However, shortages
of, and price  increases for,  certain raw materials  and supplies  used by  the
Company  have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. Future shortages
or price fluctuations  could have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's
ability  to manufacture  and sell  its products in  a timely  and cost effective
manner. See "Business -- Supplies and Production."
    
 
    PRODUCT LIABILITY.  The Company is subject to the risk of product  liability
claims  and lawsuits  for harm  caused by products  of the  Company. The Company
maintains product liability  insurance with  a maximum coverage  of $2  million.
However,  there is no assurance that  the Company's insurance will be sufficient
to cover any  claims that  may arise. A  successful product  liability claim  in
excess  of the Company's insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect
on the Company.
 
   
    NO LIQUID MARKET; POSSIBLE  VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE;  DILUTION.  Prior  to
this  Offering, there has been a limited  public market for the Common Stock and
no public market for the Warrants. There is no assurance that an active  trading
market  for the Common Stock or the  Warrants will develop or be sustained after
this Offering. The Unit Offering Price for  the Units being sold by the  Company
in this Offering has been determined by negotiations between the Company and the
Representatives  of the Underwriters.  See "Underwriting." The  trading price of
the Common Stock and  Warrants could be subject  to significant fluctuations  in
response  to  factors  such  as,  among  others,  variations  in  the  Company's
anticipated or actual results  of operations, announcements  of new products  or
technological  innovations by  the Company  or its  competitors, and  changes in
earnings estimates by  analysts. In  addition, the  stock market  is subject  to
price  and volume  fluctuations that affect  the market prices  for companies in
general, and small capitalization, emerging growth companies in particular,  and
are   often  unrelated  to  their  operating  performance.  These  broad  market
fluctuations may adversely affect
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
the market prices of the Common Stock  or the Warrants. Purchasers of the  Units
will  incur an immediate  book value dilution,  and certain events,  such as the
issuance of Common Stock  pursuant to the exercise  of outstanding warrants  and
stock options, could result in additional dilution. See "Dilution."
 
   
    SHARES  ELIGIBLE  FOR  FUTURE SALE.    Sale  of substantial  amounts  of the
Company's Common Stock in the public market or the prospect of such sales  could
materially  and adversely affect  the market price  of the Common  Stock and the
Warrants. Upon completion of  this Offering, the  Company will have  outstanding
9,728,309 shares of Common Stock. The 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock contained
in  the Units offered hereby, and the 125,000 shares sold in the Company's first
public offering, will  be immediately  eligible for  sale in  the public  market
without  restriction on the  date of this Prospectus.  The 2,408,170 shares that
were issued by the Company in  connection with two offerings under Regulation  S
("Regulation  S") of the Securities Act, in  July 1995 and November 1995, to the
extent not previously resold  into the United States,  are available for  resale
into  the United States  without restriction at  such time as  an exemption from
registration under  the Securities  Act  is or  becomes available.  The  490,000
shares  that were issued by the Company  in connection with a third Regulation S
offering in May  1996 will become  available for resale  into the United  States
without  restriction at  such time as  an exemption from  registration under the
Securities Act is or becomes available,  but not sooner than December 16,  1996,
under  the  terms of  a lock-up  agreement. An  additional 4,446,058  shares are
restricted shares ("Restricted Shares") subject to the restrictions upon  resale
under  Rule 144  of the  Securities Act.  Of the  Restricted Shares,  the 62,500
shares issued to the Company's original shareholders are eligible for  immediate
resale  in the public market pursuant to  Rule 144(k). An aggregate of 3,176,175
shares issued in connection with the Verazzana merger (see "Acquisition  History
- - --  Acquisition of  Cashmere") will become  eligible for resale  on February 17,
1997; 295,300 shares issued in connection with the Company's first Regulation  S
offering will be available for resale in July 1997 (see "Certain Transactions");
and 325,000 shares issued in connection with the Morel acquisition which are not
subject  to registration rights  will become eligible for  resale on December 1,
1997. Another 587,083 shares of the Restricted Shares and a warrant to  purchase
37,500  shares are  subject to registration  rights, which have  been waived for
this Offering  but which  if exercised  subsequently would  become eligible  for
resale  upon the effectiveness of a  future registration statement covering such
shares. The 300,000  shares of Common  Stock issuable to  UTCO Associates,  Ltd.
under  a  currently  exercisable  warrant to  purchase  such  shares,  are being
registered by the  Registration Statement of  which this Prospectus  is a  part.
However,  those shares are subject to a lock-up agreement and, once issued, will
first become eligible for sale in the  public market 180 days after the date  of
this  Prospectus. See  "Selling Shareholder."  Shortly after  this Offering, the
Company intends to  file a registration  statement under the  Securities Act  to
register   approximately  1,260,000  shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  the
Company's outstanding stock options and warrants, stock option plans, and  stock
option commitments, of which 172,723 shares will be exercisable and eligible for
sale upon the expiration of lock-up agreements six months after the date of this
Prospectus,  and of  which 845,000 shares  will be exercisable  and eligible for
sale upon the expiration of a contractual restriction on sale expiring one  year
from  the  date of  this  Prospectus. See  "Description  of Securities  -- Stock
Options" and  "Management --  Benefit  Plans." Sales  in  the public  market  of
substantial  amounts of  Common Stock  or the  perception that  such sales could
occur could depress prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and  Warrants.
See "Description of Securities" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                              ACQUISITION HISTORY
 
    The Company is the result of an initial acquisition in 1990, four additional
acquisitions   that  have  occurred  since  May   1994,  and  a  merger  with  a
non-operating public company in February 1995.
 
   
    ACQUISITION OF  PACIFIC COAST.   Donald  A. Wright  purchased Pacific  Coast
Technologies,  Inc.  ("Pacific Coast")  in  April 1990.  Pacific  Coast designs,
manufactures and markets hermetically  sealed electrical connectors,  electronic
sealants and instrument packages, using patented and proprietary technology. Mr.
Wright  acquired Pacific Coast in exchange for cash and a promissory note to the
sellers. In May 1994,  PCT Holdings, Inc.,  a Washington corporation  ("Original
PCTH"),  was formed to hold  the stock of Pacific  Coast and to acquire Cashmere
Manufacturing Co., Inc. ("Cashmere"). See "Acquisition of Cashmere," below.  The
formation  of  Original  PCTH was  treated  as  if a  pooling  of  interests for
accounting purposes.  In  1994,  Mr.  Wright initiated  a  series  of  strategic
acquisitions of companies whose operations and products the Company believes are
complementary  to the  products designed,  manufactured and  marketed by Pacific
Coast.
    
 
   
    ACQUISITION OF CASHMERE.   The first such company  acquired was Cashmere  in
May  1994. Cashmere operates a precision  machine shop that produces diversified
components  and  assemblies   for  the  aerospace,   defense,  electronics   and
transportation  industries,  including  products and  services  provided  to the
Company's other subsidiaries. Cashmere was acquired in May 1994 by Original PCTH
in exchange for common stock of Original PCTH. The transaction was treated as  a
purchase  for accounting  purposes. In February  1995, Original  PCTH was merged
into a wholly owned subsidiary of  Verazzana Ventures, Ltd., an inactive  public
company  (the "Verazzana merger"). In that  merger, the Original PCTH stock paid
as consideration for the Cashmere acquisition was converted into 791,666  shares
of  the Company's Common Stock. The successor  to Original PCTH was dissolved in
May 1996, leaving Pacific Coast and Cashmere as subsidiaries of the Company.
    
 
    ACQUISITION OF CERAMIC DEVICES.  The Company acquired Ceramic Devices,  Inc.
("Ceramic  Devices")  in April  1995 (effective  for  accounting purposes  as of
February  28,  1995).  Ceramic  Devices  designs  and  manufactures  a  line  of
specialized  filtering  devices for  use with  electronic circuits  operating in
hostile environments and has a customer  base similar to that of Pacific  Coast.
The  purchase price for the Ceramic Devices  acquisition was the issuance by the
Company to the sellers  of two promissory notes  totaling $600,000 in  principal
amount  and 133,333  shares of the  Company's Common Stock.  The transaction was
treated as a purchase for accounting purposes.
 
   
    ACQUISITION OF SEISMIC.  In November 1995, the Company formed Seismic Safety
Products, Inc. ("Seismic"), which acquired substantially all of the assets of  a
Florida  corporation of the same name and certain patents from affiliates of the
Florida corporation. Seismic develops and markets automatic natural gas shut-off
valves activated  by earthquakes  and plans  to market  other earthquake  safety
products.  Cashmere manufactures the natural gas shut-off valve for Seismic. The
purchase price for the  Seismic asset and patent  acquisition was cash,  certain
deferred  payment obligations and 128,750 shares  of the Company's Common Stock.
The transaction was treated as a purchase for accounting purposes.
    
 
   
    ACQUISITION OF MOREL.  Most recently, the Company acquired Morel Industries,
Inc. ("Morel")  in  December  1995  (effective for  accounting  purposes  as  of
November  30,  1995).  Morel  manufactures precision  cast  aluminum  parts used
principally in the transportation, heavy trucking and aerospace industries.  The
purchase  price for the Morel acquisition was  the issuance of 650,000 shares of
the  Company's  Common  Stock,  after  certain  post-closing  adjustments.   The
transaction was treated as a purchase for accounting purposes.
    
 
   
    The Company intends to continue to evaluate opportunities for growth through
expansion of current operations, or through the acquisition of other entities or
lines  of business, or both, although no material expansions or acquisitions are
currently planned.
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net  proceeds  of  this  Offering  are  estimated  to  be  approximately
$8,229,000 (approximately $9,661,000 if the Overallotment Option is exercised in
full)  assuming  a  Unit  Offering  Price  of  $4.50,  and  after  deducting the
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.
    
 
   
    The Company  intends  to  use  a  portion  of  the  net  proceeds  to  repay
approximately   $3,556,500  of  indebtedness.   Of  that  amount,  approximately
$2,206,500 represents the following indebtedness  that was incurred or  acquired
in  connection with acquisitions by the  Company: approximately $312,500 under a
promissory note to certain individual lenders to Morel, due on September 1, 1996
and bearing interest  at the  rate of  15% per  annum; approximately  $1,367,000
under  an industrial revenue bond of Morel, due on November 16, 1996 and bearing
interest at  the  rate  of  8.12% per  annum;  approximately  $177,000  under  a
promissory  note held by a title company in connection with Morel's facility due
on February  14,  1997 and  bearing  interest at  the  rate of  12%  per  annum;
approximately  $150,000 under a promissory note held by the individuals who sold
Ceramic Devices to the Company, due on  August 31, 1996 and bearing interest  at
the  rate of  10% per  annum; and obligations  of approximately  $200,000 of the
purchase price for  the Seismic patent  acquisition, due on  November 30,  1996,
which   do  not  bear  interest.   The  remaining  approximately  $1,350,000  in
indebtedness to  be  repaid  from  net  proceeds  of  this  Offering  represents
short-term  debt recently  incurred by the  Company, including  $150,000 owed to
Robert L. Smith,  a director  of the  Company, due  on September  27, 1996,  and
bearing  interest at  the rate  of 18%  per annum,  and $1,200,000  owed to UTCO
Associates, Ltd.,  due  on  the earlier  of  the  closing of  this  Offering  or
September  1,  1996, and  bearing interest  at the  rate of  18% per  annum. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations   --  Recent   Developments,"  "Selling   Shareholder"  and  "Certain
Transactions."
    
 
    The Company intends to use the balance of the net proceeds of this  Offering
primarily  to acquire additional processing and manufacturing equipment, to fund
certain facilities expansion,  to fund potential  acquisitions, and to  increase
working  capital. If the net proceeds are  insufficient to accomplish all of the
purposes set  forth above,  the proceeds  will  be applied  first to  repay  the
foregoing  indebtedness,  and then  in an  order of  priority determined  by the
Company. Pending the foregoing uses, the Company may invest the net proceeds  in
short-term, interest-bearing obligations.
 
   
    The  Company  expects that,  if its  primary  line of  credit is  renewed or
replaced on satisfactory terms, the net  proceeds from this Offering will  allow
the  Company to  fund operations for  at least  the next 12  months. The Company
expects that additional capital will be required to fund longer-term  operations
and  acquisitions. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain
such financing or that such financing will be available on favorable terms.  See
"Risk  Factors -- Need for Immediate  Additional Capital," "Risk Factors -- Need
for Additional Long-Term Capital" and  "Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    Until March 13, 1995, there was no public market for the Common Stock.  From
that  date through September 14, 1995, the Common Stock was listed on the Nasdaq
Electronic Bulletin Board. Since September 15,  1995, the Common Stock has  been
traded on Nasdaq -- Small Cap under the symbol "PCTH."
 
   
    The  Units will separate immediately upon issuance, and the Common Stock and
Warrants that make  up the  Units will trade  only as  separate securities.  The
Company  has applied  for listing of  the Common  Stock and the  Warrants on the
Nasdaq National Market System  on the effectiveness of  this Offering under  the
symbols "PCTH" for the Common Stock and "PCTHW" for the Warrants.
    
 
    The following table shows the range of high and low sales prices reported by
Nasdaq for the Common Stock for each period in the calendar years shown below.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD                                                                                   HIGH        LOW
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
1995
First Quarter (from March 13, 1995)..................................................  $   6.00   $    5.00
Second Quarter.......................................................................      8.00        5.00
Third Quarter........................................................................      8.00        5.00
Fourth Quarter.......................................................................      6.00        4.00
 
1996
First Quarter........................................................................      4.375       3.75
Second Quarter (through June 17, 1996)...............................................      5.00        2.75
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    As  of June 17, 1996, the closing sales  price on Nasdaq - Small Cap for the
Common Stock was $4.50 per share.
    
 
   
    As of June 17, 1996, there were 857 holders of record of 7,478,309 shares of
Common Stock.
    
 
    The Company has never declared or  paid cash dividends on the Common  Stock.
The  Company currently  anticipates that it  will retain all  future earnings to
fund the operation of its business  and does not anticipate paying dividends  on
the  Common Stock  in the foreseeable  future. The Company's  agreement with its
principal lender restricts the Company's ability to pay dividends.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The  following table sets forth the capitalization  of the Company as of May
31, 1996, and as adjusted to give effect to the issuance of 2,250,000 Units  (at
an assumed Unit Offering Price of $4.50 per Unit offered hereby), and receipt of
the  net proceeds therefrom, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount
and offering expenses.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MAY 31, 1996
                                                                                 ----------------------
                                                                                  ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                 ---------  -----------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>
Short-term debt................................................................  $   8,005   $   4,449
Long-term debt.................................................................      1,961       1,961
Stockholders' equity
  Common Stock, par value $.001, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 7,478,309
   shares issued(1)............................................................     19,102      27,331
  Accumulated deficit..........................................................     (6,563)     (6,563)
Total stockholders' equity.....................................................     12,539      20,768
Total capitalization...........................................................     22,505      27,178
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
   
(1)  Does not include 642,783 shares  of Common Stock issuable upon exercise  of
    stock  options and  warrants outstanding at  May 31, 1996.  Also excludes an
    option to  purchase 845,000  shares of  Common Stock  that the  Company  has
    agreed  to  grant  to  Donald  A.  Wright  on  the  effective  date  of this
    Prospectus. See "Description of Securities -- Stock Options" and "Management
    -- Benefit Plans."
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    The net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock as of May 31, 1996
was approximately $8,686,000,  or approximately  $1.16 per  share. Net  tangible
book  value  per share  represents the  amount of  the Company's  total tangible
assets less total liabilities  divided by the 7,478,309  shares of Common  Stock
outstanding as of May 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between
the  amount per share paid by new  investors who purchase Units in this Offering
and the net  tangible book  value per share  of Common  Stock immediately  after
completion  of this Offering. After giving effect  to the sale by the Company of
2,250,000 Units in this  Offering at an estimated  Unit Offering Price of  $4.50
per Unit and the receipt of the estimated proceeds therefrom (after deduction of
estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  offering  expenses  and  attributing no
portion of the value of a Unit to a Warrant), the net tangible book value of the
Company as of May  31, 1996 would have  been approximately $16,915,000 or  $1.74
per  share. This represents an immediate increase  in net book value of $.58 per
share to existing shareholders  and an immediate dilution  in net tangible  book
value  of $2.76 per share to new investors purchasing Units in this Offering, as
illustrated in the following table:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share......................             $    4.50
  Net tangible book value per share at May 31, 1996..................  $    1.16
  Increase per share attributable to new investors...................        .58
                                                                       ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this Offering......                  1.74
                                                                                  ---------
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors..........             $    2.76
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The following table summarizes, on a pro  forma basis as of May 31, 1996  to
reflect  the same  adjustments described above,  the number of  shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company, the  total consideration paid and the  average
price  per share paid by  (i) the existing holders of  Common Stock and (ii) the
new investors in  this Offering,  assuming the sale  of 2,250,000  Units by  the
Company  hereby at a Unit Offering Price of $4.50 per Unit. The calculations are
based upon total  consideration given  by new and  existing shareholders  (after
deduction   of  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  offering  expenses  and
attributing no portion of the value of a Unit to a Warrant).
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SHARES PURCHASED           TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                          -------------------------  ----------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                            NUMBER       PERCENT         AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                          -----------  ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Existing shareholders...................    7,478,309          77%   $   19,102,000          70%     $    2.55
New investors...........................    2,250,000          23%        8,229,000          30%     $    3.66
                                          -----------         ---    --------------         ---
    TOTAL...............................    9,728,309         100%   $   27,331,000         100%
                                          -----------         ---    --------------         ---
                                          -----------         ---    --------------         ---
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The above  computations assume  no exercise  of the  following warrants  and
stock  options: (i)  warrants held  by Donald  A. Wright,  Nick A.  Gerde and an
employee of  Pacific Coast  to purchase  160,000 shares  of Common  Stock at  an
exercise  price of $2.00 per share, (ii) outstanding options to purchase 145,283
shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.09 per  share,
(iii)  an option to purchase 845,000 shares of  Common Stock at 150% of the Unit
Offering Price, but no less than $3.75 per share, that the Company has agreed to
grant to Mr. Wright on the effective date of this Prospectus; and (iv)  warrants
held  by the Selling Shareholder and Robert L. Smith, a director of the Company,
to purchase an aggregate of 337,500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price
of  $4.80 per share. To the extent that such warrants and options are exercised,
there may be further dilution to investors in this Offering. See "Description of
Securities," "Management -- Benefit Plans" and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                         SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                     (in thousands, except per share data)
 
   
    The following table presents selected historical information of the Company.
The selected financial information as  of and for the  years ended May 31,  1995
and  1996 is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the information
set forth in the audited financial  statements and related notes of the  Company
included  in this Prospectus.  The selected financial information  as of and for
the year ended May 31, 1994  has been derived from audited financial  statements
of  the  Company  not  presented  herein. This  information  should  be  read in
conjunction with  the  financial  statements  and  other  financial  information
included in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales......................................................................  $   2,940  $  11,035  $  20,725
Gross profit...................................................................         80      1,943      4,286
Loss from operations...........................................................       (884)      (846)      (479)
Net loss.......................................................................     (1,098)    (1,411)      (999)
Loss per share of Common Stock.................................................       (.60)      (.41)      (.16)
Shares used in computation of loss per share...................................      1,826      3,469      6,209
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                             MAY 31,
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)......................................................  $  (1,237) $   1,375  $     952
Total assets...................................................................      7,894     11,630     27,649
Short-term debt................................................................      4,403      3,009      8,005
Long-term debt.................................................................        649        743      1,961
Stockholders' equity...........................................................      1,226      5,454     12,539
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
PRELIMINARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    The  information  set  forth  in "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results  of Operations" below and  in "Use of  Proceeds"
and  "Business"  includes  "forward-looking statements"  within  the  meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities  Act and Section 21E of  the Exchange Act, and  is
subject to the safe harbor created by those sections. Factors that realistically
could   cause  results  to  differ  materially   from  those  projected  in  the
forward-looking  statements  are  set  forth  in  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  of Financial Condition  and Results of Operations"  below and in "Risk
Factors."
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
    The Company's  financial  condition  and results  of  operations  have  been
substantially  affected by  a corporate acquisition  at the end  of fiscal 1994,
another acquisition in  fiscal 1995  and two additional  acquisitions in  fiscal
1996.  These acquisitions, as well as  internal growth in the Company's existing
business and the acquired businesses, have resulted in substantial increases  in
net  sales from $3,456,000 in the first  quarter of fiscal 1995 to $7,238,000 in
the fourth quarter of  fiscal 1996. Approximately $2,891,000  of this growth  in
net  sales resulted  from the  acquisitions and  approximately $891,000 resulted
from internal growth.
    
 
   
    Operating expenses  and margins  have also  been substantially  affected  by
acquisitions.   Expenses  directly   associated  with   acquisitions,  including
transaction-related legal, accounting and other  expenses and merger and  equity
capital   costs,  amounted  to   approximately  $538,000  in   fiscal  1995  and
approximately  $104,000  in  fiscal  1996.  The  Company  has  also  experienced
substantial  increases  in  all other  expense  categories  as a  result  of the
increase in operations.  A portion of  these expenses can  be attributed to  the
assimilation of acquired operations into the existing business.
    
 
   
    The  Company's electronic  products business is  characterized by relatively
low volumes and high margins, as compared with its metal products business where
volumes have historically been higher and  margins lower than in the  electronic
products  business. The  Company believes  that margins  will remain  higher for
electronic products  than for  metal products,  although products  incorporating
both  electronic  and metal  parts are  expected to  generate margins  closer to
electronic product  margins.  As a  result  of margin  differences,  changes  in
product  mix between  electronic and  metal products  can be  expected to affect
overall margins  for the  Company. Due  to the  lack of  sales history  for  its
natural  gas shut-off  valves, the  Company is  unable to  assess accurately the
effect that product line may have on margins.
    
 
    As a result of  the foregoing factors, the  Company's historical results  of
operations are not necessarily indicative of future operating performance.
 
   
    The  Company's  net  sales  for  the six  months  ended  May  31,  1996 were
approximately $13,594,000.  Of  that  amount, Pacific  Coast's  net  sales  were
$3,874,000, or 29%; Ceramic Devices' net sales were $1,029,000, or 8%; Seismic's
net  sales were $190,000, or  1%; Cashmere's net sales  were $3,213,000, or 23%;
and Morel's net sales were $5,288,000, or 39%. The Company expects that the most
substantial rates  of  growth  in revenue,  if  any,  in the  future  will  come
principally from the Pacific Coast and Seismic operations.
    
 
   
    The  Company  and  certain of  its  subsidiaries have  relied  on commercial
borrowing arrangements,  as  well as  equity  infusions, to  supply  significant
portions  of  their  required  working capital.  The  Company's  working capital
requirements have been substantially increased  by the growth in its  operations
and   by   the   significant   transaction-related   expenses   associated  with
acquisitions. The Company's principal  operating line of  credit expired on  May
26,  1996, and the Company is in default on one of its covenants to that lender.
The audit opinion with respect to the Company's fiscal 1996 financial statements
will be qualified as to the Company's ability to continue as a going concern  if
this  Offering  does not  close. In  March  and May  1996, the  Company received
aggregate net proceeds of
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
approximately $1,270,000 from  the issuance of  additional short-term debt.  The
proceeds  were used principally to repay  indebtedness to an existing lender and
for operating  capital. In  May 1996,  the Company  also closed  a Regulation  S
offering  pursuant to which the Company  raised proceeds, net of commissions, of
approximately $1,340,000. The proceeds of that offering were used primarily  for
working capital and to retire short-term debt. The Company believes that the net
proceeds  from this  Offering, together with  credit facilities  that it expects
will be available to  it upon receipt  of such proceeds,  will be sufficient  to
meet  its budgeted working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months.
However, there is no assurance that  commercial credit will be available to  the
Company   following  this  Offering  or   that  the  Company's  working  capital
requirements will not exceed those currently budgeted.
    
 
   
    The Company has not experienced any material seasonality in its  operations.
The  Company has evaluated  the effect of  the recent accounting pronouncements,
SFAS No.  121  "Accounting for  the  Impairment  of Long-Lived  Assets  and  for
Long-Lived  Assets  to  Be  Disposed  Of"  and  SFAS  No.  123  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based Compensation." The  Company will  implement SFAS No.  121 in  fiscal
1997.  Implementation is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's
financial statements. The Company intends to  continue to apply APB Opinion  No.
25  in accounting for  stock-based compensation for  purposes of determining net
income and to adopt  the pro forma  disclosure requirements of  SFAS No. 123  in
fiscal 1997.
    
 
   
    The  Company has  net operating  loss carryforwards  for federal  income tax
purposes of approximately $7,848,000, the benefits of which expire beginning  in
fiscal  2001  through  fiscal 2011.  The  net  operating losses  created  by the
subsidiaries prior to  their acquisition are  limited to use  by the  subsidiary
which originally generated the net operating loss, and may be further limited as
to  the amount which may be used in  any one year. The following approximate net
operating losses are available  on an individual  company basis, without  taking
into  account  these expirations  or limitations:  PCT Holdings,  Inc. $126,000,
Pacific Coast  $5,657,000, Ceramic  Devices $306,000,  Cashmere $737,000,  Morel
$934,000,   and  Seismic   $88,000.  If  the   subsidiaries  achieve  profitable
operations, the net  operating loss  carryforwards available  should reduce  the
federal income taxes due in future years.
    
 
   
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
    
 
   
    The Company acquired Ceramic Devices in fiscal 1995 and acquired Seismic and
Morel  in  fiscal 1996.  Accordingly, the  Company's  results of  operations for
fiscal 1995 included a full year of operations at Pacific Coast and Cashmere and
three months at Ceramic Devices. Fiscal 1996 operations included a full year  of
operations  at Pacific  Coast, Cashmere  and Ceramic  Devices and  six months at
Seismic and Morel.
    
 
   
    The Company's net sales increased a total of $9,690,000 in fiscal 1996  from
fiscal  1995. Of  that increase, $2,509,000  resulted from  increased revenue of
Pacific Coast; $147,000 resulted from increased revenue of Cashmere;  $1,555,000
was  from a full  year of operations  of Ceramic Devices;  $190,000 was from the
addition of Seismic; and $5,289,000 was from the addition of Morel.
    
 
   
    Net sales of Pacific Coast in fiscal  1996 were 64.7% higher than net  sales
of that subsidiary in the prior year. The Company believes that this increase is
a  result of a variety of factors,  including larger order sizes, broader market
acceptance of the Company's proprietary technologies, increased sales of  higher
priced products, the addition of new customers, and improved engineering, design
and manufacturing capabilities. Cashmere's net sales in fiscal 1996 increased by
2.6%  over net sales in  1995. Net sales of Ceramic  Devices in fiscal 1996 were
$1,954,000, compared with  net sales  of $399,000  for the  three months  during
which  the Company  owned Ceramic Devices  in fiscal 1995.  The Company believes
that the increase in net sales of Ceramic Devices is due primarily to increasing
order sizes from existing customers.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
    Intercompany sales, which were eliminated in consolidation and not  included
in  the above analysis, totaled $723,000  for fiscal 1996. Intercompany sales in
fiscal  1996  were  made  by  Cashmere  to  Pacific  Coast  ($375,000),  Seismic
($124,000)   and   Morel   ($224,000).   In   comparison,   intercompany   sales
for fiscal 1995 totaled $287,000, which represented sales by Cashmere to Pacific
Coast.
    
 
   
    Gross profit of  the Company  increased from  $1,943,000 in  fiscal 1995  to
$4,286,000  in fiscal 1996. This represents an  increase from 17.6% of net sales
in fiscal 1995  to 20.7%  of net  sales in fiscal  1996. The  increase in  gross
profit  margin is primarily attributable to  increased margins at Pacific Coast,
which the Company believes resulted principally from larger order quantities and
improved manufacturing efficiencies at Pacific Coast.
    
 
   
    Interest income decreased to $37,000 in  fiscal 1996 from $74,000 in  fiscal
1995,  primarily as the result  of a reduction in  a note receivable of Cashmere
related to Cashmere's reacquisition of  a portion of the Cashmere  manufacturing
facility  in May  1995. Interest income  in fiscal 1996  resulted primarily from
earnings on a $1,000,000 certificate of  deposit held as collateral for  Pacific
Coast's  Community Development Block Grant loan from Washington State and Chelan
County. Interest expense increased in fiscal  1996 to $535,000 from $356,000  in
fiscal  1995, primarily  as a  result of debt  acquired upon  the acquisition of
Morel. Interest expense attributable to Morel  in fiscal 1996, from December  1,
1995,  when  the Company  acquired Morel,  totaled  $205,000. Merger  and equity
capital costs  of $104,000  in fiscal  1996 represent  expenses related  to  the
acquisitions  of Morel and Seismic. Merger  and equity capital costs of $538,000
in fiscal 1995 represent the cost of converting options and warrants of Original
PCTH to common stock immediately prior to the Verazzana merger, the  acquisition
costs  associated with that merger, and the Ceramic Devices acquisition in April
1995. See "Acquisition History."
    
 
   
    The federal income tax benefits of $67,000 for fiscal 1996 and $241,000  for
fiscal 1995 resulted from recording deferred tax assets for net operating losses
generated during those periods.
    
 
   
    The  Company has determined that it operates in two business segments within
the guidelines  of SFAS  No. 14.  These business  segments are  "Electronic  and
Safety  Products" (Pacific Coast, Ceramic Devices and Seismic) and "Machined and
Cast Metal Products" (Cashmere and Morel). Accordingly, the Company has included
the appropriate  disclosure in  Note 17,  Business Segment  Information, in  its
audited  financial  statements.  See  "Index  to  Financial  Statements  --  PCT
Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements."
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
    At May 31,  1996, the Company  had $13,009,000 in  total current assets  and
$12,057,000  in total current  liabilities, resulting in  net working capital of
$952,000 and a current ratio of 1.08 to  1.00. At May 31, 1995, the Company  had
$6,614,000 in current assets and $5,239,000 in current liabilities, resulting in
net  working capital  of $1,375,000  and a  current ratio  of 1.26  to 1.00. The
Company has  renegotiated and  refinanced  certain loans  that were  due  during
fiscal 1996 so that $1,663,000 in principal amount plus accrued interest will be
due  on August  31, 1996  and September  1, 1996  to certain  lenders to Ceramic
Devices and Morel. The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds from
this Offering to pay  those obligations. See "Use  of Proceeds." The Company  is
experiencing  an  immediate  need for  additional  capital to  fund  its current
operations. The Company's  primary line of  credit expired on  May 26, 1996,  at
which  time the Company was  in default under one  of its covenants. The Company
owed $1,224,000 under  that line of  credit as  of the expiration  date, and  is
currently negotiating renewal of that line of credit with revised covenants. The
Company  has  obtained a  waiver,  until September  1,  1996, of  defaults under
certain financial and funding  covenants with Morel's  bank lender. The  Company
has  also  extended the  repayment time  on  a number  of its  accounts payable.
Although the Company  believes it will  be able to  obtain satisfactory  lending
arrangements  from bank  or other institutional  lenders, there  is no assurance
that its primary line of credit will be renewed, that alternative financing will
be available,  or that  any  available financing  will  be on  favorable  terms.
Inability to renew or replace the Company's line of credit on satisfactory terms
and failure to obtain the additional capital it needs to pay its obligations and
fund the growth of its
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
operations  could have a  material adverse effect on  the Company's business and
results of  operations.  See "Risk  Factors  -- Need  for  Immediate  Additional
Capital" and "Risk Factors -- Need for Additional Long-Term Capital."
 
    The  Company  currently has  no  material purchase  commitments  for capital
equipment. Additions  and  replacements of  plant  and equipment  are  generally
funded  through working capital, trade-in credits for the replaced equipment, or
capital leases  or  long-term notes  secured  by the  equipment  purchased.  The
Company  may  use a  portion of  the net  proceeds of  this Offering  to acquire
additional processing and manufacturing equipment and to fund certain facilities
expansion. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
   
    In the fourth quarter of fiscal  1996, the Company obtained an aggregate  of
$2,690,000  in additional debt and equity  financing. In March 1996, the Company
borrowed $150,000 from Robert L. Smith, a director of the Company, pursuant to a
promissory note that accrues  interest at 18%  per annum and is  due in full  on
September  27, 1996. The Company  issued Mr. Smith a  warrant to purchase 37,500
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.80 per share, expiring on  May
22, 2001, as additional consideration for this loan. See "Certain Transactions."
In  May  1996,  the Company  borrowed  $1,200,000 from  the  Selling Shareholder
pursuant to a promissory note that accrues interest at 18% per annum, and is due
in full on the  earlier of the  closing of this Offering  or September 1,  1996,
with  monthly extensions to December 1,  1996 available for additional fees. The
Company issued the Selling Shareholder a  warrant to purchase 300,000 shares  of
Common  Stock at an exercise price of $4.80 per share, expiring on May 22, 2001,
as additional  consideration  for  this loan.  See  "Selling  Shareholder."  The
proceeds  from these loans  were used to  pay off a  line of credit  from a bank
lender to Morel and to provide working  capital. These loans are expected to  be
repaid  using a portion of the proceeds of this Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
In May 1996, the Company sold 490,000  shares of Common Stock in a Regulation  S
offering  to Swiss  investors at  prices of $2.54  and $3.00  per share, raising
proceeds, net of commissions, of approximately $1,340,000. The proceeds of  this
Regulation  S offering were used to  pay approximately $500,000 in principal and
accrued interest  on  two  promissory  notes incurred  in  connection  with  the
acquisition  of  Ceramic  Devices,  to pay  $250,000  in  principal  and accrued
interest on a $500,000 promissory note  acquired upon the acquisition of  Morel,
and to provide working capital.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
   
    The  Company  develops, manufactures,  markets and  sells  a broad  range of
precision electronic  components  designed to  operate  with a  high  degree  of
reliability  in harsh environments such as the  ocean, space and the human body.
These  environments   experience   extremes   in   temperature,   pressure   and
corrosiveness   that  can  make  product  repair  or  replacement  difficult  or
impossible. The Company  uses its  patented technologies  to produce  electronic
components for a wide variety of applications in the aerospace, defense, energy,
medical and general electronics industries.
    
 
   
    The  Company operates through  five wholly owned  subsidiaries. Two of these
businesses are  engaged  in  the  production of  electronic  devices,  with  one
producing  a variety of electronics packages  and connectors shielded from their
environment by the Company's proprietary ceramic seals, and the other  producing
devices designed to filter out electromagnetic interference detrimental to other
electronic  devices. The Company has recently  acquired a business that designs,
manufactures and  sells  automatic  natural  gas  shut-off  valves  for  use  in
earthquake sensitive areas. The Company also has two businesses that manufacture
machined  or cast metal products for  many applications, including products that
are  incorporated  into  or  complementary  with  the  products  of  its   other
subsidiaries.
    
 
    A  substantial  percentage of  the  Company's customers  for  its electronic
products consists of  large manufacturing companies  in the aerospace,  defense,
energy,  medical  and  general  electronics  industries.  These  include  Hughes
Aircraft  Company  ("Hughes  Aircraft"),  Honeywell  Inc.'s  Military   Avionics
Division,  Lockheed  Martin  Corporation ("Lockheed  Martin"),  Northrop Grumman
Corporation  ("Northrop  Grumman"),  Space  Systems/Loral,  Inc.,   Westinghouse
Electric  Corporation  and  TRW,  Inc. The  Company's  metal  products customers
include Boeing,  Kawasaki  Heavy Industries,  Ltd.,  Deere &  Company,  Northrop
Grumman and PACCAR. The Company also markets and sells its products to a variety
of smaller, specialized electronics companies. The Company, with its natural gas
shut-off  valves, has recently entered the  consumer home improvement market and
has received initial orders for its valves from home improvement centers such as
Eagle Hardware & Garden Inc., Ernst Home Center, Inc., HomeBase Inc., Home Depot
U.S.A., Inc. and Ace Hardware Corp.
 
   
    The Company's strategy is to expand  the range of products it offers  within
its  core areas of competence, and to produce a larger portion of the customer's
total product  requirement,  through  internal growth  and  the  acquisition  or
development   of  new   technologies.  The  Company   has  recently  experienced
significant growth  in  revenues,  as  a  result  of  both  the  acquisition  of
complementary  businesses  and  internal  growth within  each  of  its operating
subsidiaries. The Company hopes to continue to experience growth and to  exploit
both technological and marketing synergies resulting from the integration of the
businesses  it has  acquired and  other businesses  or technologies  that it may
acquire in the future.  See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial
Condition  and Results of Operations" for a discussion of the Company's business
segments.
    
 
PACIFIC COAST TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
   
    PRODUCTS.   Pacific Coast  designs,  manufactures and  markets  hermetically
sealed electrical connectors, electronic sealants and instrument packages, using
patented  and proprietary technology. Pacific Coast was founded in 1976, and was
acquired by  Mr. Wright  in  1990. See  "Acquisition History."  Pacific  Coast's
products are specifically designed for use in applications that operate in harsh
environments,  such as  the ocean,  space and  the human  body, which experience
extremes in temperature,  pressure or corrosiveness.  Pacific Coast  distributes
its  products primarily to the  defense, aerospace, and communications industry,
the energy industry,  and the medical  industry. In the  aerospace, defense  and
communications  industry, Pacific  Coast's largest customer  group, its products
are used in radar, avionics, and telecommunications applications. Pacific  Coast
participated  in the production  of the world's  first hermetically sealed fiber
optic connector for use on the international space station Alpha. In the  energy
industry,  Pacific Coast's products are used in tools for drilling oil wells. In
the medical industry, Pacific Coast's products can be found in pacemakers,  bone
growth  stimulators  and  other  implantable electronic  devices  such  as audio
implants for the hearing impaired.  Pacific Coast's products generally range  in
price from approximately $50 to $1,000.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    Pacific  Coast uses its  proprietary hermetic sealant,  Kryoflex, in many of
its products  to provide  a high  level  of hermetic  seal protection  in  harsh
environments.   Kryoflex  is  a  multiple-phase   derivative  of  ceramic  oxide
crystalline silicate. A Kryoflex seal  is mechanically stronger, and  withstands
and dissipates more heat, than the glass or brazed ceramic seals used by many of
Pacific Coast's competitors. Unlike many of its competitors, a Kryoflex seal can
bond  to  a number  of  different metals  and  can bond  dissimilar  metals. The
composition and  method of  making Kryoflex  is a  proprietary trade  secret  of
Pacific Coast.
 
   
    Pacific Coast has patented its technology in the field of explosively bonded
metals.  This technology allows dissimilar metals  to be welded together to make
electronic connectors and packages. The resulting devices are lighter than those
made entirely of stainless steel  but have equivalent hermetic seal  protection.
This technology makes Pacific Coast products competitive where light weight is a
requirement, such as in space applications.
    
 
    Pacific   Coast  has  recently  patented   several  metal  matrix  composite
technologies. Metal matrix composites allow Pacific Coast to make lighter,  more
durable  electronic  packages.  In  March  1996,  Hughes  Aircraft,  an existing
customer of Pacific  Coast, placed the  first order for  products utilizing  the
Company's  metal matrix composite technology. Pacific Coast intends to make this
technology available to Morel for use in casting sealed electronic packaging for
customers of Pacific Coast.
 
   
    Pacific Coast generally develops new products from its existing technologies
in response to specific customer needs, with such development almost exclusively
funded by  its  customers.  Pacific  Coast  plans  to  continue  developing  new
technologies  to  meet the  changing requirements  of  its customers  and, where
appropriate, to file additional patent applications for those new  technologies.
Pacific Coast may also purchase additional strategic proprietary technology from
third-party  developers.  Pacific Coast  does not  expect to  devote substantial
resources to research and development that is not funded by customers.
    
 
   
    CUSTOMERS.  Pacific Coast's customer base includes Fortune 1000 companies as
well as  smaller, specialized  firms.  For fiscal  1996, Pacific  Coast's  major
customers  in  the  defense,  aerospace and  communications  market  included ST
Olektron  Corp.,   Honeywell  Inc.'s   Military  Avionics   Division,   Amphenol
Corporation,  AlliedSignal  Inc.'s Aerospace  Equipment Systems  division, Space
Systems/ Loral, Inc.,  Hughes Aircraft, Westinghouse  Electric Corporation,  TRW
Space  and  Electronics  Group,  and  Lockheed  Martin.  Pacific  Coast's  major
customers  in  the  energy  market  during  that  period  included  Schlumberger
Industries,  Inc. and its French  parent company (collectively, "Schlumberger"),
Baker Hughes, INTEQ and Western Atlas International, Inc. Pacific Coast's  major
customers  in  the  medical  market  during  that  year  were  Advanced  Bionics
Corporation and Electro-Biology, Inc. Pacific Coast has a varied customer  base,
and  no single customer accounted for more than  10% of its net sales for fiscal
1996, except for ST Olektron Corp. (13.7%) and Schlumberger (10.8%).
    
 
   
    STRATEGY.  Pacific  Coast's strategy  is to  increase its  sales and  market
share  by developing increasingly sophisticated electronic packages, modules and
subsystems that integrate its  proprietary technology and  products made by  the
Company's   other  subsidiaries.  Pacific   Coast  also  plans   to  expand  its
cross-marketing  with  the  Company's  other  subsidiaries.  As  sales   volumes
increase,  Pacific Coast intends  to increase its automation  in order to obtain
additional efficiencies. In addition,  Pacific Coast is  developing a number  of
standard  products  that  it  believes  can  be  produced  and  sold  more  cost
effectively than custom products. In  the aerospace and defense industries,  the
Company  believes that there is a significant potential for increased use of its
products in satellite and ground-based radar applications. In the communications
industry, Pacific Coast believes that there is similar potential for use of  its
products  in radio frequency  applications. In the  energy market, Pacific Coast
plans to continue  to develop  new devices to  be incorporated  on oil  drilling
tools  in order to take  advantage of the emerging  development of oil fields in
Russia, China, and  other areas. In  the medical devices  market, Pacific  Coast
expects  to develop  standard and custom  devices to  support more sophisticated
audio implants,  bone  growth  stimulators,  pacemakers  and  other  implantable
electronic devices.
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
CERAMIC DEVICES, INC.
 
    PRODUCTS.   Ceramic Devices  designs and manufactures  a line of specialized
filtering  devices  for  use  with  electronic  circuits  operating  in  hostile
environments.  Ceramic Devices was founded in 1982, and the Company purchased it
in February  1995 to  obtain a  source of  ceramic filters  for Pacific  Coast's
connectors  and  electronic  products.  Ceramic  Devices'  products  filter  out
electromagnetic interference and other electrical signals that pose  significant
problems  for the manufacturers and  users of high-performance, high-reliability
electronic systems. Ceramic Devices is an approved supplier of ceramic filtering
devices to military  contractors. Ceramic Devices  fabricates all components  of
its   multilayer   capacitors   and  filters   to   military   requirements  and
individualized customer specifications. Ceramic Devices' product development  is
generally  funded by its customers. Ceramic Devices' products generally range in
price from approximately $5 to $100.
 
   
    CUSTOMERS.  Ceramic  Devices' customer  base is  generally the  same as  the
customer   base  of  Pacific  Coast,  including  large  defense,  aerospace  and
communications companies. Such customers  purchase Ceramic Devices products  for
incorporation  into  sophisticated  electronic systems.  Ceramic  Devices' major
customers include  Hughes  Electro-Optical Operations,  Inc.,  Hughes  Aircraft,
Lockheed   Martin,  Rockwell  International   Corporation,  AlliedSignal  Inc.'s
Aerospace Equipment Systems division, and EMS Technologies, Inc. No one customer
accounted for  more than  10% of  Ceramic Devices'  net sales  for fiscal  1996,
except  for  Lockheed  Martin (13.9%)  and  Hughes Aircraft  (12%).  Because the
customer base  of  Pacific  Coast represents  potential  customers  for  Ceramic
Devices,  the  companies  use the  same  direct sales  force  and manufacturers'
representative group.
    
 
    STRATEGY.   The  Ceramic Devices  growth  strategy includes  increasing  its
marketing  efforts to existing and potential customers in the defense, aerospace
and communications industries, and targeting  customers of Pacific Coast in  the
medical  industry.  In May  1996, Ceramic  Devices completed  its move  from San
Diego, California to the  Pacific Coast facility  in Wenatchee, Washington.  The
Ceramic  Devices  strategy  also  includes  increasing  the  efficiency  of  its
production process through interaction with Pacific Coast, combining its filters
with Pacific Coast  products, and  marketing Ceramic  Devices products  together
with products of Pacific Coast.
 
SEISMIC SAFETY PRODUCTS, INC.
 
   
    PRODUCTS.  Seismic develops and markets natural gas shut-off valves that are
automatically  activated by  earthquakes, and  plans to  market other earthquake
safety products for use in  residential applications. Cashmere manufactures  the
natural  gas shut-off valve for Seismic,  using patented technology that Seismic
purchased in November 1995  from the inventors after  six years of  development.
The  technology  for  a commercial  version  of  this valve  is  currently being
completed by Seismic. Seismic's valves are  designed to be installed in new  and
existing natural gas lines and to automatically shut off the supply of gas in an
earthquake. The valve may also be used as a manual natural gas shut-off valve to
avert  fires in other emergency situations. Significant patented features of the
valve include a mechanism for manual reset of the shut-off valve without special
tools and a seamless design to prevent potential leakage. Seismic's natural  gas
shut-off  valve is certified  by the American  Gas Association and  the State of
California. The  price  for Seismic's  residential  natural gas  shut-off  valve
generally ranges from approximately $100 wholesale to $200 retail.
    
 
   
    CUSTOMERS.   Seismic began marketing its  residential valve in December 1995
under the  brand  name "Northridge  Valve."  Beginning in  March  1996,  Seismic
received  initial orders from several  large home improvement centers, including
Eagle Hardware & Garden Inc., HomeBase Inc., Ernst Home Center, Inc., Home Depot
U.S.A., Inc.  and  Ace  Hardware  Corp.  Southern  California  Gas  Company  and
Northwest  Water Heater have purchased initial quantities of the shut-off valves
in  order  to  evaluate  the  product's  potential  for  distribution  to  their
customers. Prospective purchasers of Seismic's valve include builders, plumbers,
security companies and utility companies.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    STRATEGY.   Seismic's strategy  is to sell  its gas shut-off  valve to large
home improvement centers and  other consumer outlets,  and to utility  companies
for  distribution to their customers, in earthquake-prone areas. The City of Los
Angeles requires that new  construction have an  automatic natural gas  shut-off
valve  installed.  The  Company  believes that  similar  regulations  may appear
elsewhere on the  West Coast due  to its relatively  high potential for  seismic
activity.  The Seismic patents and patent applications extend beyond the current
product to cover other  possible products, such as  a commercial version of  the
natural  gas shut-off valve  and an electrical  shut-off product currently under
development. Future  production  plans may  include  the use  of  aluminum  cast
components  made  by Morel,  which the  Company  believes may  reduce production
costs, in addition to  the precision machined parts  currently made by  Cashmere
which are included in the shut-off valve.
 
CASHMERE MANUFACTURING CO., INC.
 
    PRODUCTS.    Cashmere  operates  a  precision  machine  shop  that  produces
diversified components and  assemblies for the  aerospace, defense,  electronics
and  transportation industries.  Cashmere was founded  in 1969,  and the Company
purchased it  in  1994 to  provide  precision machined  products  initially  for
Pacific  Coast. Cashmere  now provides  products for  other subsidiaries  of the
Company as well. Cashmere produces  principally aluminum products, ranging  from
small  connectors to very complex assemblies.  Cashmere builds to order only, in
conformance with the machining specifications of its customers. Cashmere is  ISO
9000 approved, which qualifies it to perform work for most aerospace and general
electronic   companies.  Cashmere's  products  generally  range  in  price  from
approximately $10 to $200.
 
    CUSTOMERS.  Prior to fiscal  1995, Cashmere's sales were almost  exclusively
to Boeing. Through a diversification program, the percentage of Cashmere's sales
to Boeing was approximately 73% for fiscal 1996. Sales to Boeing by Cashmere and
other  Company  subsidiaries  constituted  approximately  28%  of  the Company's
consolidated net  sales  for that  year.  See  "Risk Factors  --  Dependence  on
Significant Customers." At May 31, 1996, Cashmere's major customers were Boeing,
Pacific Coast, Nissho Iwai American Corporation, Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
and  Northrop Grumman. Pacific Coast, Morel,  and Seismic together accounted for
9.4% of Cashmere's  sales for fiscal  1996. Cashmere manufactures  a variety  of
aluminum  and  stainless  steel  connector shells  and  electronic  packages for
Pacific Coast, machines cast  parts for Morel, and  is the sole manufacturer  of
the natural gas shut-off valve marketed by Seismic.
 
    STRATEGY.  Through access to the customer base of Pacific Coast, Cashmere is
pursuing  strategies  intended to  continue reducing  its dependency  on Boeing.
Cashmere plans  to  expand its  direct  sales effort,  concentrate  on  customer
service,  and offer additional value-added services. Most Pacific Coast products
require machining which  is increasingly  being provided  by Cashmere,  allowing
Cashmere to benefit from the sales and marketing efforts of Pacific Coast. Morel
is  also currently  a customer of  Cashmere. Cashmere, together  with Morel, has
recently implemented direct sales coverage in the Pacific Northwest and Southern
California in an effort to expand the market for products of both companies.
 
MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
    PRODUCTS.  Morel manufactures precision cast aluminum parts used principally
in the  transportation,  heavy  trucking and  aerospace  industries.  Morel  was
founded  in 1909, and the Company purchased  Morel in 1995 to provide cast parts
for its other  subsidiaries and  to expand  its presence  in the  transportation
industry. Morel uses sand castings, lost foam and permanent molds to contain and
shape molten aluminum. These components are often further shaped or patterned on
Morel's  milling  equipment  to meet  a  customer's specific  needs.  Morel also
provides additional services  such as painting,  machining and general  assembly
work.  Morel is currently operating at less than full capacity and believes that
it could  use  its remaining  capacity  without significant  additional  capital
expenditures. Morel's products generally range in price from approximately $5 to
$100.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
    CUSTOMERS.   Morel is dependent on sales to PACCAR, which constituted 75% of
Morel's net sales  in fiscal  year 1995.  Net sales to  PACCAR in  the last  six
months  of fiscal 1996  constituted 15% of the  Company's consolidated net sales
for that  period. See  "Risk Factors  -- Dependence  on Significant  Customers."
Morel's other major customers include Deere & Company, Accra Manufacturing, Inc.
and Boeing.
    
 
   
    STRATEGY.   Morel's customers are  increasingly requesting products that are
cast and  machined by  a  single provider.  The  Company believes  that  Morel's
ability  to machine  its aluminum  parts, combined  with additional  capacity at
Cashmere, will  increase  its ability  to  compete for  finished  cast  aluminum
business.  The  Company  plans  to diversify  Morel's  customer  base  by taking
advantage of its access  to the customers and  marketing of the Company's  other
subsidiaries.  The Company also has plans to provide Morel access to proprietary
technology, such as the metal  matrix composite technology recently patented  by
Pacific  Coast,  in  order  to enhance  Morel's  competitive  advantages  in its
industry.  The   Company   believes  the   recent   addition  of   direct   sale
representatives  in the Pacific Northwest and  Southern California for Morel and
Cashmere will  allow  Morel  to  diversify its  customer  base  and  reduce  its
dependence on PACCAR.
    
 
MARKETING
 
   
    PACIFIC COAST AND CERAMIC DEVICES.  Pacific Coast and Ceramic Devices market
their  products in the United  States, Europe and Japan  through a network of 22
manufacturer representatives  and  resellers  as  of  May  31,  1996,  generally
established  on  a geographic  basis.  These representatives  and  resellers are
subject to agreements that prevent them from selling the products of competitors
of Pacific Coast  and Ceramic Devices.  In addition, Pacific  Coast and  Ceramic
Devices  maintain  a  joint  internal  sales  and  customer  service  staff  and
engineering capability to meet customer requirements for technical support.
    
 
    SEISMIC.  The Company currently markets Seismic's natural gas shut-off valve
in California, Oregon, Utah  and Washington. In  addition, the Company  believes
that   there   is  a   significant  market   for   Seismic's  valves   in  other
earthquake-prone areas, such  as Japan.  Seismic's strategy is  to increase  its
marketing  efforts in two domestic distribution channels: large regional natural
gas utilities for  direct sales to  their customers and  large home  improvement
centers  for sales to consumers. Seismic also intends to implement a direct mail
program   as    part   of    its   marketing    campaign.   In    the    future,
Seismic  may enter into a  strategic arrangement with a  Japanese firm to market
Seismic's natural gas shut-off valve in Japan.
 
    CASHMERE AND  MOREL.    Cashmere  and Morel  have  a  similar  existing  and
potential  customer base and  use the same direct  sales approach and personnel.
They currently have direct regional sales personnel covering the West Coast. The
Company expects to engage additional salespeople for other geographic regions as
business warrants.
 
COMPETITION
 
   
    PACIFIC COAST AND CERAMIC DEVICES.  The market for Pacific Coast and Ceramic
Devices products is highly competitive and is composed of numerous  competitors,
none  of which dominates  the market. Competition is  based primarily on product
quality, price, custom  product development capability,  and technical  support.
Pacific  Coast's  principal  competitors  include  Balo  Precision  Parts,  Inc.
("Balo"), Amphenol Corporation, Hermetic  Seal Corporation, Kemlon Products  and
Development Co., ITT Cannon Inc. and Alberox Corporation. Pacific Coast recently
purchased  two patents  from Balo  and licensed  certain rights  under these and
certain other  related patents  of the  Company to  Balo under  the terms  of  a
settlement   agreement  between  Pacific  Coast   and  Balo.  See  "Business  --
Proprietary Rights." Pacific Coast is not aware of any competitor that  competes
with  all of its  product lines, although  competitors do exist  in each market.
Ceramic Devices'  principal  competitors  in  all of  its  markets  include  AVX
Corporation,  Spectrum  Control, Inc.  and  Maxwell Laboratories,  Inc.'s Sierra
Capacitor/Filter Division. Many  of these companies  have greater financial  and
technical resources
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
than  the Company. The  Company believes that Pacific  Coast and Ceramic Devices
products are positioned to be competitive in these markets due to the quality of
the products, the proprietary and patented technology, and their custom  product
development capability.
    
 
    SEISMIC.    The market  for Seismic's  natural  gas shut-off  valve includes
several principal  competitors,  such  as  Safe  T  Quake  Corporation,  Engdahl
Enterprises  and  Pacific Seismic  Valves, Inc.  The  Company believes  that its
valve's rugged  construction,  ease of  installation,  easy reset  feature,  and
pricing should allow it to be competitive in this market.
 
    CASHMERE  AND MOREL.   The  market for Cashmere  and Morel  products is very
competitive on a  regional basis.  The Company  expects that  access to  Pacific
Coast's proprietary technology and customer base will provide Cashmere and Morel
with  a  competitive advantage  in their  industries.  In addition,  the Company
believes that  modernization  accomplished  when  Morel  purchased  its  current
facilities in March 1994 enables Morel to produce its products more efficiently.
The  Company  believes  that the  ability  to offer  combined  and complementary
products and value-added  services with  the Company's  other subsidiaries  will
enhance  the ability of Cashmere and Morel  to compete in this market. See "Risk
Factors -- Competition."
 
SUPPLIERS AND PRODUCTION
 
    PACIFIC COAST AND CERAMIC DEVICES.   Pacific Coast and Ceramic Devices  have
multiple  competitive sources generally  available to supply  all of their needs
for raw, processed and  machined materials. However,  Pacific Coast and  Ceramic
Devices  occasionally experience  delivery and  quality difficulties  with their
vendors, and maintain secondary sources of supply for outside purchases. Pacific
Coast and Ceramic  Devices also maintain  a quality control  program to  monitor
supplier compliance with their supply requirements.
 
   
    CASHMERE,  MOREL AND  SEISMIC.  Cashmere  has a readily  available source of
supply for the raw materials it requires through numerous product  distributors.
Morel  has  several suppliers  of aluminum  for  its casting  process, including
Aluminum Company of America, Inc. (ALCOA), Morel's largest supplier, which has a
supply facility  located  within approximately  35  miles of  Morel's  facility.
However,  delivery and quality of supplies may vary or change from time to time.
In addition,  the  price  of  aluminum fluctuates  with  the  market,  which  is
generally absorbed by Cashmere but which Morel can generally pass through to its
customers. All of Seismic's products are supplied by Cashmere. See "Risk Factors
- - -- Availability and Cost of Materials."
    
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
   
    The  Company  relies primarily  on a  combination  of patent,  trade secret,
copyright and trademark laws, confidentiality procedures, and other intellectual
property protection methods to protect  its proprietary technology. The  Company
currently  holds  32 United  States patents  and  has three  patent applications
pending. Of these, Pacific Coast owns 28 patents and has one patent  application
pending,   and  Seismic  owns  three  patents,  has  one  United  States  patent
application pending and  has one international  patent application pending  that
designates  Japan  and Europe  as jurisdictions  in  which patent  protection is
sought.
    
 
   
    The Company's issued patents will expire  at various times over the next  16
years,  beginning  in September  1997. Although  the  Company believes  that the
manufacturing processes  of  its  technology  that  is  currently  protected  by
patents,  particularly  that of  Pacific  Coast, are  sufficiently  complex that
competing products  made with  the same  technology are  unlikely, there  is  no
assurance  that  the Company's  competitors will  not design  competing products
using the same or similar technology once these patents have expired.
    
 
    There is no  assurance that  the patent  applications by  Pacific Coast  and
Seismic  will result in issued patents, that  the existing patents or any future
patents issued to the Company or  its subsidiaries will provide any  competitive
advantages for their products or technology, or that, if challenged, the patents
issued  to the Company or  its subsidiaries will be  held valid and enforceable.
Despite the
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
precautions taken  by the  Company,  unauthorized parties  may attempt  to  copy
aspects of the Company's products or obtain and use information that the Company
regards  as  proprietary, and  existing intellectual  property laws  afford only
limited protection. Policing violations of such  laws is difficult. The laws  of
certain  countries in which the Company's products  are or may be distributed do
not protect the Company's products and intellectual property rights to the  same
extent  as do the  laws of the United  States. There is  no assurance that these
protections will  be  adequate  or  that  the  Company's  competitors  will  not
independently  develop similar  technology, gain  access to  the Company's trade
secrets or  other  proprietary  information,  or  design  around  the  Company's
patents.
 
   
    The  Company may be required to enter  into costly litigation to enforce its
intellectual property rights or  to defend infringement  claims by others.  Such
infringement  claims  could  require  the Company  to  license  the intellectual
property rights of third parties. There is no assurance that such licenses would
be available  on reasonable  terms,  or at  all.  The Company  recently  settled
litigation   with  Balo,  a  competitor   of  Pacific  Coast,  involving  patent
infringement claims by and against Balo. As a result of the settlement,  Pacific
Coast acquired two patents from Balo in the field of explosively bonded hermetic
connectors  and packages, which  was the subject of  the litigation, and granted
Balo a license to use  these and certain other  related patents of the  Company.
See "Risk Factors -- Limited Protection of Proprietary Technology."
    
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
   
    Certain  of the  Company's products are  manufactured and  sold under United
States government contracts or subcontracts. As with all companies that  provide
products  or services  to the  federal government,  the Company  is directly and
indirectly subject to various federal  rules, regulations and orders  applicable
to  government  contractors.  Certain  of  these  government  regulations relate
specifically to the vendor-vendee relationship with the government, such as  the
bidding  and pricing  rules. Under  regulations of  this type,  the Company must
observe certain pricing restrictions,  produce and maintain detailed  accounting
data,  and meet  various other  requirements. The Company  is also  subject to a
number of  regulations affecting  the  conduct of  its business  generally.  For
example,  the Company  must adhere  to federal  acquisition requirements  and to
standards established  by the  Occupational Safety  and Health  Act relating  to
labor  practices  and  occupational safety  standards.  Violation  of applicable
government  rules  and   regulations  could  result   in  civil  liability,   in
cancellation  or suspension of existing contracts or in ineligibility for future
contracts or subcontracts  funded in whole  or in part  with federal funds.  See
"Risk Factors -- Governmental Regulation."
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
   
    The  Company is  subject to federal,  state and local  laws, regulations and
ordinances concerning solid waste disposal, hazardous materials storage, use and
disposal, air emissions, waste water  and storm water disposal, employee  health
and  other environmental matters (together,  "Environmental Laws"). Proper waste
disposal and environmental regulation are  major considerations for the  Company
because  certain metals  and chemicals used  in its  manufacturing processes are
classified as hazardous substances.
    
 
   
    Since the Company's acquisition of Morel  in December 1995, the Company  has
initiated  an  environmental compliance  program for  the Morel  facility, which
includes obtaining  all  permits  necessary  for that  facility  to  operate  in
compliance with applicable Environmental Laws. As part of this program, Morel in
January  1996 obtained a  permit to discharge air  emissions. Morel is operating
without a permit  required by Environmental  Laws to discharge  waste water  and
storm  water.  In May  1996,  Morel submitted  an  application to  the  State of
Washington for this  permit. A failure  by Morel to  obtain the required  permit
could result in regulatory authorities imposing fines on Morel or ordering Morel
to   cease  operations  or   both.  The  Company   is  obtaining  the  necessary
environmental data to support the permit application and expects to submit  such
data  in July 1996. Although the Company believes that the necessary permit will
be issued in the first quarter of  fiscal 1997, there is no assurance that  such
permit  will  be issued,  and the  failure to  obtain such  permit would  have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
    From  time  to  time,   the  Company's  operations   may  result  in   other
noncompliance  with Environmental Laws. If  any violations of Environmental Laws
occur, the Company could  be liable for  damages and for  the costs of  remedial
actions  and could also be subject to revocation of permits necessary to conduct
its business. Any such  revocation could require the  Company to cease or  limit
production at one or more of its facilities, which could have a material adverse
effect  on the Company.  As a generator  of hazardous materials,  the Company is
subject to  financial  exposure even  if  it  fully complies  with  these  laws.
Environmental  Laws  could become  more  stringent over  time,  imposing greater
compliance  costs  and  increasing  risks  and  penalties  associated  with  any
violations.  There is no assurance that any present or future noncompliance with
Environmental Laws will  not have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's
results of operations or financial condition. See "Risk Factors -- Environmental
Matters."
    
 
FACILITIES
 
   
    All  of the Company's subsidiaries are now located in the greater Wenatchee,
Washington area. All  of the  operating subsidiaries except  Morel operate  from
adjacent  buildings in Wenatchee, and Morel is  located 15 miles away in Entiat.
The close  proximity of  the operating  subsidiaries is  part of  the  Company's
strategy to enhance the efficiencies between these companies.
    
 
   
    Pacific   Coast  operates  from  facilities   in  Wenatchee,  Washington  of
approximately 31,000 square feet,  which it has leased  from the Port of  Chelan
County  since September 1994. An additional 7,500  square feet were added to the
lease in  January 1996  to house  Ceramic Devices'  operations. Ceramic  Devices
completed its move to Wenatchee from San Diego, California in May 1996. Cashmere
and  Seismic operate  from an adjacent  facility of  approximately 42,000 square
feet which Cashmere  has leased  from the Port  of Chelan  County since  October
1995. This facility was built to suit Cashmere by the Port of Chelan. The leases
for  these facilities expire in the year  2005 and both contain options to renew
for two additional five-year terms. Total  lease costs for these facilities  are
$342,000 per year.
    
 
    Morel operates from facilities in Entiat, Washington of approximately 84,000
square  feet. Morel  purchased these  facilities and  relocated from  Seattle in
August 1994, at which time the  facilities were renovated into a modern  foundry
operation.
 
   
    Cashmere  owns a  portion of its  previous facility  of approximately 46,000
square feet located in  nearby Cashmere, Washington.  Although the Company  held
this  property for sale during  a portion of fiscal  1996, it is currently using
the property for  staging and storage.  The Company is  assessing its  long-term
plans for the property, including retaining the property as an operating asset.
    
 
   
    Ceramic  Devices is subject to two leases for its previous facilities in San
Diego, California. Those  facilities total  approximately 9,900  square feet  of
office and manufacturing space in two buildings. Both leases expire on April 30,
1997,  and the  total rent is  $6,775 per  month. Ceramic Devices  is seeking to
sublease this space through the end of the lease term.
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    As of June  1, 1996, the  Company and its  subsidiaries had a  total of  352
full-time  employees, of which 298 were  in manufacturing and quality assurance,
14 were in  customer service, marketing  and sales, 12  were in engineering,  25
were  in administration, and  3 were in  customer-sponsored product development.
None of the Company's employees is  covered by an ongoing collective  bargaining
agreement,  the  Company  has experienced  no  work stoppages,  and  the Company
believes that its relationship with its employees is good.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The directors and executive officers of the Company are:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                     AGE                                      POSITION
- - ----------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>
Donald A. Wright(1)                         44   Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
Herman L. "Jack" Jones                      65   Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Nick A. Gerde                               51   Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Roger P. Vallo(1)(2)(3)(4)                  61   Secretary and Director
Robert L. Smith(1)(4)                       81   Treasurer and Director
Donald B. Cotton(2)(4)                      58   Director
Allen W. Dahl, M.D.(1)(2)(3)                68   Director
Paul Schmidhauser(3)                        47   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
(1)  Member of the Nominating Committee
 
(2)  Member of the Compensation Committee
 
(3)  Member of the Option Committee
 
(4)  Member of the Finance and Audit Committee
 
   
    Donald A. Wright has been the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and President of the Company since February 1995, and held those same  positions
with  Original PCTH  and its  successor from  May 1994  until the  successor was
dissolved in May 1996. Mr.  Wright has been an  officer and director of  Pacific
Coast  and its predecessor, Kyle Technology  Corporation, since 1990. Mr. Wright
also has been an officer and director  of each of the Company's other  operating
subsidiaries since their respective acquisitions by the Company.
    
 
   
    Herman  L. "Jack" Jones  has been Executive  Vice President, Chief Operating
Officer and a director of the Company  since February 1995, and held those  same
positions with Original PCTH and its successor from May 1994 until the successor
was  dissolved. Mr. Jones also  has served as a  director of Pacific Coast since
April 1994, a director of  Morel since December 1995  and a director of  Seismic
since October 1995. Mr. Jones founded Cashmere and has served as President and a
director of Cashmere since 1969.
    
 
   
    Nick  A.  Gerde has  been  the Vice  President  Finance and  Chief Financial
Officer of the Company  since February 1995.  Mr. Gerde is  also an officer  and
director  of each of  the Company's operating subsidiaries.  Mr. Gerde served as
Controller/CFO  of  Hydraulic  Repair  &  Design,  Inc.,  a  regional  hydraulic
component  repair and  wholesale distribution  company, from  March 1990 through
April 1993;  Business  Development  Specialist  with  the  Economic  Development
Council  of  North Central  Washington from  July  1993 to  June 1994;  and vice
president of Televar Northwest, Inc., a closely held telecommunications company,
from July 1994 to February 1995. Mr. Gerde is a certified public accountant.
    
 
   
    Roger P. Vallo has been  a director and the  Secretary of the Company  since
February  1995,  and  held  those  same positions  with  Original  PCTH  and its
successor from May 1994 until the successor was dissolved. Mr. Vallo served as a
director of Pacific Coast from February  1991 to November 1995 and as  Secretary
from  July 1993  to October  1994. From  1990, he  served as  a director  of the
predecessor of Pacific Coast  and subsequently as a  director of Pacific  Coast.
Mr.  Vallo  also is  the  President and  Chief  Executive Officer  of Prudential
Preferred Properties in Everett, Washington.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
   
    Robert  L. Smith has been a director  and the Treasurer of the Company since
February 1995, and  those same positions  with Original PCTH  and its  successor
from May 1994 until the successor was dissolved. Prior to May 1994, he served as
a  director and officer of Pacific Coast. Mr. Smith is engaged in the commercial
real estate business for Prudential Preferred Properties in Everett, Washington.
    
 
   
    Donald B. Cotton has been a director of the Company since February 1995, and
was a  director of  Original PCTH  and its  successor from  May 1994  until  the
successor was dissolved. He was a director of Pacific Coast from October 1993 to
October 1994. Mr. Cotton retired from GTE in 1993, where he served most recently
as a vice president. He is currently self-employed as a software consultant.
    
 
   
    Allen  W. Dahl, M.D. has been a director of the Company since February 1995,
and was a director of  Original PCTH and its  successor from October 1994  until
the successor was dissolved. Dr. Dahl is a semi-retired physician, practicing in
the Puget Sound region of Washington.
    
 
    Paul  Schmidhauser has been  a director of the  Company since November 1995.
Mr. Schmidhauser currently manages  SIR Schmidhauser Industrial  Representations
AG,  a Swiss company. From January 1994  to January 1995, Mr. Schmidhauser was a
private investor. Prior to January 1994,  Mr. Schmidhauser was a Vice  President
of ABB W&E Umwelttechnik AG, a Swiss company.
 
   
    Directors  of the Company hold  office until the next  annual meeting of the
Company's shareholders and  until their  successors have been  elected and  duly
qualified.  Under the terms of an agreement between Lysys Ltd. ("Lysys") and the
Company, dated January  3, 1995,  Lysys has  the right  to nominate  one of  the
Company's  Board  members,  until July  1998.  Mr. Schmidhauser  is  the current
designee of  Lysys  to  the  Board of  Directors.  See  "Certain  Transactions."
Executive  officers are elected by the Board  of Directors of the Company at the
first Board meeting after  each annual meeting of  shareholders and hold  office
until their successors are elected and duly qualified.
    
 
SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES
 
   
    John M. Eder, 52, has been President and a director of Seismic since October
1995. He also has served as Executive Vice President of Cashmere since September
1990, and as a director of Cashmere since October 1994.
    
 
    Stephen L. Morel, 43, has been President of Morel since February 1989, and a
director  of Morel  since May  1976. Stephen  Morel and  Mark Morel,  below, are
brothers.
 
    Mark Morel, 44, has been Vice President  of Sales of Morel since July  1989,
and a director of Morel since December 1988.
 
    Ivan  G. Sarda,  63, has  been President and  a director  of Ceramic Devices
since April 1995. Before the Company's acquisition of Ceramic Devices, Mr. Sarda
was a  founder  and served  as  President and  a  director of  Ceramic  Devices'
predecessor.
 
    Lewis  L. Wear, 55, has been President of Pacific Coast since February 1996,
and a director of Pacific Coast since November 1995. He also has been a director
of Ceramic Devices  since November 1995.  Prior to November  1995, Mr. Wear  was
Vice President of Sales for Vacuum Atmospheres, a division of WEMS, Inc.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
   
    The  Independent Director  Stock Plan, approved  by the  shareholders of the
Company in November 1995, provides for an initial award of 500 shares of  Common
Stock  and an annual award of $5,000  worth of Common Stock to each non-employee
director. Each non-employee director who serves  on a committee of the Board  of
Directors  is entitled to receive a fee of $1,000 per year for each committee on
which that director serves, and the chairperson of each committee is entitled to
receive an additional $500 fee per year. In addition, each non-employee director
of a subsidiary  of the  Company, who  is not a  director of  the Company,  will
receive a fee of up to $1,000 per year. At the Board's option, persons who serve
as directors of a subsidiary of the Company may be eligible for additional fees.
Each  of the cash fees may  be paid, at the Board's  option, in shares of Common
Stock. Non-employee directors receive
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
   
no salary for  their services  and receive  no fee  from the  Company for  their
participation  in meetings, although all directors are reimbursed for reasonable
travel and other out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in  attending meetings of  the
Board.  As of May 31, 1996, 9,000 shares have been issued to Directors under the
Independent Director Plan, with  6,000 shares subject  to forfeiture if  certain
conditions are not met. See "Management -- Benefit Plans."
    
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
    SUMMARY  COMPENSATION.    The  following table  sets  forth  the  annual and
long-term compensation of Donald A.  Wright ("Named Executive") for services  in
all  capacities to the Company for the last three fiscal years. No other officer
of the Company  received annual  salary and  bonuses exceeding  $100,000 in  the
fiscal  year ended  May 31,  1996. This  table and  the following  tables do not
include a stock option  that the Company  has agreed to grant  to Mr. Wright  in
fiscal  1997 on  the effective  date of  this Prospectus  for 845,000  shares of
Common Stock at 150%  of the Unit  Offering Price, but not  less than $3.75  per
share.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                             ------------------------------
                                                                                                         AWARDS
                                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION               ------------------------------
                                              ---------------------------------------------                    SECURITIES
                                                                               OTHER           RESTRICTED      UNDERLYING
                                                                              ANNUAL              STOCK         OPTIONS/
NAME AND                           FISCAL      SALARY        BONUS         COMPENSATION          AWARDS           SARS
PRINCIPAL POSITION                 YEAR(1)       ($)          ($)               ($)                ($)             (#)
- - -------------------------------  -----------  ---------     ------      -------------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>                  <C>              <C>
Donald A. Wright(2)(3)                 1996     110,577            0                 0                  0        112,560
 CEO and President                     1995      83,654            0                 0                  0        100,000(4)
                                       1994      75,000            0                 0                  0              0
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                    PAYOUTS
                                 -------------
                                     LTIP          ALL OTHER
NAME AND                            PAYOUTS       COMPENSATION
PRINCIPAL POSITION                    ($)             ($)
- - -------------------------------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>
Donald A. Wright(2)(3)                     0            400(5)
 CEO and President                         0              0
                                           0              0
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
   
(1)   Information is shown for the May 31 fiscal years of the Company and, prior
    to February  1995,  Original PCTH,  which  employed Mr.  Wright  during  the
    relevant periods.
    
 
   
(2)   Mr. Wright became  the Chief Executive Officer  of the Company in February
    1995, upon effectiveness of the merger of Original PCTH into a wholly  owned
    subsidiary of the Company. See "Acquisition History."
    
 
   
(3)   The compensation  shown for Mr. Wright  for the fiscal  year ended May 31,
    1994 was paid by Original PCTH.
    
 
   
(4)   Represents  unexercised, but  exercisable,  warrants to  purchase  100,000
    shares  of  Common Stock.  See "Aggregated  Option/SAR Exercises  and Fiscal
    Year-End Option/SAR Values," below.
    
 
   
(5)  Represents estimated value of the personal use of a company car.
    
 
   
    OPTION GRANTS.   The following  table sets  forth information  on grants  of
stock options or other similar rights by the Company during the last fiscal year
to the Named Executive.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   NUMBER OF           PERCENT OF TOTAL                    MARKET PRICE
                                  SECURITIES             OPTIONS/SARS         EXERCISE OR   ON DATE OF
                              UNDERLYING OPTIONS/    GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES     BASE PRICE       GRANT       EXPIRATION
NAME                           SARS GRANTED (#)         IN FISCAL YEAR         ($/SHARE)     ($/SHARE)        DATE
- - ----------------------------  -------------------  -------------------------  -----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                           <C>                  <C>                        <C>          <C>            <C>
Donald A. Wright                      97,560                     67%               5.125         5.125       10/30/2005
                                      15,000                     10%               4.875         4.875       11/28/2005
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
   
    AGGREGATED  OPTION/SAR EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION/SAR VALUES.  The
following table sets forth information concerning exercise of stock options  and
warrants  during the last fiscal year by the Named Executive and the fiscal year
end value of unexercised options:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                       UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS/
                                                                     OPTIONS/SARS AT FY-END (#)        SARS AT FY-END ($)
                                 SHARES ACQUIRED         VALUE      ----------------------------  ----------------------------
NAME                             ON EXERCISE (#)       REALIZED      EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- - ----------------------------  ---------------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                           <C>                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Donald A. Wright                            0                  0       134,512(1)       78,048        209,000           N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
   
(1)  Includes warrants that were granted by Original PCTH on December 24,  1994,
    and  converted by  the Company,  as of February  17, 1995,  into warrants to
    purchase 100,000  shares of  Common  Stock at  $2.00  per share,  which  are
    currently exercisable in full.
    
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
    Mr.  Wright  has been  employed  by the  Company  pursuant to  an Employment
Agreement dated  January 1,  1995, as  amended  on March  1, 1996  (the  "Recent
Employment  Agreement"). The  Recent Employment  Agreement was  superseded by an
Employment Agreement dated as of June 1, 1996 (the "New Employment  Agreement").
The  New Employment Agreement has  a term of two years,  ending on May 31, 1998,
unless terminated  earlier  for  "cause"  (as  defined  in  the  New  Employment
Agreement).  Both employment agreements prohibit  Mr. Wright from competing with
the Company for  two years  following termination. Under  the Recent  Employment
Agreement,  Mr. Wright received  an annual base salary  of $100,000 for calendar
year 1995, and salary at an annual rate of $125,000 for the first five months of
calendar year 1996. Under the New  Employment Agreement, Mr. Wright receives  an
annual  base salary  of $160,000  and $175,000 for  fiscal years  1997 and 1998,
respectively, subject to any increase that  may be determined to be  appropriate
by  the Board of Directors.  Based on Mr. Wright's  performance as judged by the
Board of Directors, Mr. Wright also may be entitled to receive stock options  to
purchase  15,000 shares of Common  Stock per year at  an exercise price equal to
the fair market value of the Common Stock  on the date of grant for each of  the
fiscal  years 1996,  1997 and  1998. The Board  of Directors  awarded Mr. Wright
options to purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock at $4.875 per share  for
his  performance during fiscal year 1995.  In addition, under the New Employment
Agreement, if a "change of control" of the Company occurs and within six  months
thereafter Mr. Wright is terminated without "cause" or terminates his employment
for  "good reason" (as such terms are  defined in the New Employment Agreement),
Mr. Wright would be entitled to receive  a severance payment equal to twice  his
annual base salary then in effect, subject to certain exceptions provided in the
New  Employment Agreement. The  term "change of  control" includes the following
events: (i) a change in composition of the Board of Directors over any  two-year
period  such that the  directors at the  beginning of the  period, together with
directors  subsequently  approved  by   the  continuing  directors,  no   longer
constituted  a majority of the Board, or (ii) any person becoming the beneficial
owner of securities  having 30% or  more of  the voting power  of the  Company's
outstanding  voting  securities,  subject  to  certain  exceptions  in  the  New
Employment Agreement.  Any  such  severance payment  under  the  New  Employment
Agreement  would  be reduced  to the  extent necessary  to avoid  subjecting the
payment to penalty taxes  on parachute payments. In  addition to such  severance
payment,  Mr. Wright and his family would be entitled to continue to participate
for one year  after such  termination in  employee health  and medical  benefits
plans  and programs in which they  were participants when employment terminated,
to the extent permitted by such plans and programs.
    
 
BENEFIT PLANS
 
   
    1995 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
    
 
   
    The Company's 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") provides for the  award
of  incentive  stock  options  ("ISOs")  to  key  employees  and  the  award  of
non-qualified stock options ("NSOs"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs"),  bonus
rights, and other incentive grants to employees and certain non-employees (other
than  non-employee directors) who have  important relationships with the Company
or its subsidiaries.
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
   
    ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan may be  administered by the Board of Directors  or
by  a committee of directors or officers  of the Company. The Board of Directors
has designated an Option Committee to administer the Plan. The Option  Committee
determines  and designates the individuals to  whom awards under the Plan should
be made and the amount  and terms and conditions of  the awards, except that  if
officers  of the Company serve on the  Option Committee it may not grant options
to such officers. The Option Committee may adopt and amend rules relating to the
administration of  the  Plan, but  only  the Board  of  Directors may  amend  or
terminate  the  Plan. The  Plan is  administered in  accordance with  Rule 16b-3
adopted under the Exchange Act.
    
 
   
    ELIGIBILITY.  Awards  under the  Plan may  be made  to employees,  including
employee  directors, of  the Company  and its  subsidiaries, and  to nonemployee
agents, consultants, advisors, and other persons (but not including  nonemployee
directors)  that  the  Option  Committee  believes have  made  or  will  make an
important contribution to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.
    
 
    SHARES AVAILABLE.  Subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan, a  maximum
of  1,000,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance thereunder. If an
option, SAR or performance unit granted under the Plan expires or is  terminated
or canceled, the unissued shares subject to such option, SAR or performance unit
are  again available under the Plan. In addition, if shares sold or awarded as a
bonus under the Plan  are forfeited to the  Company or repurchased thereby,  the
number of shares forfeited or repurchased are again available under the Plan.
 
    TERM.   Unless earlier  terminated by the  Board, the Plan  will continue in
effect until the earlier of:  (i) ten years from the  date on which the Plan  is
adopted  by  the Board,  and (ii)  the date  on which  all shares  available for
issuance under the  Plan have been  issued and all  restrictions on such  shares
have lapsed. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time except with
respect  to options, performance units, and  shares subject to restrictions then
outstanding under the Plan.
 
    STOCK OPTION GRANTS.  The Option Committee may grant ISOs and NSOs under the
Plan. With respect  to each option  grant, the Option  Committee determines  the
number  of shares  subject to the  option, the  option price, the  period of the
option, the  time or  times at  which  the option  may be  exercised  (including
whether the option will be subject to any vesting requirements and whether there
will be any conditions precedent to exercise of the option), and the other terms
and conditions of the option.
 
    ISOs  are subject to special terms and conditions. The aggregate fair market
value, on  the date  of the  grant, of  the Common  Stock for  which an  ISO  is
exercisable for the first time by the optionee during any calendar year, may not
exceed  $100,000. An ISO  may not be  granted to an  employee who possesses more
than 10% of  the total voting  power of  the Company's stock  unless the  option
price  is at least 110% of the fair  market value of the Common Stock subject to
the option on  the date it  is granted and  the option is  not exercisable  five
years  after the date of  grant. No ISO may be  exercisable after ten years from
the date of grant. The option price may not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of the Common Stock covered by the option at the date of grant.
 
   
    In general, no vested  option may be  exercised unless at  the time of  such
exercise  the optionee is  employed by or in  the service of  the Company or any
subsidiary thereof,  within 12  months following  termination of  employment  by
reason  of death or disability, or within three months following termination for
any other reason except for cause. Options are nonassignable and nontransferable
by the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution at the
time of the optionee's death. No shares  may be issued pursuant to the  exercise
of  an option until full payment therefor has been made. Upon the exercise of an
option, the  number of  shares reserved  for  issuance under  the Plan  will  be
reduced  by the number of shares issued  upon exercise of the option. Options to
purchase an aggregate of 145,283 shares of Common Stock have been granted  under
the  Plan, and the  Company has agreed to  issue Mr. Wright  an option under the
Plan to purchase 845,000 shares upon the effective date of this Prospectus.  See
"Description of Securities -- Stock Options."
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    STOCK  APPRECIATION RIGHTS.   The Option Committee may  grant SARs under the
Plan. Each SAR entitles the holder,  upon exercise, to receive from the  Company
an  amount equal to the excess of the  fair market value on the date of exercise
of one share of Common  Stock of the Company over  its fair market value on  the
date  of grant (or, in the  case of a SAR granted  in connection with an option,
the excess of the fair market value of one share of Common Stock of the  Company
over  the option  price per share  under the  option to which  the SAR relates),
multiplied by the number of shares covered by the SAR or the option. Payment  by
the Company upon exercise of a SAR may be made in Common Stock, in cash, or by a
combination of Common Stock and cash.
 
    If  a SAR is granted in connection with an option, the following rules shall
apply: (i) the  SAR shall  be exercisable  only to the  extent and  on the  same
conditions  that the related  option could be  exercised; (ii) the  SAR shall be
exercisable only when  the fair  market value of  the stock  exceeds the  option
price of the related option; (iii) the SAR shall be for no more than 100% of the
excess  of the fair market value  of the stock at the  time of exercise over the
option price; (iv) upon exercise  of the SAR, the  option or portion thereof  to
which  the SAR  relates terminates;  and (v)  upon exercise  of the  option, the
related SAR or portion thereof terminates.
 
    Each SAR is nonassignable and nontransferable  by the holder except by  will
or  by the laws of  descent and distribution at the  time of the holder's death.
Upon the  exercise of  a  SAR for  shares, the  number  of shares  reserved  for
issuance  under the Plan  will be reduced  by the number  of shares issued. Cash
payments of SARs will not reduce the  number of shares of Common Stock  reserved
for issuance under the Plan. No SARs have been granted under the Plan.
 
    RESTRICTED  STOCK.   The Option Committee  may issue shares  of Common Stock
under the Plan  subject to  the terms, conditions,  and restrictions  determined
thereby.  Upon the issuance  of restricted stock, the  number of shares reserved
for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the number of shares issued.  No
restricted shares have been granted under the Plan.
 
    STOCK  BONUS AWARDS.  The Option Committee  may award shares of Common Stock
as a  stock  bonus  under the  Plan.  The  Option Committee  may  determine  the
recipients  of the awards, the  number of shares to be  awarded, and the time of
the award. Stock received as a stock bonus is subject to the terms,  conditions,
and  restrictions determined by  the Option Committee  at the time  the stock is
awarded. No stock bonus awards have been granted under the Plan.
 
   
    CASH BONUS RIGHTS.  The Option  Committee may grant cash bonus rights  under
the Plan in connection with (i) options granted or previously granted, (ii) SARs
granted  or  previously  granted,  (iii)  stock  bonuses  awarded  or previously
awarded, and  (iv)  shares  issued  under the  Plan.  Bonus  rights  granted  in
connection  with options entitle  the optionee to  a cash bonus  if and when the
related  option  is  exercised.  The  amount  of  the  bonus  is  determined  by
multiplying  the excess of  the total fair  market value of  the shares acquired
upon the exercise over the total option  price for the shares by the  applicable
bonus  percentage. The bonus rights granted in connection with a SAR entitle the
holder to a cash  bonus when the SAR  is exercised. The amount  of the bonus  is
determined  by multiplying  the total  fair market value  of the  shares or cash
received pursuant to the exercise of  the SAR by the applicable percentage.  The
bonus  percentage  applicable to  any bonus  right is  determined by  the Option
Committee but may  in no event  exceed 75%. Bonus  rights granted in  connection
with  stock  bonuses  entitle  the  recipient to  a  cash  bonus,  in  an amount
determined by the Option  Committee, when the stock  is awarded or purchased  or
any  restrictions to which the stock is subject lapse. No bonus rights have been
granted under the Plan.
    
 
    PERFORMANCE UNITS.    The  Option  Committee  may  grant  performance  units
consisting of monetary units which may be earned if the Company achieves certain
goals  established by the Committee over a  designated period of time. The goals
established by the Option  Committee may include earnings  per share, return  on
shareholders'  equity,  return  on  invested  capital,  and  similar benchmarks.
Payment of an award earned may be in cash or in Common Stock or partly in  both,
and  may be made  when earned, or  vested and deferred,  as the Option Committee
determines. Each performance unit will be
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
nonassignable and nontransferable by the holder except by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution at the time of the holder's death. The number of shares
reserved for issuance under the  Plan shall be reduced  by the number of  shares
issued  upon payment of an  award. No performance units  have been granted under
the Plan.
 
    CHANGES IN CAPITAL  STRUCTURE.  The  Plan provides that  if the  outstanding
Common  Stock  of the  Company  is increased  or  decreased or  changed  into or
exchanged for a different number  or kind of shares  or other securities of  the
Company or of another corporation by reason of any recapitalization, stock split
or certain other transactions, appropriate adjustment will be made by the Option
Committee  in the number and kind of shares available for grants under the Plan.
In addition,  the Option  Committee  will make  appropriate adjustments  in  the
number  and kind of shares as to  which outstanding options will be exercisable.
In  the  event  of  a  merger,  consolidation  or  other  fundamental  corporate
transformation,  the  Board  may,  in its  sole  discretion,  permit outstanding
options to remain in effect in accordance with their terms; to be converted into
options to  purchase stock  in the  surviving or  acquiring corporation  in  the
transaction; or to be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, during a 30-day
period prior to the consummation of the transaction.
 
   
    INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR STOCK PLAN
    
 
    The Company's Independent Director Stock Plan (the "Director Plan") provides
for the award of shares of Common Stock to non-employee directors of the Company
to  attract, reward, and retain qualified  individuals to serve as directors and
to provide  added  incentive  to  such persons  by  increasing  their  ownership
interest in the Company.
 
   
    ADMINISTRATION.    The Director  Plan may  be administered  by the  Board of
Directors or by a committee of directors and officers of the Company. The  Board
has  delegated to the Compensation Committee the responsibility of administering
the Director  Plan.  Subject to  the  requirements  of the  Director  Plan,  the
Compensation  Committee has the authority to,  among other things, determine the
fair market  value  of  the  Common  Stock,  interpret  the  Director  Plan  and
prescribe,  amend, and rescind rules and  regulations relating thereto, and make
all determinations  deemed necessary  or advisable  to administer  the  Director
Plan,  except that only the  Board of Directors may  suspend, amend or terminate
the Director Plan. No director may vote on any action by the Board of  Directors
with  respect to  any matter  relating to  an award  held by  such director. The
Director Plan is administered  in accordance with Rule  16b-3 adopted under  the
Exchange Act.
    
 
    ELIGIBILITY.    Shares  may  be  awarded under  the  Director  Plan  only to
Independent Directors. The term "Independent  Director" means a director who  is
not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
    SHARES  AVAILABLE.  The total  number of shares of  Common Stock that may be
awarded as bonuses under the Director Plan may not exceed 100,000 shares. If any
share awarded under  the Director Plan  is forfeited, such  share will again  be
available for purposes of the Director Plan.
 
    TERM.   Unless  earlier suspended or  terminated by the  Board, the Director
Plan will continue in effect until the  earlier of: (i) ten years from the  date
on  which it  is adopted by  the Board,  and (ii) the  date on  which all shares
available for issuance under the Director Plan have been issued.
 
   
    INITIAL AWARD.   The  Independent Directors  who were  elected at  the  1995
annual  shareholders  meeting  each received  500  shares of  Common  Stock (the
"Initial Award")  for  a  total  of  3,000  shares.  In  the  future,  each  new
Independent  Director  will  receive  an  Initial  Award  upon  such Independent
Director's first election or appointment to the Board.
    
 
    ANNUAL AWARD.   Each Independent  Director also will  be awarded  additional
shares  (the  "Annual Award")  in an  amount determined  in accordance  with the
formula set forth below, on an annual basis,  each time he or she is elected  to
the  Board (or, if directors are elected to serve terms longer than one year, as
of the date of each annual  shareholders' meeting during that term). The  number
of shares awarded in the Annual Award will be equivalent to the result of $5,000
divided by the fair market
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
value of a share on the date of the award, rounded to the nearest 100 shares (or
a  fraction thereof if the  Independent Director is elected  or appointed to the
Board at any time other than at the annual meeting of shareholders). Each of the
Independent Directors elected at the  1995 annual shareholders meeting  received
an Annual Award of 1,000 shares of Common Stock for a total of 6,000 shares.
 
    VESTING  AND FORFEITURE.   Shares  issued pursuant  to an  Initial Award are
fully vested upon the  date of the  award. Shares issued  pursuant to an  Annual
Award  vest in full  on the first  anniversary following the  date of the Annual
Award if the  Independent Director has  attended at least  75% of the  regularly
scheduled  meetings of the Board during that  year (the "Vesting Period"). If an
Independent Director does  not attend at  least 75% of  the regularly  scheduled
meetings  of the Board during the Vesting  Period, the shares issued pursuant to
that Annual  Award will  expire and  be forfeited  without having  vested. If  a
Director ceases to be an Independent Director for any reason other than death or
disability before his or her last Annual Award vests, the shares issued pursuant
to  that Annual Award will be forfeited. If an Independent Director is unable to
continue his or her service as a director  as a result of his or her  disability
or  death, unvested shares of such  Independent Director will immediately become
vested as  of the  date  of disability  or  death. In  the  event of  a  merger,
consolidation  or plan of exchange to which the  Company is a party and in which
the Company is not the  survivor, or a sale of  all or substantially all of  the
Company's  assets, any unvested shares will  vest automatically upon the closing
of such transaction.
 
    STATUS BEFORE VESTING.  Each Independent  Director will be a shareholder  of
record  with respect to all  shares awarded under the  Director Plan, whether or
not vested. No Independent Director may transfer any interest in unvested shares
to any person other than to the Company.
 
CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
    As a result  of Section  162(m) of  the Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as
amended,  in  the event  that compensation  paid  by the  Company to  a "covered
employee" (the chief executive officer and the next four highest paid employees)
in a year were to exceed an aggregate of $1,000,000, the Company's deduction for
such compensation could be limited to $1,000,000.
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
    The following table shows, to the  best of the Company's knowledge based  on
the  records  of  the Company's  transfer  agent  and the  Company's  records on
issuances of shares, as adjusted to  reflect changes in ownership documented  in
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission made by certain shareholders
and  provided to  the Company  pursuant to  Section 16  of the  Exchange Act and
statements provided  to  the  Company  by  certain  shareholders,  Common  Stock
ownership  on May  31, 1996,  by (i)  each person  known by  the Company  to own
beneficially more than 5% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock  ("Principal
Shareholder"),  (ii) each of the Company's  directors, (iii) the Named Executive
in the Summary Compensation Table, and (iv) all executive officers and directors
of the Company as a group.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    COMMON STOCK (2)
                                                                        AMOUNT AND NATURE OF   --------------------------
                                                                             BENEFICIAL           BEFORE        AFTER
NAMES AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                      OWNERSHIP (1)         OFFERING      OFFERING
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                     <C>           <C>
Donald A. Wright (3)
 c/o PCT Holdings, Inc.
 434 Olds Station Road
 Wenatchee, WA 98801.................................................          1,245,850             14.7%         11.6%
Herman L. "Jack" Jones
 c/o PCT Holdings, Inc.
 432 Olds Station Road
 Wenatchee, WA 98801.................................................            701,437              9.4%          7.2%
Pensionfund of the Siemens
 Companies in Switzerland
 CH 8047
 Zurich, Switzerland.................................................            650,000              8.7%          6.7%
Stephen Morel
 224 Stoneybrook Lane
 Wenatchee, WA 98801.................................................            398,433              5.3%          4.1%
Melvin B. Hoelzle (4)
 8105 South Broadway
 Everett, WA 98203...................................................            380,500              5.1%          3.9%
Roger Vallo (5)
 2707 Colby Avenue
 Suite 1101
 Everett, WA 98201...................................................            219,026              2.9%          2.3%
Robert L. Smith (6)
 20008 Grand Avenue, Apt. 201
 Everett, WA 98201...................................................            161,887              2.2%          1.7%
Donald B. Cotton (7)
 538 Timber Ridge Drive
 Trophy Club, TX 76262...............................................            103,609              1.4%          1.1%
Allen W. Dahl
 7300 Madrona Drive N.E.
 Bainbridge Island, WA 98110.........................................             29,276            *             *
Paul Schmidhauser
 Rebbergstrasse 28
 CH-8112 Otelfingen, Switzerland.....................................              1,500            *             *
All Executive Officers and Directors
 as a group (eight persons)(8).......................................          2,503,946             29.3%         23.2%
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
 * Less than 1%.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
(1)  Shares not outstanding but deemed beneficially owned by virtue of the right
    of an individual to acquire them  within 60 days are treated as  outstanding
    for  determining the  amount and  percentage of  Common Stock  owned by such
    individual. Shares  for  which  beneficial ownership  is  disclaimed  by  an
    individual  also are  included for  purposes of  determining the  amount and
    percentage of  Common  Stock owned  by  such individual.  To  the  Company's
    knowledge,  each  person  has sole  voting  and sole  investment  power with
    respect to the shares shown except  as noted, subject to community  property
    laws, where applicable.
    
 
   
(2)   Rounded to the nearest 1/10th of one percent, based on 7,478,309 shares of
    Common Stock outstanding before this Offering and 9,728,309 shares of Common
    Stock outstanding after this Offering.
    
 
   
(3)  Includes 34,666 shares held by Ragen MacKenzie, Incorporated, custodian for
    Donald A. Wright, in two  IRA accounts. Also includes currently  exercisable
    warrants   to  purchase  100,000  shares  of  Common  Stock,  and  currently
    exercisable options to purchase 34,512 shares of Common Stock. Also includes
    an option to purchase  845,000 shares of Common  Stock that the Company  has
    agreed to grant to Mr. Wright on the effective date of this Prospectus.
    
 
   
(4)   Includes 85,416 shares held  by Dain Bosworth, Incorporated, custodian for
    Melvin B. Hoelzle IRA.
    
 
   
(5)  Includes  216,666 shares  held by or  on behalf  of Seattle-First  National
    Bank, custodian for Roger P. Vallo IRA.
    
 
   
(6)    Includes a  currently exercisable  warrant to  purchase 37,500  shares of
    Common Stock.
    
 
   
(7)  Includes 69,443 shares held by Lincoln Trust Company, custodian for  Donald
    B. Cotton IRA.
    
 
   
(8)  Includes currently exercisable warrants to purchase up to 162,500 shares of
    Common  Stock, and  currently exercisable options  to purchase  up to 47,723
    shares of Common Stock. Also includes  an option to purchase 845,000  shares
    of  Common Stock that the  Company has agreed to grant  to Mr. Wright on the
    effective date of this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                              SELLING SHAREHOLDER
 
   
    The table  below sets  forth certain  information as  of May  31, 1996  with
respect  to the beneficial ownership of Common Stock by UTCO Associates, Ltd., a
Utah limited  partnership  (the  "Selling Shareholder").  Other  than  providing
short-term financing to the Company in May 1996, the Selling Shareholder has not
had  any position, office or other material relationship with the Company within
the past three years.
    
 
    The shares of Common Stock offered by the Selling Shareholder may be offered
for sale, beginning 180  days after the  date of this  Prospectus, from time  to
time  at market prices prevailing  at the time of  sale or at negotiated prices,
and without  payment of  any underwriting  discounts or  commissions except  for
usual  and customary selling commissions paid to brokers or dealers. The Company
will not receive any proceeds from the  sale of the Common Stock by the  Selling
Shareholder.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SHARES BENEFICIALLY          NUMBER OF              SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                              OWNED PRIOR TO OFFERING      SHARES OFFERED           OWNED AFTER OFFERING
                                           ------------------------------    BY SELLING    --------------------------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER        NUMBER(1)     PERCENTAGE(2)    SHAREHOLDER(1)      NUMBER(3)         PERCENTAGE(3)
- - -----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------  -------------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>                <C>             <C>                <C>
UTCO Associates, Ltd. ...................     300,000            3.9%           300,000                0                  0%
 230 West 200 South, Suite 2601
 Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
   
(1)   Represents shares issuable upon exercise  of a warrant held by the Selling
    Shareholder issued in  connection with the  short-term financing  referenced
    above.  The warrant  is exercisable  at $4.80  per share  and is immediately
    exercisable in full. The  warrant and a promissory  note were issued by  the
    Company to the Selling Shareholder in May 1996. See "Management's Discussion
    and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  -- Recent
    Developments." See "Use of Proceeds" as  to the repayment of the  promissory
    note.
    
 
   
(2)    Excludes  any  shares  of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of any
    outstanding stock  options  and warrants  of  the Company,  other  than  the
    warrant  held by  the Selling  Shareholder, and  excludes 845,000  shares of
    Common Stock issuable upon  the exercise of an  option that the Company  has
    agreed  to  grant  to  Donald  A.  Wright  on  the  effective  date  of this
    Prospectus. See "Description of Securities -- Stock Options."
    
 
   
(3)   Assumes the  exercise of  the Selling  Shareholder's warrant  to  purchase
    300,000  shares of Common Stock at an  exercise price of $4.80 per share and
    the sale by  the Selling Shareholder  of all shares  of Common Stock  issued
    pursuant to such exercise.
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    On May 18, 1994, Pacific Coast received a $2,000,000 loan from the County of
Chelan, Washington, secured by a standby letter of credit from the Frontier Bank
of  Everett, Washington. To secure the Company's obligations under the letter of
credit, Melvin  B. Hoelzle,  a Principal  Shareholder, and  Robert L.  Smith,  a
director  of the Company, each provided a  certificate of deposit and executed a
guaranty. The  Company retired  the  letter of  credit  and the  obligations  of
Messrs. Hoelzle and Smith on September 21, 1995.
 
   
    On  May 31, 1994,  Original PCTH acquired  all of the  outstanding shares of
Cashmere from the  shareholders of  Cashmere, in  exchange for  common stock  of
Original  PCTH.  Herman  L.  "Jack" Jones,  a  Principal  Shareholder, executive
officer, and director of  the Company received shares  of Original PCTH in  that
transaction,  which were later  exchanged for 791,666 shares  of the Company. In
connection with the acquisition, Cashmere  sold the land and buildings,  located
in  Cashmere, Washington, where its  manufacturing facilities were then located,
to Mr. Jones and John M. Eder, a former director of the Company and presently an
Executive Vice President  of Cashmere  and President of  Seismic, for  $975,207.
Cashmere  received a note from Mr. Jones for the sales price, payable in monthly
installments of $7,600 through May 2014, including interest at 7% per annum. The
note was  collateralized  by  the  land  and  the  buildings  that  then  housed
Cashmere's  operations. No significant gain or loss to the Company resulted from
this transaction. Cashmere leased  these premises from Mr.  Jones for a term  of
three  years with monthly lease payments of $9,000. In May 1995, the Company and
Messrs. Jones and Eder reached an agreement for Cashmere to reacquire a  portion
of  the land and buildings. Under  that agreement, Cashmere canceled $673,990 of
the outstanding note  from Mr.  Jones, Mr. Jones  agreed to  assume the  payment
obligation of Cashmere under certain bank debt related to the property, although
Cashmere  remains  an obligor  under that  bank debt,  and Cashmere  renewed the
$278,795 balance of the  note from Mr.  Jones under the same  terms as the  bank
debt. Mr. Jones is negotiating to refinance the bank debt in his name and remove
Cashmere  as an obligor. There is no  assurance that Cashmere will be removed as
an obligor on the bank debt. The Company paid Mr. Jones $108,000 in May 1995 for
the  cancellation  of  the  lease,  which  was  terminated  upon  completion  of
Cashmere's new facility in Wenatchee, Washington.
    
 
   
    On  January 3,  1995, Original  PCTH entered  into a  funding agreement (the
"Funding Agreement") with  Lysys Ltd.  ("Lysys"). Under  the Funding  Agreement,
Lysys agreed to use its best efforts to find suitable and qualified investors to
purchase  the Company's Common Stock. Subsequent  to the Verazzana merger, Lysys
facilitated the sale by the Company  of 800,000 shares of Common Stock  pursuant
to  the  Funding  Agreement  in  an  offering  exempt  from  registration  under
Regulation S of the Securities Act, which raised approximately $4.6 million.  As
compensation  for its services, Lysys was paid  a commission of $478,400 in cash
and 739,700 shares  of the Company's  Common Stock were  issued to designees  of
Lysys.  Pensionfund  of  the  Siemens Companies  in  Switzerland  ("Siemens"), a
Principal Shareholder, purchased 150,000 shares in the offering.
    
 
   
    Under the Funding  Agreement, Lysys  has the right  to nominate  one of  the
Company's Board members until July 1998. Paul Schmidhauser, who was elected as a
director  of the Company at the  1995 annual shareholders meeting, was nominated
as a director  by Lysys. Mr.  Schmidhauser has no  ownership or other  pecuniary
interest  in  or  association  with  Lysys.  See  "Management  --  Directors and
Executive Officers."
    
 
    Roger D.  Dudley, one  of  the Company's  directors  from February  1995  to
November 1995, is associated with Lysys although he is not a director, executive
officer  or equity owner of Lysys. Mr. Dudley provided certain services to Lysys
in connection with its performance under the Funding Agreement. As  compensation
for  such services,  295,300 of  the shares  of Common  Stock issuable  to Lysys
pursuant to  the Funding  Agreement were  issued  to SMD  Ltd., LLC,  a  limited
liability  company, one-third  of which  is owned  by another  limited liability
company owned by Mr. Dudley's family. Mr. Dudley claims beneficial ownership  of
88,433  of  such shares,  and disclaims  beneficial  ownership of  the remaining
shares.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    Mr. Dudley is also an executive officer of C.I. International Limited, which
is the manager of Capital International Fund Limited, a foreign investment fund.
While Mr.  Dudley was  a director  of the  Company, Capital  International  Fund
Limited  purchased 86,000 shares of Common Stock on February 15, 1995 and 64,000
shares on July 12, 1995.  Mr. Dudley has no  ownership interest in these  shares
and,  except  in his  capacity  as an  executive  officer of  C.I. International
Limited, exercises  no  control  over  C.I.  International  Limited  or  Capital
International Fund Limited.
 
   
    In  February  1995,  Arthur S.  Robinson,  a  director of  the  Company from
February 1995 to April 1996 and of Original PCTH and its successor from May 1994
to April 1996, exchanged his rights in a consulting contract with Original  PCTH
for  shares of common stock of  Original PCTH, which were subsequently converted
to 17,361 shares of the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
   
    The Company entered into another agreement  with Lysys on November 3,  1995,
as  amended on January  19, 1996 (the "Placement  Agreement"), pursuant to which
Lysys facilitated the sale by the Company  of 838,470 shares of Common Stock  in
an  offering exempt from registration under  Regulation S of the Securities Act.
The Company  raised approximately  $3.4 million  from the  offering, from  which
Lysys  was paid a  commission of $234,772. Pursuant  to the Placement Agreement,
the Company issued 30,000  shares of Common  Stock to an  affiliate of Lysys  as
additional  compensation in connection  with the offering.  Siemens, a Principal
Shareholder, purchased 500,000 shares of Common Stock in the offering.
    
 
   
    On October 9, 1995, Allen W. Dahl,  a director of the Company, loaned  Morel
$100,000  pursuant to the terms of a  promissory note, for working capital until
consummation of the  Morel Merger, as  defined in the  following paragraph.  All
amounts due under this note were paid in full by Morel in December 1995.
    
 
   
    On  December  1, 1995  (effective for  accounting  purposes on  November 30,
1995), the Company effected  a merger between a  subsidiary of the Company  that
was  formed for  such purpose and  Morel (the "Morel  merger"). See "Acquisition
History." As  consideration for  the Morel  merger, the  Company, after  certain
post-closing  adjustments, issued 650,000  shares of Common  Stock to Stephen L.
Morel and  Mark  Morel  (the  "Morel Shareholders").  As  a  result,  the  Morel
Shareholders  own an  aggregate of  approximately 9%  of the  outstanding Common
Stock prior to  this Offering.  Also in connection  with the  Morel merger,  the
Company   entered  into   a  registration   rights  agreement   with  the  Morel
Shareholders, pursuant to which the  Morel Shareholders were granted the  right,
under  certain circumstances, to have  up to 50% of  their shares registered, at
the Company's expense, on an equal basis with other shareholders of the  Company
within  two years after the date of closing. These registration rights have been
waived as  to this  Offering.  See "Description  of Securities  --  Registration
Rights."  Prior to  the Morel merger,  no material  relationship existed between
Morel and the Company  or any of its  affiliates, directors, officers, or  their
associates, except that Morel and certain subsidiaries of the Company transacted
business from time to time in the ordinary course of business.
    
 
   
    On  March 28, 1996, Robert  L. Smith, a director  of the Company, loaned the
Company $150,000 pursuant  to a promissory  note from the  Company to Mr.  Smith
that accrues interest at 18% per annum and is due in full on September 27, 1996.
The  Company expects to  use a portion of  the net proceeds  of this Offering to
repay that note.  See "Use of  Proceeds." The  Company also issued  Mr. Smith  a
warrant  to purchase 37,500  shares of Common  Stock at $4.80  per share that is
immediately exercisable, but those shares cannot be sold until the expiration of
a lock-up period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus. See "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  --
Recent  Developments." In addition, the warrant  grants Mr. Smith certain rights
to register the  shares issuable  upon exercise of  the warrant.  Mr. Smith  has
waived his rights to register those shares in this Offering. See "Description of
Securities -- Registration Rights."
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
UNITS
 
    The Common Stock and the Warrants offered hereby will be sold only in Units.
Each  Unit consists of one share of Common Stock and one Warrant. The Units will
separate immediately upon issuance, and the Common Stock and Warrants that  make
up the Units will trade only as separate securities.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
    The  authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of 100,000,000 shares
of Common Stock,  $.001 par value  per share. As  of June 17,  1996, there  were
7,478,309  shares of  Common Stock,  fully paid  and nonassessable, outstanding.
Each share of  outstanding Common Stock  is entitled to  participate equally  in
dividends  as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, out of
funds legally available therefor, and is entitled to participate equally in  any
distribution  of net assets made to the Company's shareholders in liquidation of
the Company after  payment to  all creditors  thereof. There  are no  preemptive
rights  or rights to convert Common Stock into any other securities. The holders
of the Common Stock are  entitled to one vote for  each share held of record  on
all  matters voted upon by the Company's shareholders and may not cumulate votes
for the election of directors. Thus, the  owners of a majority of the shares  of
the  Common Stock outstanding may elect all  of the directors of the Company and
the owners of the balance of the shares of the Common Stock would not be able to
elect any directors of the Company.
    
 
WARRANTS
 
   
    REPRESENTATIVES' WARRANTS.   In connection with  this Offering, the  Company
has  authorized the issuance  of the Representatives'  Warrants and has reserved
450,000 shares  of Common  Stock for  issuance upon  exercise of  such  warrants
(including   the  Warrants  issuable  upon   exercise  of  the  Representatives'
Warrants). The Representatives'  Warrants will  entitle the  holders to  acquire
225,000 Units at an exercise price of $      per Unit (120% of the Unit Offering
Price).  The Representatives' Warrants will be  exercisable at any time from the
first anniversary of the date of this Prospectus until the fifth anniversary  of
the date of this Prospectus.
    
 
   
    THE WARRANTS.  Each Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one share of
Common  Stock at a price  of $     per share (150%  of the Unit Offering Price),
subject to certain adjustments including,  if the Company's audited fiscal  1997
net  income does not exceed $1.5 million,  a one-time downward adjustment of the
exercise price to  (a) 125% of  the Unit Offering  Price if such  net income  is
$800,000 to $1.5 million, (b) 100% of the Unit Offering Price if such net income
is  $500,000 to  $799,000, and (c)  75% of the  Unit Offering Price  if such net
income is  less  than  $500,000.  The vesting  of  one  outstanding  warrant  is
dependent  upon Pacific  Coast being issued  a patent, which  occurred in fiscal
1996, and meeting or exceeding certain gross sales benchmarks for calendar years
1996 and 1997.  See "Other  Warrants" below.  The Company  may grant  additional
performance-based   options  or  warrants  to  its  employees.  The  vesting  of
performance-based options or warrants may result in certain expenses that  would
reduce  net income for financial accounting  purposes. Solely for the purpose of
determining whether a downward adjustment to the exercise price of the  Warrants
will  be  made based  on fiscal  1997 net  income, any  expense relating  to the
vesting  of  any  performance-based  options  or  warrants  held  by   employees
(including  any  amortization  of  capitalized  patent  costs  relating  to such
warrants or options) will be excluded in determining fiscal 1997 net income. The
Warrants will, subject to certain conditions,  be exercisable at any time  until
the  fifth anniversary of the date  of this Prospectus, unless earlier redeemed.
The Warrants are redeemable by the Company,  at $.25 per Warrant, upon at  least
30 days prior written notice to the registered holders, if the closing bid price
(as  defined in the Warrant Agreement described below) per share of Common Stock
for the 20  consecutive trading days  immediately preceding the  date notice  of
redemption is given equals or exceeds 200% of the then-current exercise price of
the  Warrants. If the Company gives notice  of its intention to redeem, a holder
would be forced either to exercise his or her Warrant before the date  specified
in the redemption notice or accept the redemption price.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
    The  Warrants will  be issued in  registered form under  a Warrant Agreement
(the "Warrant Agreement") between the Company and Interwest Transfer Co.,  Inc.,
as  warrant agent (the  "Warrant Agent"). The shares  of Common Stock underlying
the Warrants, when issued  upon exercise of  a Warrant, will  be fully paid  and
nonassessable, and the Company will pay any transfer tax incurred as a result of
the issuance of Common Stock to the holder upon its exercise.
    
 
   
    The  Warrants  and  the Representatives'  Warrants  contain  provisions that
protect the holders against dilution by  adjustment of the exercise price.  Such
adjustment will occur in the event, among others, that the Company makes certain
distributions  to holders of  its Common Stock.  The Company is  not required to
issue fractional shares upon the exercise  of a Warrant or the  Representatives'
Warrants.  The holder of a Warrant or Representatives' Warrants will not possess
any rights  as a  shareholder of  the Company  until such  holder exercises  the
Warrant or Representatives' Warrants.
    
 
    A  Warrant may be exercised upon surrender  of the Warrant certificate on or
before the expiration date of the Warrant  at the offices of the Warrant  Agent,
with  the form  of "Election  To Purchase"  on the  reverse side  of the Warrant
certificate completed and executed as  indicated, accompanied by payment of  the
exercise  price (by certified or bank check payable to the order of the Company)
for the number of shares with respect to which the Warrant is being exercised.
 
   
    For a holder to exercise the Warrants, there must be a current  registration
statement   in  effect   with  the   Securities  and   Exchange  Commission  and
qualification in effect  under applicable state  securities laws (or  applicable
exemptions  from state qualification requirements)  with respect to the issuance
of shares or other securities underlying the Warrants. The Company has agreed to
use all commercially reasonable efforts  to cause a registration statement  with
respect  to such securities under  the Securities Act to  be filed and to become
and remain  effective  in anticipation  of  and prior  to  the exercise  of  the
Warrants  and to take such other actions under the laws of various states as may
be required  to  cause the  sale  of Common  Stock  (or other  securities)  upon
exercise of Warrants to be lawful. If a current registration statement is not in
effect  at the time a Warrant is exercised, the Company may at its option redeem
the Warrant by paying  to the holder  cash equal to  the difference between  the
market  price of the Common Stock on the exercise date and the exercise price of
the Warrant. The Company will not be required to honor the exercise of  Warrants
if,  in the opinion of the Company's  Board of Directors upon advice of counsel,
the sale of securities upon exercise would be unlawful.
    
 
   
    The foregoing discussion of certain terms and provisions of the Warrants and
Representatives' Warrants  is qualified  in  its entirety  by reference  to  the
detailed  provisions of the Warrant Agreement and the purchase warrant issued to
the Representatives, respectively, the form of  each of which has been filed  as
an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
   
    For  the life  of the  Warrants and  Representatives' Warrants,  the holders
thereof have the opportunity to  profit from a rise in  the market price of  the
Common  Stock without  assuming the  risk of ownership  of the  shares of Common
Stock issuable upon  the exercise of  the Warrants. The  Warrant holders may  be
expected  to exercise their  Warrants at a  time when the  Company would, in all
likelihood, be able to obtain any needed capital by an offering of Common  Stock
on  terms more favorable than  those provided for by  the Warrants. Further, the
terms on which the  Company could obtain additional  capital during the life  of
the Warrants may be adversely affected.
    
 
   
    OTHER WARRANTS.  As of May 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding warrants to
purchase 497,500 shares of Common Stock. A warrant to purchase 100,000 shares is
held by Donald A. Wright and a warrant to purchase 25,000 shares is held by Nick
A.  Gerde. These  warrants are  immediately exercisable  in full  at an exercise
price of $2.00 per share and will  expire in 2004. A warrant to purchase  35,000
shares  was  issued to  an  employee of  Pacific  Coast, in  connection  with an
assignment of certain technology  to the Company. This  warrant has an  exercise
price  of $2.00  per share  and expires December  31, 2000.  Under this warrant,
15,000 shares  of Common  Stock  are currently  exercisable, and  an  additional
10,000  shares may  vest on each  of January  1997 and January  1998, if Pacific
Coast meets or exceeds  certain gross sales benchmarks  for calendar years  1996
and 1997. In connection with
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
certain  short-term debt  incurred by  the Company in  March 1996  and May 1996,
respectively, the Company issued to Robert L. Smith, a director of the  Company,
a  warrant to purchase 37,500 shares of  Common Stock, and issued to the Selling
Shareholder a warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock. Each of  these
warrants  is currently  exercisable in  full at an  exercise price  of $4.80 per
share, and expires May  22, 2001. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of Operations  --  Recent  Developments" and
"Selling Shareholder."
    
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
   
    The Company has stock options outstanding  under the Plan to purchase up  to
145,283  shares of Common Stock at exercise  prices of between $4.875 and $5.125
per share.  Of these,  options to  purchase up  to 47,723  shares are  currently
exercisable  and will  expire in November  2005. The remainder  of those options
vest, if at all, in increments of 24,390  shares on each of June 1, 1997,  1998,
1999  and 2000,  and also  will expire  in November  2005. The  Company has also
agreed to grant Mr. Wright an option  under the Plan to purchase 845,000  shares
of Common Stock upon the effective date of this Prospectus, at an exercise price
of  $          (150% of  the Unit Offering  Price), but not  less than $3.75 per
share, which will expire ten years  from the effective date of this  Prospectus.
The  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  this  option  will  be  subject  to a
contractual restriction  on sale,  expiring  one year  after  the date  of  this
Prospectus. See "Management -- Benefit Plans."
    
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The  following  discussion  sets  forth  certain  U.S.  federal  income  tax
consequences, under current law, relating to  the purchase and ownership of  the
Units  and the Common Stock and  Warrants constituting the Units. The discussion
is a summary and does not purport  to deal with all aspects of federal  taxation
that  may be applicable to an investor,  nor does it consider specific facts and
circumstances that  may be  relevant to  a particular  investor's tax  position.
Certain  holders (such as dealers in securities, insurance companies, tax exempt
organizations, and those holding Common Stock or Warrants as part of a  straddle
or  hedge transaction) may be subject to special rules that are not addressed in
this discussion. This  discussion is  based on  current provisions  of the  U.S.
Internal  Revenue Code of  1986, as amended, and  on administrative and judicial
interpretations as  of the  date hereof,  all  of which  are subject  to  change
retroactively  and  prospectively. ALL  INVESTORS SHOULD  CONSULT THEIR  OWN TAX
ADVISORS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THIS OFFERING, INCLUDING
THE APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
 
    ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PRICE.   Each Unit as a whole  will have a tax  basis
equal  to the  cost of  the Unit.  The measure  of income  or loss  from certain
transactions described below depends upon the tax basis in each of the  Warrants
and the Common Stock comprising the Unit. The tax basis for each of the Warrants
and the Common Stock will be determined by allocating the cost of the Unit among
the securities which comprise the Unit in proportion to the relative fair market
values of those elements at the time of acquisition.
 
    U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK OR WARRANTS
 
    The  following  discussion concerns  the  material U.S.  federal  income tax
consequences of  the  ownership and  disposition  of Common  Stock  or  Warrants
applicable  to a  U.S. Holder of  such Common  Stock or Warrants.  In general, a
"U.S. Holder" is (i) a  citizen or resident of the  U.S., (ii) a corporation  or
partnership  created or organized in  the U.S. or under the  laws of the U.S. or
any state, or  (iii) an  estate or  trust whose  income is  includable in  gross
income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source.
 
    DIVIDENDS.   Dividends,  if any,  paid to  a U.S.  Holder generally  will be
includable in the gross  income of such  U.S. Holder as  ordinary income to  the
extent  of  such U.S.  Holder's share  of the  Company's current  or accumulated
earnings and profits. See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    SALE OF COMMON STOCK.  The sale  of Common Stock should generally result  in
the  recognition of gain or loss to a  U.S. Holder thereof in an amount equal to
the difference between the amount realized  and such U.S. Holder's tax basis  in
the  Common Stock. If the Common Stock  constitutes a capital asset in the hands
of a  U.S. Holder,  gain or  loss upon  the sale  of the  Common Stock  will  be
characterized  as long-term  or short-term  capital gain  or loss,  depending on
whether the Common Stock has been held for more than one year.
 
    EXERCISE AND SALE OF WARRANTS.  No gain or loss will be recognized by a U.S.
Holder of a Warrant on the purchase of shares of Common Stock for cash  pursuant
to  an exercise of a Warrant (except that  gain will be recognized to the extent
cash is received in lieu  of fractional shares). The  tax basis of Common  Stock
received  upon the exercise of a Warrant will equal the sum of the U.S. Holder's
tax basis for the exercised Warrant  and the exercise price. The holding  period
of  the Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Warrant will begin on the
date the Warrant is exercised and the  Common Stock is purchased (i.e., it  does
not include the period during which the Warrant was held).
 
    Gain or loss from the sale or other disposition of a Warrant (or loss in the
event  that  the Warrant  expires unexercised  as  discussed below),  other than
pursuant to a redemption  by the Company,  will be capital gain  or loss to  its
U.S.  Holder if the Common Stock to which  the Warrant relates would have been a
capital asset in the  hands of such  holder. Such capital gain  or loss will  be
long-term  capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held the Warrant for more
than one year  at the  time of  the sale, disposition  or lapse.  It is  unclear
whether  the redemption of a  Warrant by the Company  would generate ordinary or
capital income or loss.
 
    EXPIRATION OF WARRANTS WITHOUT EXERCISE.  If a holder of a Warrant allows it
to expire without exercise, the expiration will be treated as a sale or exchange
of the Warrant on the expiration date. The U.S. Holder will have a taxable  loss
equal  to the amount of  such U.S. Holder's tax basis  in the lapsed Warrant. If
the Warrant constitutes a capital  asset in the hands  of the U.S. Holder,  such
taxable  loss  will be  characterized as  long-term  or short-term  capital loss
depending upon whether the Warrant was  held for the required long-term  holding
period.
 
    BACKUP  WITHHOLDING.  A shareholder  who is a U.S.  Holder may be subject to
backup withholding at the rate of 31% in connection with distributions  received
with  respect to his or her shares,  unless the shareholder (i) is a corporation
or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates
this fact or (ii) provides  a correct taxpayer identification number,  certifies
as  to no loss of  exemption for backup withholding  and otherwise complies with
applicable requirements  of the  backup withholding  rules. Any  amount paid  as
backup  withholding  will be  creditable against  such shareholder's  income tax
liability. The Company will report to the shareholders and the I.R.S. the amount
of any "reportable payments" distributed and the amount of tax withheld, if any,
with respect to the shares.
 
    NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK OR WARRANTS
 
    The following  discussion  concerns the  material  U.S. federal  income  and
estate  tax consequences  of the ownership  and disposition of  shares of Common
Stock or Warrants applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of such shares of Common  Stock
or  Warrants. In general,  a "Non-U.S. Holder"  is any holder  other than a U.S.
Holder, as defined in the preceding section.
 
    DIVIDENDS.  Dividends, if any, paid  to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will  be
subject  to  U.S. withholding  tax at  a 30%  rate (or  a lower  rate as  may be
prescribed by an  applicable tax  treaty) unless the  dividends are  effectively
connected  with a  trade or  business of the  Non-U.S. Holder  within the United
States. See  "Price  Range  of  Common Stock  and  Dividend  Policy."  Dividends
effectively  connected  with such  a  trade or  business  will generally  not be
subject to withholding (if  the Non-U.S. Holder properly  files an executed  IRS
Form  4224 with  the payor  of the  dividend) and  generally will  be subject to
federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated rates. In the case
of a Non-U.S. Holder which is  a corporation, such effectively connected  income
also  may be subject to the branch profits  tax (which is generally imposed on a
foreign corporation on the repatriation from the U.S. of
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
effectively connected  earnings and  profits). The  branch profits  tax may  not
apply  if the recipient is a qualified  resident of certain countries with which
the U.S. has  an income  tax treaty.  To determine  the applicability  of a  tax
treaty  providing for a lower rate of  withholding, dividends paid to an address
in a foreign country are presumed, under the current I.R.S. position, to be paid
to a resident of that country, unless the payor had definite knowledge that such
presumption is  not warranted  or an  applicable tax  treaty (or  U.S.  Treasury
Regulations  thereunder) requires some  other method for  determining a Non-U.S.
Holder's treaty status. The  Company must report annually  to the I.R.S. and  to
each  Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with
respect to, each Non-U.S. Holder. These reporting requirements apply  regardless
of  whether withholding was  reduced or eliminated by  an applicable tax treaty.
Copies of  these  information returns  also  may  be made  available  under  the
provisions  of a  specific treaty  or agreement  to the  tax authorities  in the
country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.
 
    SALE OF COMMON STOCK.  Generally, a  Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject  to
federal  income tax on any  gain realized upon the  disposition of such holder's
shares of Common Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade
or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the U.S. (in which case the
branch profits tax  may apply); (ii)  the Non-U.S. Holder  is an individual  who
holds  the shares of Common Stock as a  capital asset and is present in the U.S.
for 183 days or  more in the taxable  year of the disposition  and to whom  such
gain is U.S. source; (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the
provisions  of  U.S.  tax law  applicable  to  certain former  U.S.  citizens or
residents; or (iv)  the Company is  or has  been a "U.S.  real property  holding
corporation" for federal income tax purposes (which the Company does not believe
that  it is  or is  likely to become)  at any  time during  the five-year period
ending on the date of disposition (or such shorter period that such shares  were
held)  and, subject to certain exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder held, directly or
indirectly, more than 5% of the Common Stock.
 
   
    EXERCISE AND SALE OF WARRANTS.  Generally, a Non-U.S. Holder who  recognizes
capital  gain from the sale of a Warrant, other than pursuant to a redemption by
the Company, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless (i) the  gain
is  effectively connected with  a trade or  business carried on  by the Non-U.S.
Holder within  the United  States (in  which  case the  branch profits  tax  may
apply); (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for
183  days or  more in  the taxable  year of sale  and to  whom the  gain is U.S.
source; (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is  subject to tax pursuant to the  provisions
of U.S. law applicable to certain former U.S. citizens or residents; or (iv) the
Company  is or has been  a "U.S. real property  holding corporation" for federal
income tax purposes (which the  Company does not believe it  is or is likely  to
become)  at any time during the five-year period  ending on the date of sale (or
such shorter period such Warrants were held) and, subject to certain exceptions,
the Non-U.S. Holder held, directly or indirectly more than 5% of the Warrants.
    
 
    ESTATE TAX.  Shares of Common Stock  and Warrants owned or treated as  owned
by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as specially defined for U.S.
federal estate tax purposes) of the U.S. at the time of death will be includable
in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an
applicable  tax treaty  provides otherwise, and  may be subject  to U.S. federal
estate tax.
 
    BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND  INFORMATION REPORTING.   Under current U.S.  federal
income  tax law,  backup withholding tax  (which generally is  a withholding tax
imposed at the rate of 31% on  certain payments to persons that fail to  furnish
certain  required information)  and information  reporting apply  to payments of
dividends (actual and constructive) made to certain non-corporate U.S.  persons.
The  backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements applicable to
U.S. persons will generally  not apply to  dividends paid on  Common Stock to  a
Non-U.S.  Holder  at an  address outside  the U.S.,  although dividends  paid to
Non-U.S.  Holders  will  be  reported   and  taxed  as  described  above   under
"Dividends."
 
    The  payment of the proceeds from the  disposition of shares of Common Stock
or Warrants through the U.S. office of  a broker will be subject to  information
reporting  and backup withholding unless the holder, under penalties of perjury,
certifies, among other things, its status as a Non-U.S.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
Holder or  otherwise establishes  an exemption.  Generally, the  payment of  the
proceeds  from  the disposition  of shares  of  Common Stock  or Warrants  to or
through a non-U.S. office of a broker will not be subject to backup  withholding
and  will not be subject to information reporting. In the case of the payment of
proceeds from the disposition  of shares of Common  Stock or Warrants through  a
non-U.S.  office of a broker  that is a U.S.  person or a "U.S.-related person,"
existing regulations require information reporting (but not backup  withholding)
on  the payment unless  the broker receives  a statement from  the owner, signed
under penalties of  perjury, certifying,  among other  things, its  status as  a
non-U.S.  Holder or the  broker has documentary  evidence in its  files that the
owner is  a Non-U.S.  Holder  and the  broker has  no  actual knowledge  to  the
contrary. For this purpose, a "U.S.-related person" is (i) a "controlled foreign
corporation"  for U.S. federal income tax purposes  or (ii) a foreign person 50%
or more of whose gross income from all sources for the three-year period  ending
with  the close of its  taxable year preceding the payment  (or for such part of
the period that  the broker has  been in existence)  is derived from  activities
that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
 
    Any  amounts withheld from a  payment to a Non-U.S.  Holder under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such holder's U.S. federal
income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that  the
required  information is furnished to the I.R.S. Non-U.S. Holders should consult
their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to their  particular
situations,  the availability  of an exemption  therefrom and  the procedure for
obtaining such an exemption, if available.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
    REPRESENTATIVES' WARRANTS.  The  Representatives' Warrants provides  certain
rights  with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the 450,000
shares issuable upon exercise thereof (including the Warrants included therein).
The Company has agreed that during the period between the first anniversary  and
fifth  anniversary  after  the date  of  this  Prospectus it  will  register the
issuance of such shares upon the exercise of the Representatives' Warrants (and,
if necessary,  their  resale)  so  as to  permit  their  public  resale  without
restriction.  These  registration  rights  could  result  in  substantial future
expense to  the Company  and could  adversely affect  the Company's  ability  to
complete  future equity  or debt  financings. Furthermore,  the registration and
sale of  Common Stock  of the  Company held  by or  issuable to  the holders  of
registration  rights, or even the potential of such sales, could have an adverse
effect on the market price of the securities offered hereby.
    
 
    OTHER REGISTRATION RIGHTS.   Holders of 587,083 shares  of Common Stock  and
warrants   to  purchase  337,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  (collectively,  the
"Registrable Shares"), or their transferees, are entitled to certain rights with
respect to the registration of such  shares under the Securities Act. Under  the
terms  of  agreements  between the  Company  and  such holders,  if  the Company
proposes to  register  any of  its  Common Stock  under  the Securities  Act  in
connection with a public offering thereof, either for its own account or for the
account of others, such holders are, with limited exceptions, entitled to notice
of such registration and to include their Registrable Shares therein.
 
    In  addition, once the  Company is eligible  to use a  Form S-3 Registration
Statement, holders of 133,333 of the Registrable Shares may require the  Company
to  file, on  not more  than one  occasion, a  registration statement  under the
Securities Act at the Company's expense with respect to such Registrable Shares,
and the  Company  is required  to  use its  reasonable  efforts to  effect  such
registration,  subject to certain  conditions and limitations.  Such holders are
also  entitled  to  registration  rights  on  an  equal  basis  with  any  other
shareholders to whom the Company grants registration rights.
 
   
    These  rights are subject to certain  conditions, including the right of the
underwriters of any offering by the  Company to limit the number of  Registrable
Shares  included in  such registration.  Holders of  624,583 of  the Registrable
Shares have  agreed to  waive their  registration rights  with respect  to  this
Offering.  The remaining 300,000 Registrable Shares  are being registered by the
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
   
Registration Statement  of which  this Prospectus  is a  part, but  the  Selling
Shareholder has agreed not to sell such shares for a period of 180 days from the
effective date of this Prospectus. See "Selling Shareholder."
    
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER LAWS
 
   
    The  Company, as a  Nevada corporation, is subject  to certain provisions of
Nevada law governing the exercise of  powers by the Board of Directors,  certain
combinations  with  interested  stockholders,  and  certain  acquisitions  of  a
controlling interest in the Company. In addition, the Company is also subject to
certain provisions of Washington law regarding significant business transactions
and certain "fair  price restrictions." These  statutes may have  the effect  of
delaying or deterring a hostile takeover of the Company.
    
 
   
    NEVADA  STATUTE ON EXERCISE  OF POWERS OF DIRECTORS  AND OFFICERS.  Nevada's
"Exercise of Directors' and Officers'  Powers" statute (Nevada Revised  Statutes
Section  78.138)  provides  that  directors and  officers,  in  exercising their
respective powers with a view to the interests of the corporation, may  consider
the  following  factors:  (a)  the  interests  of  the  corporation's employees,
suppliers, creditors and customers;  (b) the economy of  Nevada and the  nation;
(c) the interests of the community and of society; and (d) the long-term as well
as  short-term interests of the corporation  and its stockholders, including the
possibility  that  these  interests  may   be  best  served  by  the   continued
independence  of the corporation. This statute  also provides that directors may
resist a  change  or potential  change  in control  of  the corporation  if  the
directors  by a majority vote of a quorum determine that the change or potential
change is opposed to or  not in the best interest  of the corporation: (i)  upon
consideration  of the interests of the corporation's stockholders and any of the
foregoing factors or (ii) because the  amount or nature of the indebtedness  and
other  obligations to which the corporation  or any successor may become subject
in connection with the change or potential change in control provides reasonable
grounds to believe that  within a reasonable time  the corporation would  become
insolvent   or  a  bankruptcy  petition  concerning  the  corporation  would  be
commenced.
    
 
   
    NEVADA  COMBINATION  WITH   INTERESTED  STOCKHOLDERS   STATUTE.     Nevada's
"Combination  with  Interested  Stockholders" statute  (Nevada  Revised Statutes
SectionSection 78.411-78.444) applies  to Nevada public  corporations having  at
least  200 stockholders,  which includes the  Company. This  statute prohibits a
corporation  from   entering  into   any  "combination"   with  an   "interested
stockholder"  (defined as (a) a person who  beneficially owns 10% or more of the
corporation's voting  securities,  or  (b)  an affiliate  or  associate  of  the
corporation  who,  in the  three years  preceding the  transaction, beneficially
owned 10% or more of the corporation's voting securities) for a period of  three
years  after such person becomes an  interested stockholder, unless the Board of
Directors  approved  the  combination  or  the  share  acquisition  before   the
interested  stockholder acquired  the shares.  After such  three-year period has
elapsed, combinations with  an interested stockholder  remain prohibited  unless
the  combination meets any applicable requirements of the corporation's articles
of incorporation, and (i) the Board of Directors approved the combination or the
share acquisition before the interested stockholder's acquisition of the shares,
or (ii)  a  majority of  the  disinterested  stockholders vote  to  approve  the
combination  at a  meeting called after  such three-year period  has elapsed, or
(iii)  the  aggregate  amount  of  cash   and  the  market  value  of   non-cash
consideration  to be  received by  the disinterested  stockholders meets certain
minimum requirements, and,  prior to  the consummation of  the combination,  the
interested  stockholder has not become the beneficial owner of additional voting
shares of the corporation, except in limited circumstances. For purposes of this
statute, the  term  "combination" includes  a  merger or  consolidation  of  the
corporation and the interested stockholder or its affiliate, or any sale, lease,
exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer  or  other  disposition  to  or  with an
interested stockholder or its affiliate in excess of certain dollar thresholds.
    
 
   
    NEVADA ACQUISITION OF CONTROLLING  INTEREST STATUTE.  Nevada's  "Acquisition
of   Controlling  Interest  Statute"  (Nevada  Revised  Statutes  SectionSection
78.378-78.3793)  applies  to  Nevada  corporations   that  have  at  least   200
stockholders,  at least 100 of  whom are Nevada residents,  and that do business
directly or indirectly  in Nevada.  If the Company  is determined  to be  "doing
business" in Nevada (a term that is
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
not  defined in the  statute), and has  more than 100  Nevada residents that are
stockholders, it will become  subject to the statute.  The statute prohibits  an
acquiror  from voting  shares of  a target  corporation's stock  after exceeding
certain threshold  ownership percentages,  until the  acquiror provides  certain
information  to the corporation and a majority of the disinterested stockholders
vote to restore the voting rights of  the acquiror's shares at a meeting  called
at  the request and expense of the acquiror. If the voting rights of such shares
are restored, stockholders  voting against such  restoration may demand  payment
for  the "fair value" of  their shares (which is  generally equal to the highest
price paid in the transaction subjecting the stockholder to the statute). If the
stockholders fail to restore  the voting rights of  the acquiror's shares or  if
the  acquiror  fails  to  timely  deliver  the  required  information,  then the
corporation may  call such  shares  for redemption  by  the corporation,  if  so
provided in the corporation's articles of incorporation or bylaws. The Company's
articles  of incorporation  and bylaws  do not  currently permit  it to  call an
acquiror's shares for redemption.
 
   
    WASHINGTON  ANTI-TAKEOVER  STATUTE.    Washington's  "Significant   Business
Transactions  Statute" (Chapter  23B.19 of  the Washington  Business Corporation
Act) applies to foreign corporations, such as the Company, (i) that have a class
of voting shares registered pursuant  to Section 12 or  15 of the Exchange  Act;
(ii)  that have their principal executive offices  in the state; (iii) more than
10% of  whose shares  are owned  of record  by residents  of the  state; (iv)  a
majority  of whose employees  reside in the  state; and (v)  a majority of whose
tangible assets are  located in  the state.  The statute  prohibits, subject  to
certain  exceptions, a corporation from  entering into any "significant business
transactions" with an "Acquiring Person" (defined  generally as a person who  or
an affiliated group that beneficially owns 10% or more of the outstanding voting
securities  of a corporation)  for a period  of five years  after such person or
affiliated group becomes  an Acquiring  Person unless the  transaction or  share
acquisition  made  by  the  Acquiring  Person is  approved  prior  to  the share
acquisition by a majority  of the target  corporation's directors. In  addition,
this  statute  prohibits  a corporation  subject  thereto from  entering  into a
significant  business   transaction  with   an  Acquiring   Person  unless   the
consideration  to be  received by  the corporation's  shareholders in connection
with the proposed transaction satisfies the "fair price" provisions set forth in
the statute.
    
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
   
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar  for the Company's securities is  Interwest
Transfer Co., Inc.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Upon  completion  of  this  Offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
9,728,309 shares  of Common  Stock, assuming  no exercise  of the  Overallotment
Option,  the Warrants,  the Representatives'  Warrants or  any other  options or
warrants. The  following shares  will be  freely tradeable  without  restriction
under Securities Act: the 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock which are included in
the  Units and sold in this Offering (plus up to 337,500 shares that may be sold
in the Units as a result of exercise of the Overallotment Option); the 2,250,000
shares of  Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise  of the  Warrants (plus  up  to
337,500   shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise   of  Warrants  subject  to  the
Overallotment Option);  the  125,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  in  the
Company's  1986 public offering;  and, commencing approximately  12 months after
the date of  this Prospectus,  up to  450,000 shares  of Common  Stock that  are
issuable  upon exercise of the  Representatives' Warrants (including exercise of
the Warrants included therein).  The 300,000 shares  of Common Stock  underlying
the  warrant held by the Selling Shareholder are subject to a lock-up agreement,
and will first become eligible for sale in the public market 180 days after  the
date  of this Prospectus. However, any shares purchased by an "affiliate" of the
Company (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act),  subject
to certain conditions, will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144.
    
 
   
    The  2,408,170 shares  of Common Stock  issued by the  Company in connection
with two Regulation  S offerings to  Swiss investors in  July 1995 and  November
1995,  to the extent not previously resold into the United States, are available
for resale  into  the United  States  without restriction  at  such time  as  an
exemption  from registration under  the Securities Act  is or becomes available.
The 490,000 shares of Common  Stock issued by the  Company in connection with  a
Regulation  S offering  in May  1996 are  subject to  a lock-up  agreement until
December 16, 1996, and will be available for resale into the United States after
that date without restriction at such time as an exemption from registration  is
or becomes available.
    
 
    The  remaining  4,446,058 shares  of  Common Stock  are  "restricted" shares
subject to the restrictions upon resale under Rule 144 under the Securities  Act
(the  "Restricted  Shares"). Of  this number,  the 62,500  shares issued  to the
Company's original shareholders are eligible for immediate resale in the  public
market  pursuant  to Rule  144(k), described  below.  An aggregate  of 3,176,175
shares issued by the Company to the security holders of Original PCTH and others
in connection with the Verazzana merger will become eligible for sale under Rule
144 on February 17, 1997. See  "Acquisition History." Another 295,300 shares  of
Restricted  Shares issued  in July 1995  in connection with  the Company's first
Regulation S offering,  will become  eligible for sale  under Rule  144 in  July
1997.
 
   
    An aggregate of 587,083 shares of the Restricted Shares issued in connection
with the Company's acquisitions of Ceramic Devices, Seismic and Morel and 37,500
shares  issuable  upon the  exercise of  a warrant  held by  Robert L.  Smith, a
director of the Company,  are subject to certain  registration rights which  may
subsequently  permit such shares  to be registered under  the Securities Act. In
the absence of  such registration, such  shares would become  eligible for  sale
under Rule 144 as follows: 133,333 shares on April 27, 1997; 128,750 on November
30,  1997; 325,000  on December 1,  1997; and 37,500  on a date  two years after
exercise of Mr. Smith's warrant. All of the holders of these registration rights
have waived  their right  to  participate in  this  Offering. However,  if  such
registration  rights  are  exercised  subsequently,  those  shares  would become
eligible for resale upon  the effectiveness of  a future registration  statement
covering such shares. Another 325,000 shares of the Restricted Shares which were
issued  in the  Company's acquisition  of Morel,  but which  are not  subject to
registration rights, will become eligible for sale under Rule 144 on December 1,
1997.
    
 
    In general, under Rule 144, as  currently in effect, any person (or  persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at
least two years, is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares
of  the Company's  Common Stock  (approximately 97,283  shares immediately after
this Offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Company's Common
Stock during the  four calendar weeks  immediately preceding the  date on  which
notice of the sale is filed with the
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
Securities  and Exchange Commission. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 also are subject
to certain requirements relating to manner  of sale, notice and availability  of
current public information about the Company. A person who is not deemed to have
been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months immediately
preceding  the sale and whose  Restricted Shares have been  fully paid for three
years since the later of the date  on which they were acquired from the  Company
or  from an affiliate of the Company  may sell such Restricted Shares under Rule
144(k) without regard to the limitations and requirements described above.
 
   
    Shortly after  this Offering,  the Company  intends to  file a  registration
statement  under the Securities Act covering shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Company's 1995 Stock Incentive Plan and Independent  Director
Stock  Plan, and under warrants issued to  Mr. Wright, Mr. Gerde and an employee
of Pacific Coast  in connection with  their employment. Based  on the number  of
shares  reserved for issuance under such  stock plans, warrants and options, the
registration  statement  would  cover   approximately  1,260,000  shares.   Such
registration  statement will automatically become  effective upon filing. Of the
shares held by officers  issuable under such stock  plans and warrants,  270,283
shares  are subject  to a  six-month lock-up period  following the  date of this
Prospectus, and 845,000  shares of  Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of  an
option  which the Company has agreed to issue  under the Plan to Mr. Wright upon
the effective date of this Prospectus  are subject to a contractual  restriction
on  sale, expiring one year after the  date of this Prospectus. See "Description
of Securities -- Stock Options" and "Management -- Benefit Plans."
    
 
    Prior to this Offering, there has been only a limited public market for  the
Common Stock and no public market for the Warrants. No prediction can be made of
the  effect, if any, that future market sales of shares that are subject to Rule
144 or that  were sold pursuant  to Regulation  S, or the  availability of  such
shares  for sale,  will have  on the  market price  of the  Common Stock  or the
Warrants prevailing from time to time after this Offering. The Company is unable
to estimate the number  of such shares  that may be sold  in the public  market,
because  such amount will depend on the  trading volume in, and the market price
for, the Common Stock,  the Warrants and other  factors. Nevertheless, sales  of
substantial  amounts of such shares in the public market, or the perception that
such sales  could occur,  following  this Offering  could adversely  affect  the
prevailing market price of the Common Stock and the Warrants.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    The  Underwriters named  below, acting  through Paulson  Investment Company,
Inc. and Cohig &  Associates, Inc., as  Representatives, have agreed,  severally
and   not  jointly,  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  contained  in  an
Underwriting Agreement  dated the  date hereof,  to purchase  the Units  offered
hereby from the Company in the amounts set forth below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITER                                                                    NUMBER OF UNITS
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
Paulson Investment Company, Inc. ............................................
Cohig & Associates, Inc. ....................................................
 
    Total....................................................................       2,250,000
                                                                               ---------------
                                                                               ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  Underwriting Agreement provides that  the Underwriters are obligated to
purchase all of the Units offered hereby, if any are purchased. The Company  has
been  advised by the Representatives that  the Underwriters propose to offer the
Units to the public initially at the offering price set forth on the cover  page
of  this Prospectus,  and to selected  dealers, including  Underwriters, at that
price less a concession  in an amount to  be determined by the  Representatives.
After  the initial public offering  of the Units, the  public offering price and
other offering terms may vary.
    
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriters will purchase  the
Units  (including the Units subject to  the Overallotment Option) offered hereby
for $        per Unit,  representing a discount  of nine percent  from the  Unit
Offering Price.
 
    The   Company  has   granted  the  Underwriters   an  Overallotment  Option,
exercisable during  the 45-day  period after  the date  of this  Prospectus,  to
purchase up to a maximum of an additional 337,500 Units on the same terms as the
Units being purchased by the Underwriters from the Company. The Underwriters may
exercise   the  Overallotment  Option  only  to  cover  overallotments  made  in
connection with this Offering.
 
   
    The Company has  agreed to sell  and issue to  the Representatives  warrants
(the   "Representatives'  Warrants")  to  purchase  up  to  225,000  Units.  The
Representatives' Warrants are exercisable for  a period of four years  beginning
one  year from  the date of  this Prospectus. The  Representatives' Warrants are
exercisable at a price of $      per Unit (120% of the Unit Offering Price). The
Representatives' Warrants are nontransferable except to one of the  Underwriters
or to any individual who is either a partner or an officer of an Underwriter, or
by   will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution.  The  holders  of  the
Representatives' Warrants will have, in  that capacity, no voting, dividend,  or
other shareholder rights. Any profit realized by the Representatives on the sale
of the securities issuable upon exercise of the Representatives' Warrants may be
deemed to be additional underwriting compensation.
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
    The  Representatives will also  receive at closing  a nonaccountable expense
allowance equal to  three percent of  the aggregate Unit  Offering Price of  the
Units  sold in this Offering, reduced by  $35,000 previously paid by the Company
as an advance against this allowance.
    
 
   
    The securities underlying the Representatives' Warrants are being registered
on the Registration Statement  of which this Prospectus  is a part. The  Company
has  agreed to  maintain an effective  registration statement at  its expense to
permit the sale of  the securities underlying  the Representatives' Warrants  at
any   time  during  the  period  in  which  the  Representatives'  Warrants  are
exercisable.
    
 
   
    By virtue of holding the Representatives' Warrants, the Representatives have
the opportunity to profit,  at a nominal  cost, from an  increase in the  market
price   of  the   Company's  securities.   Furthermore,  the   exercise  of  the
Representatives' Warrants could dilute  the interests of  the holders of  Common
Stock  and  the existence  of  the Representatives'  Warrants  may make  it more
difficult for  the Company  to  raise additional  equity capital.  Although  the
Company   will   obtain  additional   equity  capital   upon  exercise   of  the
Representatives' Warrants,  it  is likely  that  the Company  could  then  raise
additional  capital on more  favorable terms than  those of the Representatives'
Warrants.
    
 
   
    The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute in
certain  events to  any liabilities incurred  by the  Underwriters in connection
with the sale of the Units. The Company and its executive officers and directors
and certain other holders have agreed with the Representatives that, without its
written consent, neither the Company nor such persons will sell shares of Common
Stock for a period of six months from the date hereof.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    The validity of the issuance of the securities offered hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Lionel Sawyer  & Collins of Reno, Nevada. Certain  legal
matters  related to this Offering  will be passed upon  for the Company by Stoel
Rives LLP of Seattle, Washington. Certain legal matters related to this Offering
will be passed upon  for the Underwriters  by Weiss, Jensen,  Ellis & Howard  of
Portland, Oregon.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The  consolidated financial statements of the Company as of May 31, 1996 and
1995, and  for the  years  then ended,  have been  audited  by Moss  Adams  LLP,
independent  public accountants. The consolidated financial statements as of May
31, 1996 and 1995 appear in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement.  The
auditor's  reports with respect to the  consolidated financial statements of the
Company as of May 31, 1996 and 1995 and for the years then ended are included in
reliance upon the authority of said  firm as experts in auditing and  accounting
in giving said reports.
    
 
    The  financial statements  of Morel included  in this Prospectus  and in the
Registration Statement  have  been  audited by  BDO  Seidman,  LLP,  independent
certified  public accountants, to  the extent and  for the periods  set forth in
their reports appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement,  and
are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of said firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  has filed  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
"Commission") in Washington,  D.C. a  Registration Statement on  Form SB-2  (the
"Registration   Statement")  under  the  Securities  Act  with  respect  to  the
securities offered hereby. This  Prospectus, filed as  part of the  Registration
Statement,  does not contain  all the information set  forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, certain portions of which have
been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For
further information  with respect  to  the Company  and the  securities  offered
hereby,   reference  is   made  to  the   Registration  Statement   and  to  the
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
exhibits and  schedules thereto,  which  may be  inspected at  the  Commission's
offices  without charge, or copies of which  may be obtained from the Commission
upon payment of the  prescribed fees. Statements made  in this Prospectus as  to
the  contents  of  any contract,  agreement,  or  document referred  to  are not
necessarily complete, and  in each instance,  reference is made  to the copy  of
such  contract  or  other  document  filed as  an  exhibit  to  the Registration
Statement, and  each  such  statement  is qualified  in  its  entirety  by  such
reference.
 
   
    The  Company is  subject to the  informational requirements  of the Exchange
Act, and in accordance therewith, files  reports and other information with  the
Commission   via  electronic  filing.  Reports,   proxy  statements,  and  other
information filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the information
requirements of  the Exchange  Act may  be inspected  and copied  at the  public
reference  facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza
Building, 450  Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington,  D. C.  20549 and  the  regional
offices  of the Commission located  at 75 Park Place,  14th Floor, New York, New
York 10007 and  500 West Madison  Street, 14th Floor,  Chicago, Illinois  60661.
Copies  of such  material may  be obtained at  prescribed rates  from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza Building,  450
Fifth  Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or from the Commission's Web site at
"http://www.sec.gov".
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                            ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Independent Auditor's Report..............................................................................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of May 31, 1996 and 1995....................................................  F-3
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended May 31, 1996 and 1995............................  F-4
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended May 31, 1996 and 1995.......  F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended May 31, 1996 and 1995............................  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................................................  F-8
 
PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
 
Pro Forma Combined Financial Statement -- Notes and Management's Statement................................       F-22
Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended May 31, 1996................................       F-23
 
MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants........................................................       F-24
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1995 and 1994...............................................................       F-25
Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994...........................................       F-26
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994.............................       F-27
Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994........................................       F-28
Summary of Accounting Policies and Notes to Financial Statements..........................................       F-29
 
MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC. INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1995....................................................................       F-34
Statements of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 1995 and 1994...........................       F-35
Statements of Cash Flow for the three months ended September 30, 1995 and 1994............................       F-36
Notes to Interim Financial Statements.....................................................................       F-37
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors
PCT Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
   
    The  Company's ability to meet certain of  its debt obligations is in doubt,
as is its ability to  continue as a going concern.  Payment of certain of  these
obligations  is expected from  proceeds of the  Company's Registration Statement
No. 333-5011 for the proposed sale  of 2,250,000 Units, consisting of one  share
of  common  stock and  one warrant  to purchase  a share  of common  stock. Upon
execution of the underwriting agreement referred to in Note 15 to the  financial
statements, our opinion will read as follows:
    
 
    "We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  PCT
Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as  of May 31, 1996 and 1995,  and
the  related  consolidated statements  of  operations, changes  in stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements  are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  PCT
Holdings,  Inc. and Subsidiaries as of May 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of
their operations and  cash flows  for the years  then ended  in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles."
 
MOSS ADAMS LLP
Everett, Washington
June 15, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              MAY 31,
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                        1996            1995
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash...........................................................................  $      725,000  $    1,079,000
  Restricted cash................................................................       1,000,000
  Stock subscriptions receivable.................................................       1,030,000
  Accounts receivable............................................................       3,359,000       1,076,000
  Inventory......................................................................       6,699,000       4,375,000
  Current portion of note receivable from related party..........................          52,000          44,000
  Prepaid expenses and other.....................................................         144,000          40,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
    Total current assets.........................................................      13,009,000       6,614,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT...........................................................      10,656,000       3,684,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
OTHER ASSETS
  Notes receivable from related party, net of current portion....................         183,000         235,000
  Costs in excess of net book value of acquired subsidiaries.....................       1,938,000         463,000
  Patents........................................................................       1,387,000         478,000
  Non-compete agreement..........................................................          79,000         100,000
  Other..........................................................................         397,000          56,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
    Total other assets...........................................................       3,984,000       1,332,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
      TOTAL ASSETS...............................................................  $   27,649,000  $   11,630,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Notes payable..................................................................  $    2,438,000  $      600,000
  Bank line of credit............................................................       1,224,000
  Accounts payable...............................................................       3,142,000       1,527,000
  Accrued liabilities............................................................         840,000         518,000
  Current portion of long-term debt..............................................       4,290,000       2,508,000
  Current portion of capital lease obligations...................................          53,000          51,000
  Current portion of non-compete agreement payable...............................          70,000          35,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
    Total current liabilities....................................................      12,057,000       5,239,000
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
  Long-term debt, net of current portion.........................................       1,809,000         628,000
  Capital lease obligations, net of current portion..............................         152,000         115,000
  Non-compete agreement payable, net of current portion..........................          30,000          65,000
  Deferred income tax............................................................         592,000
  Deferred rent and other........................................................         470,000         129,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
    Total liabilities............................................................      15,110,000       6,176,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Common stock...................................................................      19,102,000      11,018,000
  Accumulated deficit............................................................      (6,563,000)     (5,564,000)
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
    Total stockholders' equity...................................................      12,539,000       5,454,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.................................  $   27,649,000  $   11,630,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEAR ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                        1996            1995
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
NET SALES........................................................................  $   20,725,000  $   11,035,000
COST OF SALES....................................................................      16,439,000       9,092,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
GROSS PROFIT.....................................................................       4,286,000       1,943,000
OPERATING EXPENSES...............................................................       4,765,000       2,789,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS.............................................................        (479,000)       (846,000)
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
  Interest income................................................................          37,000          74,000
  Interest expense...............................................................        (535,000)       (356,000)
  Merger, acquisition and capital costs..........................................        (104,000)       (538,000)
  Other..........................................................................          15,000          14,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                         (587,000)       (806,000)
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
LOSS BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX...................................................      (1,066,000)     (1,652,000)
FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFIT.......................................................          67,000         241,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
NET LOSS.........................................................................  $     (999,000) $   (1,411,000)
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
LOSS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK...................................................  $        (0.16) $        (0.41)
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING DURING THE PERIOD............................       6,209,000       3,469,000
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COMMON STOCK
                                                                      ---------------------------   ACCUMULATED
                                                                        SHARES         AMOUNT         DEFICIT
                                                                      -----------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>             <C>
BALANCE, May 31, 1994...............................................    2,764,952  $    5,379,000  $   (4,153,000)
  Common stock issued...............................................    2,137,680       4,682,000
  Stock options and warrants exercised..............................      160,043         317,000
  Acquisition of Ceramic Devices, Inc...............................      133,333         640,000
  Net loss..........................................................                                   (1,411,000)
                                                                      -----------  --------------  --------------
BALANCE, May 31, 1995...............................................    5,196,008      11,018,000      (5,564,000)
  Common stock issued...............................................    1,503,551       4,932,000
  Stock warrant issued for patents..................................                       57,000
  Acquisition of Seismic Safety Products, Inc.......................      128,750         483,000
  Acquisition of Morel Industries, Inc..............................      650,000       2,600,000
  Warrants issued for bridge financing..............................                       12,000
  Net loss..........................................................                                     (999,000)
                                                                      -----------  --------------  --------------
BALANCE, May 31, 1996...............................................    7,478,309  $   19,102,000  $   (6,563,000)
                                                                      -----------  --------------  --------------
                                                                      -----------  --------------  --------------
 
The Company has authorized 100,000,000 shares of common stock.
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                                 --------------------------------
                                                                                      1996             1995
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                              <C>              <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Cash received from customers.................................................  $    19,730,000  $    11,152,000
  Cash paid to suppliers and employees.........................................      (21,801,000)     (11,310,000)
  Interest paid................................................................         (658,000)        (333,000)
  Interest received............................................................           37,000           74,000
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
    Net cash from operating activities.........................................       (2,692,000)        (417,000)
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Transfer of cash to restricted cash..........................................       (1,000,000)
  Purchase of property and equipment...........................................         (754,000)        (605,000)
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.................................            9,000
  Purchase of patents..........................................................         (400,000)        (461,000)
  Payments received on note receivable from related party......................           44,000           20,000
  Increase in other assets, net................................................          (79,000)
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
    Net cash from investing activities.........................................       (2,180,000)      (1,046,000)
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Net change in bank line of credit............................................          308,000       (1,387,000)
  Proceeds from long-term debt.................................................          767,000        2,229,000
  Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations.....................       (1,457,000)      (1,299,000)
  Proceeds from notes payable..................................................        1,338,000           50,000
  Payments on notes payable to stockholders....................................                        (1,660,000)
  Sale of common stock.........................................................        3,878,000        4,582,000
  Sale of warrants.............................................................           12,000
  Increase in stock issue costs................................................         (328,000)
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
    Net cash from financing activities.........................................        4,518,000        2,515,000
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
NET CHANGE IN CASH.............................................................         (354,000)       1,052,000
CASH, beginning of year........................................................        1,079,000           27,000
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
CASH, end of year..............................................................  $       725,000  $     1,079,000
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                                    ------------------------------
                                                                                         1996            1995
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
RECONCILIATION OF NET LOSS TO NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net loss........................................................................  $     (999,000) $   (1,411,000)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities
    Depreciation and amortization.................................................         871,000         408,000
    Loss on sale of property and equipment........................................           8,000
    Merger, acquisition and capital costs paid in common stock....................                         337,000
    Director compensation paid in common stock....................................          24,000
    Federal income tax benefit....................................................         (67,000)       (241,000)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities
      Accounts receivable.........................................................      (1,018,000)        102,000
      Inventory...................................................................      (1,303,000)       (215,000)
      Prepaid expenses and other..................................................           8,000          71,000
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities....................................        (216,000)        532,000
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES................................................  $   (2,692,000) $     (417,000)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Note 1):
    Fair value of assets acquired, other than cash................................  $   10,286,000  $    1,589,000
    Liabilities assumed...........................................................      (7,203,000)       (370,000)
    Notes payable issued..........................................................                        (600,000)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Common stock issued...........................................................  $    3,083,000  $      619,000
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
  Stock subscriptions receivable for issuance of common stock.....................  $    1,030,000
  Seller financed purchase of property and equipment..............................  $      389,000  $      203,000
  Equipment purchased through capital leases......................................  $      150,000  $      151,000
  Seller financed purchase of patents.............................................  $      520,000
  Patent acquired through issuance of warrant.....................................  $       57,000
  Note payable reduction through issuance of stock................................                  $      100,000
  Seller financed non-compete agreement payable...................................                  $      100,000
  Collateral recovery of building for note receivable.............................                  $      673,000
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 1 -- FORMATION AND ACQUISITIONS
   
    During  the year  ended May  31, 1995,  the original  PCT Holdings,  Inc., a
Washington corporation (Original  PCTH), merged with  PCT Merger Corporation,  a
Washington  corporation  and  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  an  inactive public
company,  Verazzana  Ventures,  Ltd.  (Verazzana).  Subsequent  to  the   merger
Verazzana  changed its  name to  PCT Holdings,  Inc., a  Nevada corporation (the
Company) and PCT Merger  Corporation changed its name  to PCT Holdings, Inc.,  a
Washington  corporation  (PCTH  Washington). As  consideration  for  the merger,
2,963,675 shares of  the Company's authorized,  but previously unissued,  common
stock were issued to the shareholders of Original PCTH. A finders and consulting
fee  related to the merger  of $50,000 cash and  212,500 shares of the Company's
common stock  was paid  to a  consultant. Included  in merger,  acquisition  and
capital costs during the year ended May 31, 1995 is $155,000 related to the cash
payment  and the fair market value of the stock issued. The merger was accounted
for as if a pooling of interests. These consolidated financial statements report
results of  operations  as  if  the business  combination  occurred  as  of  the
beginning of the year ended May 31, 1995.
    
 
    Effective  for  accounting purposes  as of  February  28, 1995,  the Company
acquired and took control  of Ceramic Devices,  Inc., a California  corporation.
The   acquisition  was  accomplished  through   the  merger  of  the  California
corporation into Ceramic  Devices, Inc., a  newly formed Washington  corporation
and  wholly owned  subsidiary of the  Company (Ceramic Devices),  that closed in
April 1995. As  consideration for the  merger, the Company  paid the  California
corporation's  shareholders $1.24 million,  consisting of 133,333  shares of the
Company's common stock valued at $4.80 per share, or $640,000, and notes payable
totaling $600,000 (Note 8). The merger resulted  in costs in excess of net  book
value of Ceramic Devices of $471,000.
 
   
    In  November 1995, Seismic  Safety Products, Inc.  (Seismic), a newly formed
Washington corporation  wholly owned  by PCTH  Washington, acquired  all of  the
assets  of  Seismic  Safety Products,  Inc.,  a Florida  corporation.  The asset
purchase price consisted of $70,000 in cash and 128,750 shares of the  Company's
common stock valued at $3.75 per share, or $483,000, for a total of $553,000. In
connection  with the transaction,  Seismic acquired from  related parties of the
Florida corporation certain patents for a total consideration of $520,000  (Note
9).  Costs in excess of net book value  of $535,000 were recorded as a result of
this acquisition.
    
 
   
    During the year ended May 31,  1996, the Company acquired Morel  Industries,
Inc. (Morel) through the merger of Morel Acquisition Corporation, a newly formed
Washington  corporation wholly owned by the Company, into Morel. The transaction
was effective for accounting  purposes as of November  30, 1995 and the  Company
issued  650,000 shares of common  stock, after certain post-closing adjustments,
valued at  $4.00 per  share for  a total  purchase price  of approximately  $2.6
million. Costs in excess of net book value of $939,000 were recorded as a result
of this merger.
    
 
   
    The  Seismic acquisition and the Ceramic Devices and Morel mergers described
above were  accounted  for  by  the purchase  method.  Accordingly,  assets  and
liabilities  have been reflected  at fair value. The  operating results of these
acquired companies are  included in  the consolidated  statements of  operations
from  their respective acquisition dates. Any costs  in excess of net book value
as a result of these transactions are being amortized over 15 years.
    
 
   
    In May  1996, PCTH  Washington transferred  its sole  assets, the  stock  of
Pacific  Coast Technologies,  Inc. (Pacific Coast),  Cashmere Manufacturing Co.,
Inc. (Cashmere) and  Seismic to  the Company, and  was dissolved.  There was  no
effect  on these  consolidated financial  statements and  there were  no federal
income tax consequences as a result of the dissolution.
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 1 -- FORMATION AND ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
    The  following  summary,  prepared  on  a  pro  forma  basis,  combines  the
consolidated  condensed results of  operations as if  Ceramic Devices, Morel and
Seismic had been acquired as  of the beginning of the  year ended May 31,  1995.
There are no material adjustments which impact the summary.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                         ------------------------------
                                                                              1996            1995
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>
Net sales..............................................................  $   25,217,000  $   22,779,000
Loss from operations...................................................  $     (961,000) $   (1,086,000)
Net loss...............................................................  $   (1,704,000) $   (1,480,000)
Loss per share of common stock.........................................  $        (0.27) $        (0.43)
Weighted average shares outstanding during the period..................       6,209,000       4,119,000
</TABLE>
    
 
    The  pro forma results are not  necessarily indicative of the actual results
of operations that would have occurred had the transactions been consummated  as
indicated  nor  are they  intended to  indicate  results that  may occur  in the
future.
 
NOTE 2 -- OPERATIONS
   
    The Company is located in Wenatchee, Washington. Its fiscal year end is  May
31.
    
 
    The  Company operates through  five wholly owned  subsidiaries. Two of these
businesses are engaged  in the  production of electronic  devices, with  Pacific
Coast  producing a variety of electronics  packages and connectors shielded from
their environment  by  the  Company's proprietary  ceramic  seals,  and  Ceramic
Devices  producing devices  designed to filter  out electromagnetic interference
detrimental to other electronic devices. Seismic designs, manufactures and sells
automatic  natural  gas  shut-off  valves   for  use  in  earthquake   sensitive
environments. Cashmere and Morel manufacture machined or cast metal products for
many   applications,   including  products   that   are  incorporated   into  or
complementary with the products of other subsidiaries of the Company.
 
    The Company's customers are located throughout the United States and Europe.
Included in accounts receivable at May 31, 1996 are $250,000 and $569,000  which
are  due from The Boeing Company  and PACCAR, respectively. Included in accounts
receivable at May 31, 1995  is $134,000, which is  due from The Boeing  Company.
Sales  to The Boeing Company were approximately $5.9 million and $5.3 million in
the years  ended May  31, 1996  and  1995, respectively.  Sales to  PACCAR  were
approximately $3.1 million in the year ended May 31, 1996.
 
NOTE 3 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
   
    (a)    PRINCIPLES OF  CONSOLIDATION   The consolidated  financial statements
include the  accounts of  the Company  and its  wholly owned  subsidiaries.  All
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
    
 
    (b)    INVENTORY    Inventory  is generally  stated  at  the  lower  of cost
(first-in, first-out method) or market.
 
    (c)   DEPRECIATION   Property  and equipment  is depreciated  for  financial
reporting  purposes  using the  straight-line method  over the  estimated useful
lives of the assets.  For federal income tax  purposes, accelerated methods  are
used over statutory lives.
 
    (d)   PATENTS  Purchased patents are recorded at cost. Developed patents are
recorded at the value of related compensation awarded. Patents are amortized  on
the  straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the patents of 11 to
17 years.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 3 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
   
    (e)   EXCESS PURCHASE  PRICE   Costs  in excess  of the  net book  value  of
acquired  subsidiaries  is amortized  over 15  years.  The Company  assesses the
recoverability of  this  intangible asset  on  a regular  basis  by  determining
whether the amortization of the balance over its remaining life can be recovered
through projected undiscounted future cash flows.
    
 
    (f)   STOCK ISSUANCE  COSTS  During  1996, the Company  incurred $318,000 of
costs related to  the issuance of  common stock in  a proposed public  offering.
These  costs were deferred as of May 31,  1996 and are included in other assets.
These costs will be charged against the proceeds of the stock offering.
 
    (g)  FEDERAL INCOME TAX  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are  recognized
for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases
of  assets  and liabilities  and  their reported  amounts.  The Company  and its
subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return.
 
    (h)  PER SHARE INFORMATION  Loss per share of common stock is based upon the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period,
retroactively adjusted for stock splits.  The weighted average number of  shares
outstanding  was 6,209,000 and 3,469,000 during the years ended May 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively. Stock options  which have been granted  are not included  in
the  weighted  average number  of shares  outstanding as  their effect  would be
anti-dilutive.
 
    (i)  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS  The estimated fair value  amounts
have  been determined  by the  Company, using  available market  information and
appropriate valuation  methodologies. The  carrying  amounts of  cash,  accounts
receivable,  other  noncurrent assets,  accounts  payable, accrued  expenses and
notes payable are a reasonable estimate of their fair value. The carrying  value
of long-term debt differs from the estimated fair value as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     MAY 31, 1996                  MAY 31, 1995
                                             ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                               CARRYING       ESTIMATED      CARRYING       ESTIMATED
                                                AMOUNT       FAIR VALUE       AMOUNT       FAIR VALUE
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Long-term debt.............................  $   6,099,000  $   5,999,000  $   3,136,000  $   2,946,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  estimated fair values may not be representative of actual values of the
financial instruments that could have been realized  as of the year end or  that
will be realized in the future.
    
 
    (j)  USE OF ESTIMATES  The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates and  assumptions that  affect the  amounts reported  in the  financial
statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Actual results  could  differ  from these
estimates.
 
   
    (k)  REVENUE RECOGNITION  Revenue is recognized when products are shipped to
customers.
    
 
   
    (l)   RECLASSIFICATIONS   Certain  1995 amounts  have been  reclassified  to
conform with the 1996 presentation.
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 4 -- INVENTORY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MAY 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------
                                                                                1996           1995
                                                                            -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
Raw materials.............................................................  $   1,900,000  $   1,479,000
Work in progress..........................................................      2,134,000      1,143,000
Purchased and manufactured
 components and finished goods............................................      2,665,000      1,753,000
                                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                                            $   6,699,000  $   4,375,000
                                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                                            -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property  and equipment,  including assets under  capital lease arrangement,
are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ESTIMATED              MAY 31,
                                                              USEFUL LIFE  -----------------------------
                                                               IN YEARS         1996           1995
                                                              -----------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>             <C>
Land........................................................               $      470,000  $     230,000
Buildings...................................................       20-39        3,915,000        446,000
Machinery and equipment.....................................        5-20        7,376,000      3,981,000
Furniture and fixtures......................................        3-15          854,000        478,000
Leasehold improvements......................................        7-31          273,000        119,000
                                                                           --------------  -------------
                                                                               12,888,000      5,254,000
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..............                    2,232,000      1,570,000
                                                                           --------------  -------------
                                                                           $   10,656,000  $   3,684,000
                                                                           --------------  -------------
                                                                           --------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Machinery and equipment and furniture and fixtures at May 31, 1996 and 1995,
includes $226,000 and $230,000, respectively,  of assets acquired under  capital
lease. Accumulated amortization related to leased assets was $44,000 and $34,000
for the years ended May 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
    
 
   
    The  Company recognized depreciation  of property and  equipment of $670,000
and $344,000  during  the years  ended  May  31, 1996  and  1995,  respectively.
Amortization  of intangible assets was recognized  in the amount of $201,000 and
$64,000,  of  which  capital  lease   amortization  was  $26,000  and   $27,000,
respectively, for the years ended May 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
    
 
   
    In  October  1995,  the  Company  began to  utilize  a  building  located in
Cashmere, Washington which had previously  been considered real estate held  for
resale.  The asset was reclassified to an  operating asset during the year ended
May 31, 1996, and the May 31, 1995 balance sheet was reclassified to conform  to
the 1996 presentation.
    
 
   
NOTE 6 -- NOTE RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTY
    
   
    In  May  1995,  the  Company  reacquired a  portion  of  land  and buildings
originally sold to two stockholders during the  year ended May 31, 1994. At  the
time  of the repurchase, a  note receivable which was  part of the original sale
transaction and  due from  one  stockholder was  reduced  to $282,000,  and  the
remainder of that note was canceled in exchange for the land and buildings based
on  a negotiated fair market value of $673,000. The stockholder agreed to assume
the remaining note payable collateralized by the land and building. The terms of
the note receivable mirror  the terms of  the note payable,  with interest at  a
designee's  prime rate (8.25% at  May 31, 1996) plus  1%, due in installments of
$5,900 to the maturity date of the note payable in March 1999 (Note 9).
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 7 -- BANK LINE OF CREDIT
   
    The Company is negotiating to renew a bank line of credit arrangement  which
expired  May 26, 1996. The interest on  the outstanding balance owing at May 31,
1996 is being paid monthly at the bank's prime rate (8.25% at May 31, 1996) plus
2%. The bank has issued a standby letter of credit which provides collateral for
borrowings from Chelan  County, State of  Washington (Note 9).  The Company  has
established  a $1.0 million certificate  of deposit at the  bank as security for
the letter  of  credit  which  expires September  18,  1996.  The  security  for
obligations  under  the expired  loan  agreement is  all  of the  assets  of the
Company, Pacific Coast, Cashmere and Ceramic Devices.
    
 
NOTE 8 -- NOTES PAYABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 MAY 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                            1996          1995
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
Former stockholders of Ceramic Devices
  Notes payable bearing interest at 10% with principal and interest all due August
  1996. Collateralized by the assets of Ceramic Devices...............................  $     600,000  $   600,000
UTCO Associates, Ltd.
  Note payable, net of original issue discount of $12,000, in monthly interest only
  payments at 18% through September 1996 at which time the principal balance is due.
  The note provides, with certain contingencies, renewal options through December
  1996. Collateralized by all of the personal property assets of the Company, Pacific
  Coast, Cashmere, Morel and Seismic..................................................      1,188,000
Individual
  Note payable in monthly installments of $20,000 plus interest at 15% through
  September 1996. Collateralized by the real property of Morel, subordinate to the
  industrial revenue bond debt (Note 9), and all personal property of Morel, of which
  accounts receivable and inventory are subordinate to the security interests of UTCO
  Associates, Ltd.....................................................................        500,000
Related party
  Note payable bearing interest at 18% with principal and interest all due September
  1996 and unsecured..................................................................        150,000
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        $   2,438,000  $   600,000
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In connection  with the  UTCO and  related party  loans above,  the  Company
issued  the lenders warrants  to purchase 337,500  shares of common  stock at an
exercise price of $4.80 per  share. The warrants expire  in five years and  were
independently  valued at approximately $12,000.  This amount represents original
issue discount  which is  expected to  be  charged to  operations in  the  first
quarter of fiscal 1997.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 9 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                MAY 31,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1996           1995
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Chelan County, State of Washington
  Principal amount is payable in June 1997. Holder may demand payment at any time.
  Interest is payable quarterly at 3%. Collateralized by a $2,000,000 million letter
  of credit and personal guarantees of certain stockholders (Note 7)................  $   2,000,000  $   2,000,000
Bank
  Industrial revenue bond payable in monthly installments of $19,200, including
  interest at 8.12% through November 2009. Collateralized by land, building and
  equipment of Morel, personal guarantees of certain stockholders and the guarantee
  of the Company....................................................................      1,367,000
City of Entiat
  Note payable in monthly installments of $7,300, including interest at 8% through
  May 2001 at which time the balance of $200,100 will be due. Collateralized by
  accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real property of Morel and the
  guarantee of the Company. Subordinated to the bank industrial revenue bond
  debt..............................................................................        600,000
Individual
  Note payable in monthly installments of $8,300, including interest at 10.25% until
  February 1998 at which time the balance of $179,000 will be due. Collateralized by
  patents and accounts receivable of Pacific Coast..................................        303,000        368,000
Bank
  Note payable in monthly installments of $5,900, including interest at a designee's
  prime rate plus 1% through March 1999, at which time the balance of $82,000 is
  due. Collateralized by real property of Cashmere and personal guarantee of a
  certain stockholder (Note 6)......................................................        235,000        279,000
Bank
  Note payable in monthly installments of $7,800, plus interest at the bank's prime
  rate plus 1.75% through September 1998. Cross collateralized and cross-defaulted
  with bank loan agreement (Note 7).................................................        219,000
Corporation
  Note payable in quarterly installments of $12,200, including interest at 8%
  through March 2001. Collateralized by various patents.............................        200,000
Various
  Notes payable in total monthly installments of $15,000, including interest at 9%
  to 14%. Collateralized by equipment of the Company................................        621,000        489,000
Title Company
  Note payable in quarterly interest only payments at 12% through February 1997 at
  which time the balance of $177,000 will be due. Collateralized by the real and
  personal property of Morel. Subordinated to certain other debt....................        177,000
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 9 -- LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                MAY 31,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1996           1995
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Quest for Economic Development
  Note payable in monthly installments of $1,700 including interest at 10.5% through
  April 2000 at which time the balance of $58,000 will be due. Collateralized by the
  personal residences and guarantees of certain stockholders........................         92,000
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Former stockholders of Seismic (Florida corporation)
  Notes payable due November 1996, unsecured........................................        200,000
Former stockholder of Seismic (Florida corporation)
  Note payable in monthly installments of $5,000 through October 1997, unsecured....         85,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                          6,099,000      3,136,000
Less current portion................................................................      4,290,000      2,508,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Long-term portion...................................................................  $   1,809,000  $     628,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The  industrial revenue bond  agreements require, among  other matters, that
the Company maintain  minimum working capital,  tangible net worth  and debt  to
tangible  net worth ratios.  In conjunction with  the merger of  Morel, the bank
restructured the covenants through the expiration of the agreements. The Company
was not in compliance with the covenants at May 31, 1996. The bank has  provided
a  waiver of the  covenants through September  1, 1996 at  which time the entire
balance due under  the bond  agreements is callable.  The outstanding  principal
balance has been classified as a current liability.
 
    Long-term debt matures as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING MAY 31,                                                          AMOUNT
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>
1997....................................................................  $   4,290,000
1998....................................................................        677,000
1999....................................................................        346,000
2000....................................................................        265,000
2001....................................................................        153,000
Thereafter..............................................................        368,000
                                                                          -------------
                                                                          $   6,099,000
                                                                          -------------
                                                                          -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 -- LEASING ARRANGEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS
 
    (a)   CAPITAL  LEASE OBLIGATIONS --  The Company is  obligated under several
capital lease arrangements to  finance the acquisition  of machinery and  office
equipment.  Assets  under capital  leases are  capitalized using  interest rates
appropriate at the inception of the lease.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 10 -- LEASING ARRANGEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
    Minimum lease payments under the capital leases and the present value of the
minimum lease payments are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING MAY 31,                                                                  AMOUNT
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>
1997.............................................................................  $    79,000
1998.............................................................................       64,000
1999.............................................................................       56,000
2000.............................................................................       45,000
2001.............................................................................       25,000
Thereafter.......................................................................       16,000
                                                                                   -----------
Total minimum lease payments.....................................................      285,000
Less: Amount representing interest...............................................       80,000
                                                                                   -----------
Present value of minimum lease payments..........................................      205,000
Current portion..................................................................       53,000
                                                                                   -----------
Long-term portion................................................................  $   152,000
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                   -----------
</TABLE>
 
    (b)  OPERATING LEASES -- The Company leases the manufacturing facilities  in
which  Pacific Coast, Cashmere, Ceramic Devices  and Seismic are located through
November 2005 from the  Port of Chelan County.  Rent payments through  September
2000  are based on a  percentage of the base rent,  resulting in a deferred rent
liability. Rental  expense is  recorded  ratably over  the  term of  the  lease.
Beginning  in October 1998, the  base rent is subject  to annual adjustments for
increases in the Consumer Price Index.
 
    In February 1995,  the Company agreed  to cancel the  existing lease on  the
Cashmere facility with a shareholder upon completion of the new facilities to be
leased  from the Port of Chelan County. A lease cancellation fee of $108,000 was
paid and charged to operations in the year ended May 31, 1995.
 
    In April 1996,  the Company  moved the manufacturing  facilities of  Ceramic
Devices  to  Wenatchee. The  Company remains  obligated  under two  leases which
housed Ceramic  Devices' manufacturing  facilities in  San Diego  through  April
1997. Monthly payments on the leases are $6,775. While the Company is attempting
to  sublease  the  space,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will be
successful. The Company has recorded a loss of $73,000 in the year ended May 31,
1996 for the remaining lease payments under the leases.
 
    The Company has several  vehicle and equipment  leases with minimum  monthly
lease  payments in the aggregate of  approximately $2,700. The lease terms range
from three to six years.
 
   
    Total rental expense was $516,000 and  $421,000 for the years ended May  31,
1996 and 1995, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 10 -- LEASING ARRANGEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
    Minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING MAY 31,                                                          AMOUNT
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>
1997....................................................................  $     389,000
1998....................................................................        349,000
1999....................................................................        357,000
2000....................................................................        331,000
2001....................................................................        323,000
Thereafter..............................................................      1,380,000
                                                                          -------------
                                                                          $   3,129,000
                                                                          -------------
                                                                          -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 -- FEDERAL INCOME TAX
   
    The  federal income tax  benefit represents the  expected utilization of net
operating loss  (NOL)  carryforwards  generated  subsequent  to  the  Morel  and
Cashmere  mergers. Loss  carryforwards generated  by the  Company prior  to such
mergers may, subject to  certain limitations, reduce  tax liabilities on  future
earnings,  or in part, reduce remaining deferred tax liabilities by reduction of
the costs in excess of  net book value of acquired  assets in the Morel  merger.
The  benefits of $67,000 and $241,000 recognized in the years ended May 31, 1996
and 1995, respectively, resulted from  recording net operating losses  available
to  offset deferred  tax liabilities.  The income  tax benefit  reflected in the
statement of  operations is  less than  the  statutory rate  of 34%  because  of
certain  nondeductible  expenses  and  limitations  on  the  utilization  of net
operating losses.
    
 
   
    The Company  has net  operating loss  carryforwards for  federal income  tax
purposes  of approximately $7,848,000,  the benefits of which  expire in the tax
year 2001 through the  tax year 2011.  The net operating  losses created by  the
subsidiaries  prior to their acquisition and the net operating losses created as
a consolidated group  or groups subsequent  to a qualifying  tax free merger  or
acquisition,  have limitations related to the amount of usage by each subsidiary
or taxable consolidated  group as described  in the Internal  Revenue Code.  The
following  approximate  net  operating  losses are  available  on  an individual
company basis, without  taking into  account the  aforementioned expirations  or
limitations:  PCT  Holdings, Inc.  $126,000,  Pacific Coast  $5,657,000, Ceramic
Devices $306,000, Morel $934,000, Seismic $88,000, and Cashmere $737,000. If the
subsidiaries achieve profitable operations, the net operating loss carryforwards
available should reduce the federal income taxes due in future tax years.
    
 
   
    Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and  liabilities
are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           MAY 31,
                                                                ------------------------------
                                                                     1996            1995
                                                                --------------  --------------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>
Deferred tax assets
  Inventory...................................................  $       85,000  $      185,000
  Net operating loss carryforward.............................       2,668,000       2,130,000
  Other.......................................................         131,000          55,000
  Valuation allowances........................................      (1,986,000)     (2,015,000)
                                                                --------------  --------------
                                                                       898,000         355,000
Deferred tax liabilities
  Depreciation................................................       1,490,000         355,000
                                                                --------------  --------------
Net deferred tax liability....................................  $      592,000  $     --
                                                                --------------  --------------
                                                                --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 11 -- FEDERAL INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)
    SFAS No. 109 requires the Company to record a valuation allowance when it is
"more  likely than not that some portion or  all of the deferred tax assets will
not be realized."  Management believes that  some or  all of the  excess of  NOL
carryforwards  over  temporary differences  may be  utilized in  future periods.
However, due to the  uncertainty of future federal  taxable income, a  valuation
allowance for the full amount of the net deferred tax asset has been recorded at
May  31, 1996 and 1995. Due to limitations on the availability of certain of the
NOL's referred to above, deferred  tax liabilities associated with fixed  assets
acquired  in the Morel  merger have not  been used to  fully offset depreciation
differences.
 
NOTE 12 -- COMPENSATION PLANS AND COMMITMENTS
 
    LONG-TERM INVESTMENT AND INCENTIVE PLAN.  The Company has a long-term  stock
investment and incentive plan (the Option Plan) under which directors, officers,
key  employees and  other key  individuals may  be awarded  stock options, stock
appreciation rights, stock bonuses and cash bonuses. Under the plan, the  option
exercise price is generally no less than fair market value at the date of grant.
Options expire no later than ten years from the grant date.
 
   
    The Company has evaluated the effect of the recent accounting pronouncement,
SFAS  No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation." The Company intends to
continue to apply APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for stock-based  compensation
for  purposes of determining  net income and  to adopt the  pro forma disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 123 in the year ending May 31, 1997.
    
 
   
    During the year ended May 31, 1996, the Company granted options to  purchase
145,283  shares of  the Company's  common stock  under the  Option Plan,  with a
weighted average exercise price  of $5.08 per share.  The exercise price of  the
options  granted equaled the fair market value  of the Company's common stock on
the dates of  grant. No options  granted were exercised  or canceled during  the
year  ended  May 31,  1996.  Of the  options  outstanding, 23,333  are currently
exercisable. The  remaining 121,950  outstanding  options vest,  if at  all,  in
increments  of 24,390 shares on each of June 1, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000.
All outstanding options  will expire  in November  2005. There  were no  options
under  the  Option  Plan granted  prior  to the  year  ended May  31,  1996, and
therefore there were  no outstanding options  under the Option  Plan at May  31,
1995.
    
 
   
    In  May 1996, the Company  agreed to grant an  officer an option to purchase
845,000 shares of  the Company's common  stock under the  Option Plan, upon  the
effective date of the public offering. The exercise price is contingent upon the
price  of the public  offering, but in no  event will it be  less than $3.75 per
share. The option will expire ten years after the date of grant.
    
 
   
    INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR STOCK PLAN -- During  the year ended May 31, 1996,  the
Company  adopted an  Independent Director Stock  Plan (the  Director Plan) under
which non-employee directors (Independent Directors) of the Company are  awarded
stock.  The Director  Plan provides for  an initial  award of 500  shares of the
Company's common  stock  to  each  of the  Independent  Directors  serving  upon
adoption  of  the Director  Plan,  and an  initial award  of  500 shares  of the
Company's common  stock  to each  new  Independent Director.  In  addition,  the
Director  Plan  provides  for  an  annual  award  to  each  Independent Director
equivalent to the  result of  $5,000 divided  by the  fair market  value of  the
Company's common stock on the award date. The initial award is fully vested upon
the  date of the award. The annual award  vests in full on the first anniversary
following the date of the annual award if the Independent Director has  attended
at  least 75% of the regularly scheduled  meetings of the Board during the year.
If an  Independent Director  does  not attend  75%  of the  regularly  scheduled
meetings of the board between the date of award of an annual award and the first
anniversary thereof, the
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 12 -- COMPENSATION PLANS AND COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
shares  shall  be forfeited.  In November  1995, 9,000  shares of  the Company's
common stock were  issued to  the Independent  Directors. Included  in the  year
ended  May 31, 1996 is $24,000 of compensation expense resulting from the shares
issued.
 
   
    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS.  The Company  has employment agreements with  certain
officers  and key employees.  The agreements are generally  for three year terms
and are cancelable for  cause. Compensation under  the agreements includes  base
compensation  plus incentives including  up to 136,666  stock options, under the
Option Plan, with  exercise prices ranging  from $2.00 to  $8.00 per share.  The
incentives  are awarded at the discretion of the Board of Directors on an annual
basis. The stock options are not  considered granted until awarded by the  Board
of Directors.
    
 
    OTHER  AGREEMENTS.    The Company,  from  time  to time,  enters  into other
agreements with employees.
 
    Effective as of February 15, 1995, the Company converted warrants issued  by
Original  PCTH into warrants for the purchase  of an aggregate of 125,000 shares
of the Company's common  stock to certain  management employees, exercisable  at
$2.00  per share, the  fair value on the  date of grant.  The warrants expire in
December 2004 and February 2005, respectively. The warrants were outstanding  at
May 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
   
    On  January 31, 1995, the Company granted warrants for the purchase of up to
35,000 shares of common stock at $2.00 per share, the fair value on the date  of
the  agreement,  to  a  certain  employee.  The  exercise  of  the  warrants was
contingent upon the  issuance of a  patent and Pacific  Coast achieving  certain
sales  goals for calendar years 1996 and 1997. On July 18, 1995, the measurement
date, the  patent  was issued  and  15,000 of  the  warrants vested  and  became
exercisable.  The fair market value of the  Company's common stock was $5.80 per
share at the date the warrants vested. The Company has capitalized patent  costs
of  $57,000 related to the  excess of the fair market  value of the common stock
over the exercise price of the warrants at the measurement date.
    
 
    RETIREMENT PLAN.  The Company maintains a 401(k) plan covering all  eligible
employees  who  meet  service  requirements as  provided  in  the  plan. Company
contributions to the profit sharing plan are determined annually by the Board of
Directors. No contributions  were made  by the Company  to the  plan during  the
years ended May 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
   
NOTE 13 -- COMMON STOCK
    
   
    On  July  18,  1994,  the  Original  PCTH  Board  of  Directors  approved  a
one-for-three reverse split of Original PCTH's common stock. This split resulted
in a decrease of 10,309,834 shares  of common stock outstanding. On January  26,
1995,  the Original PCTH Board of Directors approved a one-for-two reverse split
of Original PCTH's common stock. This split resulted in a decrease of  2,963,675
shares  of common stock outstanding.  All share and per  share amounts have been
restated to retroactively reflect these stock splits.
    
 
   
    During the year ended May 31, 1995, just prior to the Verazzana merger (Note
1) the Original PCTH Board of Directors gave all option and warrant holders  the
choice  of exercising  options and  warrants at  one-half the  original exercise
price, or exercising the options at no  price and receiving one share of  common
stock  for every four shares issuable upon exercise of options or warrants held.
Options and warrants to  purchase a total of  94,444 shares and 292,965  shares,
respectively,  were exercised  with resulting  proceeds of  $30,000 and $54,995,
respectively. The  holders  of the  options  and warrants  received  48,610  and
111,433   shares  of  Original   PCTH  common  stock,   respectively.  The  fair
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
   
NOTE 13 -- COMMON STOCK (CONTINUED)
    
   
market value of the common  stock at the date of  exercise was $1.98 per  share.
Included  in merger, acquisition and capital costs during the year ended May 31,
1995 is  $231,888 related  to the  repricing  of the  options and  warrants.  No
options or warrants were exercised during the year ended May 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    The  Company entered  into funding agreements  with a Swiss  company to find
suitable and  qualified investors  to purchase  shares of  the Company's  common
stock  in  an  offering  exempt  from registration  under  Regulation  S  of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Regulation S). The Swiss company facilitated
the sale of 1,429,470 shares of the Company's common stock with net proceeds  of
$4,908,000, or an average of $3.43 per share, during the year ended May 31, 1996
and  699,000  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  with  net  proceeds  of
$3,596,000, or an  average of $5.14  per share,  during the year  ended May  31,
1995.  The Swiss company received a commission of $375,000 and a designee of the
Swiss company received 65,000  shares of the Company's  common stock during  the
year  ended May 31, 1996.  The Swiss company received  $478,000 and designees of
the Swiss company received 1,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock during
the year ended May 31, 1995.
    
 
   
    At  May  31,  1996,  the  Company  had  stock  subscriptions  receivable  of
$1,030,000 after deduction of commissions related to the sales of 390,000 shares
of  common stock at $2.54 and $3.00 per share sold under a Regulation S offering
in May 1996. The Company received the stock subscription funds in June 1996.
    
 
    The following table summarizes option and warrant activity:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED
                                      -----------------------------------------------------
                                             MAY 31, 1996               MAY 31, 1995
                                      --------------------------  -------------------------
                                      OPTIONS/      PRICE PER     OPTIONS/     PRICE PER
                                      WARRANTS        SHARE       WARRANTS       SHARE
                                      ---------  ---------------  ---------  --------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>              <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year....    160,000  $    2.00          387,409  $  0.60 - 9.00
Options/warrants granted............    482,783     4.80 - 5.125    160,000       2.00
Exercised...........................                                387,409        0 - 1.98
Canceled............................
                                      ---------  ---------------  ---------  --------------
Outstanding at end of year..........    642,783  $  2.00 - 5.125    160,000  $    2.00
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 14 -- CONTINGENCIES
    In the  normal  course of  business,  the Company  disposes  of  potentially
hazardous  material  which  could  result  in  claims  related  to environmental
cleanup. The Company has not been notified of any related claims. The Company is
subject to various  other environmental and  governmental regulations,  however,
the extent of any non-compliance with those regulations is not ascertainable.
 
   
    The  Company is currently a party to various legal actions or claims arising
out of  the normal  course of  business, none  of which  is expected  to have  a
material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
   
NOTE 15 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    
    On  May  31, 1996,  the  Company filed  a  Registration Statement  under the
Securities Act of 1933,  as amended. At the  effective date of the  Registration
Statement,  the Company will enter into a firm commitment underwriting agreement
to sell units composed of one share of the Company's common stock and a  warrant
to  purchase one share of the Company's common stock. The Company intends to use
a portion of the proceeds to repay approximately $3,557,000 of notes payable and
long-term debt. Repayment of these amounts  is dependent upon the completion  of
the underwriting of these securities.
 
   
    During  June 1996, the Company reduced the principal amount of certain notes
payable, as described in Note 8, utilizing proceeds from the May 1996 Regulation
S offering, as described in Note 13.
    
 
NOTE 16 -- OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
   
    On October 9, 1995, a director of the Company loaned Morel $100,000 pursuant
to the terms of a promissory note for working capital until consummation of  the
Morel  merger. In December 1995,  Morel paid the principal  balance of the note,
plus $5,000 as consideration for making this loan.
    
 
   
    In February 1995, a director of the Company from February 1995 to April 1996
and of Original PCTH and  its successor from May  1994 to April 1996,  exchanged
his  rights in  a consulting  contract with Original  PCTH for  shares of common
stock of Original PCTH,  which were subsequently converted  to 17,361 shares  of
the Company's common stock.
    
 
NOTE 17 -- BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
   
    The  Company operates through five subsidiaries  and operates in two general
business segments, "Electronic and Safety Products" and "Machined and Cast Metal
Products." In  the first  segment, Pacific  Coast and  Ceramic Devices  develop,
manufacture,  market  and  sell  electronic  packaging,  connectors,  and filter
devices, and  Seismic designs  and sells  natural gas  shut-off valves.  In  the
second segment, Cashmere and Morel manufacture machined and cast metal products.
There  is  vertical  integration at  various  levels and  segment  transfers are
accounted for on an arm's length pricing basis.
    
 
   
    In computing income (loss) from continuing operations for each segment,  all
costs  have been  allocated to segments  except merger,  acquisition and capital
costs.
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             MAY 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
NOTE 17 -- BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    Identifiable assets are  those assets  used in the  Company's operations  in
each  business segment, and  the identifiable assets do  not include advances or
loans between the business segments. There are no identifiable corporate assets,
and no  allocations were  necessary  for assets  used  jointly by  the  business
segments.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                         ------------------------------
                                                                              1996            1995
                                                                         --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>
Net sales
  Electronic and safety products.......................................  $    8,533,000  $    4,280,000
  Machined and cast metal products.....................................      12,192,000       6,755,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         $   20,725,000  $   11,035,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Loss from continuing operations
  Electronic and safety products.......................................  $     (376,000) $     (847,000)
  Machined and cast metal products.....................................        (586,000)       (267,000)
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Loss...................................................................        (962,000)     (1,114,000)
  Corporate expenses, adjustments and other............................        (104,000)       (538,000)
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         $   (1,066,000) $   (1,652,000)
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Identifiable assets
  Electronic and safety products.......................................  $    1,383,000  $    1,287,000
  Machined and cast metal products.....................................       9,273,000       2,397,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         $   10,656,000  $    3,684,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Capital expenditures
  Electronic and safety products.......................................  $      469,000  $      876,000
  Machined and cast metal products.....................................       1,424,000         209,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         $    1,893,000  $    1,085,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Depreciation and amortization
  Electronic and safety products.......................................  $      270,000  $      209,000
  Machined and cast metal products.....................................         426,000         162,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         $      696,000  $      371,000
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
                            YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S STATEMENT
 
    The  Company entered into an agreement and  plan of merger with Morel, which
owns  and  operates   an  aluminum  foundry   located  in  Entiat,   Washington,
approximately   15  miles  north  of  the  Company's  operations  in  Wenatchee,
Washington. Under terms of the agreement, Morel and a wholly owned subsidiary of
the  Company  merged  with  Morel  as  the  surviving  entity,  and  the   Morel
shareholders  received  650,000 shares  of common  stock  of the  Company, after
certain post-closing adjustments. The merger was closed on December 1, 1995, and
was effective  November 30,  1995  for accounting  purposes under  the  purchase
method of accounting.
 
    The  pro forma combined unaudited statement of operations for the year ended
May 31, 1996 was  prepared as if  the purchase transaction  had occurred at  the
beginning of the year.
 
    In  the opinion  of the Company's  management, all  adjustments necessary to
present fairly the  pro forma  combined unaudited statement  of operations  have
been made based upon the terms and conditions of the Morel agreement and plan of
merger.  The  pro  forma  combined  unaudited  statement  of  operations  is not
necessarily  indicative  of  what  actual  results  would  have  been  had   the
transactions  occurred  at the  beginning of  the  year nor  does it  purport to
indicate the results of future operations of the Company.
 
   
    This pro forma combined unaudited statement of operations should be read  in
conjunction  with  the audited  financial statements  and  notes thereto  of the
Company at and for the years ended  May 31, 1996 and 1995 included elsewhere  in
this  Prospectus and the audited financial statements and notes thereto of Morel
at and for the  years ended June  30, 1995 and 1994  included elsewhere in  this
Prospectus.
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
   
                      PCT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                            YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PCT HOLDINGS,    MOREL INDUSTRIES,     PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
                                                    INC.               INC.          ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED
                                               --------------  --------------------  -----------  --------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>                   <C>          <C>
NET SALES....................................  $   20,725,000     $    4,492,000                  $   25,217,000
COST OF SALES................................      16,439,000          3,853,000                      20,292,000
                                               --------------        -----------                  --------------
GROSS PROFIT.................................       4,286,000            639,000                       4,925,000
OPERATING EXPENSES...........................       4,765,000          1,118,000      $   3,000        5,886,000
                                               --------------        -----------     -----------  --------------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS.........................        (479,000)          (479,000)        (3,000)        (961,000)
                                               --------------        -----------     -----------  --------------
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
  Interest income............................          37,000              2,000                          39,000
  Interest expense...........................        (535,000)          (171,000)                       (706,000)
  Other......................................         (89,000)           (54,000)                       (143,000)
                                               --------------        -----------                  --------------
                                                     (587,000)          (223,000)                       (810,000)
                                               --------------        -----------     -----------  --------------
LOSS BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX...............      (1,066,000)          (702,000)        (3,000)      (1,771,000)
FEDERAL INCOME TAX...........................          67,000                                             67,000
                                               --------------        -----------     -----------  --------------
NET LOSS FOR THE YEAR........................  $     (999,000)    $     (702,000)     $  (3,000)  $   (1,704,000)
                                               --------------        -----------     -----------  --------------
                                               --------------        -----------     -----------  --------------
LOSS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK...............  $        (0.16)    $        (0.11)                 $        (0.27)
                                               --------------        -----------                  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
The  accompanying notes are an integral part of the pro forma combined financial
statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
Board of Directors
Morel Industries, Inc.
Entiat, Washington
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Morel Industries, Inc. as
of June 30, 1995 and 1994,  and the related statements of income,  stockholders'
equity,  and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the financial  statements  are  free from
material misstatement. An audit  includes examining, on  a test basis,  evidence
supporting  the amounts  and disclosures in  the financial  statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well  as  evaluating the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our  audits provide  a reasonable  basis for our
opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material respects,  the financial position of  Morel Industries, Inc. at
June 30, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the  years  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.
 
/s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
 
November 8, 1995, except as to
Notes 4 and 9 which date is December 1, 1995
Seattle, Washington
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1995           1994
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash..............................................................................  $     152,000  $     636,000
  Accounts receivable (Note 3)......................................................      1,395,000      1,416,000
  Project receivable (Note 8).......................................................        126,000        897,000
  Inventories (Notes 1 and 3).......................................................        936,000        821,000
  Prepaid expenses and other........................................................        113,000         29,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
      Total current assets..........................................................      2,722,000      3,799,000
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, less accumulated depreciation (Notes 2 and 3)...............      6,667,000      2,626,000
RECEIVABLE FROM STOCKHOLDERS........................................................                       111,000
DEFERRED BOND COSTS.................................................................         25,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      $   9,414,000  $   6,536,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Line-of-credit (Note 3)...........................................................  $     969,000  $     890,000
  Accounts payable..................................................................      1,106,000        937,000
  Accrued expenses..................................................................        541,000        454,000
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 4).....................................      1,001,000        103,000
  Pre-billed moving expenditures (Note 8)...........................................                       768,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
      Total current liabilities.....................................................      3,617,000      3,152,000
DEFERRED SALES TAX..................................................................        145,000
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities (Note 4)..................................      2,148,000
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 6)......................................................        728,000        682,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
      Total liabilities.............................................................      6,638,000      3,834,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 9)
  Common stock, $100 par value; 2,500 shares authorized; 416 shares issued and
   outstanding......................................................................         42,000         42,000
  Common stock, non-voting, $2,000 par value; 2,500 shares authorized; 87.5 shares
   issued and outstanding...........................................................        175,000        175,000
  Additional paid-in capital........................................................        825,000        825,000
  Retained earnings.................................................................      1,734,000      1,660,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
      Total stockholders' equity....................................................      2,776,000      2,702,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      $   9,414,000  $   6,536,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying summary of acounting policies and notes to financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                          1995           1994
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>             <C>
SALES..............................................................................  $   10,708,000  $   9,895,000
COST OF SALES......................................................................       9,623,000      8,327,000
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
GROSS PROFIT.......................................................................       1,085,000      1,568,000
OPERATING EXPENSES.................................................................       1,189,000      1,240,000
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS......................................................        (104,000)       328,000
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
  Interest income..................................................................          31,000         18,000
  Interest expense.................................................................        (268,000)      (131,000)
  Realized recovery (loss) on investment...........................................          29,000        (77,000)
  Other expense....................................................................         (14,000)       (40,000)
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
    Total other income (expense)...................................................        (222,000)      (230,000)
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM............................................        (326,000)        98,000
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM, gain on sale of foundry less applicable income taxes of
 $152,000 and $988,000 (Note 8)....................................................         295,000      1,918,000
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES..................................................         (31,000)     2,016,000
DEFERRED INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT (Note 6)...................................         105,000        (39,000)
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
NET INCOME.........................................................................  $       74,000  $   1,977,000
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
                                                                                     --------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
     See accompanying summary of accounting policies and note to financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   ADDITIONAL
                                                   NON-VOTING       PAID-IN      RETAINED EARNINGS
                                  COMMON STOCK    COMMON STOCK      CAPITAL          (DEFICIT)          TOTAL
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------------  -------------
<S>                              <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>                <C>
BALANCE, July 1, 1993..........    $   42,000     $    175,000    $    825,000    $      (317,000)  $     725,000
Net income.....................                                                         1,977,000       1,977,000
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------------  -------------
BALANCE, June 30, 1994.........        42,000          175,000         825,000          1,660,000       2,702,000
Net income.....................                                                            74,000          74,000
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------------  -------------
BALANCE, June 30, 1995.........    $   42,000     $    175,000    $    825,000    $     1,734,000   $   2,776,000
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------------  -------------
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------  -----------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying summary of accounting policies and note to financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                         1995            1994
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income                                                                         $      74,000  $    1,977,000
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating
   activities:
    Gain on sale of foundry........................................................       (295,000)     (1,918,000)
    Depreciation and amortization..................................................        356,000         112,000
    Deferred income taxes..........................................................       (105,000)         39,000
    Settlement of stockholder receivable as a bonus................................        111,000
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Decrease (increase) in assets:
        Accounts receivable                                                                 21,000        (195,000)
        Inventories................................................................       (115,000)       (119,000)
        Prepaid expenses and other.................................................        (84,000)        (17,000)
      Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
        Accounts payable...........................................................        169,000        (262,000)
        Accrued expenses...........................................................         86,000         248,000
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..........................        218,000        (135,000)
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from sale and relocation of foundry.....................................      2,509,000       3,336,000
  Acquisition of property and equipment............................................     (4,492,000)     (1,937,000)
  Payment of relocation costs......................................................     (1,964,000)       (513,000)
  Increase in deferred sales tax...................................................        145,000
  Increase in receivable from stockholder..........................................                       (111,000)
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities..........................     (3,802,000)        775,000
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Increase (decrease) in line-of-credit............................................         79,000          90,000
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings...............................................      3,439,000
  Principal payments on long-term debt.............................................       (393,000)       (436,000)
  Increase in deferred bond costs..................................................        (25,000)
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..........................      3,100,000        (346,000)
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH....................................................       (484,000)        294,000
CASH, beginning of period..........................................................        636,000         342,000
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
CASH, end of period................................................................  $     152,000  $      636,000
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS DISCLOSURE:
  Cash paid for interest...........................................................  $     261,000  $      131,000
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying summary of accounting policies and note to financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    NATURE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER  --  Morel  Industries, Inc.
(Morel) is a manufacturer  of aluminum castings  located in Entiat,  Washington.
During  1994, Morel changed its name from Morel Foundry Corporation to emphasize
Morel's expanding capabilities in machining and powder coat painting.
 
    In 1995 and 1994  sales to a  major customer in the  Class 8 truck  industry
were 75% and 78% of total sales.
 
    INVENTORIES  --  Inventories  are valued  at  the lower  of  cost (first-in,
first-out) or market. Work-in-process is valued  at the lower of estimated  cost
or  market. Estimated  cost is derived  through an analysis  of historical gross
profit margins.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment is recorded at cost and  is
depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method over  estimated  useful  lives as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Office equipment.......................................    3-7 years
Foundry equipment......................................   7-10 years
Building...............................................  15-40 years
</TABLE>
 
    Expenditures for repairs and maintenance which do not extend the useful life
of the related asset are expensed as incurred.
 
    INCOME TAXES -- Deferred taxes are provided for temporary differences in the
basis of assets and liabilities for  book and income tax reporting purposes.  If
it is more likely than not that some portion of a deferred tax asset will not be
realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 1 -- INVENTORIES
    Inventories consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                                      ------------------------
                                                                         1995         1994
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Work-in-process.....................................................  $   695,000  $   593,000
Raw materials.......................................................      113,000      101,000
Foundry supplies....................................................      128,000      127,000
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      $   936,000  $   821,000
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 2 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           JUNE 30,
                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                     1995            1994
                                                                 -------------  --------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Machinery, equipment and furniture.............................  $   3,769,000  $    2,874,000
Land and building..............................................      3,684,000         824,000
Accumulated depreciation.......................................       (786,000)     (1,072,000)
                                                                 -------------  --------------
Net property and equipment.....................................  $   6,667,000  $    2,626,000
                                                                 -------------  --------------
                                                                 -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3 -- LINE-OF-CREDIT
    Morel  has a line-of-credit  with a bank  with interest at  the bank's prime
rate (9% at June 30, 1995) plus 2%.  The agreement allows Morel to borrow up  to
the  lesser of $1.0 million or 80% of eligible accounts receivable as defined by
the bank. At June 30, 1995,  $968,000 was outstanding and $31,000 was  available
for borrowing. The line-of-credit is secured by accounts receivable, inventories
and  equipment and is personally guaranteed by the stockholders, see Notes 4 and
9.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 4 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                            1995          1994
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
Industrial revenue bond payable to a bank with monthly payments of $19,000, including
 interest at 8.12% through November 2009, secured by land, building and equipment, and
 personally guaranteed by the stockholders............................................  $   1,953,000
Note payable to a supplier with quarterly interest payments of 12% on the outstanding
 balance; principal due February 1996 and 1997, secured by property and equipment.....        277,000
Note payable to an organization with monthly payments of $2,000, including interest at
 10.5% through September 2000, secured by personal residences and guarantee of the
 stockholders.........................................................................        100,000
Note payable to an individual, interest only at 14% through September 30, 1995, when
 interest increases to 15%. Due in full in March 1996. Secured by substantially all
 assets of Morel and subordinated to the industrial revenue bond......................        500,000
Notes payable to suppliers with monthly payments of $1,000 to $45,000, including
 interest at 10%. Unsecured with maturities through February 1996.....................        318,000
Note payable to a supplier in quarterly installments of $25,000, plus interest at 12%
 through May 1995, unsecured..........................................................                     100,000
Other.................................................................................          1,000        3,000
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                            3,149,000      103,000
Less current maturities...............................................................      1,001,000      103,000
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Total long-term debt..................................................................  $   2,148,000  $   --
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Scheduled maturities of long-term debt as of June 30, 1995, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                                                                 AMOUNT
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
1996...........................................................................  $   1,002,000
1997...........................................................................        270,000
1998...........................................................................        100,000
1999...........................................................................        109,000
2000...........................................................................        119,000
Thereafter.....................................................................      1,549,000
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 $   3,149,000
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Morel's line-of-credit and industrial revenue bond agreements require, among
other matters, that Morel maintain  minimum working capital, tangible net  worth
and  debt to  tangible net worth  ratios. Morel  was not in  compliance with the
covenants at June 30, 1995. In conjunction with the merger of Morel on  December
1,  1995, the bank provided a waiver of the covenants through November 30, 1995,
and restructured the  covenants through  the expiration of  the agreements,  see
Note  9.  Management believes  Morel will  be in  compliance with  the covenants
through June 30, 1996.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 5 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    Morel leases equipment  and vehicles under  noncancelable operating  leases.
Future minimum lease payments are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                                                                   AMOUNT
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
1996...............................................................................  $  32,000
1997...............................................................................     22,000
1998...............................................................................      5,000
1999...............................................................................      2,000
2000...............................................................................      1,000
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     $  62,000
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent  expense for  the years ended  June 30,  1995 and 1994  was $57,000 and
$67,000.
 
    During the normal  course of  business, matters arise  which may  ultimately
subject  Morel to claims and litigation. Management believes that the resolution
of these matters will  not have a material  adverse effect on Morel's  financial
condition.
 
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES
    Deferred tax liabilities are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     JUNE 30,
                                                                          ------------------------------
                                                                               1995            1994
                                                                          --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
Property and equipment..................................................  $   (1,226,000) $   (1,065,000)
Officers' bonus.........................................................          93,000          48,000
Other...................................................................          58,000          39,000
Net operating loss carryforward.........................................         347,000         296,000
                                                                          --------------  --------------
                                                                          $     (728,000) $     (682,000)
                                                                          --------------  --------------
                                                                          --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Morel  has net  operating loss  carryforwards of  approximately $1.0 million
with expiration dates through fiscal year 2010.
 
    The difference between Morel's effective  income tax rate and the  statutory
rate of 34% consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                                                 -----------------------
                                                                                    1995         1994
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Income tax (provision) benefit at the statutory rate...........................  $   111,000  $  (33,000)
Amortization of goodwill.......................................................                   (3,000)
Meals and entertainment........................................................       (3,000)     (1,000)
Officer's life insurance.......................................................       (2,000)     (2,000)
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
                                                                                 $   106,000  $  (39,000)
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 7 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
    Morel participates in a multi-employer pension plan pursuant to an agreement
between  Morel and its employee bargaining unit.  Although the plan is a defined
benefit plan, the specific  benefit levels are not  negotiated with or known  by
Morel. Contributions expense related to the plan was $36,000 and $29,000 for the
years  ended June 30, 1995 and 1994.  Subsequent to year end, Morel's collective
bargaining agreement expired and was  not renewed. Accordingly, Morel no  longer
participates in the multi-employer plan.
 
    Morel  has a 401(k) employee  benefit plan for those  employees who meet the
eligibility  requirements  set  forth  in  the  plan.  Eligible  employees   may
contribute  up to 15% of their  compensation. Morel's annual contribution to the
plan is determined by the board of directors. Morel made no contributions during
the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994.
 
NOTE 8 -- SALE OF FOUNDRY PROPERTY
    In 1994, Morel was required to sell its facility in Seattle, Washington,  to
the  Port  of  Seattle  (the  Port). Under  terms  of  the  sale  Morel received
$2,533,000 for the facility and $3,626,000 for relocation costs. In March  1994,
Morel purchased a facility in Entiat, Washington, and began operations in Entiat
during August 1994.
 
    For  financial statement purposes, Morel recognized an extraordinary gain of
$295,000 and $1,918,000  for the years  ended June  30, 1995 and  1994. For  tax
reporting  purposes, Morel retained  its original basis in  the assets sold and,
accordingly, did not recognize a taxable gain.
 
    At June 30, 1995 and 1994, Morel was due $126,000 and $898,000 from the Port
for relocation costs. During the year ended June 30, 1994, Morel billed the Port
$769,000 for relocation  costs which had  not yet been  incurred, and which  are
recorded in the accompanying balance sheet as a liability.
 
NOTE 9 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    On  December 1,  1995, Morel  entered into  an agreement  to merge  with PCT
Holdings, Inc.  (PCTH), in  a transaction  expected  to be  accounted for  as  a
pooling  of  interests.  PCTH  serves  as  a  holding  company  for subsidiaries
providing sealed connectors and components,  ceramic capacitors and filters  and
machined  aluminum parts for the  medical, energy, aerospace, communications and
electronics industries.
 
    Morel has reported a loss before extraordinary item of $326,000 in 1995  and
as of June 30, 1995, has a working capital deficit of $895,000. Additionally, at
June  30,  1995,  Morel  was  in violation  of  certain  debt  covenants  on the
line-of-credit and industrial revenue bond agreements. Subsequent to the merger,
PCTH provided Morel with $1 million of working capital. The proceeds of the loan
were used  primarily to  repay  $500,000 of  the  industrial revenue  bond.  The
balance  was used to fund $260,000  of accounts payable, prepayment penalties of
$140,000 and provide working capital for Morel.
 
    In conjunction with the repayment of  the industrial revenue bond, the  bank
provided  Morel with a waiver  of its debt covenants  through November 30, 1995,
and restructured the covenants through the expiration of the agreements.
 
    Morel's  1996  operating  plan  has  been  developed  to  improve  operating
efficiency  and continue to broaden Morel's revenue base. Additionally, PCTH has
committed to  provide Morel  with sufficient  working capital  until  profitable
operations  are restored.  Although Morel believes  that its  operating plan and
working capital available from  PCTH will be adequate  to meet its 1996  working
capital  needs  and maintain  compliance with  the restructured  debt covenants,
there can  be no  assurance that  Morel may  not experience  liquidity  problems
because of adverse market conditions or other unfavorable events.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash.........................................................................  $   89,000
  Receivables..................................................................   1,556,000
  Inventory....................................................................     839,000
  Prepaid expense..............................................................      46,000
                                                                                 ----------
    Total current assets.......................................................   2,530,000
NET PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT.....................................................   6,594,000
OTHER..........................................................................      24,000
                                                                                 ----------
    Total assets...............................................................  $9,148,000
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
 
                           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Bank line-of-credit..........................................................  $  964,000
  Accounts payable.............................................................   1,373,000
  Accrued liabilities..........................................................     502,000
  Current portion -- long-term debt............................................     799,000
                                                                                 ----------
    Total current liabilities..................................................   3,638,000
Long-term debt, net............................................................   2,129,000
Deferred sales tax.............................................................     145,000
Deferred rent/taxes............................................................     637,000
                                                                                 ----------
    Total liabilities..........................................................   6,549,000
                                                                                 ----------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Common stock.................................................................      42,000
  Common stock, non-voting.....................................................     175,000
  Additional paid-in capital...................................................     825,000
  Accumulated deficit..........................................................   1,557,000
                                                                                 ----------
      Total stockholders' equity...............................................   2,599,000
                                                                                 ----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...............................  $9,148,000
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to unaudited interim financial statements.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1994
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1995           1994
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
NET SALES...........................................................................  $   2,785,000  $   2,454,000
COST OF SALES.......................................................................      2,669,000      2,386,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
GROSS PROFIT........................................................................        116,000         68,000
OPERATING EXPENSES..................................................................        245,000        225,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS................................................................       (129,000)      (157,000)
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
  Interest income...................................................................          1,000         28,000
  Interest expense..................................................................       (103,000)       (26,000)
  Gain on the sale of property......................................................                       (29,000)
  Other.............................................................................        (36,000)        (7,000)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                           (138,000)       (34,000)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
NET LOSS BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX..................................................       (267,000)      (191,000)
FEDERAL INCOME TAX -- DEFERRED......................................................         90,000         62,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
NET LOSS FOR THE PERIOD.............................................................  $    (177,000) $    (129,000)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
LOSS PER SHARE......................................................................  $       (0.27) $       (0.20)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to unaudited interim financial statements.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1994
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1995           1994
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>           <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net cash provided by operating activities.........................................  $     54,000  $      316,000
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Purchase of property and equipment................................................       (17,000)     (1,634,000)
  Proceeds from sale and relocation of foundry......................................       126,000          89,000
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities.............................       109,000      (1,545,000)
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Payments of debt and capital leases...............................................      (222,000)        (27,000)
  Proceeds from financing debt......................................................                       661,000
  Other changes, net................................................................        (4,000)
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.............................      (226,000)        634,000
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
NET DECREASE IN CASH................................................................       (63,000)       (595,000)
CASH, beginning of period...........................................................       152,000         636,000
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
CASH, end of period.................................................................  $     89,000  $       41,000
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to unaudited interim financial statements.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                             MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                     NOTES TO INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1994
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
    The  accompanying unaudited interim financial  statements have been prepared
in accordance with Regulation S-B Item  310 instructions and, in the opinion  of
management,  contain  all  adjustments  (consisting  of  only  normal  accruals)
necessary to present fairly Morel Industries, Inc.'s (Morel) financial  position
at  September 30,  1995, and the  results of  operations and cash  flows for the
three month periods ended September 30,  1995 and 1994. These results have  been
determined  on  the  basis  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and
practices applied consistently  with those  used in the  preparation of  Morel's
annual audited financial statements.
 
    Certain  information and  footnote disclosures normally  included in audited
financial statements presented in accordance with generally accepted  accounting
principles  have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements should be
read in conjunction with Morel's audited financial statements and notes  thereto
at  and for the years  ended June 30, 1995 and  1994, included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
    The results of operations  for the three month  periods ended September  30,
1995  and 1994 are not necessarily indicative  of the results to be expected for
the full year.
 
SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
   
    Subsequent to September 30, 1995, Morel  entered into an agreement and  plan
of  merger with PCT  Holdings, Inc. Under  terms of the  agreement, Morel merged
with a  wholly  owned  subsidiary of  PCT  Holdings,  Inc., with  Morel  as  the
surviving  entity,  and the  shareholders of  Morel  received 650,000  shares of
common stock of PCT Holdings, Inc., after certain post-closing adjustments.  The
merger was closed on December 1, 1995, and was effective for accounting purposes
on  November 30, 1995. The merger was accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. See "Certain Transactions" for additional information on this event.
    
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
- - -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO   PERSON  IS  AUTHORIZED   TO  GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION   OR  TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATION, OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED  IN THIS PROSPECTUS, IN CONNECTION  WITH
THE  OFFERING  CONTAINED HEREIN,  AND,  IF GIVEN  OR  MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE  COMPANY
OR  ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON
TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE  DELIVERY
OF  THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS  OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           6
Acquisition History............................          12
Use of Proceeds................................          13
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy........................................          14
Capitalization.................................          15
Dilution.......................................          16
Selected Financial Information.................          17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          18
Business.......................................          22
Management.....................................          30
Principal Shareholders.........................          38
Selling Shareholder............................          40
Certain Transactions...........................          41
Description of Securities......................          43
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          51
Underwriting...................................          53
Legal Matters..................................          54
Experts........................................          54
Additional Information.........................          54
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                2,250,000 UNITS
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                       EACH UNIT CONSISTING OF ONE SHARE
                                OF COMMON STOCK
                              AND ONE COMMON STOCK
                                PURCHASE WARRANT
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                               PAULSON INVESTMENT
                                 COMPANY, INC.
    
 
   
                            COHIG & ASSOCIATES, INC.
    
 
                                           , 1996
 
- - -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Article   XI  of  the   Company's  Amended  and   Restated  Bylaws  requires
indemnification of any person serving as  a director or officer of the  Company,
as  well  as any  person who,  while serving  as  a director  or officer  of the
Company, was  serving at  the request  of the  Company as  a director,  officer,
employee  or agent  of another  entity, against  expenses incurred  because such
person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any  threatened,
pending  or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative,  if such person  acted in good  faith and in  a
manner  which  he  reasonably believed  to  be in  or  not opposed  to  the best
interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Indemnification may
not be provided for any claim, issue or matter in an action or suit by or in the
right of  the Company  to procure  a  judgment in  its favor  as to  which  such
director  or officer  has been  adjudged by  a court  of competent jurisdiction,
after exhaustion of all appeals  therefrom, to be liable  to the Company or  for
amounts  paid in settlement to  the Company, unless and  only to the extent that
the court in which the  action or suit was brought  or other court of  competent
jurisdiction  determines upon application that in  view of all the circumstances
of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for  such
expenses as the court deems proper.
 
    Any  indemnification as described above must be  made by the Company only as
authorized in the  specific case  upon a determination  that indemnification  is
proper  in  the  circumstances.  The  determination  must  be  made  (i)  by the
stockholders; (ii)  by the  board of  directors  by majority  vote of  a  quorum
consisting  of directors who  were not parties  to the act,  suit or proceeding;
(iii) if  a majority  vote of  a quorum  consisting of  directors who  were  not
parties  to the act, suit or proceeding  so orders, by independent legal counsel
in a written opinion; or (iv) if  a quorum consisting of directors who were  not
parties  to the act, suit or proceeding cannot be obtained, by independent legal
counsel in a written opinion.
 
    Article XI  also  provides  that  the expenses  of  officers  and  directors
incurred  in defending a  civil or criminal  action, suit or  proceeding must be
paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition
of the action,  suit or  proceeding, upon  receipt of  an undertaking  by or  on
behalf  of  the director  or officer  to repay  the amount  if it  is ultimately
determined by a court of  competent jurisdiction that he  is not entitled to  be
indemnified by the Company.
 
    Article  XI of the Company's Amended  and Restated Bylaws and Section 78.751
of the Nevada Revised Statutes authorize the Company to grant indemnification to
directors and officers  on terms  sufficiently broad  to permit  indemnification
under  certain circumstances for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
 
    The Company has agreed to  indemnify the Underwriters, and the  Underwriters
have  agreed to  indemnify the  Company, against  certain liabilities  under the
Securities Act.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The following table sets forth the expenses incurred in connection with  the
sale   and  distribution  of   the  securities  being   registered,  other  than
underwriting discounts and commissions. All  of the amounts shown are  estimated
except  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission registration  fee and  the NASD
filing fee.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEC registration fee.............................................  $  10,784
<S>                                                                <C>
NASD filing fee..................................................      3,628
NASDAQ-NMS Listing Fee...........................................     41,996
Representative's nonaccountable expense allowance................    349,313
Transfer agent fee...............................................      5,000
Printing expenses................................................     75,000
Legal fees and expenses..........................................    275,000
Accounting fees and expenses.....................................    200,000
Blue sky fees and expenses, including legal fees.................     20,000
Miscellaneous....................................................      4,309
                                                                   ---------
    TOTAL........................................................  $ 985,000
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
   
    Since May 31,  1993, the  Company has sold  securities as  described in  the
following paragraphs, none of which have been registered under the Act:
    
 
   
        1.   An  aggregate of  2,963,675 shares of  Common Stock  were issued in
    February 1995 to the shareholders of Original PCTH, in consideration of  the
    Verazzana merger. In connection with that merger, warrants held by Donald A.
    Wright, Nick A. Gerde and another employee of the Company to purchase common
    stock  of Original  PCTH were converted  into warrants  to purchase 100,000,
    25,000, and 35,000 shares,  respectively, of Common  Stock. An aggregate  of
    212,500  shares of Common Stock were issued to Jeff Jensen and an affiliate,
    as a finder's fee in connection with the merger.
    
 
   
        2.  An aggregate of 800,000 shares of Common Stock were issued to  Swiss
    investors  in July  1995, in  exchange for  aggregate cash  consideration of
    $4,598,400. In connection with that offering, in July 1995, (i) an aggregate
    of 739,700 shares of Common Stock were issued to several designees of Lysys,
    and $478,400 in cash was paid to Lysys as commissions, and (ii) an aggregate
    of 295,300  shares of  Common  Stock were  issued to  SMD  Ltd., LLC,  as  a
    finder's fee in connection with the offering.
    
 
   
        3.   An aggregate of 838,470 shares of Common Stock were issued to Swiss
    investors in November 1995, in exchange for aggregate cash consideration  of
    $3,353,880.  An aggregate  of 30,000 shares  of Common Stock  were issued in
    January 1996 to a designee of Lysys, and $234,772 cash was paid to Lysys  as
    commissions in connection with the offering.
    
 
        4.   An aggregate of 133,333 shares of Common Stock were issued on April
    11, 1995, and  promissory notes  in aggregate principal  amount of  $600,000
    were issued on May 10, 1995, to the shareholders of Ceramic Devices, Inc., a
    California  corporation, as consideration for the merger of that entity with
    a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
        5.   An aggregate  of 128,750  shares  of Common  Stock were  issued  on
    November  30, 1995, to Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Florida corporation,
    as partial consideration for the purchase of substantially all of the assets
    of that entity by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
        6.  An aggregate of 650,000  shares of Common Stock, after  post-closing
    adjustments,  were issued on December 1, 1995,  to Stephen L. Morel and Mark
    Morel as  consideration for  the merger  of Morel  Industries, Inc.  with  a
    wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
   
        7.   As  of May 31,  1996, options  to purchase an  aggregate of 145,283
    shares of Common Stock were issued to employees and directors of the Company
    and its subsidiaries under the  Company's 1995 Employee Incentive Plan,  and
    9,000  shares of  Common Stock were  issued to independent  directors of the
    Company under the  Independent Director  Stock Plan. Also,  the Company  has
    agreed  to issue an option to purchase 845,000 shares of Common Stock to Mr.
    Wright on the effective date of this Prospectus.
    
 
   
        8.   In  May  1996,  the Company  issued  promissory  notes  aggregating
    $1,350,000  in principal  amount, and warrants  to purchase  an aggregate of
    337,500 shares of Common Stock, in exchange for $1,350,000 in funds advanced
    to the Company in March and May 1996, by Robert L. Smith, a director of  the
    Company,  and UTCO  Associates, Ltd., the  selling shareholder  named in the
    registration statement.
    
 
        9.  An aggregate of 490,000 shares of Common Stock were issued to  Swiss
    investors  in  May 1996,  in exchange  for  aggregate cash  consideration of
    $1,456,125. In connection with the offering,  $116,490 was paid to Lysys  as
    commissions.
 
   
    The  sales described in paragraphs  2 (other than subsection  (ii)), 3 and 9
above were made outside  the United States to  non-U.S. persons in  transactions
not  required to be  registered under United States  securities laws pursuant to
Regulation S of the Securities Act. The sales described in paragraph 7 were made
in reliance upon the exception set forth  in Section 3(b) of the Securities  Act
and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. The sales described in paragraphs 1, 2(ii),
4,  5, 6 and 8 were exempt from  registration under the Securities Act by virtue
of Section 4(2) thereof, or in reliance on Regulation D promulgated  thereunder,
and  the purchasers  represented their intention  to acquire  the securities for
investment only and not with a view to distribution thereof. Appropriate legends
about the  restricted  nature of  such  securities  were affixed  to  the  stock
certificates  issued  in  such  transactions.  All  purchasers  either  received
adequate  information  about  the  Company  or  had  adequate  access,   through
employment or other relationships, to such information.
    
 
ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- - -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.(1)
       3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Verazzana Ventures, Ltd. (now known as PCT Holdings, Inc.), as filed on
              January 30, 1986, with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada.(2)
       3.2   Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of PCT Holdings, Inc., as filed on February
              16, 1995, with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada.(2)
       3.3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of PCT Holdings, Inc.(1)
       4.1   Form of specimen certificate for Common Stock.(2)
       4.2   Form of Warrant for purchase of Common Stock.(9)
       4.3   Form of Warrant Agreement.(1)
       4.4   Form of Purchase Warrant to the Representative for the purchase of Units.(1)
       4.5   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation,
              and Stephen L. Morel and Mark Morel.(4)
       4.6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 30, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada
              corporation, Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Florida corporation, and certain of its shareholders.(4)
       4.7   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 1995, among PCT Holdings, Inc., Ceramic Devices, Inc.,
              a Washington corporation, and Ceramic Devices, Inc., a California corporation.(5)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- - -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       4.8   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to UTCO Associates, Ltd. dated May 22, 1996.(1)
<C>          <S>
       5.1   Opinion of Lionel Sawyer & Collins.(10)
      10.1   Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 24, 1995, between Silicon Valley Bank and PCT Holdings, Inc.,
              Ceramic Devices, Inc., Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc., and Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc.(6)
      10.2   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Donald A. Wright.(6)
      10.3   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Donald A.
              Wright.(1)
      10.4   Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Donald A. Wright.(1)
      10.5   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Donald A. Wright dated as of February 17,
              1995.(1)
      10.6   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Nick A. Gerde dated as of February 17, 1995.(1)
      10.7   1995 Stock Incentive Plan.(1)
      10.8   Independent Director Stock Plan.(1)
      10.9   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Robert L. Smith dated as of May 22, 1996.(1)
      10.10  Amended and Restated Promissory Note from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Robert L. Smith dated as of May 22,
              1996.(1)
      10.11  Promissory Note from PCT Holdings, Inc. to UTCO Associates, Ltd. dated as of May 22, 1996.(1)
      10.12  Security Agreement between PCT Holdings, Inc. and UTCO Associates, Ltd. dated as of May 22, 1996.
      10.13  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 27, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation,
              Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Washington corporation, PCT Holdings, Inc., a Washington corporation,
              Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Florida corporation, and certain of its affiliates.(7)
      10.14  Patent Purchase Agreement, dated October 27, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Washington corporation,
              Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Washington corporation, and James C. McGill.(7)
      10.15  Patent Purchase Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Washington corporation,
              Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Washington corporation, and James C. McGill and Antonio F.
              Fernandez.(7)
      10.16  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 30, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation,
              Morel Acquisition Corporation, Morel Industries, Inc., Stephen L. Morel, and Mark Morel.(4)
      10.17  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 19, 1994, between Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc., Herman L. Jones,
              John M. Eder, Fred R. Paquette, Dan A. Paquette and PCT Holdings, Inc.(6)
      10.18  Exchange Agreement, dated May 31, 1994, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and its shareholders.(6)
      10.19  Letter Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Lysys Ltd.(6)
      10.20  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 15, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation,
              PCT Merger Corporation, a Washington corporation, and PCT Holdings, Inc., a Washington corporation.(6)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- - -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      10.21  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., Ceramic Devices,
              Inc., a Washington corporation, and Ceramic Devices, Inc., a California corporation.(6)
<C>          <S>
      10.22  Promissory Note, dated May 10, 1995, in the principal amount of $200,000, from PCT Holdings, Inc. to
              William H. Payne, Ivan G. Sarda, Elinor A. Walters and Katrina A. Knowles.(6)
      10.23  Security Agreement, dated May 10, 1995, between Ceramic Devices, Inc., and William H. Payne, Ivan G.
              Sarda, Elinor A. Walters and Katrina A. Knowles.(6)
      10.24  Intellectual Property Acquisition and License Agreement, dated June 1, 1994, between Pacific Coast
              Technologies, Inc. and James C. Kyle.(6)
      10.25  Promissory Note, dated June 1, 1994, in the principal amount of $400,000, from Pacific Coast
              Technologies, Inc. to James C. Kyle and Carol A. Kyle.(6)
      10.26  Promissory Note Extension, dated January 1, 1995, in the principal amount of $387,800, from Pacific
              Coast Technologies, Inc. to James C. Kyle and Carol A. Kyle.(6)
      10.27  Lease Agreement, dated February 1, 1993, between the Port of Chelan County and Pacific Coast
              Technologies, Inc.(6)
      10.28  Addendum to Lease Agreement with Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc., dated April 22, 1993, between the
              Port of Chelan County and Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc.(6)
      10.29  Standard Industrial Lease, dated April 20, 1994, between The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and
              Ceramic Devices, Inc., for certain real property situated at 8170 Ronson Road, San Diego,
              California.(6)
      10.30  Standard Industrial Lease, dated April 20, 1994, between The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and
              Ceramic Devices, Inc., for certain real property situated at 8145 Ronson Road, San Diego,
              California.(6)
      10.31  Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated May 31, 1994, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Herman L.
              "Jack" Jones.(6)
      10.32  Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Nick A. Gerde.(6)
      10.33  Amended Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Nick A. Gerde.(1)
      10.34  Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 1995, between Morel Industries, Inc. and Stephen L. Morel.(7)
      10.35  Revised and Restated Promissory Note, dated May 17, 1996, from Morel Industries, Inc. to Richard and
              Jacquelyn Doane.(9)
      10.36  Guaranty, dated January 24, 1996, from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Richard and Jacquelyn Doane.(1)
      10.37  Confirmation of Guaranty, dated May 17, 1996, from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Richard and Jacquelyn Doane.(1)
      10.38  Promissory Note, dated March 15, 1996, from Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. to Cashmere Valley Bank,
              Inc.(9)
      10.39  Commercial Guaranty, dated March 3, 1993, from Herman L. "Jack" Jones to Cashmere Valley Bank.(9)
      10.40  Amended and Restated Agreement, dated May 30, 1996, between Herman L. "Jack" Jones, John Eder and
              Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.(10)
      10.41  Renewal Promissory Note from Herman L. "Jack" Jones to PCT Holdings, Inc. dated March 15, 1996.(10)
      10.42  Lease Agreement between the Port of Chelan County and Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. dated November 4,
              1994.(9)
      10.43  Building Construction Agreement between the Port of Chelan County and Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.
              dated November 4, 1994.(9)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- - -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      10.44  General Terms Agreement No. PLR-950 Relating to Boeing Model Aircraft between Cashmere Manufacturing
              Co., Inc. and Boeing Commercial Airplane Group, effective as of February 5, 1990, as amended.(9)
<C>          <S>
      10.45  Special Business Provisions No. L-890821-8140N between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing
              Co., Inc. effective as of December 18, 1992.(8)(9)
      10.46  Special Business Provisions No. L-500660-8134N between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing
              Co., Inc. effective as of December 31, 1991.(8)(9)
      10.47  Special Business Provisions No. L-435579-8180N between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing
              Co., Inc. effective as of August 11, 1994.(8)(9)
      10.48  Special Business Provisions No. PLR-950A between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.
              effective as of February 5, 1990.(8)(9)
      10.49  Administrative Agreement No. L-435579-8180N between Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. and Boeing
              Commercial Airplane Group effective as of August 11, 1994.(9)
      10.50  Special Business Provisions No. POP-65311-0047 between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing
              Co., Inc. effective as of February 26, 1996.(8)(9)
      10.51  General Terms Agreement No. BCA-65311-0044 between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing Co.,
              Inc. effective as of February 26, 1996.(9)
      10.52  Extension and Modification of Promissory Note, dated April 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and William
              H. Payne, Ivan G. Sarda, the Waldal Family Trust and Katrina Knowles.(9)
      10.53  Consent to Offering and Additional Indebtedness, dated June 7, 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and
              William N. Payne, Ivan G. Sarda, the Waldal Family Trust and Katrina Knowles.(10)
      10.54  Loan Modification Agreement, dated April 23, 1996, between Silicon Valley Bank and PCT Holdings, Inc.,
              Ceramic Devices, Inc., Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. and Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc.(9)
      16.1   Letter from accountant regarding a change of accountants.(3)
      21.1   List of Subsidiaries.(1)
      23.1   Consent of Moss Adams LLP.(9)
      23.2   Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.(9)
      23.3   Consent of Lionel Sawyer & Collins (to be included in Exhibit 5.1).(10)
      23.4   Consent of Stoel Rives LLP.(9)
      24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Form SB-2).(1)
</TABLE>
    
 
- - ------------------------
   
 (1)Submitted with initial filing on May 31, 1996.
    
 
   
 (2)Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-A filed on May 16, 1995.
    
 
   
 (3)Incorporated  by reference  to the  Company's Current  Report on  Form 8-K/A
    filed on June 22, 1995.
    
 
   
 (4)Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K  filed
    on December 18, 1995.
    
 
   
 (5)Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed
    on March 1, 1995.
    
 
   
 (6)Incorporated by  reference to  the Company's  Annual Report  on Form  10-KSB
    filed on August 29, 1995.
    
 
   
 (7)Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 10-QSB for
    the quarterly period ended November 30, 1995.
    
 
   
 (8) Confidential treatment requested.
    
 
   
 (9) Submitted with this Amendment.
    
 
   
 (10) To be filed by amendment.
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
Registrant  pursuant to the  provisions described in Item  24, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in  the opinion of the Securities and  Exchange
Commission  such indemnification  is against public  policy as  expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or  controlling
person  of  the Registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit or
proceeding) is  asserted by  such  director, officer  or controlling  person  in
connection  with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to  a court  of appropriate  jurisdiction the  question of  whether  such
indemnification  by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
    1.  To file,  during any period  in which it offers  or sells securities,  a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:
 
        (i)   include  any  prospectus  required  by  section  10(a)(3)  of  the
    Securities Act;
 
        (ii) reflect in the prospectus  any facts or events which,  individually
    or  together, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
    the registration statement; and
 
       (iii) include any additional or changed material information on the  plan
    of distribution.
 
    2.   That, for determining liability under the Securities Act, it will treat
each post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering.
 
    3.  To file  a post-effective amendment to  remove from registration any  of
the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.
 
    4.   That, for determining  any liability under the  Securities Act, it will
treat the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of  this
registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A  and contained in  a form of
prospectus filed by  the Company  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1) or  (4) or  497(h)
under  the Securities Act as part of  this registration statement as of the time
it was declared effective.
 
    5.  That, for  determining any liability under  the Securities Act, it  will
treat  each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new
registration statement for the securities  offered therein, and the offering  of
the securities at that time as the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    In  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, as
amended, PCT HOLDINGS, INC. certifies that it has reasonable grounds to  believe
that  it meets all  of the requirements  for filing on  Form SB-2 and authorized
this Amendment to the Registration Statement to  be signed on its behalf by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Seattle, Washington on June 18, 1996.
    
 
                                          PCT HOLDINGS, INC.
 
   
                                          By /s/ Donald A. Wright
    
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Donald A. Wright, President
 
   
    In  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, as
amended, this Amendment  to the Registration  Statement has been  signed by  the
following persons in the capacities indicated on June 18, 1996.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                               <S>                                     <C>
                   SIGNATURE                                      TITLE
- - ------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
                  /s/ Donald A. Wright            Chief Executive Officer, President,
     --------------------------------------        and Director (Principal Executive
                Donald A. Wright                   Officer)
 
             /s/ Herman L. "Jack" Jones*
     --------------------------------------       Executive Vice President and Director
             Herman L. "Jack" Jones
 
                    /s/ Nick A. Gerde*            Vice President Finance and Chief
     --------------------------------------        Financial Officer (Principal
                 Nick A. Gerde                     Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
                   /s/ Roger P. Vallo*
     --------------------------------------       Secretary and Director
                 Roger P. Vallo
 
                  /s/ Robert L. Smith*
     --------------------------------------       Treasurer and Director
                Robert L. Smith
 
                  /s/ Donald B. Cotton*
     --------------------------------------       Director
                Donald B. Cotton
 
               /s/ Allen W. Dahl, M.D.*
     --------------------------------------       Director
              Allen W. Dahl, M.D.
 
                 /s/ Paul Schmidhauser*
     --------------------------------------       Director
               Paul Schmidhauser
 
        *By        /s/ Donald A. Wright
       ----------------------------------
                Donald A. Wright
               (Attorney-in-Fact)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                DESCRIPTION
- - -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>                                                                                                <C>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.(1)
       3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Verazzana Ventures, Ltd. (now known as PCT Holdings, Inc.), as filed
              on January 30, 1986, with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada.(2)
       3.2   Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of PCT Holdings, Inc., as filed on
              February 16, 1995, with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada.(2)
       3.3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of PCT Holdings, Inc.(1)
       4.1   Form of specimen certificate for Common Stock.(2)
       4.2   Form of Warrant for purchase of Common Stock.(9)
       4.3   Form of Warrant Agreement.(1)
       4.4   Form of Purchase Warrant to the Representative for the purchase of Units.(1)
       4.5   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada
              corporation, and Stephen L. Morel and Mark Morel.(4)
       4.6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 30, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada
              corporation, Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Florida corporation, and certain of its
              shareholders.(4)
       4.7   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., Ceramic
              Devices, Inc., a Washington corporation, and Ceramic Devices, Inc., a California corporation.(5)
       4.8   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to UTCO Associates, Ltd. dated May 22,
              1996.(1)
       5.1   Opinion of Lionel Sawyer & Collins.(10)
      10.1   Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 24, 1995, between Silicon Valley Bank and PCT Holdings,
              Inc., Ceramic Devices, Inc., Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc., and Pacific Coast Technologies,
              Inc.(6)
      10.2   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Donald A.
              Wright.(6)
      10.3   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Donald A.
              Wright.(1)
      10.4   Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Donald A.
              Wright.(1)
      10.5   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Donald A. Wright dated as of February
              17, 1995.(1)
      10.6   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Nick A. Gerde dated as of February 17,
              1995.(1)
      10.7   1995 Stock Incentive Plan.(1)
      10.8   Independent Director Stock Plan.(1)
      10.9   Common Stock Purchase Warrant from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Robert L. Smith dated as of May 22,
              1996.(1)
     10.10   Amended and Restated Promissory Note from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Robert L. Smith dated as of May
              22, 1996.(1)
     10.11   Promissory Note from PCT Holdings, Inc. to UTCO Associates, Ltd. dated as of May 22, 1996.(1)
     10.12   Security Agreement between PCT Holdings, Inc. and UTCO Associates, Ltd. dated as of May 22, 1996.
     10.13   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 27, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada
              corporation, Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Washington corporation, PCT Holdings, Inc., a
              Washington corporation, Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Florida corporation, and certain of its
              affiliates.(7)
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                DESCRIPTION
- - -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>                                                                                                <C>
     10.14   Patent Purchase Agreement, dated October 27, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Washington
              corporation, Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Washington corporation, and James C. McGill.(7)
     10.15   Patent Purchase Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Washington
              corporation, Seismic Safety Products, Inc., a Washington corporation, and James C. McGill and
              Antonio F. Fernandez.(7)
     10.16   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 30, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada
              corporation, Morel Acquisition Corporation, Morel Industries, Inc., Stephen L. Morel, and Mark
              Morel.(4)
     10.17   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 19, 1994, between Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc., Herman L.
              Jones, John M. Eder, Fred R. Paquette, Dan A. Paquette and PCT Holdings, Inc.(6)
     10.18   Exchange Agreement, dated May 31, 1994, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and its shareholders.(6)
     10.19   Letter Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Lysys Ltd.(6)
     10.20   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 15, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada
              corporation, PCT Merger Corporation, a Washington corporation, and PCT Holdings, Inc., a
              Washington corporation(6)
     10.21   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 1995, among PCT Holdings, Inc., Ceramic Devices,
              Inc., a Washington corporation, and Ceramic Devices, Inc., a California corporation.(6)
     10.22   Promissory Note, dated May 10, 1995, in the principal amount of $200,000, from PCT Holdings, Inc.
              to William H. Payne, Ivan G. Sarda, Elinor A. Walters and Katrina A. Knowles.(6)
     10.23   Security Agreement, dated May 10, 1995, between Ceramic Devices, Inc., and William H. Payne, Ivan
              G. Sarda, Elinor A. Walters and Katrina A. Knowles.(6)
     10.24   Intellectual Property Acquisition and License Agreement, dated June 1, 1994, by and between
              Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc. and James C. Kyle.(6)
     10.25   Promissory Note, dated June 1, 1994, in the principal amount of $400,000, from Pacific Coast
              Technologies, Inc. to James C. Kyle and Carol A. Kyle.(6)
     10.26   Promissory Note Extension, dated January 1, 1995, in the principal amount of $387,800, from
              Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc. to James C. Kyle and Carol A. Kyle.(6)
     10.27   Lease Agreement, dated February 1, 1993, between the Port of Chelan County and Pacific Coast
              Technologies, Inc.(6)
     10.28   Addendum to Lease Agreement with Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc., dated April 22, 1993, between
              the Port of Chelan County and Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc.(6)
     10.29   Standard Industrial Lease, dated April 20, 1994, between The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company
              and Ceramic Devices, Inc., for certain real property situated at 8170 Ronson Road, San Diego,
              California.(6)
     10.30   Standard Industrial Lease, dated April 20, 1994, between The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company
              and Ceramic Devices, Inc., for certain real property situated at 8145 Ronson Road, San Diego,
              California.(6)
     10.31   Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated May 31, 1994, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and
              Herman L. "Jack" Jones.(6)
     10.32   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1995, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Nick A. Gerde.(6)
     10.33   Amended Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and Nick A.
              Gerde.(1)
     10.34   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 1995, between Morel Industries, Inc. and Stephen L.
              Morel.(7)
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                DESCRIPTION
- - -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>                                                                                                <C>
     10.35   Revised and Restated Promissory Note, dated May 17, 1996, from Morel Industries, Inc. to Richard
              and Jacquelyn Doane.
     10.36   Guaranty, dated January 24, 1996, from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Richard and Jacquelyn Doane.(1)
     10.37   Confirmation of Guaranty, dated May 17, 1996, from PCT Holdings, Inc. to Richard and Jacquelyn
              Doane.(1)
     10.38   Promissory Note, dated March 15, 1996, from Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. to Cashmere Valley
              Bank, Inc.(9)
     10.39   Commercial Guaranty, dated March 3, 1993, from Herman L. "Jack" Jones to Cashmere Valley Bank.(9)
     10.40   Amended and Restated Agreement, dated May 30, 1996, between Herman L. "Jack" Jones, John Eder and
              Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.(10)
     10.41   Renewal Promissory Note from Herman L. "Jack" Jones to PCT Holdings, Inc. dated March 15,
              1996.(10)
     10.42   Lease Agreement between the Port of Chelan County and Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc. dated November
              4, 1994.(9)
     10.43   Building Construction Agreement between the Port of Chelan County and Cashmere Manufacturing Co.,
              Inc. dated November 4, 1994.(9)
     10.44   General Terms Agreement No. PLR-950 Relating to Boeing Model Aircraft between Cashmere
              Manufacturing Co., Inc. and Boeing Commercial Airplane Group, effective as of February 5, 1990,
              as amended.(9)
     10.45   Special Business Provisions No. L-890821-8140N between The Boeing Company and Cashmere
              Manufacturing Co., Inc. effective as of December 18, 1992.(8)(9)
     10.46   Special Business Provisions No. L-500660-8134N between The Boeing Company and Cashmere
              Manufacturing Co., Inc. effective as of December 31, 1991.(8)(9)
     10.47   Special Business Provisions No. L-435579-8180N between The Boeing Company and Cashmere
              Manufacturing Co., Inc. effective as of August 11, 1994.(8)(9)
     10.48   Special Business Provisions No. PLR-950A between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing
              Co., Inc. effective as of February 5, 1990.(8)(9)
     10.49   Administrative Agreement No. L-435579-8180N between Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. and Boeing
              Commercial Airplane Group effective as of August 11, 1994.(9)
     10.50   Special Business Provisions No. POP-65311-0047 between The Boeing Company and Cashmere
              Manufacturing Co., Inc. effective as of February 26, 1996.(8)(9)
     10.51   General Terms Agreement No. BCA-65311-0044 between The Boeing Company and Cashmere Manufacturing
              Co., Inc. effective as of February 26, 1996.(9)
     10.52   Extension and Modification of Promissory Note, dated April 1996, between PCT Holdings, Inc. and
              William H. Payne, Ivan G. Sarda, the Waldal Family Trust and Katrina Knowles.(9)
     10.53   Consent to Offering and Additional Indebtedness dated June 7, 1996 between PCT Holdings, Inc. and
              William N. Payne, Ivan G. Sarda, the Waldal Family Trust and Katrina Knowles.(10)
     10.54   Loan Modification Agreement, dated April 23, 1996, between Silicon Valley Bank and PCT Holdings,
              Inc., Ceramic Devices, Inc., Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. and Pacific Coast Technologies,
              Inc.(9)
      16.1   Letter from accountant regarding a change of accountants.(3)
      21.1   List of Subsidiaries.(1)
      23.1   Consent of Moss Adams LLP.
      23.2   Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.
      23.3   Consent of Lionel Sawyer & Collins (to be included in Exhibit 5.1).(10)
      23.4   Consent of Stoel Rives LLP.(9)
      24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Form SB-2).(1)
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
- - ------------------------
   
 (1) Submitted with initial filing on May 31, 1996.
    
 
   
 (2) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-A filed on May 16, 1995.
    
 
   
 (3)  Incorporated by  reference to the  Company's Current Report  on Form 8-K/A
    filed on June 22, 1995.
    
 
   
 (4) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed
    on December 18, 1995.
    
 
   
 (5) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed
    on March 1, 1995.
    
 
   
 (6) Incorporated by  reference to the  Company's Annual Report  on Form  10-KSB
    filed on August 29, 1995.
    
 
   
 (7)  Incorporated by reference  to the Company's Current  Report on Form 10-QSB
    for the quarterly period ended November 30, 1995.
    
 
   
 (8) Confidential treatment requested.
    
 
   
 (9) Submitted with this Amendment.
    
 
   
 (10) To be filed by amendment.
    
<PAGE>
                      (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

          VOID AFTER 5 P.M. PACIFIC TIME ON ____________________, 2001

                        WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

W_____                                       _________ Warrants
 
                               PCT HOLDINGS, INC.

                                               CUSIP  693259 11 1

THIS CERTIFIES THAT




or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Warrants
("Warrants") set forth above.  Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to
purchase from PCT Holdings, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of
the State of Nevada ("Company"), subject to the terms and conditions set forth
hereinafter and in the Warrant Agreement hereinafter more fully described (the
"Warrant Agreement") referred to, one fully paid and non-assessable share of
Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company ("Common Stock") upon
presentation and surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the instructions for
the registration and delivery of Common Stock filled in, at any time prior to
5:20 P.M., Pacific time, on __________, 2001 or, if such Warrant is redeemed as
provided in the Warrant Agreement, at any time prior to the effective time of
such redemption, at the stock transfer office in _________________________, of
________________________________, Warrant Agent of the Company ("Warrant
Agent"), or of its successor warrant agent or, if there be no successor warrant
agent, at the corporate offices of the Company, and upon payment of the Exercise
Price (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) and any applicable taxes paid either
in cash, or by certified or official bank check, payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to the order of the Company.  Each Warrant initially
entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock for $__________.  The
number and kind of securities or other property for which the Warrants are
exercisable are subject to further adjustment in certain events, such as
mergers, splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like, to prevent
dilution.  The Company may redeem any or all outstanding and unexercised
Warrants at any time if the Daily Price has exceeded $__________ for
20 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of notice of such
redemption, upon 30 days notice, at a price equal to $0.25 per Warrant.  For the
purpose of the foregoing sentence, the term "Daily Price" shall mean, for any
relevant day, the closing bid price on that day as reported by the principal
exchange or quotation system on which prices for the Common Stock are reported. 
All Warrants not theretofore exercised or redeemed will expire on ____________,
2001.

     This Warrant Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Warrant Agreement, dated as of __________, 1996 ("Warrant
Agreement"), between the Company and the Warrant Agent, to all of which terms,
provisions and conditions the registered 

<PAGE>

holder of this Warrant Certificate consents by acceptance hereof.  The 
Warrant Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof 
and reference is made to the Warrant Agreement for a full description of the 
rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the 
Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders of the Warrant Certificates.  
Copies of the Warrant Agreement are available for inspection at the stock 
transfer office of the Warrant Agent or may be obtained upon written request 
addressed to the Company at 434 Olds Station Road, Wenatchee, Washington 
98801, Attention: President.

     The Company shall not be required upon the exercise of the Warrants
evidenced by this Warrant Certificate to issue fractions of Warrants, Common
Stock or other securities, but shall make adjustment therefor in cash on the
basis of the current market value of any fractional interest as provided in the
Warrant Agreement.

     In certain cases, the sale of securities by the Company upon exercise of 
Warrants would violate the securities laws of the United States, certain 
states thereof or other jurisdictions.  The Company has agreed to use all 
commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement to continue 
to be effective during the term of the Warrants with respect to such sales 
under the Securities Act of 1933, and to take such action under the laws of 
various states as may be required to cause the sale of securities upon 
exercise to be lawful.  However, the Company will not be required to honor 
the exercise of Warrants if, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, upon 
advice of counsel, the sale of securities upon such exercise would be 
unlawful.  In certain cases, the Company may, but is not required to, 
purchase Warrants submitted for exercise for a cash price equal to the 
difference between the market price of the securities obtainable upon such 
exercise and the exercise price of such Warrants.

     This Warrant Certificate, with or without other Certificates, upon
surrender to the Warrant Agent, any successor warrant agent or, in the absence
of any successor warrant agent, at the corporate offices of the Company, may be
exchanged for another Warrant Certificate or Certificates evidencing in the
aggregate the same number of Warrants as the Warrant Certificate or Certificates
so surrendered.  If the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate shall be
exercised in part, the holder hereof shall be entitled to receive upon surrender
hereof another Warrant Certificate or Certificates evidencing the number of
Warrants not so exercised.

     No holder of this Warrant Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote,
receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Common Stock or any other
securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise
hereof for any purpose whatever, nor shall anything contained in the Warrant
Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant
Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any
right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to
stockholders at any meeting thereof or give or withhold consent to any corporate
action (whether upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting
thereof, or give or withhold consent to any merger, recapitalization, issuance
of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to
no par value, consolidation, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of
meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the
Warrant Agreement) or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise
until the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate shall have been
exercised and the Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise thereof shall have
become deliverable as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

<PAGE>

     If this Warrant Certificate shall be surrendered for exercise within any
period during which the transfer books for the Company's Common Stock or other
class of stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants evidenced by this
Warrant Certificate are closed for any purpose, the Company shall not be
required to make delivery of certificates for shares purchasable upon such
transfer until the date of the reopening of said transfer books.

     Every holder of this Warrant Certificate by accepting the same consents and
agrees with the Company, the Warrant Agent, and with every other holder of a
Warrant Certificate that:

     (a)  this Warrant Certificate is transferable on the registry books of the
Warrant Agent only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant
Agreement, and

     (b)  the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in
whose name this Warrant Certificate is registered as the absolute owner hereof
(notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by
anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent) for all purposes whatever
and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to
the contrary.

     The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for
shares of Common Stock or other securities upon the exercise of Warrants
evidenced by this Warrant Certificate until any tax which may be payable in
respect thereof by the holder of this Warrant Certificate pursuant to the
Warrant Agreement shall have been paid, such tax being payable by the holder of
this Warrant Certificate at the time of surrender.

     This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose
until it shall have been countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

     WITNESS the facsimile signatures of the proper officers of the Company and
its corporate seal.

     Dated:  ____________________, 1996.

                                          PCT HOLDINGS, INC.


                                          By: ________________________________
                                                      President

                                          Attest: ____________________________
                                                      Secretary

Countersigned

___________________________________

By: _______________________________
           Authorized Officer


<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit 10.12

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT


     THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT is made and entered into May 22, 1996, by and
between UTCO Associates, Ltd., a Utah limited partnership, (hereafter "Secured
Party") and PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("PCT"), and its wholly
owned subsidiaries, Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc., a Washington corporation,
Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Washington corporation, Seismic Safety
Products, Inc., a Washington corporation, and Morel Industries, Inc., a
Washington corporation, (collectively, the "Subsidiaries") (PCT and the
Subsidiaries are sometimes hereafter collectively referred to as "Debtor").
     1.   Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in all of
Debtor's assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever located,
specifically including but not limited to Debtor's interest in the types of
property described below (the "Collateral") to secure payment to Secured Party
of all promissory notes and other obligations of Debtor executed and delivered
concurrently herewith (the "Obligations"), including those referred to in that
certain Promissory Note (the "Note") dated May 22, 1996 in the original
principal amount of $1,200,000.00 between and among Debtor and Secured Party:
          a.   All furniture, leasehold improvements, motor vehicles,
appliances, fixtures, furnishings, tools, machinery and equipment and other
goods of Debtor, now owned or hereafter acquired, and all additions and
accessions thereto and replacements therefor;
          b.   All inventory, supplies and materials of Debtor now owned or
hereafter acquired, together with all additions and accessions thereto and
replacements therefor;

                                   -1-

<PAGE>

          c.   All accounts, accounts receivable, negotiable documents, notes,
drafts, acceptances, claims, lease rights (to the extent they are assignable
without consent of the lessor), securities, instruments, choses in action,
whether in contract or in tort, proceeds of lawsuits, and general intangibles of
Debtor (including, but not limited to goodwill, permits, licenses, trademarks,
trade names and trade secrets), and all other rights of Debtor to the payment of
money, now existing or hereafter arising;
          d.   All deposit accounts of Debtor maintained with any bank or other
financial institution;
          e.   All records, papers and books of account or other documents or
papers relating to, affecting or describing any of the foregoing Collateral, in
whatever form, including without limitation all computerized records, diskettes,
programs, etc. relating thereto;
          f.   All of Debtor's contract rights and proceeds of insurance
policies;
          g.   All of Debtor's patents and patents pending;
          h.   All of PCT's stock in and to the Subsidiaries; and 
          i.   All proceeds of the foregoing Collateral.  For purposes of this
Security Agreement, the term "proceeds" includes whatever is receivable or
received when Collateral or proceeds is sold, collected, exchanged or otherwise
disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes,
without limitation, all rights to payment, including return premiums, with
respect to any insurance relating thereto.
     2.   Debtor has full power and authority to execute this Security
Agreement, to perform Debtor's obligations hereunder, and to subject the
Collateral to the security interest created hereby.

                                   -2-
<PAGE>

     3.   Debtor has acquired title to and will at all times keep the 
Collateral free of all liens and encumbrances, except the security interest 
created hereby and any security interest created prior to the date hereof, 
each of which is described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto, except as provided 
in subpart d below. Debtor further promises:
          a.   To make all payments due under the Obligations to Secured Party
and perform all the obligations to Secured Party in a timely manner;
          b.   So long as any amounts are outstanding under the Note, to furnish
Secured Party with such information concerning Debtor and the Collateral as
Secured Party may from time to time reasonably request, including, but not
limited to, current financial statements and filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, provided, however, that Secured Party agrees to execute a
Confidentiality Agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Debtor with
regard to any such non-public documents;
          c.   To maintain the Collateral in good condition and not use the
Collateral for any unlawful purpose or in any way that would void an effective
insurance policy; and
          d.   That part of the Collateral which consists of inventory and
accounts receivable of Morel Industries, Inc. ("Morel") now is and shall remain
free and clear of any and all liens, charges, security interests, encumbrances
and adverse claims, except for the following ("Permitted Liens"): (i) liens for
taxes not yet payable; (ii) additional security interests and liens consented to
in writing by Secured Party in its sole discretion; (iii) the Liens set forth on
Exhibit "A" that relate to Morel Industries, Inc.; and (iv) security interests
being terminated substantially concurrently with this Security Agreement. 
Secured Party shall have the right to require, as a condition to its consent
under subparagraph (ii) above, that the holder of the

                                   -3-
<PAGE>

additional security interest or lien sign an intercreditor agreement on terms 
satisfactory to Secured Party in its sole discretion, acknowledge that the 
holder's security interest is subordinate to the security interest in favor 
of Secured Party, and that Debtor agrees that any uncured default in any 
obligation secured by the subordinate security interest shall also constitute 
an Event of Default under this Security Agreement.  Secured Party now has, 
and shall continue to have, a first priority, perfected and enforceable 
security interest in all of the Collateral which consists of inventory and 
accounts receivable of Morel.  The Collateral which consists of inventory and 
accounts receivable of Morel shall not be subject to any other liens or 
security interests of any type except for the Permitted Liens.  Debtor shall 
at all times defend Secured Party and the Collateral against all claims of 
others.
     4.   Unless Debtor is in default hereunder, Debtor may sell the Collateral
in the normal course of its business.
     5.   Debtor will pay promptly when due all taxes and assessments upon the
Collateral or for its use or operation or upon this Security Agreement or upon
the Note or any other documents evidencing the Obligations, if any.  Further,
Debtor will promptly pay all obligations regarding or relating to the Collateral
necessary to maintain and preserve Debtor's rights and interests therein.
     6.   Debtor will not use or permit use of the Collateral in violation of
any statute, ordinance, or state or federal regulation.
     7.   With respect to the Items of Collateral listed on Exhibit "B" to this
Agreement (the "Patents"), Debtor represents and warrants as follows:

                                   -4-
<PAGE>

          a.   Debtor does not own any patents registered in, or the subject of
pending applications in, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any
similar offices or agencies in any other country or any political subdivision
thereof, other than those described in Exhibit "B" hereto;
          b.   Debtor has the sole, full and uncumbered right, title and
interest in and to each of the Patents shown on Exhibit "B" and the
registrations thereof are valid and enforceable and in full force and effect,
and none of the Patents has been abandoned or dedicated;
          c.   There is no claim by any third party that any Patents are invalid
and unenforceable or do or may violate the rights of any third person;
          d.   Debtor has obtained from each employee who may be considered the
inventor of patentable inventions (invented within the scope of such employee's
employment) an assignment to Debtor of all rights to such inventions, including,
without limitation, patents.
     8.   With respect to the Patents, Debtor covenants and agrees as follows:
          a.   Except to the extent that Secured Party shall give its prior
written consent, Debtor will not do any act, or omit to do any act, except as
may be reasonable, in its prudent business judgment, whereby the Patents may
become abandoned or dedicated or the remedies available against potential
infringers weakened and shall notify Secured Party immediately if Debtor knows
or becomes aware of any reason or has reason to know that any Patent may become
abandoned or dedicated;
          b.   In the event that any security interest as to which any of the
Patents is or may be subject as of the date hereof shall lapse, terminate or be
cancelled or rescinded, whether

                                   -5-
<PAGE>

by voluntary action of Debtor or any third person secured party in whose 
favor such presently attached and perfected security interests were created, 
Debtor will perform all acts and execute all documents, including, without 
limitation, notices of security interest or assignments for each relevant 
type of intellectual property in forms suitable for filing with the United 
States Patent and Trademark Office that may be necessary or desirable to 
record, maintain, preserve, protect and perfect Secured Party's interest in 
the Patents and the priority of such lien;
          c.   Other than with respect to any presently attached and perfected
security interest as of the date hereof, and other than as described in Section
___, Debtor will not assign, sell, mortgage, lease, transfer, pledge,
hypothecate, grant a security interest in or lien upon, encumber, grant an
exclusive or non-exclusive license, or otherwise dispose of any of the Patents,
and nothing in this Security Agreement shall be deemed a consent by Secured
Party to any such action except as expressly permitted herein;
          d.   Except as required by Debtor's senior lender, Debtor will not,
either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, (i) file an
application for the registration of any Patent with the Patent and Trademark
Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political
subdivision thereof, or (ii) file any assignment of any Patent which Debtor may
acquire from a third party with the Patent and Trademark Office or any similar
office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof,
unless Debtor shall, on or prior to the date of such filing, notify Secured
Party thereof, and, upon the request of Secured Party and subject to Secured
Party's right to so request pursuant to Section 8(b), execute and deliver any
and all assignments, agreements, instruments, documents and papers as Secured
Party may request to evidence Secured Party's interest, if any under this
Security Agreement,

                                   -6-
<PAGE>

in such Patent (and the goodwill and general intangibles of Debtor relating 
thereto or represented thereby);
          e.   Debtor will take all reasonable steps, in its prudent business
judgment, in any proceeding before the Patent and Trademark Office or any
similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision
thereof, to diligently prosecute or maintain, as applicable, each application
and registration of the Patents, including, without limitation, filing of
renewals, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition,
interference and cancellation proceedings (except to the extent that dedication,
abandonment or invalidation is permitted hereunder);
          f.   So long as any part or portion of the Obligations remains unpaid,
Debtor shall make application to the Patent and Trademark Office (and assign to
the extent provided herein such application to Secured Party as security) to
register any unpatented but patentable inventions developed by Debtor or its
employees (within the scope of their employment), unless Debtor, in the exercise
of its prudent business judgment, deems any such Patent not to have any
significant commercial value or determines that its rights thereunder are better
preserved as a trade secret;
          g.   Debtor shall use proper statutory notice in connection with its
use of the Patents; and
          h.   Debtor shall at all times keep at least one complete set of its
records concerning the Patents at its chief executive office and shall make such
records available for inspection by Secured Party at such times as Secured Party
may reasonably request.

                                   -7-
<PAGE>
     9.   In the event that any prior security interest as to which any of PCT's
stock in the Subsidiaries is or may be subject as of the date hereof shall
lapse, terminate or be cancelled or rescinded, whether by voluntary action of
Debtor or any court or third person secured party in whose favor such presently
attached and perfected security interests were created, Debtor will perform all
acts, including, without limitation, delivering physical possession of the
certificates representing such stock of the Subsidiaries and executing such
notices or documents as shall be necessary or desirable for Secured Party to
maintain, preserve, protect and perfect Secured Party's security interest in
such stock and the priority of such lien.
     10.  With respect to that part of the Collateral which consists of accounts
receivable of Morel, whether now existing or hereafter arising and the proceeds
thereof (the "Morel Receivables"), the parties agree as follows:
          a.   Until Debtor is in default, beyond any applicable cure period,
under the Note or this Security Agreement, and contrary notice is given by
Secured Party, the Debtor is specifically authorized to (i) enforce and collect
the Morel Receivables, at Debtor's expense, (ii) utilize the proceeds thereof
for Debtor's general business purposes in the ordinary course of business, and
(iii) as shall be commercially reasonable, to accept the return of goods and to
reclaim, withhold or repossess goods as an unpaid seller.  In collecting,
holding or remitting the proceeds of such collections, the Debtor shall have no
right to utilize the collections in any way other than pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Security Agreement.
          b.   Debtor agrees to collect the Morel Receivables, at Debtor's
expense, with due diligence until such time as Debtor's authority to collect is
terminated pursuant to this Security Agreement and to account to the Secured
Party, at such intervals as Secured Party may

                                   -8-
<PAGE>

direct, for the proceeds of these collections and, if Debtor is in default, 
beyond any applicable cure period under the Note or the Security Agreement 
and if Secured Party shall so request, by depositing such proceeds in kind in 
a control collateral account at a bank designated by Secured Party (over 
which account the Debtor shall have no control).
          c.   Upon Debtor's default beyond any applicable cure period under the
Note or this Security Agreement, and notification by the Secured Party to the
Debtor to cease collecting on the Morel Receivables, Secured Party will proceed
to collect said Morel Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner and may
deduct from the proceeds its reasonable expenses of collection; Secured Party is
authorized to receive in full satisfaction of account debtor's obligation a sum
less than the face amount thereof.
          d.   Any payment made by Debtor to Secured Party or any sum received
by the Secured Party through the realization and collection of the Morel
Receivables shall be applied to the Obligations, whether matured or not matured,
as set forth in Section 3(c) of the Note.
          e.   Debtor agrees to hold Secured Party harmless from all claims for
loss or damage caused by any failure to collect Morel Receivables or enforce any
contract or by any act or omission on the part of the Secured Party, its agents
and employees, except intentional misconduct.
          f.   Debtor agrees to maintain full and accurate books of account
covering the Morel Receivables and to deliver to Secured Party such of the books
as relate to the Morel Receivables so requested by Secured Party after or in
connection with the termination of Debtor's authority to collect as herein
provided.

                                   -9-
<PAGE>

          g.   Debtor agrees to deliver to Secured Party on demand, or upon the
termination of the Debtor's authority to collect by Secured Party, all of the
papers in Debtor's possession relating to the Morel Receivables which will
facilitate collection or enforcement thereof by Secured Party, including but not
limited to, correspondence, invoices, shipping documents, and records, sales
slips, orders and order acknowledgments, contracts and all other instruments
relating thereto.
          h.   Secured Party or its authorized agent shall at all reasonable
times during regular business hours have the right to inspect Debtor's ledgers,
books of account and other written records evidencing the Morel Receivables,
and, upon termination of Debtor's authority to collect the Morel Receivable,
such agent or agents shall at all reasonable times during regular business hours
have the right to be present at Debtor's place of business to receive all
communications and remittances relating to said collateral.
     11.  The following shall constitute events of default ("Events of Default")
under this Security Agreement:
          a.   The Debtor's failure to make any payment to Secured Party when
due, or to perform any other obligations in a timely manner;
          b.   The Debtor's material breach of this Security Agreement, or any
present or future rider or supplement to this Security Agreement, or any other
agreement between Debtor and Secured Party evidencing the Obligations or
securing them;
          c.   That any warranty, representation, or statement, made by or on
behalf of Debtor in or with respect to this Security Agreement, is materially
false at the time when made;

                                   -10-
<PAGE>

          d.   Any of the documents executed and delivered in connection
herewith shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect, except
through the act of the Secured Party;
          e.   An assignment by Debtor for the benefit of its creditors;
          f.   Filing by Debtor of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a
voluntary petition seeking reorganization, adjustment, readjustment of debts or
any other relief under the Bankruptcy Code as amended or any insolvency act or
law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing;
          g.   Filing of an involuntary petition against Debtor in bankruptcy or
seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debts or any other relief
under the Bankruptcy Code as amended or under any other insolvency act or law,
state or federal, now or hereafter existing, and the continuance thereof for
30 days undismissed, unbonded, or undischarged;
          h.   All or any substantial part of the property of Debtor shall be
condemned, seized or otherwise appropriated or custody or control of such
property shall be assumed by any governmental agency or any court of competent
jurisdiction and shall be retained for a period of 30 days; and
          i.   There is a material default in any term, condition or covenant
contained in any document representing an obligation in favor of any third party
which is secured by the Collateral or any other default as a result of which
said third party declares a default and exercised any remedies affecting the
Collateral, except as disclosed on Exhibit "C" hereto.
     12.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default Secured Party, at its
option, may:
          a.   Declare the Obligations immediately due and payable without
demand, presentment, protest or notice to Debtor, all of which Debtor expressly
waives;

                                   -11-
<PAGE>

          b.   Exercise all rights and remedies available to a secured creditor
after default, including but not limited to the rights and remedies of secured
creditors under the Uniform Commercial Code;
          c.   Perform any of Debtor's obligations under this Security Agreement
for Debtor's account.  Any money expended or obligations incurred in doing so,
including reasonable attorneys' fees and interest at the highest rate permitted
by law, will be charged to Debtor and added to the Obligations secured by this
Agreement; and/or
          d.   Secured Party may take possession of the Collateral and may
demand payment of, institute, and maintain suits for or compromise any and all
sums due or to become due as proceeds of the Collateral in its own name or in
the name of Debtor, and otherwise avail itself of any action it deems necessary.
     13.  Debtor agrees to execute all financing statements and other necessary
documents to perfect Secured Party's interest in the Collateral as set forth
herein.  Borrower shall not be required to execute and deliver any other
documents that are in the possession of or pledged to the Debtor's senior
lenders as of the date of this Security Agreement.
     14.  No delay or failure by Secured Party in the exercise of any right or
remedy shall constitute a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by
Secured Party of any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  Secured Party shall not
be deemed to have waived any of Secured Party's rights hereunder or under any
other writing signed by Debtor unless such waiver be in writing and signed by
Secured Party.  No consent or waiver, express or implied, by any party to, or of
any breach or default by any other party in, the performance of its obligations
hereunder shall be

                                   -12-
<PAGE>

deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or 
default in the performance by such other party of the same or any other 
obligations hereunder.  Failure on the part of a party to complain of any act 
of the other party or to declare a party in default, irrespective of how long 
such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver of such party of its 
rights hereunder.  All Secured Party's rights and remedies, whether evidenced 
hereby or by any other writings, statutes or case law, shall be cumulative 
and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.  Any demand upon or notice 
to Debtor that Secured Party may elect to give shall be effective when 
deposited in the mails or delivered to Debtor.  If at any time or times by 
assignment or otherwise Secured Party transfers any obligations and 
collateral therefor, such transfer shall carry with it Secured Party's powers 
and rights under this Agreement with respect to the obligations and 
collateral transferred and the transferee shall become vested with said 
powers and rights, whether or not they are specifically referred to in the 
transfer.
     15.  Except for any notice required under applicable law to be given in
another manner, any notice or other communication required or permitted to be
given hereunder and any approval by any party shall be in writing and shall be
personally delivered or delivered by overnight courier in each case with receipt
acknowledged, or deposited in an official depository of the United States Postal
Service, first-class postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, to the other party or parties at the addresses listed below. 
All notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given on
(a) the date of receipt thereof (including all required copies thereof as set
forth below) if delivered personally or by overnight courier or (b) five (5)
business days after the date of mailing thereof (including all required copies
thereof as set forth below) if transmitted by mail.  Each party change its
address

                                   -13-
<PAGE>

for receipt of notices by a notice given to the other parties in accordance 
with this provision. 

Notices shall be addressed as follows:

     To the Debtor:          PCT Holdings, Inc.
                             434 Olds Station Road
                             Wenatchee, Washington 98801
                             Attn:  Donald A. Wright, President

     With a copy to:         Stoel Rives LLP
                             600 University Street, Suite 3600
                             Seattle, WA 98101-3197
                             Attn:  Sheryl A. Symonds

     To the Secured Party:   UTCO ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                             P.O. Box 11838
                             Salt Lake City, UT 84147
                             Attn:  Robert D. Kent

     With a copy to:         Jeffrey M. Jones, Esq.
                             Durham, Evans, Jones & Pinegar, P.C.
                             50 South Main, Suite 850
                             Salt Lake City, UT 84144

     16.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law
but, if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under
applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such
prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision
or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
     17.  This Agreement, together with the agreements and warranties herein
contained, shall inure to the benefit of Secured Party and its successors and
assigns and shall be binding upon Debtor and his respective heirs, successors
and assigns.
     18.  This Agreement inures to the benefit of the Secured Party, its
successors and assigns, and shall bind (as may be applicable) the respective
heirs, personal representatives,

                                   -14-
<PAGE>

successors and assigns of Debtor, and if more than one party shall sign this 
Agreement, the term "Debtor" shall mean all such parties, and each of them, 
and all such parties shall be jointly and severally obligated hereunder.  
Words used herein shall take the singular or plural number, and such gender, 
as the number and gender of parties Debtor herein shall require.
     19.  Debtor agrees to pay upon demand all of Secured Party's costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses, incurred in
connection with the enforcement of this Security Agreement.  Secured Party may
engage a third party as its agent to help enforce this Security Agreement, and
Debtor shall pay the costs and expense of such enforcement.  Costs and expenses
include Secured Party's reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses whether or
not performed by a salaried employee of Secured Party and whether or not there
is a lawsuit, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses for
bankruptcy proceedings (and including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic
stay or injunction), all appearances in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings,
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the appointment of a receiver,
appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services.  Debtor also
shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the
court.
     20.  This Security Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,
any one of which, if originally executed, shall be binding upon each of the
parties signing thereon, and all of which taken together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.  One or more photostatic copies of this Security
Agreement may be originally executed by the parties hereto, and such photostatic
copies shall be deemed originals and shall be valid, binding and enforceable in
accordance with their terms.

                                   -15-
<PAGE>

     21.  The parties hereto represent and warrant that they have full power,
authority and legal right to execute and deliver, and to perform and observe the
provisions of, this Security Agreement and to carry out the transactions
contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by the parties of
this Security Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary legal action
and the parties have obtained any necessary consent, approval of, notice to, or
any action by, any person, firm, corporation or governmental entity or agency
necessary or appropriate to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.
     22.  Each party agrees and covenants that it will at any time and from time
to time, upon the request of the other execute, acknowledge, deliver or perform
all such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances
as may be required to carry out the terms and provisions of this Security
Agreement.
     23.  The rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall not be mutually
exclusive, and the exercise by any party of any right to which he or it is
entitled shall not preclude the exercise of any other right he or it may have.
     24.  GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; VENUE.  This Agreement and all acts and
transactions hereunder and all rights and obligations of Secured Party and
Debtor shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of Utah.  Any undefined terms used in this Agreement that is defined in
the Utah Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meaning assigned to that term in
the Utah Uniform Commercial Code.  As a material part of the consideration to
Secured Party to enter into this Agreement, Debtor (i) agrees that all actions
and proceedings relating directly or indirectly hereto shall at Secured Party's
option, be litigated in courts located within Utah, and that the exclusive venue
therefor shall be, at Secured

                                   -16-
<PAGE>

Party's option, Salt Lake County or the county in which Debtor's chief 
executive office is located; (ii) consents to the jurisdiction and venue of 
any such court and consents to service of process in any such action or 
proceeding by personal delivery or any other method permitted by law; and 
(iii) waives any and all rights Debtor may have to object to the jurisdiction 
of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or 
proceeding.
     25.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT IN WRITING.  This Security Agreement, and any other
documents executed in connection herewith, are the final expression of the
agreement and understanding of Debtor and Secured Party with respect to the
general subject matter hereof and supersede any previous understandings,
negotiations or discussions, whether written or oral.  This written agreement,
and any other documents executed in connection herewith, may not be contradicted
by evidence of any alleged oral agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed on the day and date
first above written.

"SECURED PARTY"

UTCO ASSOCIATES, LTD., a Utah limited partnership



By:   /s/                       
     ___________________________
Its:
     ___________________________

"DEBTOR"

PCT HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation


By: /s/ Donald A. Wright         
     ___________________________

Its: President
     ___________________________

                                   -17-
<PAGE>

PACIFIC COAST TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Washington
corporation


By: /s/ Donald A. Wright         
    ________________________________
Its: Executive Vice President



CASHMERE MANUFACTURING CO., INC., a 
Washington corporation


By: /s/ Donald A. Wright             
    ________________________________
Its: Executive Vice President


SEISMIC SAFETY PRODUCTS, INC., a Washington
corporation



By: /s/ Donald A. Wright             
    ________________________________
Its: Executive Vice President


MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC., a Washington corporation



By: /s/ Donald A. Wright             
    ________________________________
Its: Executive Vice President

                                     -18-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

     Except for the security interest created by the Security Agreement executed
by Debtor in favor of Borrower, the following constitute the only other security
interests in and to the Collateral created prior to the date hereof:


                                PCT HOLDINGS, INC.

        SECURED PARTY                                 FILING DATE   FILE NO.
Silicon Valley Bank                                 7/1/94          95-198-0581

                         PACIFIC COAST TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
        SECURED PARTY                                 FILING DATE   FILE NO.
Heritage Financial Services                         7/1/94          94-182-0483
D.J.R. Enterprise's, Inc.                           8/22/94         94-234-0289
Bankers Leasing Assoc., Inc.                        9/6/94          94-249-0974
D.J.R. Enterprise's, Inc.                           10/24/94        94-297-0686
OBL Financial Services Incorporated                 11/14/94        94-318-1140
JWI Leasing                                         1/9/95          95-009-0561
Mazak Corporation                                   3/13/95         95-072-0390
Quest for Economic Development                      4/21/95         95-111-0347
Perine Machine Tool Corp.                           6/30/95         95-181-0723
Silicon Valley Bank                                 7/17/95         95-198-0580
James C. and Carol A. Kyle                          ___________     __________

                       CASHMERE MANUFACTURING CO., INC.
        SECURED PARTY                                 FILING DATE   FILING NO.
U.S. Bancorp Leasing                                6/13/94         94-164-1234
Ellison Machinery Co.                               5/3/95          95-123-0365

                                     -19-
<PAGE>

Ellison Machinery Co.                               6/1/95          95-152-0359
Perine Machine Tool Corp.                           6/30/95         95-181-0722
Silicon Valley Bank                                 7/25/95         95-206-0221
NEC America, Inc.                                   8/14/95         95-226-0088
NEC America, Inc.                                   11/6/95         95-310-0950
Hyster Sales Company                                11/13/95        95-317-0083
Ellison Machinery Company                           11/17/95        95-321-0280
Industrial Finance Company                          3/20/96         96-080-0393
Ellison Machinery Company                           4/5/96          96-096-0178
Ellison Machinery Company                           1/22/96         96-022-0457


                       SEISMIC SAFETY PRODUCTS, INC.
        SECURED PARTY                                 FILING DATE   FILING NO.
George H. Baldwin                                    12/5/95        95-339-0001

                           MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
        SECURED PARTY                                 FILING DATE   FILING NO.
Security Pacific Bank                                2/14/89        89-045-0264
Security Pacific Bank                                2/1/91         91-032-0368
Security Pacific Bank                                11/9/93        93-313-0665
Seattle First National Bank                          12/1/94        94-335-0264
Seattle First National Bank                          8/21/92        92-234-0068
Seattle First National Bank                          12/1/94        94-335-0265
Seattle First National Bank                          7/19/93        93-200-0525
Seattle First National Bank                          11/29/93       93-333-1599
Seattle First National Bank                          12/1/94        94-335-0268
Seattle First National Bank                          12/1/94        94-335-0267

                                     -20-
<PAGE>

Hyster Sales Company                                 7/29/94        94-210-0543
Industrial Finance Company                           12/12/94       94-346-0289
The CIT Group                                        8/23/94        94-235-0239
Seattle First National Bank                          12/1/94        94-335-0263
Copyco Leasing, Inc.                                 3/13/95        95-072-0981
Richard & Jaquelyn Doane                             3/27/95        95-086-0095
C&H Machine Work, Inc.                               3/18/96        96-078-0118
Washington State Department of
Community Trade and Economic Development             __________     ___________

                                     -21-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                       PCT HOLDINGS, INC. PATENT PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Date of
                                                                                              Reassignment          Date
                                                                                             to Pacific Coast    Reassignment
    Patent # Country        Invention Title           Patent Issue Date   Expiration Date    Technologies, Inc.    Recorded
    -------- -------        ---------------           -----------------   ---------------    ------------------  ------------
    PATENTS HELD BY PACIFIC COAST TECHNOLOGIES,INC, A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PCT HOLDINGS, INC.
<C> <C>        <C>   <S>                               <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>
 1. 4,220,813  U.S.  Terminal for Medical Instrument   September 2, 1980  September 2, 1997  June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

 2. 4,220,814  U.S.  Terminal for Medical Instrument & September 2, 1980  September 2, 1997  June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Assembly
 3. 4,352,951  U.S.  Ceramic Seal                      October 5, 1982    October 5, 1999    June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

 4. 4,371,588  U.S.  Ceramic Seal                      February 1, 1983   February 1, 2000   June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

 5. 4,401,766  U.S.  Ceramic Seal                      August 30, 1983    August 30, 2000    June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

 6. 4,411,680  U.S.  Ceramic Seal                      October 25, 1983   October 25, 2000   June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

 7. 4,421,947  U.S.  Polycrystalline Insulating        December 20, 1983  December 20, 2000  June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Material 

 8. 4,424,090  U.S.  Insulating Material & Method      January 3, 1984    January 3, 2001    June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     of Making

 9. 4,425,476  U.S.  Progressively Fused Ceramic Seal  January 10, 1984   January 10, 2001   June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

10. 4,436,955  U.S.  Terminal Assembly                 March 13, 1984     March 13, 2001     June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

11. 4,456,786  U.S.  Terminal Assembly for             June 26, 1984      June 26, 2001      June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Heart Pacemaker

12. 4,461,926  U.S.  Hermetically Sealed Insulating    July 24, 1984      July 24, 2001      June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Assembly

13. 4,493,378  U.S.  Terminal Assembly                 January 15, 1985   January 15, 2002   June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
</TABLE>
                                    -22-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Date of
                                                                                              Reassignment          Date
                                                                                             to Pacific Coast    Reassignment
    Patent # Country        Invention Title           Patent Issue Date   Expiration Date    Technologies, Inc.    Recorded
    -------- -------        ---------------           -----------------   ---------------    ------------------  ------------
<C> <C>        <C>   <S>                               <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>
14. 4,507,522  U.S.  Terminal Assembly                 March 26, 1985     March 26, 2002     June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

15. 4,514,207  U.S.  Method for Making Terminal        April 30, 1985     April 30, 2002     June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Assembly 

16. 4,514,590  U.S.  Electrical Terminal Assembly      April 30, 1985     April 30, 2002     June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

17. 4,512,791  U.S.  Hermetically Sealed Insulating    April 23, 1985     April 23, 2002     June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Assembly

18. 4,518,820  U.S.  Terminal Assembly for Pacemakers  May 21, 1985       May 21, 2002       June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994

19. 4,593,758  U.S.  Hermetically Sealed Insulating    June 10, 1986      June 10, 2003      June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Assembly

20. 4,654,752  U.S.  Terminal Assembly & Method of     March 31, 1987     March 31, 2004     June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Making

21. 4,657,337  U.S.  Electrical Connector &            April 14, 1987     April 14, 2004     June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Production Method

22. 4,935,583  U.S.  Insulated Conductor/Ceramic       June 16, 1990      June 16, 2007      June 1, 1994        June 27, 1994
                     Connected Elements

23. 4,690,480  U.S.  Tubular Bi-Metal Connector        September 1, 1987  September 1, 2004  May 16, 1995        May 22, 1995

24. 5,041,019  U.S.  Transition Joint for Microwave    August 20, 1991    August 20, 2008    November 30, 1995*  December 2, 1995
                     Package
25. 5,109,594  U.S.  Method of Making a Sealed         May 5, 1992        May 5, 2009        November 30, 1995*  December 4, 1995
                     Transition Joint

26. 5,298,683  U.S.  Dissimilar Metal Connectors       March 29, 1994     March 29, 2011     Original Assignee   Inapplicable
</TABLE>
                                     -23-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Date of
                                                                                              Reassignment          Date
                                                                                             to Pacific Coast    Reassignment
    Patent # Country        Invention Title           Patent Issue Date   Expiration Date    Technologies, Inc.    Recorded
    -------- -------        ---------------           -----------------   ---------------    ------------------  ------------
<C> <C>        <C>   <S>                               <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>
27. 5,433,260  U.S.  Sealable Electronics Packages    July 18, 1995       July 18, 2012      Original Assignee   Inapplicable
                     and Method of Producing and
                     Sealing Such Packages

28. 5,110,307  U.S.  Laser Weldable Hermetic          May 5, 1992         May 5, 2009        December 22, 1995   Not recorded
                     Connector 

29. 5,405,272  U.S.  Laser Weldable Hermetic          April 11, 1995      April 11, 2012     December 22, 1995   Not recorded  
                     Connector

30. 08/618,62  U.S.  Laser Weldable Waveguide Window  Pending             March 19, 2016     Original Assignee   Inapplicable 
        3            Assembly 

    PATENTS HELD BY SEISMIC SAFETY PRODUCTS, INC.-WASHINGTON, A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PCT HOLDINGS, INC.

22. 4,903,720  U.S.  Safety Shut Off Device           February 27, 1990   February 27, 2007  November 30, 1995   December 12, 1995

23. 5,119,841  U.S.  Safety Shut Off Apparatus        June 9, 1992        June 9, 2009       November 30, 1995   December 12, 1995

24. 5,409,031  U.S.  Safety Shut Off Valve            April 25, 1995      April 25, 2012     November 30, 1995   Not recorded

25. 08/403,09  U.S.  Automatic and Manually Operable  Pending             None established   November 30, 1995   Not recorded
       8             Safety Shutoff Valve

26. PCT/US95 Internat Automatic and Manually Operable Pending             None established   November 30, 1995   Not recorded
     /04830   ional   Safety Shutoff Valve
</TABLE>

*Assignment to Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc. was from Dynamic Materials, the
new name for Explosive Fabricators, Inc. (effective November 30, 1995).  The
change of name documents were simultaneously recorded with the assignment.

                                     -24-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
                              TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECTION 11(I) - EXISTING DEFAULTS:

1.   SILICON VALLEY BANK LINE OF CREDIT.  The Silicon Valley Bank line of credit
expired on April 24, 1996, and renewal is currently being negotiated.  There
existed one covenant default at the time of expiration.  In addition, the
closing of the loan evidenced by the Note will cause a default under the Silicon
Valley Bank line of credit until the approval listed on Exhibit A to the Note
under Section 6(d), item 1, is obtained, at which time such default will be
cured.

2.   PROMISSORY NOTES TO CERAMIC DEVICES' SELLING SHAREHOLDERS. The closing of
the loan evidenced by the Note will cause a default under these promissory notes
until the approval listed on Exhibit A to the Note under Section 6(d), item 2
above, is obtained, at which time such default will be cured.

3.   WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY TRADE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
("CTEC") LOAN.  The CTEC loan is secured in part by an unperfected security
interest in Morel's personal property that has been junior to the security
interests of Seattle-First National Bank and Richard and Jacquelyn Doane since
the CTEC loan was closed.  The CTEC loan documents, however, allow only Seattle-
First National Bank to hold a senior security interest in such collateral.  The
Borrowers shall make a good faith effort to obtain CTEC's approval of the
Doanes' and the Lender's prior perfected security interests promptly after
closing of the loan evidenced by the Note.

                                      -25-


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.35
                                        
                      REVISED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE


     THIS REVISED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE (the "Revised Note") is made and
entered into as of the 17th day of May, 1996, by and between MOREL INDUSTRIES,
INC., a Washington corporation, STEPHEN MOREL and MARK MOREL, individually and
for their marital communities (collectively, the "Borrowers"), and RICHARD L.
DOANE and JACQUELYNE DOANE (collectively "Lender") (Borrowers and Lender may be
collectively referred to herein as the Parties").

                                    RECITALS

     A.   The Borrowers executed and delivered to the Lender a promissory note
dated on or about March 17, 1995, in the principal amount of FIVE HUNDRED
THOUSAND and NO/100 DOLLARS ($500,000.00) (herein the "Original Note") pursuant
to the terms of a Loan Agreement and Additional Escrow Instructions, of
unspecified date, between the Borrowers and the Lender (the "Loan Agreement").

     B.   In order to secure the payment of the Original Note and performance by
Borrowers under the Loan Agreement, Morel Industries Inc. granted and delivered
to Lender that Second Deed of Trust, dated on or about March 15, 1995, recorded
by the Chelan County Auditor under recording number 9503240112 (the "Deed of
Trust"), encumbering certain real property located in Chelan County, Washington,
more particularly described as follows:

          Lots C1 and C2 of the Entiat Industrial Park, as recorded in
          volume 23 of Plats, pages 57, 58 and 59, records of Chelan
          County, Washington and as filed under Chelan County
          Auditor's No. 9403310001;

securing payment of the sums and obligations contained in the Original Note.

     C.   In order to further secure the payment of the Original Note and
performance by Borrowers under the Loan Agreement, Morel Industries Inc. granted
and delivered to Lender a security interest in the personal property,
intangibles, and other rights and interests of Borrowers from time to time or
arising out of the Borrowers' business operations on the property encumbered by
the Deed of Trust, as evidenced by financing statements, including without
limitation the financing statement recorded with the Chelan County Auditor at
book 1040, page 82, under Document No. 9503270004, and filed with the Washington
State Department of Licensing under Document No. 950860095 (the "Financing
Statements");

     D.   The parties entered into that Lender's Escrow Instructions dated on or
about March 17, 1995;

                                       -1-
<PAGE>

     E.   The parties entered into that Loan Modification Agreement (the "Loan
Modification Agreement") on or about the 1st day of December, 1995, modifying
the Original Note (the Original Note, the Loan Modification Agreement, the
Lender's Escrow Instructions may be collectively referred to herein as the
"Prior Loan Documents");

     F.   The parties now wish to modify the Prior Loan Documents on the terms
and conditions set forth in this Revised Note.

                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the terms
and conditions hereof, including modifying the Prior Loan Documents upon terms
requested by the Borrowers, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration
is acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

   1.  PRINCIPAL BALANCE.  Borrowers hereby reconfirm, as of March 1, 1996 
(herein the "Effective Date"), their obligation to pay, in accordance with 
the terms hereof, the unpaid principal balance of the obligation represented 
hereby, not including the Loan Fee described and defined in section 2 herein, 
in the amount of Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) 
("Principal Balance").

   2.  LOAN FEE.  Borrowers shall pay to Lender the sum of Fifty Thousand and 
No/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) (the "Loan Fee"), on or before September 1, 1996, 
as additional consideration and as a fee for the extension of the terms of 
the Original Note and for the accommodation of Borrower's requested extension 
and revision of the Prior Loan Documents described herein, pursuant to the 
terms hereof.  Payment of said sum shall not reduce or affect the Principal 
Balance, nor shall it be considered payment of any interest or any other fee, 
but payment thereof is also secured by the Deed of Trust and the Financing 
Statements.

   3. REIMBURSEMENT FOR ATTORNEYS' FEES.  Borrowers shall pay to Lender the 
sum of Seven Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($7,000.00) (the "Drafting Fee"), on 
or before May 23, 1996, as additional consideration and as a fee for the 
attorneys' fees for the preparation of the documents as part of this 
transaction.

   4. INTEREST.

      a.  The unpaid Principal Balance shall accrue interest at the rate of 
fifteen percent (15%) per annum from and after the Effective Date.

      b.  During any period of default of any provision hereof, the 
then-Principal Balance and any unpaid portion of the Loan Fee and the 
Drafting Fee, shall bear interest at the  rate of eighteen percent (18%) per 
annum, or, in the event that this rate is in excess of the then maximum rate 
allowed by law, then at the highest rate then allowable by law.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

   5.  MODIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS; CONFIRMATION OF SECURITY; GUARANTY.

       a.  The terms of the Prior Loan Documents are modified and restated in 
their entirety by the terms and conditions contained herein.  It is 
acknowledged and agreed that this Revised Note is a complete restatement, 
modification and continuation of the Prior Loan Documents, and not a 
substitution thereof.

       b. This Revised Note shall continue to be secured by the Deed of Trust 
and the Financing Statements, as of the effective dates thereof.  The Deed of 
Trust and the Financing Statements are hereby deemed modified such that they 
specifically secure the payment of the entire Principal Balance, the Loan 
Fee, and accruing interest, and penalties, fees, and provisions contained 
herein, and further extensions of credit or further advance of funds.

       c. The Original Note and the Loan Agreement were guaranteed by that 
Guaranty agreement from PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and this 
Revised Note continues to be guaranteed by that Guaranty agreement, and that 
Confirmation of Guaranty agreement of even date herewith, also executed by 
PCT Holdings, Inc.

   6.  TERMS OF PAYMENT.

       a.  All of the then-accrued interest on the Principal Balance shall be 
paid monthly, on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of each consecutive month 
during the term  hereof.  The first payment, however, shall include the 
interest due for the months of March and April of 1996, and shall therefore 
be in the combined amount of Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty and No/100 
Dollars ($6,250.00), and shall be due on May 20, 1996.

       b. Borrower shall also pay to Lender monthly payments (in addition to 
the interest payments required by section 5.a. hereof) to be applied to the 
declining Principal Balance in the amount of Twenty Thousand and No/100 
Dollars ($20,000.00), commencing on May 15, 1996, and continuing in that same 
amount on the 15th day of each consecutive month thereafter during the term 
hereof.  The entire then-Principal Balance, and all then-accrued interest and 
then-due costs and fees and sums due pursuant hereto, shall be due and 
payable on September 1, 1996.

   7.  EARLY REQUIRED PAYMENT.  Notwithstanding any other term hereof 
apparently to the contrary, in the event of the occurrence of certain events, 
the Principal Balance, and all thenaccrued interest and/or costs and fees due 
pursuant to the terms hereof, shall be immediately due and payable, without 
the necessity of notice from Lender.  Those events are:

       a. The sale, agreement to sell, conveyance of, or additional 
encumbrance of, or other alienation of rights of Borrowers in, the real 
property securing the obligations hereof as reflected in the Deed of Trust, 
whether by operation of law or otherwise, or a substantial portion of the 
personal property securing the obligations hereof, whether by operation of 
law or otherwise;

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

       b. The refinancing of the encumbrance in favor of SeaFirst Bank on the 
real property encumbered by the Deed of Trust, through other than an 
additional extension of time to pay or granting of additional credit under 
that existing encumbrance, or other assignment of SeaFirst's secured position 
to another lender;

       c. Obtaining, or executing documents representing, any loan and/or 
other indebtedness under which Morel Industries, Inc., is a borrower or 
guarantor, in a single transaction or in the amount collectively for more 
than one transaction on or after the date hereof, in excess of One Million 
Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,200,000.00);

       d. The sale of, or commitment to sell or otherwise convey, any of the 
currently outstanding shares of stock or any additional shares of stock, 
warrants, or any other equity representations, whether publicly or privately, 
of Morel Industries, Inc.

   8. CONSENT AND SUBORDINATION.  Notwithstanding the provisions of section 
7(c) above, Lender hereby consents to Morel Industries, Inc.'s execution of 
loan documents for a One Million Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars 
($1,200,000.00) loan (the "Bridge Loan") obtained for the purpose of 
refinancing the line of credit from SeaFirst Bank to Morel Industries, Inc. 
(the "SeaFirst Line of Credit").  In addition, Lender agrees that its 
security interest in Morel Industries, Inc.'s accounts and inventory, as 
evidenced by the Financing Statements, hereby is and shall be subordinate to 
any security interest in Morel Industries, Inc.'s accounts and inventory 
granted by Morel Industries, Inc. to the lender of the Bridge Loan, and not 
more than the amount due and owing under the Bridge Loan, and agrees to 
execute any financing statements reasonably necessary to evidence such 
subordination.  It is understood that the Lender is not subordinating its 
interest in any of the collateral, other than Morel Industries, Inc.'s 
accounts and inventory, set forth in the Financing Statements.

   9. BORROWER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Borrowers' 
Representations and Warranties contained in section 2 (including sections 2.1 
through 2.5) of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated as though fully 
set forth herein.

  10. DEFAULT.  If default be made in the payment of any installment, or any 
sum due pursuant hereto, when due and not cured within ten (10) days of the 
date the installment or sum was due, or in the event of any default pursuant 
to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Deed of Trust or the 
Financing Statements, or in the event of any default that may occur or exist 
subsequent to the date hereof on the encumbrance senior to the Deed of Trust 
on the real property secured by the Deed of Trust in favor of SeaFirst Bank 
such that SeaFirst Bank delivers notice of default to Borrowers or any of 
them, then, at the option of the Holder of this Note and upon notice to 
Borrowers, the entire indebtedness described herein shall become immediately 
due and payable.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

  11. GENERAL.

      a. RECITALS.  The recitals, sections A through F above, are hereby 
incorporated as though fully set forth herein.

      b. PREPAYMENT.  Borrowers may prepay the principal amount outstanding 
in whole or in part at any time without penalty.  Any partial prepayment 
shall be applied first against any accrued interest, fees or costs, and then 
against the then-Principal Balance outstanding and shall not reduce the 
amount of or postpone the due date of any subsequent payment required 
hereunder.

      c. LATE CHARGE.  In addition to the default interest agreed to above, 
Borrower further agrees to pay a late charge of five percent (5%) of any 
payment or other sum due pursuant to the terms hereof which is not delivered 
to Lender within ten (10) days of its due date.  Such late charge shall be as 
of the due date of the next installment falling due.  In the event such 
charge applies to any final payment due pursuant to the terms of this Revised 
Note, such charge shall be due and payable immediately.

      d. LIABILITY.  This Revised Note shall be the joint and several 
obligation of all makers, sureties, and endorsers, and shall be binding on 
each of them, their successors and, and assigns.  Each maker of this Note 
executes the same as principal and not as surety.

      e. WAIVER OF RIGHTS.  Any forbearance or failure to enforce any 
provisions of this Revised Note shall not be deemed a waiver of the rights of 
Lender to enforce any provision of this Revised Note at any subsequent time.

      f. SECURITY.  The indebtedness evidenced by this Revised Note is 
secured by a Deed of Trust and Financing Statements as referenced herein.

      g. NOTICES.  All notices, demands, or documents which are required or 
permitted to be given or served hereunder shall be in writing and sent by 
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or personally 
delivered, to the following addresses:

          To Borrowers:       MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                              14351 Shamel Street
                              Entiat, WA 98822

          With copy to:       PCT Holdings, Inc.
                              434 Old Station Road
                              Wenatchee, WA 98801
                              Attn.:  Donald A. Wright, President

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

          And a copy to:      Eugenie D. Mansfield
                              Stoel Rives LLP
                              600 University Street
                              Suite 3600
                              Seattle, WA 98101

          To Lender:          RICHARD L. DOANE AND
                              JACQUELYNE DOANE
                              4238 - 95th Ave. N.E.
                              Bellevue, WA 98004

          With copy to:       Ross D. Jacobson
                              Ogden Murphy Wallace, P.L.L.C.
                              1601 Fifth Ave., Suite 2100
                              Seattle, WA 98101-1686

Notice addressed as above shall be effective on the earlier of the third day
following deposit in the U.S. Mail, or the date of actual delivery.

    h. ATTORNEYS' FEE; COSTS.  If suit is brought on this Revised Note, or if 
it is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, the Borrowers 
promise and agree to pay all costs of collection, including actual attorneys' 
fees and court costs, and all costs of appeal, or attorneys' fees or costs 
incurred in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

    i. VENUE; JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF LAW.  This Note shall be interpreted 
according to the laws of the State of Washington, and venue and jurisdiction 
shall be laid in King County, Washington.

/ / /

/ / /

/ / /

/ / /

/ / /

/ / /

/ / /

/ / /

                                       -6-
<PAGE>


ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT OR TO FORBEAR
FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.

BORROWER                      LENDER

MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Washington corporation,
                                   /s/ Richard L. Doane                    
By: /s/ D.A. Wright                ------------------------------
    --------------------------     RICHARD L. DOANE    

Its: Executive Vice President      /s/ Jacquelyne A. Doane        
    --------------------------     ------------------------------
                                   JACQUELYNE A. DOANE



/s/ Stephen Morel
- - ------------------------------
STEPHEN MOREL


/s/ Mark Morel                        
- - ------------------------------
MARK MOREL


STATE OF WASHINGTON )
                         ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING      )

     I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Donald A. Wright
is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he was
authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as Executive Vice
President of MOREL INDUSTRIES, INC., to be the free and voluntary act and deed
of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in this instrument.

     DATED: May 17, 1996   
            ------------------

                              /s/ Marishka T. Omundsen-Marten          
                              ----------------------------------------
                              Notary Public for the State of
                              Washington, residing at Seattle               
                                                      ----------------
                              Print Name: Marishka T. Omundsen-Marten
                                         -----------------------------
                              My appointment expires 8-28-97              
                                                     -----------------

                                   -7-
<PAGE>

State of Washington )
               ) ss.
County of Chelan    )

     I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that MARK MOREL is the
person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he signed this
instrument and acknowledged it to be his free and voluntary act for the uses and
purposes mentioned in the instrument.

     Dated: May 18, 1996 
            -----------------
                                        /s/ Charles D. Zimmerman         
                                        --------------------------------------
                                        Notary Public of the State of
                                        Washington, residing at Wenatchee
                                                                --------------
                                        Print Name: Charles D. Zimmerman
                                                    --------------------------
                                        My appointment expires January 29, 1997
                                                               ---------------


State of Illinois   )
               ) ss.
County of ________  )

     I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that STEPHEN MOREL is
the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he signed
this instrument and acknowledged it to be his free and voluntary act for the
uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

     Dated: May 20, 1996
            ----------------

                                          /s/ Ezra L. Kotzin                   
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Notary Public of the State of
                                          Washington, residing at 3826 Lake Ave.
                                                                  --------------
                                          Wilmette, IL 60091                   
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Print Name: EZRA KOTZIN       
                                                      --------------------------
                                          My appointment expires August 7, 1997
                                                                 ---------------

State of Washington )
               ) ss.
County of King      )

     I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that RICHARD L. DOANE
is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he
signed this instrument 

                                    -8-
<PAGE>

and acknowledged it to be his free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes
mentioned in the instrument.

     Dated: 5-21-96 
            --------------------------

                                       /s/ Lidia Rosioru                  
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Notary Public of the State of
                                       Washington, residing at Kirkland
                                                               -----------
                                       Print Name: Lidia Rosioru         
                                                   -----------------------
                                       My appointment expires 1-1-99   
                                                              ------------


State of Washington )
               ) ss.
County of King      )

     I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that JACQUELYNE DOANE
is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that she
signed this instrument  and acknowledged it to be her free and voluntary act for
the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

     Dated: 5-21-96 
            --------------------------

                                       /s/ Lidia Rosioru                  
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Notary Public of the State of
                                       Washington, residing at Kirkland
                                                               -----------
                                       Print Name: Lidia Rosioru         
                                                   -----------------------
                                       My appointment expires 1-1-99   
                                                              ------------

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.38

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Principal       Loan Date      Maturity      Loan No.   Call   Collateral   Account   Officer   Initials
<S>             <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>   <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
$239,370.73     03-15-1996     03-15-1999      123966     D12      002                   JM

References in the shaded area are for Lender's use only and do not limit the
applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Borrower: Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.    Lender:  Cashmere Valley Bank
          910785809                                    Cashmere Office
          432 Olds Station Road                        117 North Division Street
          Wenatchee, WA 98801                          P.O. Box G
                                                       Cashmere, WA 98815

- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Principal Amount: $239,370.73 Interest Rate: 9.250% Date of Note:  March 15, 1996

</TABLE>


PROMISE TO PAY.  Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc. ("Borrower") promises to pay
to CASHMERE VALLEY BANK ("Lender"), or order, in lawful money of the United
States of America, the principal amount of Two Hundred Thirty-Nine Thousand
Three Hundred Seventy Dollars and 73/100 ($239,370.73), together with interest
at the rate of 9.2500% per annum on the unpaid principal balance from March 15,
1996, until paid in full.

PAYMENT.  Subject to any payment changes resulting form changes in the Index,
Borrower will pay this loan in 35 regular payments of $5,774.29 each and one
irregular last payment estimated at $83,104.91.  Borrower's first payment is due
April 5, 1996, and all subsequent payments are due on the same day of each month
after that.  Borrower's final payment due March 15, 1999, will be for all
principal and all accrued interest not yet paid.  Payments include principal and
interest.  Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/365 simple interest basis;
that is, by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over the number of
days in a year, times the outstanding principal balance, times the actual number
of days the principal balance is outstanding.  Borrower will pay Lender at
Lender's address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in
writing.  Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will
be applied first to any unpaid collection costs and late charges, then to unpaid
interest, and any remaining amount to principal.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE.  The interest rate on this Note is subject to change
from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the Wall
Street Journal Prime Rate (the "Index").  The Index is not necessarily the
lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans.  If the Index becomes unavailable
during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after
notice to Borrower.  Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon
Borrower's request.  Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on
other rates as well.  The interest rate change will not occur more often than
each year, 30 days prior to the anniversary of the origination date of the loan.
The Index currently is 8.250% per annum.  The interest rate to be applied to the
unpaid principal balance of this Note will be at a rate of 1.00 percentage point
over the Index, resulting in an initial rate of 9.250% per annum.  NOTICE: Under
no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum
rate allowed by applicable law.  Whenever increases occur in the interest rate,
Lender, at its option, may do one or more of the following: (a) increase
Borrower's payments to ensure Borrower's loan will pay off by the original final
maturity date, (b) increase Borrower's payments to cover accruing interest,
(c) increase the number of Borrower's 


                                       -1-
<PAGE>

payments, and (d) continue Borrower's payments at the same amount and increase
Borrower's final payment.

PREPAYMENT; MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE.  In any event, even upon full prepayment of
this Note, Borrower understands that Lender is entitled to a minimum interest
charge of $10.00.  Other than Borrower's obligation to pay any minimum interest
charge, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed
earlier than it is due.  Early payment will not, unless agreed to by Lender in
writing, relieve Borrower or Borrower's obligation to continue to make payments
under the payment schedule.  Rather, they will reduce the principal balance due
and may result in Borrower's making fewer payments.

LATE CHARGE.  If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged
5.000% of the regularly scheduled payment or $100.00, whichever is less.

DEFAULT.  Borrower will be in default if any of the following happens:  (a)
Borrower fails to make any payment when due.  (b) Borrower breaks any promise
Borrower has made to Lender, or Borrower fails to perform promptly at the time
and strictly in the manner provided in this Note or any agreement related to
this Note, or in any other agreement or loan Borrower has with Lender.  (c) Any
representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on
Borrower's behalf is false or misleading in any material respect.  (d) Borrower
becomes insolvent, a receiver is appointed for any part of Borrower's property,
Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any proceeding is
commenced either by Borrower or against Borrower under any bankruptcy or
insolvency laws.  (e) Any creditor tries to take any of Borrower's property on
or in which Lender has a lien or security interest.  This includes a garnishment
of any of Borrower's accounts with Lender.  (f) Any of the events described in
this default section occurs with respect to any guarantor of this Note.  (g)
Lender in good faith deems itself insecure.

If any default, other than a default in payment, is curable and if Borrower has
not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Note within
the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured (and no event of default will
have occurred) if Borrower, after receiving written notice from Lender 
demanding cure of such default: (a) cures the default within fifteen (15) days;
or (b) if the cure requires more than fifteen (15) days immediately initiates
steps which Lender deems in Lender's sole discretion to be sufficient to cure
the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary
steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.  

LENDER'S RIGHTS.  Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal
balance on this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, without
notice, and then Borrower will pay that amount.  Upon default, including failure
to pay upon final maturity, Lender, at its option, may also, if permitted under
applicable law, increase the interest rate on this Note to 12.000% per annum. 
The interest rate will not exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. 
Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does
not pay.  Borrower also will pay Lender that amount.  This includes, subject to
any limits under applicable law, Lender's attorneys' fees and Lender's legal
expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and legal
expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any
automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment
collection services.  If not prohibited by applicable law, Borrower also will
pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.  This Note
has been delivered to Lender and accepted by Lender in the State of Washington. 
If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender's request to submit to the
jurisdiction of the courts of CHELAN County, the State of Washington.  This Note
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Washington.

DISHONORED ITEM FEE.  Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $10.00 if Borrower
makes a payment on Borrower's loan and the check or preauthorized charge with
which Borrower pays is later dishonored.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

RIGHT OF SETOFF.  Borrower grants to Lender a contractual possessory security
interest in, and hereby assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges, and transfers to
Lender all Borrower's right, title and interests in and to, Borrower's accounts
with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account), including
without limitation all accounts held jointly with someone else and all accounts
Borrower may open in the future, excluding however all IRA, Keogh, and trust
accounts.  Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on this Note against any and all such
accounts.

COLLATERAL.  This Note is secured by DEED OF TRUST DATED FEBRUARY 28, 1990.

GENERAL PROVISIONS.  Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or
remedies under this Note without losing them.  Borrower and any other person who
signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive
presentment, demand for payment, protest and notice of dishonor.  Upon any
change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in
writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as marker, guarantor,
accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability.  All such
parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of
time) this loan, or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair,
fail to realize upon or perfect Lender's security interest in the collateral;
and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or
notice of anyone.  All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan
without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the
modification is made.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF
THIS NOTE.  BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE AND ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF
A COMPLETED COPY OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER:

Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.


By: /s/ Herman L. Jones                
    -----------------------------------
     Herman L. Jones, President


/s/ Herman L. Jones                
- - -----------------------------------
Herman L. Jones, Cosigner




                                       -3-



 

<PAGE>


                                                                   Exhibit 10.39
                                 COMMERCIAL GUARANTY
 
<TABLE>
<S><C>

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Principal     Loan Date      Maturity     Loan No.     Call     Collateral     Account     Officer     Initials
                                                            12           2                       Hal
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
References in the shaded area are for Lender's use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan
or item.
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
 
Borrower:    Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.
             91-07858091
             P.O. Box A
             Cashmere, WA 98815

Guarantor:   Herman I. Jones
             6961 Nahahum Canyon
             Cashmere, WA 98815

TIN:         Lender:       Cashmere Valley Bank
                           Cashmere Office
                           117 North Division Street
                           P.O. Box G
                           Cashmere, WA 98815

      AMOUNT OF GUARANTY.  The amount of this Guaranty is Three Hundred Seventy
Thousand Four Hundred Twenty Two & 68/100 Dollars ($370,422.68).

      GUARANTY.  For good and valuable consideration, Herman I. Jones
("Guarantor") absolutely and unconditionally guarantees and promises to pay
CASHMERE VALLEY BANK ("Lender") or its order, in legal tender of the United
States of America, the Indebtedness (as that is defined below) of Cashmere
Manufacturing Co., Inc. ("Borrower") to Lender on the terms and conditions set
forth in this Guaranty.

      DEFINITIONS.  The following words shall have the following meanings when
used in this Guaranty.

      Borrower.  The word "Borrower" means Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc.

      Guarantor.  The word "Guarantor" means Herman I. Jones.

      Guaranty.  The word "Guaranty" means this Guaranty between Guarantor and
      Lender dated March 3, 1993.

      Indebtedness.  The word "Indebtedness" means the Note, including (a) all
      principal, (b) all interest, (c) all late charges, (d) all loans fees,
      loan charges, and (e) all collection costs and expenses relating to the
      Note or to any collateral for the Note.  Collection costs and expenses


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

      include without limitation all of Lender's attorneys' fees and Lender's
      legal expenses, whether or not suit is instituted, and attorneys' fees
      and expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or
      vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated
      post-judgment collection services.

      Lender.  The word "Lender" means CASHMERE VALLEY BANK, its successors and
      assigns.

      Note.  The word "Note" means the promissory note or credit agreement
      dated March 3, 1993, in the original principal amount of $370,422.68 from
      Borrower to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of,
      modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions
      to any promissory note or agreement.

      MAXIMUM LIABILITY.  The maximum liability of Guarantor under this
Guaranty shall not exceed at any one time $370,422.68 plus all costs expenses of
(a) enforcement of this Guaranty and (b) collection and sale of any collateral
securing this Guaranty.

      The above limitation on liability is not a restriction on the amount of
the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender either in the aggregate or at any one
time.  If Lender presently holds one or more guaranties, or hereafter receives
additional guaranties from Guarantor, the rights of Lender under all guaranties
shall be cumulative.  This Guaranty shall not (unless specifically provided
below to the contrary) affect or invalidate any such other guaranties.  The
liability of Guarantor will be the aggregate liability of Guarantor under the
terms of this Guaranty and any such other unterminated guaranties.

      NATURE OF GUARANTY.  Guarantor intends to guarantee at all times the
performance and prompt payment when due, whether at maturity or earlier by
reason of acceleration or otherwise, of all Indebtedness within the limits set
forth in the preceding section of this Guaranty.  Any married person signs this
Guaranty as the Guarantor hereby expressly agrees that recourse under this
agreement may be had against both his or her separate property and community
property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

      DURATION OF GUARANTY.  This Guaranty will take effect when received by
Lender without the necessity of any acceptance by Lender, or any notice to
Guarantor or to Borrower, and will continue in full force until all Indebtedness
shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied and all other obligations
of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall have been performed in full.  Release of
any other guarantor or termination of any other guaranty the Indebtedness shall
not affect the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty.  A revocation
received by Lender from any one or more Guarantors not affect the liability of
any remaining Guarantors under this Guaranty.

      GUARANTOR'S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER.  Guarantor authorizes lender,
without notice or demand and without lessening guaranty liability under this
Guaranty, from time to time: (a) to make one or more additional secured or
unsecured loans to Borrower, to lend equipment or other goods to Borrower, or
otherwise to extend additional credit to Borrower; (b) to alter, compromise,
renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for
payment or other terms of the Indebtedness or any part of the Indebtedness
including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the Indebtedness;
extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than original loan term; (c) to
take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Indebtedness, and
exchange, enforce, waive, decide not to perfect, and release any such security,
with or without the substitution


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

of new collateral; (d) to release, substitute, agree not to sue or deal with any
one or more of Borrower's sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms
or in any manner Lender may choose; (e) to determine how, when and what
application of payments and credits shall be made on the Indebtedness; (f) to
apply such security direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including
without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the
controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in its discretion may
determine; (g) to sell, transfer, assign, or grant participations in all or any
part of the Indebtedness; and (h) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole
or in part.

      GUARANTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Guarantor represents and
warrants to Lender that (a) no representations or agreement of any kind have
been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this
Guaranty; (b) this Guaranty is executed at Borrower's request and not at the
request of Lender; (c) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written
consent of Lender, sell, lease, assess, encumber, hypothecate, transfer or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor's asserts, or any
interest therein; (d) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the
creditworthiness of Borrower; (e) upon Lender's request, Guarantor will provide
to Lender financial and credit information in form acceptable to Lender, and all
such financial information provided to Lender is true and correct in all
material respects and fairly presents the financial condition of Guarantor as of
the dates thereof, and no material adverse change has occurred in the financial
condition of Guarantor since the date of the financial statements; and (f)
Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a
continuous basis information regarding Borrower's financial condition.
Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts,
events, circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor's risks under this
Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for information
Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any information or
documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

      GRANTOR'S WAIVERS.  Except as prohibited by applicable law, Guarantor
waives any right to require Lender (a) to continue lending money or to extend
other credit to Borrower; (b) to make any presentment, protest, demand, or
notice of any kind, including notice of any nonpayment of Indebtedness or any
nonpayment related to any collateral, or notice of any action or nonaction on
the part of Borrower, Lender, any surety, endorser or other guarantor in
connection with the Indebtedness or in connection with the creation of new or
additional loans or obligations; (c) to resort for payment or to proceed
directly or at once against any person, including Borrower or any other
guarantor; (d) to proceed directly against or exhaust any collateral held by
Lender from Borrower, any other guarantor, or any other person; (e) to pursue
any other remedy within Lender's power; or (f) commit any act or omission of any
kind, or at any time, with respect to any matter whatsoever.

      If now or hereafter (a) Borrower shall be or become insolvent, and (b)
the Indebtedness shall not at all times until paid be fully secured by
collateral pledged by Borrower, Guarantor hereby forever waives and relinquishes
in favor of Lender and Borrower, and their respective successors, any claim of
right to payment Guarantor may now have or hereafter have or acquire against
Borrower, by subrogation or otherwise, so that at no time shall Guarantor be or
become a "creditor" of Borrower within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. section 547(b),
or any successor provision of the Federal bankruptcy laws.

      Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of
(a) any "one action" or "anti-deficiency" law or any other law which would
prevent Lender from bringing any action, including a claim for deficiency,
against Guarantor, before or after Lender's commencement or


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

completion of any foreclosure action either judicially or by exercise of a
power of sale; (b) any election of remedies by Lender which destroys or
otherwise adversely affects Guarantor's subrogation rights or any law limiting,
qualifying, or discharging the Indebtedness; (c) any disability or other defense
of Borrower or any other guarantor, or of any other person, or by reason of the
cessation of Borrower's liability from any cause whatsoever, other than payment
in legal tender, of the Indebtedness; (d) any right to claim discharge of the
Indebtedness on the basis of unjustified impairment of any collateral for the
Indebtedness; (e) any statute of limitations.  If at any time any action or suit
brought by Lender against Guarantor is commenced there is outstanding on the
Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender which is not barred by any applicable statute
of limitations; or (f) any defenses given to guarantors at law or in equity
other than actual payment and performance of the Indebtedness if payment is made
by Guarantor which __________________ third party, on the Indebtedness and
thereafter Lender is forced to remit the amount of that payment to Borrower's
trustee in bankruptcy similar person under any federal or state bankruptcy law
or law for the relief of debtors, the Indebtedness shall be considered unpaid
for the purpose of enforcement of this Guaranty.

      Guarantor further waives and agrees not to assert or claim at any time
any deductions to the amount guaranteed under this Guaranty for any setoff,
counterclaim, counter demand, recoupment or similar right, whether such claim,
demand or right may be asserted by the Borrower, the Guarantor, or both.

      GUARANTOR'S UNDERSTANDING WITH RESPECT TO WAIVERS.  Guarantor warrants
and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above with Guarantor's full
knowledge of its significance and consequences and that, under the
circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not against public policy or law.
If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public
policy, such waiver shall be effective or extent permitted by law or public
policy.

      LENDER'S RIGHT OF SETOFF.  In addition to all liens upon and rights of
setoff against the moneys, securities or other property of Guarantor or Lender
by law, Lender shall have, with respect to Guarantor's obligations to Lender
under this Guaranty and to the extent permitted by law, a contractual possessory
security interest in and a right of setoff against, and Guarantor hereby
assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges, and transfers to Lender all of Guarantor's
right, title and interest in and to, all deposits, moneys, securities and other
property of Guarantor now or hereafter in its possession of or on deposit with
Lender, whether held in a general or special account or deposit, whether held
jointly with someone else, or held for safekeeping or otherwise, excluding
however all IRA, Keogh, and trust accounts.  Every such security interest and
right of setoff shall be exercised without demand upon or notice to Guarantor.
No security interest or right of setoff shall be deemed to have been waived by
any conduct on the part of Lender or by any neglect to exercise such right of
setoff or security interest is specifically waived or released by an instrument
in writing executed by Lender.

      SUBORDINATION OF BORROWER'S DEBTS TO GUARANTOR.  Guarantor agrees that
the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, whether now existing or hereafter
created, shall be prior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter
acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent.  Guarantor
hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower,
upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have
against Borrower.  In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the
assets of Borrower through bankruptcy, by an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower
applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be
paid


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Indebtedness of Borrower
to Lender.  Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which it may have
or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptcy of
Borrower; provided, however, that such assignment shall be effective only for
the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment to Lender of the Indebtedness.
If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter
evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower or Guarantor shall be marked
with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered
to Lender.  Guarantor agrees, and Lender hereby is authorized, in the name of
Guarantor, from time to time to execute and file financing statements and
continuation statements and to execute such other documents and to take such
other actions as Lender deems necessary to appropriate to perfect, preserve, and
enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.  This following miscellaneous provisions are a
part of this Guaranty:

      AMENDMENTS.  This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents,
      constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to
      the matters set forth in this Guaranty.  No alteration of or amendment to
      this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by
      the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or
      amendment.

      APPLICABLE LAW.  This Guaranty has been delivered to Lender and accepted
      by Lender in the State of Washington.  If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor
      agrees upon Lender's request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts
      of CHELAN County, State of Washington.  This Guaranty shall be governed
      by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington.

      ATTORNEYS' FEES; EXPENSES.  Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of
      Lender's costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and Lender's legal
      expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty.
      Lender may pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty and Grantor
      shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement.  Costs and expenses
      include Lender's attorneys' fees and legal expenses, whether or not there
      is a lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy
      proceedings (and including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay
      or injunction), applies, and any anticipated post-judgment collection
      services.  Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional
      fees as may be directed by the court.

      NOTICES.  All notices required to be given by either party to the other
      under this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be effective when
      actually delivered or when deposited in the United States mail, first
      class postage prepaid, addressed to the party to whom the notice is to be
      given at the address shown above or to such other addresses as either
      party may designate to the other in writing.  If there is more than one
      Guarantor, notice to any Guarantor will constitute notice to all
      Guarantors.  For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender
      informed at all times of the Guarantor's current address.

      INTERPRETATION.  In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or
      Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty in the singulars shall be
      deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction
      so require; and where there is more than one Borrower named in this
      Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor,
      the words "Borrower" and "Guarantor" respectively shall mean all any one
      or more of them.  The words "Guarantor,"


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

      "Borrower," and "Lender" include the heirs, successors, assigns, and
      transferees of each of them.   Caption headings in this Guaranty are for
      convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define
      the provisions of this Guaranty.  If a court of competent jurisdiction
      finds any provision of this Guaranty to be invalid or unenforceable as to
      any person or circumstances, such finding shall not render that provision
      invalid or unenforceable as to any other persons or circumstances, and
      all provisions of this Guarantee shall in all other respects  remain
      valid and enforceable.  If any one or more of Borrower or Guarantor are
      corporations or partnerships, it is necessary for Lender to inquire into
      the powers of Borrower or Guarantor or of the officers, directors,
      partners, or agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any
      Indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of
      such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

      WAIVER.  Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this
      Guaranty unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender.  No
      delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall
      operate as a waiver of such right or any other right.  A waiver by Lender
      of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a
      waiver of Lender's right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that
      provision or any other provision of this Guaranty.  No prior waiver by
      Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall
      constitute a waiver of any of Lender's rights or of any of Guarantor's
      obligations as to any future transactions.  Whenever the consent of
      Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by
      Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to
      subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such
      consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS.  IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT
THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR'S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS
GUARANTY TO LENDER AND THAT THE GUARANTY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TERMINATED IN THE
MANNER SET FORTH IN THE SECTION TITLED "DURATION OF GUARANTY."  NO FORMAL
ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE.  THIS
GUARANTY IS DATED MARCH 3, 1993.

GUARANTOR:



/s/ Herman L. Jones
- - ------------------------------
HERMAN L. JONES


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

                                                               Exhibit 10.42

                                   LEASE AGREEMENT
                             CASHMERE MANUFACTURING, INC.

                                         1994


    THIS LEASE ("Lease") is entered into this date, between PORT OF CHELAN
COUNTY, a Washington municipal corporation, hereafter referred to as "Landlord,"
and CASHMERE MANUFACTURING, INC., a Washington corporation, hereafter referred
to as "Tenant.

1.  PREMISES.

    1.1  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord,
upon the terms and conditions included in this Lease, the following described
Property consisting of approximately 4.5 acres of land together with Facilities
to be placed on the Property pursuant to the Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc.
Building Construction Agreement of even date between the parties ("Construction
Agreement"), as "Facilities" is defined in that Construction Agreement:

                               See attached Exhibit "A"


    1.2  The above-described property along with all the buildings and other
improvements now or hereafter placed on it are hereafter called the "Property",
"Leased Premises" or "Premises."

2.  TERM OF LEASE.

    2.1  This Lease shall be for a term commencing on September 1, 1995, and
ending on August 31, 2005.

    2.2  If the Landlord does not deliver substantial possession (such that the
Tenant can move in and prepare for initial operations) of the Leased Premises at
the commencement of the term of this Lease, rent shall be abated, or pro rated
if only part of the premises are delivered, until substantial possession is
tendered by the Landlord.  This Lease shall remain in full force and effect in
all other respects and the lease term shall be extended thereby.

    2.3  If Landlord completes construction of the Facilities prior to
September 1, 1995, Tenant shall accept possession a reasonable time thereafter
and the lease term shall commence upon tenant taking possession but not later
than twenty (20) days after Acceptance of the


                                         -1-
<PAGE>


Facilities as provided in the Construction Agreement, at which time the term
shall commence, notwithstanding the commencement date set out above.

3.  OPTION TO RENEW.

    3.1  Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for two additional
five (5) year periods, each term to commence immediately upon the expiration of
the preceding term.  The option to renew shall be exercised in writing and
delivered to Landlord not less than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the
expiration of the then-current lease term.  Such renewal term shall be on the
same terms and conditions applicable to the original lease term, except for the
rent which shall be adjusted as provided for in Paragraph 4.6.

    3.2  Landlord shall not be obligated to renew this Lease, if at the time of
the exercise of the option, or if at the time the renewal term is to begin,
Tenant is in default under this Lease, which default is not cured within a
reasonable time, not exceeding the time for cure set out in Paragraph 26, or if,
during the Lease Tenant has been in default on five (5) or more occasions when
Landlord has given written notice of such default to Tenant, which default has
not been cured within a reasonable time, not to exceed the time for cure set out
in Paragraph 26.  Landlord shall annually provide a written report to Tenant of
the number of Tenant's defaults not cured within the time allowed, if any.  If
Tenant disputes the number designated in the Landlord's notice it shall so
advise the Landlord in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of the annual
report.  Final determination of whether or not such default actually occurred
without timely cure shall be made by arbitration as set out in Paragraph 31, if
it becomes an issue at the time of exercise of the option.

4.  RENT.

    4.1  During the Lease's initial term and any renewal term, Tenant shall pay
Landlord monthly rental based on the amount determined as set out below in
Paragraph 4.2 ("Base Rent"), adjusted as set forth in Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.6
below for the first and subsequent years, payable in lawful money of the United
States.  Rent shall be paid in equal installments in advance on the first day of
each month of the lease term and any renewals thereon.

    4.2  The actual Base Rent amount will be determined when the cost of
construction, as defined in the Construction Agreement, is fixed, as follows:

         4.2.1     The monthly payment amount necessary to amortize the cost of
construction of the Facilities, excluding sales taxes, over thirty (30) years
with interest at seven percent (7%) per annum shall be determined.

         4.2.2     The monthly payment amount necessary to amortize the amount
of sales taxes payable for the construction of the Facilities over ten (10)
years with interest at seven percent (7%) per annum shall be determined.


                                         -2-
<PAGE>


         4.2.3     The sum of the two monthly payment amounts determined
pursuant to Subparagraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 above shall be the Base Rent; provided
that if the payment of sales taxes for the construction of the Facilities is
deferred or waived, the determination of Base Rent shall, during any period of
deferral or during the entire Lease if the sales tax is waived, exclude the
amount necessary to amortize the sales tax from the calculation so that during
any period of deferral or during the entire Lease if the sales tax is waived,
Base Rent shall be the amount set out in Subparagraph 4.2.1 above, subject to
adjustment as hereafter set forth.

         4.2.4     If the projected Base Rent plus leasehold tax exceeds 43
cents per square foot per month, based on the lowest responsible bid as
determined after bids for the Facilities are opened but before a contract is
let, the Landlord shall reject all bids.  The parties agree to then work
together to change the plans and specifications, as the parties have agreed to
do in the Construction Agreement, and, to prepare new plans and specifications
for the Facilities and to invite new bids.  Provided; however, if Tenant agrees
in writing to pay rent equal to the full amount of the rent calculated according
to the formula in Paragraph 4.2.1 and 4.2.2, within five (5) days after bids are
opened, this Lease shall be amended to so state, and the lowest responsible bid
shall be accepted.

    4.3  Landlord agrees to defer a portion of the Base Rent plus leasehold tax
on the deferred amount for the first year of the Lease so that during the first
year Tenant shall pay only Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000) per month of the full
amount due for rent and leasehold tax.  The balance of the rent and leasehold
tax due for the first year shall accrue interest at 7 percent (7 %) per annum
from the date due, and shall be paid in equal monthly installments over the
second, third, fourth, and fifth years of the Lease, so the full amount of the
deferred rent plus accruing interest shall be amortized over and paid in forty-
eight (48) equal monthly payments, including interest, beginning with the first
month of the second year of the lease term.

    4.4  In addition to Rent, Tenant shall pay to the Landlord such sums as may
be required by law for payment of leasehold or other tenant tax as required by
the State of Washington or other tax entity, as such laws now exist or as they
hereafter be amended (such leasehold tax currently being 12.84 %).  If leasehold
tax is increased or decreased, the total amount payable for Rent plus leasehold
tax shall increase or decrease, but the amount of Rent shall not be changed.

    4.5

         4.5.1     In the event the lease term commences or terminates on a
date that is not the first or last day of the month, respectively, Tenant shall
pay a pro-rated monthly installment, in advance, on the first day of the lease
term or the first day of the last month of the lease term, respectively, at the
then current rate, based on the number of days of actual occupancy during the
first or last calendar month of the lease term.

         4.5.2     In the event some but not all of the premises are delivered
by Landlord for occupancy, rent shall be adjusted to reflect a pro-rata amount
for the portion delivered.


                                         -3-
<PAGE>

    4.6

         4.6.1     Beginning with September, 1999, and again on September 1, of
each year thereafter, including each year of a renewal term, if the Lease is
renewed (the "adjustment years"), the Base Rent shall be adjusted in accordance
with the Consumer Price Index to the amount determined as hereafter set out.

         4.6.2     The Base Rent shall be adjusted to an amount equal to the
product obtained by multiplying the full Base Rent calculated as set out in
Paragraph 4.2, by a fraction, the denominator of which is the semi-annual data
for the half year ending June, 1995, from the "Consumer Price Indexes Pacific
Cities and U.S. City Average" for "All Items Indexes" for "All Urban Consumers
(1982-84 = 100)", published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United
States Department of Labor, as adjusted semi-annually for the Seattle area
("CPI-U"), and the numerator of which is the CPI-U for the half year period
ending the June closest to and before the first month of the period for which
the adjustment is then being made; provided however, that in the event the
period designated above shall not be listed in the Index, the closest period-,
or month if the reporting data is monthly, preceding June shall be used; and
provided that rent shall not fall below the amount calculated in Paragraph 4.2
above.

         4.6.3     By way of example, the CPI adjustment for the monthly rent
shall be calculated as follows:

    Semi-annual CPI-U
    for the June
    ending closest to
    and before the
    first month of the                           Monthly rent
    period for which         The Base            beginning
    the adjustment is        Rent as             with the
    being made, for          calculated in       first month
    Seattle             X    Paragraph 4.2    =  of the app-
__________________                               licable ad-
                                                 justment yr.
    Semi-annual CPI-U
    ending 6-95 for
    Seattle

         4.6.4     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum increase in Rent
in any one year shall be the greater of 4 per-cent per year or 2/3 of the amount
of the annual increase calculated according to the formula set forth in
Paragraph 4.6.2 (e.g. If the percent increase for a one year period is four
percent (4%) or less, rent will increase by the full percentage amount.  If the
one year percentage increase exceeds four percent (4 %), the rent increase will
be four percent (4 %) until the annual increase exceeds six percent (6%), and
above six percent (6%) the annual increase will be 2/3 of the actual increase.)


                                         -4-
<PAGE>

         4.6.5     If the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
shall discontinue publication of the Consumer Price Index, then another index
generally recognized as authoritative shall be substituted by agreement, and if
the parties should not agree, such substituted index shall be selected by the
then presiding Judge of the Chelan County Superior Court upon the application of
either party.

    4.7

         4.7.1     Tenant shall pay, before the same become delinquent, all
taxes assessed against Tenant's personal property, furniture, fixtures,
equipment, inventory and other property on the Leased Premises.

         4.7.2     Any tax related to the value of the property that may be
assessed against Landlord or Tenant during the term of this Lease will be paid
by Tenant, upon demand by Landlord.

    4.8  Landlord shall have no obligation relative to the property for such
things as repair, upkeep, snow removal, standby water, fire protection costs,
utilities, taxes, assessments, inspections (e.g. fire alarm and sprinkler
systems) and the pro-rata share of irrigation water and fire protection, etc.,
unless set out herein, and Tenant shall pay and be responsible for all expenses
associated with the property.

    4.9

         4.9.1     Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit in the
amount of $150,000, in the form of a bond or other deposit acceptable to
Landlord, to be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful
performance by Tenant of each and every term, covenant and condition of the
Lease.

         4.9.2     If Tenant breaches any of the lease terms, including the
obligation to pay Rent, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, make demand upon
such security and apply the proceeds thereof to cure the breach.

    4.10

         4.10.1    In the event any rental amount called for herein, including
the leasehold tax, is not paid within ten (10) days from the date it is due
Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge of five percent (5 %) of the rental
amount per month for each unpaid Lease payment until such payment is paid.

         4.10.2    The late charge is due immediately and is in addition to all
of Landlord's other rights in this Lease.


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

         4.10.3    In the event Landlord gives written notice of Tenant's
default, delinquency or other Lease violations, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord's
actual costs and attorneys' fees reasonably incurred in providing such notice,
in addition to the late charge and all other payments and obligations called for
herein.

5.  CONSTRUCTION COMMENCEMENT.  The Leased Premises currentlyconsist of vacant
land.  Landlord agrees to construct a multi-purpose building consistent with
plans and specifications prepared, after consulting with the Tenant, by the
Landlord's engineer (the "Facility").  The terms of the agreement between
Landlord and Tenant regarding construction of the building are set out in a
"Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc. Building Construction Agreement" of this date
("Construction Agreement") which is incorporated herein this reference.  The
building shall be generally as depicted on the attached Drawing, labeled Exhibit
"B".

6.  PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.  Upon Landlord's and Tenant's acceptance of the
plans and specifications, those plans shall be incorporated herein by reference.
The plans and specifications are subject to amendment by agreement of the
parties.

7.  POSSESSION.  Possession of the Facility shall be delivered upon substantial
completion of the Facility in accordance with the plans and specifications for
the Facility.  For purposes of this paragraph, the Facility shall be
substantially completed when the Facility may be occupied by the Tenant for
purposes of operating its business, understanding that Tenant's business
operations may encounter inconvenience until final completion.

8.  ACCEPTANCE OF FACILITIES.

    8.1  Landlord shall give notice to Tenant of its intent to finally accept
the building from the contractor prior to actual acceptance as provided in the
Construction Agreement.

    8.2  No representation, statement or warranty, expressed or implied, is or
shall be made by or on behalf of the Landlord as to the building's condition, or
as to the use that may be made of such building unless specifically set forth in
writing.  Tenant releases Landlord from any responsibility for any
representation that may have been made to the Tenant about the property that is
not specifically set out in this Lease Agreement.

9.  USE OF LEASED PREMISES.  The Leased Premises shall be used by Tenant for
the purpose of manufacturing, warehousing and distributing hermetic connectors,
semiconductors and hybrid microelectronic packages and other electronic
packaging products and for the general manufacture of high technology products
in the Leased Premises and for no other purpose unless agreed to in advance by
Landlord.  Further, the Tenant agrees that:

    9.1  Tenant shall not allow the use of the Leased Premises in a manner
which would increase Landlord's insurance premiums unless Tenant agrees to
reimburse Landlord for such increase, or for any illegal purpose.


                                         -6-
<PAGE>

    9.2  Tenant shall comply with all laws and shall observe all applicable
ordinances, including the Protective Covenants for Olds Station Industrial Park,
and any amendments thereto ("Protective Covenants") a copy of which has been
received and reviewed by Tenant and which Protective Covenants are incorporated
herein by this reference, related to the use of the Leased Premises.  Landlord
shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other Tenant
or occupant of the Olds Station Industrial Park of any said rules and
regulations.  Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord may amend the
Protective Covenants, and that such amendments shall be binding upon Tenant; as
provided in the Protective Covenants, from the time Tenant receives notice of
such amendment.

10. OTHER AGREEMENTS.  Tenant is  the  parent  of  Pacific  Coast
Technologies,and Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc., both of which now or in the
future may or will be occupying portions of the Leased Premises.  Other leases
or agreements which have been or may the future be entered into between the
Landlord and Tenant or between Landlord and one or of Tenant's subsidiaries,
including Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc. and Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc., are
incorporated herein by this reference including, but not limited to the "Lease
Agreement--Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc., 1993 ", between Landlord and
Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc., dated February 1, 1993.  A default in any one
of the leases or agreements referred to in this paragraph shall be deemed a
default in any of the others and entitle Landlord to exercise remedies set out
in favor of Landlord in any and all of such agreements.

11. SERVICES AND UTILITIES.

    11.1 Tenant shall make all arrangements for and pay all utilities,
including, but not limited to: gas, electricity, water, waste treatment,
garbage, telephone and all other utilities furnished to the Leased Premises.

    11.2 Landlord does not warrant that any utilities and services will be free
from interruption.  The Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or
damage caused by or resulting from any variation, interruption, or failure of
heat or any utility services due to any cause, other than Landlord's negligent
or willful acts.  No temporary interruption or failure of services due to the
making of repairs, alterations, or improvements, or due to accident, strike or
conditions or events beyond Landlord's control shall be deemed an eviction of
Tenant or relieve Tenant from any of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

12. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS.

    12.1 Landlord acknowledges that the tenant may need to make alterations
within portions of the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall make no changes,
improvements or alterations, to the Leased Premises without the Landlord's prior
written consent.

    12.2 Landlord agrees not to unreasonably deny approval for changes,
improvements or alterations; provided design plans are submitted to Landlord for
review and approval.    Approval for structural changes must be approved in
advance by Landlord's engineer.  Tenant shall bear


                                         -7-
<PAGE>

Landlord's reasonable costs of investigation for requested changes, including
engineer's and other expert's fees.

    12.3 All such approved changes, shall be at the Tenant's sole cost and
expense; and Tenant shall use a licensed and bonded contractor or contractors
for such alterations.  Tenant agrees that any alterations or improvements made
shall not abate the rent.  In the performance of such work, Tenant agrees to
comply with all laws and ordinances and to hold Landlord harmless from any
damage, loss or expense caused by work performed by Tenant.

    12.4 Any alterations of the Leased Premises shall become at once a part of
the realty and belong to the Landlord, except trade fixtures supplied and paid
for by the Tenant subject to the Tenant's duty to remove as set out in this
Agreement.

    12.5 At Landlord's request, within thirty (30) days prior to the Lease's
termination, Tenant shall restore the Leased Premises to the condition that
existed at the commencement of the Lease, except for normal wear and tear.

    12.6 Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises free from any liens, and shall
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless and defend it from any liens or
encumbrances, damage, loss or expense arising out of any work performed or
materials furnished by or at the direction of Tenant, or otherwise, to the
Leased Premises.

13. TRADE  FIXTURES.  Tenant may install on the Leased Premises such equipment
as is customarily used in the type of business conducted by Tenant.  At the
termination of this Lease, at the direction of the Landlord, Tenant shall, or at
Tenant's option Tenant may, remove from the Leased Premises all such equipment
and all other property of Tenant provided that Tenant repairs the damage caused
by the removal or restores, at the Tenant's sole cost and expense, the Leased
Premises, consistent with Paragraph 12.5. Any equipment or fixtures not removed
by the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or any renewal period,
shall at the option of the Landlord become the property of the Landlord.

14. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE.

    14.1 Unless otherwise agreed, Tenant shall, at its own expense, make all
necessary repairs and replacement to the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall be
responsible for all maintenance and repair, including, but not limited to: the
piping, heating system, window glass, fixtures, electrical and mechanical
systems, and all other appliances and equipment used in connection with the
Leased Premises.  Such repairs and replacements, interior and exterior,
structural and non-structural, shall be made promptly as and when necessary.
All repairs and replacements shall be approved in advance by Landlord and must
be of quality and class at least equal to the original work as reasonably
determined by Landlord.


                                         -8-
<PAGE>

    14.2 On default of the Tenant in making such repairs or replacements, the
Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make such repairs and replacements
for the Tenant's account, and the expense thereof shall constitute and be
collectible as additional rent.

    14.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for the
repairand maintenance of the roof and structural damage to the Premises, made as
a Capital Expense defined below, to the extent not necessitated or caused by
Tenant's negligence or conduct; provided that Tenant shall be responsible for
removal of snow or other accumulations on the roof, including ice and water, and
shall be responsible and pay for any damage occurring because of such
accumulations.  It is the intention of this Agreement that except for Landlord's
share of Capital Expense set out below which include roof and structural repair
stated above, Landlord shall have no obligation for expenses associated with the
building beyond its own debt payments, except as otherwise provided herein.

    14.4 Capital improvements, replacements or repairs ("Capital Expense") not
necessitated or caused by Tenant's neglect or conduct, shall be made by
Landlord.  "Capital Expense" means a repair or replacement not normally
occurring during the ordinary useful life of the item being repaired or
replaced, and which repair or replacement has a useful life extending beyond the
then existing lease term.  For example, replacement of a toilet seat, fan belt
on a motor, light ballast or carpeting, repair of a gouge in the floor or wall,
minor repair of exterior walls, or repainting are not "Capital Expenses".
Repair of major damage to the building's exterior is a "Capital Expense".  Cost
of the Capital Expense shall be amortized over the reasonably expected useful
life of the Capital item, as determined in consulting with its engineer.  Tenant
shall pay, as additional rent, a pro-rated amount of the Capital Expense each
month, equal to the total Capital Expense divided by the number of months of
useful life of the Capital Expense.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, rent shall
not be adjusted for the amount of a Capital Expense paid by insurance, or by a
third party, at no cost to Landlord.

    14.5 Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any fixtures or
equipment installed by Tenant and Landlord shall not be obligated to make any
repair or replacement occasioned by any act or omission of Tenant, its
employees, agents, invitees or licensees.

15. RIGHT OF ENTRY.


    15.1 Landlord may enter the Leased Premises at all times for emergencies,
and at reasonable times, after reasonable notice, during or after business
hours, for the purpose of inspecting, cleaning, repairing, altering, improving
or exhibiting the Leased Premises, but nothing in this Lease shall be construed
as imposing any obligation on the Landlord to perform any such work.

    15.2 Landlord may place "FOR RENT" or "FOR SALE" signs on the exterior of
the Leased Premises and after reasonable notice may enter the Leased Premises
for purposes of showing the Leased Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers
and lenders.


                                         -9-
<PAGE>

16. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

    16.1 All damage or injury done to the Leased Premises by Tenant or by any
persons who may be in or upon the Leased Premises shall be paid for by Tenant.

    16.2 If the Property or the Leased Premises are destroyed or damaged by
fire or any other casualty to the extent that a substantial part of the Property
or the Leased Premises is rendered untenantable, or if the uninsured portion of
the cost of repairing the damage to the Property or Leased Premises exceeds
$50,000, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice in writing
to the other within sixty (60) days after the destruction or damage, unless
Landlord agrees in writing within 30 days after the destruction to pay the
uninsured portion of the cost of repair, in which case the Lease shall not
terminate.  The notice shall be effective thirty (30) days after receipt.

    16.3

         16.3.1    If the Leased Premises shall be partially destroyed or
rendered partially untenantable and if the Lease is not terminated by Landlord,
Landlord shall restore the Leased Premises to its previous condition, and in the
meantime the monthly rent shall be abated in the same proportion as the
untenantable portion of the Leased Premises bears to the whole of the Leased
Premises.
         16.3.2    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no
obligation to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Leased Premises when the
damage or destruction occurs during the last twelve (12) months of either the
initial or a renewal lease term, if Tenant has not exercised a renewal option,
or, within 12 months of the last renewal lease term.

    16.4 Landlord's liability shall be limited to its contractual obligation in
this Lease, its negligent or otherwise wrongful conduct.

17. INDEMNITY.

    17.1 The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord from and against any and all
claims, demands, cause of actions, suits or judgments (including fees, costs and
expenses [including attorney fees] incurred in connection therewith and in
enforcing the indemnity) for deaths or injuries to persons or for loss of or
damage to property arising out of or in connection with the condition, use or
occupancy of the Leased Premises or any improvements thereon; or by Tenant's
non-observance or nonperformance of any law, ordinance or regulation applicable
to the Leased Premises; or incurred in obtaining possession of the Leased
Premises after a default by the Tenant, or after the Tenant's default in
surrendering possession upon expiration or earlier termination of the term of
the Lease, or enforcing any of the Tenant's covenants in this Lease.  This
includes, without limitation, any liability or injury to the person or property
of Tenant, its agents, officers, employees, or invitee.  The tenant specifically
waives any immunity provided


                                         -10-
<PAGE>

by Washington's Industrial Insurance Act.  This indemnification covers claims by
Tenant's own employees.

    17.2 In the event of any such claims made or suits filed, Landlord shall
give Tenant prompt written notice thereof and Tenant shall have the right to
defend or settle the same to the extent of its interests thereunder.

    17.3 Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to be rendered to
Landlord, waives all claims against Landlord for damages to goods, wares,
merchandise and loss of business in, upon or about the Leased Premises and for
injury to Tenant, its agents, employees, invitee or their persons in or about
the Leased Premises from any cause arising at any time, including Landlord's
breach of this Lease.

18. INSURANCE.

    18.1 Tenant shall provide its own property damage insurance.

    18.2 From and after the commencement date of the term of this Lease, Tenant
shall insure the Premises, at its sole cost and expense, against claim for
personal injury and property damage under a policy of general liability
insurance, with limits of $1,000,000.00 single limit or its equivalent for
bodily injury, and $500,000.00 for property damage.  Such policy shall name
Landlord and Tenant as insureds.  Before taking possession of the Leased
Premises, the Tenant shall furnish the Landlord with a certificate evidencing
the aforesaid insurance coverage.  The limits of liability may be raised at the
time of any lease renewal, by the percent increase in rent to become effective
at the first month of the renewal term, calculated pursuant to Paragraph 4.6 of
this Lease, upon the written request of Landlord.

    18.3 The aforementioned minimum limits of policies shall in no event limit
the liability of Tenant hereunder.  No policy of Tenant's insurance shall be
cancelable or subject to reduction of cover-age or other modification except
after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord by the insurer.  Tenant
shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the policies,
furnish Landlord with renewals or binders.

    18.4 Tenant shall insure the Leased Premises to the full replacement value
with an "all risk" or equivalent policy of property insurance, naming Landlord
as insured.  Landlord may provide Tenant the option of insuring the building
through Landlord's carrier, and reimbursing Landlord for the cost of such
insurance.

    18.5 The insurance shall be issued by carriers acceptable to the Landlord,
and Landlord's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

    18.6 The Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such
insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure such insurance on
Tenant's behalf and


                                         -11-
<PAGE>

charge Tenant the premiums together with a twenty-five percent (25%) handling
charge, payable upon demand.

19. MUTUAL RELEASE.

    19.1 In addition to, and not by way of limitation of, the tenant's
obligation to indemnify Landlord, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive
their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by
fire, extended coverage, and other property insurance policies existing for the
benefit of the respective parties.  Each party shall obtain any special
endorsements, if required, by their insurer to evidence compliance with the
waiver.

    19.2 Each insurance policy obtained by the Landlord and Tenant shall
provide that the insurance company waives all rights of recovery by way of
subrogation against either party in connection with any damage covered by the
policy.  Neither party shall be liable to the other for any damage caused by
fire or any other risk insured against under any property insurance policy
carried under the terms of this Lease to the extent of such insurance.

    19.3 If an additional premium is required to be paid to obtain a waiver of
subrogation, the application shall, within ten (1) days after notice to it of
the required premium, give written notice of the additional premium to the one
to whom the waiver would apply, and the one to whom the waiver would apply shall
either pay the additional premium or this mutual release shall not be applicable
to damages covered by that insurance policy. (e.g. If Landlord's insurance
carrier requires an additional premium, Tenant would be required to pay the
additional premium or this paragraph would not release Tenant.  Tenant would
then be subject to suit and Liable for damages caused by Tenant, whether or not
Landlord's loss was covered by insurance.)

20. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

    20.1 The Tenant may assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or
encumber this Lease or any interest therein, and may sublet the Leased Premises
or any part thereof, upon receiving prior written consent from Landlord.  If
Tenant intends to mortgage, pledge, encumber or hypothecate this Lease or the
Leased Premises or any interest therein, Landlord shall not unreasonably
withhold consent, provided such action in no way restricts Landlord in executing
its rights, or purports to grant to any third party rights in excess of those
rights of Tenant under this Lease Agreement.  If Tenant intends to transfer,
assign or sublet the Leased Premises or any interest therein to another tenant,
Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent.  Any attempt to assign or
sublet without such consent shall be null and void and shall constitute a breach
of this Lease. if the Landlord does give written consent to an assignment or
sublet, Tenant shall still be liable for full performance of all the Tenant's
obligations in this Lease.

    20.2 In the event Landlord is desirous of leasing the Leased Premises to a
third party on terms and conditions acceptable to the Landlord (which include
the terms and conditions of


                                        -12-

<PAGE>


this Lease) during a time when Tenant has vacated or abandoned the premises,
Tenant agrees to terminate this Lease effective the date the new tenant takes
possession of the Leased Premises if Landlord so requests.  Upon such
termination, Landlord and Tenant agree that all rights and responsibilities of
this Lease shall end as though the Lease had ended according to its terms
effective that date.  Landlord agrees to give Tenant at least thirty (30) days
notice of a potential subtenant or replacement tenant.  In the event Tenant
determines it desires to retain full possession and control of the Leased
Premises in order to continue its business operations on the Leased Premises
after a period of time not to exceed nine (9) months from the date of vacation
or abandonment, then Tenant shall provide written notice, within fifteen (15)
days following receipt of notice from Landlord of the prospective subtenant or
replacement tenant, that the Tenant desires to continue in sole possession and
control of the Leased Premises and to reject the subtenant or replacement tenant
and will agree to reoccupy and reuse the Premises for its manufacturing and
assembling operation, or such other operations as may be agreed to between
Landlord and Tenant, within a period of time not to exceed nine (9) months from
the date of vacation or abandonment.  Failure of the Tenant to commence such
reuse of the Premises within the nine (9) month period is a default by Tenant
and a breach of the Lease.

      20.3   An assignment or sublet includes the following: (1) any action
which causes a change in control of the Tenant corporation at any time during
the Term; (2) if all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant shall be sold,
assigned or transferred with or without a specific assignment of the Lease; or
(3) if Tenant shall merge or consolidate with any firm or corporation.

      20.4   Landlord, at its option, may, by giving sixty (60) days prior
written notice to Tenant after discovery of the action, declare such change to
be an assignment or subletting in violation of this Lease, subject to the
remedies provided for in event of breach of this Lease.

21.   QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon performance of
Tenant's obligations under this Lease, shall lawfully and quietly hold, occupy
and enjoy the Premises during the term of this Lease without disturbance by the
Landlord or from any person claiming through the Landlord.

22.   SIGNS.

      22.1   ALL signs must comply with sign ordinances and be placed in
accordance with the required permits and be consistent with the Olds Station
Protective Covenants.

      22.2   The Landlord may demand the removal of any signs which do not
receive its prior written approval.  Tenant's failure to comply with Landlord's
demand to remove within forty-eight (48) hours of such demand shall constitute a
breach of this paragraph and shall entitle the Landlord to cause the sign to be
removed and the building repaired at the Tenant's sole expense.


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

      22.3 At the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all signs
placed by it upon the Leased Premises, and shall repair any damage caused by
such removal.

23.   VACATING UPON TERMINATION.  Tenant covenants and agrees that upon
expiration of the Lease or renewal term, or upon the termination of the Lease
for any cause, shall at once peacefully surrender and deliver the whole of the
above-described Leased Premises together with all improvements, except trade
fixtures, thereon to the Landlord,  Landlord's agents or assigns unless Tenant
shall have expressly acquired the right to remain another written extension of
this Lease.

24.   PRESENCE AND USE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Tenant shall not, without
Landlord's prior written consent, keep on or around the Leased Premises, for
use, treatment, generation, storage or sale, any substances designated as, or
containing designated as hazardous, dangerous, toxic or harmful (collectively
referred to as "Hazardous Substances"), and/or which are subject to regulation
by any federal, state or local law, regulation, statute or ordinance.

      24.1   With respect to any Hazardous Substance, Tenant shall:

             24.1.1  Comply promptly, timely, and completely with all
governmental requirements for reporting, keeping and submitting manifests, and
obtaining and keeping current identification numbers;

             24.1.2  Submit to Landlord true and correct copies of all reports,
manifests and identification numbers at the same time as they are required to be
submitted to the appropriate governmental authorities;

             24.1.3  Within five (5) days of Landlord's request, submit written
reports to Landlord regarding Tenant's use, storage, treatment, transportation,
generation, disposal or sale of Hazardous Substances and provide evidence
satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant's compliance with the applicable governmental
regulation;

             24.1.4  Allow Landlord or Landlord's agents or representatives to
come on the Leased Premises at all times, after reasonable notice, to check
Tenant's compliance with all applicable governmental regulations regarding
Hazardous Substances;

             24.1.5  Comply with minimum levels, standards or other performance
standards or requirements which may be set forth or established for certain
Hazardous Substances (if minimum standards or levels are applicable to Hazardous
Substances present on the Leased Premises, these levels or standards shall be
established by an on-site inspection by the appropriate governmental authorities
and shall be set forth in an addendum to this Lease);


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

             24.1.6  Comply with all governmental rules, regulations and
requirements regarding the proper and lawful use, sale, transportation,
generation, treatment and disposal of Hazardous Substances; and

             24.1.7  Landlord shall have the right, at reasonable times and
upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to inspect the Leased Premises to monitor
Tenant's compliance with this section.  Landlord shall pay and responsible for
the costs of its own inspection.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an
inspection reveals the use or presence of Hazardous Substances requiring clean-
up or other action, then Tenant shall pay, as part of the clean-up cost
incorporated in Paragraph 24.2 below, Landlord's actual costs, including
reasonable attorney's fees and costs, incurred in making or providing for such
inspection and any follow-up inspections.

      24.2

             24.2.1  Tenant shall be fully and completely liable to Landlord
for any and all clean-up costs and any and all charges, fees, penalties (civil
and criminal) imposed by any governmental authority with respect to Tenant's
use, disposal, transportation, generation and/or sale of Hazardous Substances,
in or about the Leased Premises.

             24.2.2  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless
from any and all costs, fees, penalties and charges assessed against or imposed
upon Landlord including reasonable Landlord's attorneys' fees and costs as a
result of Tenant's use, disposal, transportation, generation and/or sale of
Hazardous Substances.

             24.2.3  Upon Tenant's default under this article, in addition to
the rights and remedies set forth elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall be
entitled to the following rights and remedies.

                     24.2.3.1  At Landlord's option, to terminate this Lease
      immediately; and

                     24.2.3.2  To recover any and all damage associated with
      the default, including, but not limited to clean-up costs and charges,
      civil and criminal penalties and fees, loss of business and sales by
      Landlord and any and all damages and claims asserted by third parties
      together with reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.

25.   LICENSES AND PERMITS.  Tenant, at its sole expense, shall obtain all
licenses or permits which may be required for conducting its business within the
terms of this , or for the making of repairs, alterations, improvements or
additions, and the Landlord, necessary, will join with the Tenant in applying
for all such permits and licenses.

26.   DEFAULT AND RE-ENTRY.


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

      26.1   If Tenant defaults in any rent payment due under the terms of this
Lease, and such default is not cured within ten (10) calendar days after written
notice from Landlord or within thirty (30) calendar days after written notice
from Landlord if the default is other than the payment of rent, Landlord may
terminate this Lease and re-enter the Leased Premises; or Landlord may, without
terminating this Lease, re-enter said Leased Premises, and relet the whole or
any part upon as favorable terms and conditions as the market will allow for the
balance of the lease term.

      26.2   Notwithstanding any re-entry, the liability of the Tenant for the
full amounts payable by the Tenant under this Lease shall not be extinguished
for the balance of the Lease or renewal term.  Tenant shall make a reletting of
the Leased Premises at a lesser rental or on different economic terms plus the
reasonable costs and expenses of re-letting the Leased Premises including, but
not limited, to commissions, advertising, attorney's fees, and the costs of
renovating or altering the Leased Premises.

      26.3   At Landlord's sole option, the deficiency between the amount to be
received by the relet and the amount to be received if Tenant had fulfilled the
Lease may be reduced to present cash value based on a six percent (6%) yield,
and be declared due and owing, at any time after the property is relet.  Tenant
shall pay such amount upon demand.  If Landlord elects this remedy, Landlord
shall have no other remedy against Tenant for rent.  Alternatively Tenant shall
pay any deficiency caused by Tenant's default each month.  The ability of
Landlord to re-enter and relet shall not impose upon Landlord the obligation to
do so.

      26.4   Each of the following events is a default by Tenant and a breach
of this Lease:

             26.4.1  Any failure by Tenant to make any payment required to be
made by Tenant on or before the time the payment is due.

             26.4.2  The abandonment or vacation of the Leased Premises by the
Tenant.

             26.4.3  A failure by Tenant to observe and perform any provision
of this Lease or any other lease or agreement between Tenant or any subsidiaries
of Tenant and Landlord which is to be observed or performed by the Tenant or any
subsidiary of Tenant.

             26.4.4  The appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or
substantially all the assets of the Tenant.

             26.4.5  A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of
creditors.

             26.4.6  Any action taken or suffered by Tenant under any
insolvency or bankruptcy act.  If Tenant becomes insolvent, bankrupt, or if a
receiver, assignee, or other liquidating officer is appointed for the Tenant's
business, Landlord may cancel this Lease, subject to Section 365 of Bankruptcy
Code, II U.S.C. 365.


                                         -16-

<PAGE>

             26.4.7  A default under this Lease may, at Landlord's discretion,
be declared to be a default under any other lease or agreement between Tenant
and Landlord, or between any subsidiary of Tenant and Landlord.

27.   LANDLORD'S EXPENSES ON TENANT'S DEFAULT.  Except as otherwise provided,
if either party to this Lease fails (the "Defaulting Party") to make any payment
or perform any obligations under this Lease the non-default demand upon the
Defaulting Party and without waiving or releasing the Defaulting Party from any
obligations under this Lease, may make any payment or perform any other
obligation of the Defaulting Party, in such manner and to such extent as the
non-defaulting party deems desirable.  All costs and expenses paid by the
non-defaulting party in connection with the performance of any such obligations,
together with interest at the rate of 12% per annum, compounded annually, from
the date of making such expenditure by the non-defaulting party, shall be
payable to the non-defaulting party upon demand.

28.   REMOVAL OF PROPERTY.

      28.1   If the Landlord, after Tenant's default, lawfully re-enters the
Leased Premises, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
remove all property located therein and to place such property in storage at the
Tenant's expense and risk.  If the Tenant does not pay the storage cost, after
it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) calendar days or more and after
giving Tenant ten (10) days written notice of sale, Landlord may, at its sole
discretion, sell, or permit to be sold, any or all of the property at public or
private sale.

      28.2   Landlord, at its sole discretion, may retain any trade fixtures
and other items of Tenant's property, which are not removed by the Tenant at the
expiration of the lease term or any renewal period or at such earlier time as
Tenant's rights under this Lease may be terminated for default.  At Landlord's
option, title to the fixtures and other property shall be vested in the Landlord
without any duty to account or pay to Tenant for the -value of the property or
for any other matter in connection for the Landlord's acquisition of the
fixtures and attached property.

29.   HOLDOVER.

      29.1   If Tenant, with the implied or expressed consent of the Landlord,
shall holdover after the expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant, shall
remain bound by all this Lease's covenants and agreements, except that the
tenancy shall be from month to month, and the monthly rent shall be the rent
amount due the last month of the immediately preceding term plus fifteen percent
(15 %).

      29.2   If Tenant should holdover beyond the expiration of this lease
term, or the renewal thereof, without consent of the Landlord, Tenant shall pay
as liquidated damages a sum equal to double the rent amount due the last month
of the immediately preceding term.


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

This paragraph shall not affect any of the Landlord's rights to terminate this
Lease and declare a forfeiture or to otherwise take possession of the Premises.

30.   NON-WAIVER OF COVENANTS.  The Landlord's failure to insist upon the
performance of any provision of this Lease shall not be construed as depriving
the Landlord of the right to insist on strict performance of such provision in
the future.  The subsequent acceptance of rent, whether full or partial payment,
by the Landlord shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach by the
Tenant of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease, other than the failure
of the Tenant to pay the particular part of the rent accepted, regardless of the
Landlord's knowledge of the proceeding breach at the time of the acceptance of
that part of the rent.

31.   ARBITRATION.

      31.1   In the event that the parties cannot agree on any matter of this
agreement, they shall consult together with a view of resolving the dispute.  In
the event they cannot agree upon a resolution to the dispute, the same shall be
settled pursuant to RCW Chapter 7.04 et. seq. except as herein modified.

      31.2   Such arbitration shall be before one disinterested arbitrator, if
one can be agreed upon, otherwise before three disinterested arbitrators, one
named by the Landlord, one by the Tenant, and one by the two thus chosen.  If
all arbitrators have not been appointed within fifteen (15) days after demand,
for arbitration, then either side may apply to the Chelan County Superior Court,
upon ten (10) days notice to the other, for appointment of the necessary
arbitrators remaining to be appointed, and the judicial appointment shall be
binding and final.  The arbitrator or arbitrators shall determine the
controversy in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington as applied to
the facts found by him or them.  The arbitrator or arbitrators may grant
injunctions or other relief in such controversy or claims.

      31.3   The decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the parties and a judgment may be obtained thereon in
any Court having jurisdiction.  Landlord and Tenant shall each pay one-half of
the cost and expenses of such arbitration, and each party shall separately pay
for its own attorneys' fees and expenses.

32.   COST AND ATTORNEYS' FEES.  In the event it is necessary for either party
utilize to the services of an attorney to enforce any of the terms of this
agreement, such suing party shall be entitled to compensation for its reasonable
attorney's fees and costs. the event of litigation regarding any of the terms of
this agreement, the substantially party shall be entitled, in addition to other
relief, to such reasonable attorneys' fees and costs as determined by the court.

33.   CONDEMNATION.

      33.1   If all the Leased Premises are taken by any public authority under
the power


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

of eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of possession by
said public authority.

      33.2   A condemnation or taking by public authority shall not be grounds
for terminating this Lease unless twenty five percent (25%) or more of the
Property is taken.  No award for any partial or entire taking shall be
apportioned.  However, the Tenant will not be required to give or assign the
Landlord any interest in any award made to the Tenant for the taking of personal
property and fixtures belonging to the Tenant or for the interruption or damage
to Tenant's business or for Tenant's unamortized cost of any leasehold
improvements.

      33.3   In the event of a partial taking which does not result in the
termination of this Lease, rent shall be proportionately abated based on the
amount of Leased Premises made unusable.

34.   FORCE MAJEURE.  Landlord's or Tenant's failure to perform any of its
litigations under this Lease shall be excused if due to causes beyond the
control of Landlord or Tenant, including but not restricted to acts of God, acts
of the public enemy, acts of any government, fires, floods, earthquakes,
epidemics and strikes.

35.   LIGHT, AIR AND VIEW.  Landlord does not guarantee the continued present
status of light, air or view over any premises adjoining or in the vicinity of
the Industrial Building.

36.   CAPTIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.  The titles to sections of the Lease are not a
part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction and
interpretation of any part  of the Lease.

37.   TIME.  TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE IN THIS LEASE.

38.   BINDING ON HEIRS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All the covenants, agreement
terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to and be binding upon
Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, except as may be provided to the contrary in other
sections of this Lease.

39.   SAVINGS CLAUSE.  Nothing in this Lease shall be construed so as to
require commission of any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any
conflict between any ions of this Lease and any statute, law, public regulation
or ordinance, the latter shall prevail, but in such event, the provisions of
this Lease affected shall be curtailed and limited to the extent necessary to
bring it within legal requirements.

40.   INCORPORATION.  This agreement represents the entire agreement of the
Parties.  Unless set forth herein in writing, neither party shall be bound by
any statements or representations made, and each agrees that there are no such
statements or representations being relied upon in making this Lease.  No
alterations, changes, or amendments to this Lease


                                         -19-

<PAGE>

will be binding upon either party unless such party has executed a written
statement acknowledging such alteration, change or amendment.

41.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Lease shall be governed by the law of the State of
Washington and venue for any action arising from this Lease shall be in Chelan
County, Washington.

42.   REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

      42.1   The specified remedies to which the Landlord may resort under the
terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any
other remedies or means of redress to which the Landlord may be lawfully
entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any provision
of this Lease.  In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease,
Landlord shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation, or
attempted or threatened violation, of any of the covenants, conditions, or
provisions of this Lease.

      42.2   The Landlord's selection of one or more remedies shall not
constitute an election of remedies to the exclusion of any other remedies.

43.   LEASE YEAR.  As used herein, the term "lease year" shall mean a twelve
month period commencing on the date the term of this Lease commences and each
twelve month period commencing on each anniversary of the commencement date.

44.   CONFLICT OF PROVISIONS.  In case of conflict, the more specific
provisions this Lease shall control.

45.   STATUS OF A CORPORATION.  Each individual executing this Lease on behalf
of Tenant corporation represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to
execute and this Lease on behalf of said corporation in accordance with a duly
adopted resolution of Board of Directors or in accordance with the Bylaws of
said corporation, and that this Lease binding is upon said corporation in
accordance with its terms.

46.   NOTICES.

      46.1   Any notices shall be effective if personally served upon the other
party or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to
the following addresses:
                               Landlord:
                               Port of Chelan County
                               Post Office Box 849
                               Wenatchee, Washington 98807-0849

                               Tenant:


                                         -20-

<PAGE>

                               Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc.
                               434 Olds Station Road
                               Wenatchee, WA 98801

      46.2   Upon possession by Tenant of premises, notices shall be sent to
new address of tenant in the Leased Premises.

      46.3   Notices mailed shall be deemed given on the date of
mailing.Landlord and Tenant shall notify each other of any change of address.

47.   INTERPRETATION.

      47.1   This Lease has been submitted to the scrutiny of all parties and
their counsel, if desired, and it shall be given a fair and reasonable
interpretation in accordance with its words, without consideration to or weight
given to its being drafted by any party or its counsel.

      47.2   All words used in the singular shall include the plural; the
present tense shall include the future tense; and the masculine gender shall
include the feminine and neuter genders.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have set their hands effective the 4th
day of November, 1994, and state that they are authorized to execute this
agreement.

LANDLORD                               TENANT
Port of Chelan County                  Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc.


By: /s/ Mark Urdahl                    By: /s/ Jack Jones
    -------------------------------         ----------------------------------
       MARK URDAHL                            JACK JONES
       Its Manager                            Its President


                                         -21-

<PAGE>

                                   LEASE GUARANTEE

      The undersigned, PCT HOLDINGS, INC., the parent company of CASHMERE
MANUFACTURING, INC. ("Cashmere"), and PACIFIC COAST TECHNOLOGIES, INC., sister
corporation of Cashmere hereby unconditionally guarantee performance of the
above Lease between the Port of Chelan County and Cashmere, including all of the
terms and revisions as set out in that Lease, including without limitation the
obligation to pay rent and maintain the Premises.  Invalidity, irregularity,
unenforceability of all or any part of the litigation shall not impair or be a
defense to this Guarantee.  Each of the undersigned expressly waives the right
to rely on any waiver by Landlord of the performance of any of the terms and
conditions of the Lease and waives the right to personally receive notice of
default or any other notice called for under the Lease.

      Each of the undersigned specifically understands and acknowledges that a
significant consideration to the Landlord for execution of the Lease is the
guarantee by each of the undersigned subsidiaries of the obligations of the
parent as Tenant under the Lease.

      Each of the undersigned expressly waive:
      1.     The right to notice of extension or modification of the Lease
terms, even if such modification increases the duties and obligations of the
Tenant, Cashmere, and thereby the guarantors under the terms of this Lease; and

      2.     The right to rely on any waiver by Landlord of the performance of
any of the terms and conditions of the Lease; and

      3.     Notices of default or any other notice called for under the Lease.

      Each of the guarantors acknowledges that should there be an assignment,
sublease, or sale Cashmere's interest in the Lease or in the stock of Cashmere,
or of Cashmere's assets to a person, even though such sale may be approved by
the Landlord, that each guarantor is personally obligated during the Lease,
unless specifically released by Landlord's written document.

      This guarantee is voluntarily made by each of the undersigned and each of
the undersigned acknowledges that the Landlord shall have the right to pursue
each individual guarantor separately and independently for performance of the
Lease or recovery of damages for breach of the Lease, without first having to
proceed against Cashmere.  In the event Landlord retains the services of an
attorney to enforce this guarantee, the undersigned shall reimburse Landlord for
its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.  In the event of litigation, the
substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys' fees
and costs.


                                         -22-

<PAGE>

      DATED this 11th day of May, 1995.

PCT HOLDINGS, INC.                     PACIFIC COAST TECHNOLOGIES, INC.



By: /s/ Don A. Wright                  By: /s/ Don A. Wright
    -------------------------------         ----------------------------------
      DON A. WRIGHT                    DON A. WRIGHT
      Its:  President                  Its:  President


                                         -23-

<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.43

                             CASHMERE MANUFACTURING, INC.
                           BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT


      THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into this date by
and between the PORT OF CHELAN COUNTY, a Washington municipal corporation
("Port"), and CASHMERE MANUFACTURING, INC., a Washington corporation
("Cashmere").

                                       RECITALS

      Cashmere is subsidiary of PCT Holdings, Inc., and desires to move and
enlarge its operations at the Olds Station Industrial Park in Wenatchee,
Washington.

      Port agrees to construct a building and improvements on its property as
hereafter set out and, upon completion of construction, Cashmere agrees to
occupy and use the building and surrounding premises as tenant pursuant to the
terms of a "Lease Agreement--Cashmere Manufacturing, Inc., 1994" between the
parties dated effective as of November 4, 1994 ("1994 Lease").

                                        TERMS

      In consideration of the foregoing and the following terms and conditions,
the parties agrees as follows:

1.    THE FACILITIES.  Port agrees to construct a general purpose building and
improvements (the "Facilities") on real property owned by the Port, which
property is described on attached Exhibit "A" which is incorporated herein as
though set forth herein (which real property and Facilities are referred to as
the "Leased Premises").  The Facilities will be constructed pursuant to plans
and specifications approved by both Port and Cashmere in advance of the
commencement of construction.

2.    PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

      2.1    Port shall prepare plans and specifications for the Facilities
consistent with the general instructions of Cashmere.  Upon completion of the
preliminary draft of the plans and specifications, Port shall provide a copy to
Cashmere and, not less than fourteen (14) days thereafter Cashmere shall
indicate its approval or disapproval of the plans and specification.  In the
event Cashmere desires changes to those plans and Specifications, it shall
consult directly with Port and Port's engineer to make such changes as may be
agreed upon.  In the event the plans are not approved within fourteen (14) days
after submittal to Cashmere, either party may terminate this Agreement, which
shall also terminate the 1994 Lease.  In the event of such


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

termination, Cashmere agrees to pay one-half of the Port's costs and fees,
including accountant, attorney and engineering fees, in preparing the
transactional documents and the plans and specifications.

      2.2    Upon acceptance of the plans and specifications by Port and
Cashmere, those plans shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.  The
plans and specifications are subject to amendment by agreement of the parties.
The facilities to be constructed pursuant to those plans and specifications
shall be constructed consistent with applicable codes and with the protective
covenants for the Olds Station Industrial Park (dated October 17, 1979 and as
amended December 20, 1983, hereafter referred to as "Protective Covenants") .

      2.3    The Facilities shall be of prefabricated metal construction or of
other mutually acceptable material and contain approximately 41,250 square feet
essentially as depicted on Exhibit "B."  Port shall construct and pay for the
Basic Building, as described on the plans and specifications.  Other items of
the construction package shall be the responsibility of and be paid by Cashmere.

      2.4    The plans and specifications as ultimately approved shall be
incorporatedwithin a bid proposal package and submitted for public bid as
required by law.  The plans, and specifications and bid documents may contain
alternatives to the construction.  Cashmere shall have a period of fourteen (14)
days after receipt of the bid proposals to elect which, if any, alternatives it
wishes to have incorporated within the final construction contract.

3.    CASHMERE COSTS.  Cashmere shall be responsible and pay for all of the
costs of construction or improvements associated with preparing the Facilities
for occupancy not included within the Basic Building ("Cashmere's Costs").

      3.1    To the extent any matters for which Cashmere is responsible should
be included in plans and specifications submitted for bid, they shall be
separately identified as between Port and Cashmere as the sole Responsibility of
Cashmere and Cashmere shall make arrangements, in advance of the submission of
the bids for the payment of the costs of such additional work.

      3.2    The final amount of Cashmere's costs shall be calculated as
follows:

             3.2.1  Changes in, additions to, or extras in the Basic Building
requested by Cashmere which have the net effect of increasing the cost of
construction of the Basic Building or otherwise adding cost or expense to the
Facilities shall be itemized and the total dollar amount of all such increases
determined.

             3.2.2  Changes in or deletions to the Basic Building requested by
Cashmere which have the net effect of reducing the cost of construction of the
Basic Building shall be itemized and the total dollar amount of all such
decreases determined.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

             3.2.3  The total decreases as calculated in Paragraph 3.2.2 above
shall be deducted from the total increases as calculated in Paragraph 3.2.1
above.  If the difference increases the cost of construction so that the Base
Rent, as determined in Article 4 of the 1994 Lease, exceeds 43 cents per square
foot, the amount of the difference causing the Base Rent to exceed 43 cents per
square foot is Cashmere's Cost.

             3.2.4  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent changes in, or
deletions to the Basic Building requested by Cashmere add to the cost of
construction and are for items which are peculiar to the needs of Cashmere and
are not reasonably likely to be useable by any other user of the Facilities,
Cashmere shall pay for such added cost for those changes or deletions outright
to the contractor.

4.    REBID.

      4.1    The parties intend that the Facilities be constructed for the
lowest reasonable cost under the circumstances.  The parties have set a rent cap
in the Lease of 43 cents per square foot per month, based on calculations using
the engineer's estimate of cost of construction.  The parties agree to confer
and work together during the preparation of the plans and specifications with
the goal of keeping the cost of construction at or below an amount which will
result in a rent payment, as calculated in the Lease, of 43 cents per square
foot per month or less.

      4.2    If the projected cost of construction of the Facilities based on
the bids received for that construction is such that rent is projected to be
increased above 43 cents per square foot per month according to the formula to
establish rent set out in the Lease, all bias shall be rejected by the Port.
The parties shall then immediately confer and work together with the Port's
engineer and other professionals to revise the plans and specifications to lower
the cost of construction so that rent will be reduced to or below 43 cents per
square foot per month.  The parties agree to make such revisions to the plans
and specifications for the Facilities as may be required to prepare them for new
invitations for bid within twenty (20) days.

      4.3    Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Cashmere may give written
notice to the Port within five (5) days after opening of the bids for
construction of the Facilities, when the bids are of such an amount that the
projected cost of construction will result in a rental amount greater than 43
cents per square foot per month, that Cashmere elects to pay increased rent for
the Leased Premises in an amount sufficient to amortize the cost of construction
over thirty (30)  years with interest at the rate of 7 percent per anum and
requests the Port to accept the lowest responsible bid at the time.  In such
case the parties agree to amend the Lease to fix the new Basic Rent (as defined
in the Lease) at the increased amount established by the formula in the Lease
for establishing rent, and the Port shall accept the lowest responsible bid
consistent with the statute, assuming the bid otherwise qualifies for
acceptance.

5.    CONSTRUCTION.  All work provided and called for by the plans and
specifications shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance
with all applicable laws, ordinances,


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

regulations or requirements of governmental authority, Port's Protective
Covenants, and the reasonable requirements of the insurers of the Facilities.

6.    POSSESSION. Upon substantial completion of the Facilities, Cashmere shall
assume possession of the Leased Premises pursuant to the 1994 Lease, which is
incorporated herein by this reference.

7.    DETERMINATION OF RENT.

      7.1    The 1994 Lease Agreement as executed at the date of this Agreement
does not contain the specific monthly rental payments, although the formula is
identified.  Port and Cashmere agree to execute a supplemental agreement
reflecting the dollar amount of the Basic Rent after construction is complete.

      7.2    For purposes of this Agreement and the 1994 Lease, "costs of
construction" include the value of the land at Ninety Thousand Dollars
($90,000), all actual costs for constructing the Facilities and improving the
Leased Premises consistent with the plans and specifications as approved, other
than Cashmere's costs and, in addition, include engineering, accounting, legal
expenses, including bond counsel, costs of financing, including underwriters
fees, and miscellaneous expenses that may be incurred as part of the
construction process.

8.    COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION.  Port agrees to commence construction as
soon as reasonably possible after acceptance of the bid.

9.    COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION.  The parties anticipate that construction
shall be complete so that Cashmere can occupy the premises as tenant under the
Lease beginning September 1, 1995.  In the event of a rebid pursuant to
Paragraph 4 above, when such rebid is reasonably likely to extend the date of
substantial completion, the parties agree to amend the Lease to extend the date
for the commencement of the term of the Lease by the period of delay caused
because of the need to rebid, as set out above.

10.   OBLIGATION OF EACH PARTY.

      10.1   Port's sole obligation is to build a multi-purpose building
consistent with the plans and specifications suitable for modification by
Cashmere for Cashmere's specific purposes.

      10.2   To the extent Port approves additional improvements to those
assumed by it as set forth above, or a different construction scheme than
initially determined by the Port, as a result of a request by Cashmere, which
approval the Port is not require to give, and except as may be otherwise
provided in this Agreement or in the Lease, Cashmere shall pay, upon demand, for
any difference in costs incurred by deviating from the approved plans and
specifications, to the extent Base Rent exceeds 43 cents per square foot because
of such deviation, calculated as set out above in Paragraph 3. Once construction
commences, Port agrees to diligently pursue construction.


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

11.   ACCEPTANCE OF FACILITIES.

      11.1   Port shall give written notice to Cashmere of Port's intent to
finally accept the Facilities as complete from the contractor prior to actual
acceptance.  Cashmere shall have fifteen (15) working days following receipt of
the notice to give a written list to Port of any defects, deficiencies or
problems with the Facilities which need to be remedied prior to Cashmere
accepting the condition of the Facilities (the "Punch List").  Cashmere shall
make such inspection as it deems reasonable prior to giving Port its Punch List.

      11.2   Once the items on the Punch List have been cured to Cashmere's
reasonable satisfaction, or if none exist, Cashmere shall accept the Facilities
in the then present condition, subject only to defects, deficiencies or problems
which are the responsibility of the contractor of the Facilities or the Port and
which were not reasonably discoverable by Cashmere's inspection prior to making
out its Punch List.

      11.3   No representation statement or warranty expressed or implied is or
shall be made by or on behalf of the Port as to the Facilities condition, or as
to the use that may be made of such Facilities, unless specifically set forth in
writing executed by the Port.  Port represents the Facilities will be sufficient
for Cashmere's intended use, consistent with its present business operations and
those it contemplates, as expressed by Cashmere to Port's engineer for the
building.  Cashmere releases the Port from any and all responsibility for any
representation that may have been made to Cashmere about the property which is
not specifically set out in this Agreement.

12.   ARBITRATION.

      12.1   In the event of a dispute on any of the matters relative to the
construction or related to the interpretation of this Agreement, the parties
shall consult together with a view to resolving the dispute.  In the event they
cannot agree upon a resolution, the dispute shall be settled pursuant to RCW
Chapter 7.04, except as herein modified.

      12.2   Such arbitration shall be before one disinterested arbitrator, if
one can be agreed upon, otherwise before three disinterested arbitrators, one
named by the Port, one by Cashmere, and one by the two thus chosen.  If all
arbitrators have not been appointed within fifteen (15) days after demand for
arbitration, then either side may apply to the Chelan County Superior Court,
upon ten (10) days notice to the other, for appointment of the necessary
arbitrators remaining to be appointed, and the judicial appointment shall be
binding and final.  The arbitrator or arbitrators shall determine the
controversy in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington as applied to
the facts found by him or them.  The arbitrator or arbitrators may grant
injunctions or other relief in such controversy or claims.

      12.3   The decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the parties and a judgment may be obtained thereon in
any Court having jurisdiction.  Port


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

and Cashmere shall each pay one-half of the cost and expenses of such
arbitration, and each party shall separately pay for its own attorneys' fees and
expenses.

13.   CAPTIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.  The titles to sections of the Agreement are
not a part of this Agreement and shall have no effect upon the construction and
interpretation of any part of the Agreement.

14.   BINDING ON HEIRS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All the covenants, agreement
terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall apply to and be binding
upon Port and Cashmere and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, except as may be provided in other sections of this
Agreement.

15.   SAVINGS CLAUSE.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to
require the commission of any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any
conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any statute, law, public
regulation or ordinance, the latter shall prevail, but in such event, the
provisions of this Agreement affected shall be curtailed and limited only to the
extent necessary to bring it within legal requirements.

16.   INCORPORATION.  This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the
parties.  Unless set forth herein in writing, neither party shall be bound by
any statements or representations made, and each agrees that there are no such
statements or representations being relied upon in making this Agreement.  No
alterations, changes, or amendments to this Agreement will be binding upon
either party unless such party has executed a written statement acknowledging
such alteration, change or amendment.

17.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State
of Washington and venue for any action arising from this Agreement shall be in
Chelan County, Washington.

18.   NOTICES.  Any notices shall be effective is personally served upon the
other party or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt
required, to the following addresses:

             Port:         Port of Chelan County
                           Post Office Box 849
                           Wenatchee, WA 98807-0849

             Cashmere:     CASHMERE MANUFACTURING, INC.
                           434 Olds Station Road
                           Wenatchee, WA 98801

      Notices mailed shall be deemed given on the date of mailing.  Port and
Cashmere shall notify each other of any change of address.


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

19.   COST AND ATTORNEY'S FEES.  In the event it is necessary for either party
to utilize the services of an attorney to enforce any of the provisions of this
Agreement, such enforcing party shall be entitled to compensation for its
reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.  In the event of litigation regarding any
of the terms of this Agreement, the substantially prevailing party shall be
entitled, in addition to other relief, to such reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs as determined by the court.

20.   INTERPRETATION.

      20.1   This Agreement has been submitted to the scrutiny of all parties
and their counsel, if desired, and it shall be given a fair and reasonable
interpretation in accordance with its words, without consideration to or weight
given to its being drafted by any party or its counsel.

      20.2   All words used in the singular shall include the plural; the
present tense shall include the future tense; and the masculine gender shall
include the feminine and neuter genders.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have set their hands and seals as of the
4th day of November, 1994, and state that they are authorized to execute this
instrument.

PORT OF CHELAN COUNTY                  CASHMERE MANUFACTURING, INC.


By:  /s/ Mark Urdahl                   By: /s/ Jack Jones
    -------------------------------        -----------------------------------
       Mark Urdahl                            Jack Jones
       Its Manager                            Its President


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.44





                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT

                                     between

                               THE BOEING COMPANY

                                       and

                         CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY








                                 NUMBER-PLR-950




                                       -1-
<PAGE>

                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


CLAUSE    TITLE                                                             PAGE
- - ------    -----                                                             ----

1.0       DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8

2.0       ISSUANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS
          AND APPLICABLE TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10

2.1       Issuance of Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10

2.2       Acceptance of Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10

2.3       Written Authorization to Proceed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10

2.4       Formation of Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

2.5       Rejection of Purchase orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

3.0       TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

4.0       DELIVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

4.1       Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

4.2       Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

5.0       ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT
          REPRESENTATIVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

5.1       Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

5.2       Resident Representatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12

6.0       INVOICE AND PAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12

7.0       PACKING AND SHIPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12

8.0       QUALITY CONTROL, INSPECTION
          REJECTION AND ACCEPTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13

8.1       Controlling Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

8.2       Inspection and Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13

8.3       Right of Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14

8.4       Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14

8.5       Federal Aviation Administration or
          Equivalent Government Agency Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . .     14

8.6       Retention of Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14

8.7       Source Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14

9.0       EXAMINATION OF RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14

10.0      CHANGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15

10.1      General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15

10.2      Obsolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15

10.3      Model Mix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16

11.0      PRODUCT ASSURANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16

12.0      TERMINATION/CANCELLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16

12.1      Termination-Convenience. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16

12.2      Cancellation-Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16

12.3      Excusable Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17

12.4      Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17

13.0      RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17

14.0      LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO
          ENCUMBER ASSETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17

15.0      PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND
          ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     18

16.0      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19


                                       -3-
<PAGE>


17.0      INFRINGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19

18.0      BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S
          INVENTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     20

19.0      BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S
          WORK PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     20

20.0      BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S, PATENTS 
          COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS AND TOOLING. . . . . . . . . . . . .     20

21.0      NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22

21.1      Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22

21.2      Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22

21.3      Approval or Consent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22

22.0      PUBLICITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22

23.0      FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22

24.0      SUBCONTRACTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23

25.0      NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23

26.0      ASSIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23

27.0      RELIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23

28.0      NON-WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24

29.0      HEADINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24

30.0      PARTIAL INVALIDITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24

31.0      APPLICABLE LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24

32.0      AMENDMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24

33.0      LIMITATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25

34.0      TAXES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

34.1      Inclusion of Taxes in Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25

34.2      Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25

34.3      Rebates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25

35.0      FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25

36.0      ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER
          OF PRECEDENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26

36.1      Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26

36.2      Incorporated By Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26

36.3      Order of Precedence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26

36.4      Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26




                                       -5-
<PAGE>

                                    REVISION

   REV
   SYM                      DESCRIPTION                     DATE     APPROVAL
   ---                      -----------                     ----     --------

 1        INCORPORATE NEW CONTRACT LANGUAGE L-71 (03-13-  08-22-91
          91) TO SHEET METAL OFF-LOAD CONTRACTS

 2    A.  UNDER SECTION 1.0 THE DEFINITION FOR CUSTOMER   08-11-94
          AND GOODS HAS BEEN ADDED.
      B.  UNDER 2.1 THE REFERENCE TO REV 4/83 HAS BEEN
          DELETED.

      C.  UNDER 6.0 LANGUAGE HAS BEEN ADDED FOR PAY FROM
          RECEIPT.

      D.  FORMER SECTION 8.3 "SALE TO THIRD PARTIES" HAS
          BEEN REMOVED AND THE PARAGRAPHS RENUMBERED.

      E.  UNDER 16.0 LANGUAGE HAS BEEN AMENDED TO
          SPECIFICALLY ADDRESS ENVIRONMENTAL
          LEGISLATION.
      F.  17.0 HAS BEEN MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS:

          "...PATENTS KNOWN TO SELLER AT THE TIME OF
          SUCH INFRINGEMENT AND THOSE EXCEEDING ACTUAL
          DAMAGES AND/OR INCLUDING ATTORNEYS' FEES..."



          A COMPLETE REPRINT OF THE DOCUMENT WAS ACCOMPLISHED WITH
          THIS AMENDMENT.  THE FOOTER ON THE CONTRACT WAS CHANGED TO
          REFLECT THE LATEST REVISION OF THE PRO FORMA (02-05-93).



                                       -6-
<PAGE>

                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT

                                   RELATING TO

                              BOEING MODEL AIRCRAFT


          THIS GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of
February 5, 1990, by Cashmere Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation,
with its principal office in Cashmere, Washington, ("Seller"), and Boeing
Commercial Airplane Group, a Division of The Boeing Company, a Delaware
corporation with its principal office in Seattle, Washington ("Buyer").

                                    RECITALS

A.        Buyer is currently producing commercial aircraft.

B.        Seller manufactures and sells certain goods and services for use in
          the production and support of commercial aircraft.

C.        Seller desires to sell and Buyer desires to purchase certain of
          Seller's goods and services for the production and support of
          commercial aircraft.

D.        Seller and Buyer desire to enter into an agreement for the sale by
          Seller and purchase by Buyer of Products as defined herein.

          Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth
          herein, the parties agree as follows:



                                       -7-
<PAGE>

                                   AGREEMENTS


1.0  DEFINITIONS
     The definitions set forth below shall apply to the following terms as they
     are used in any order issued pursuant to this General Terms Agreement.

     (a)  The term "Product" shall mean (a) goods purchased and described on any
          purchase order except for Rotating Use Tools and (b) services
          purchased and described on any purchase order.

     (b)  The term "FAR" shall mean the Federal Acquisition Regulations in
          effect on the date of this Agreement.

     (c)  The term "FAA" shall mean the United States Federal Aviation
          Administration or any successor agency of the Federal Aviation
          Administration.

     (d)  The term "Computer-Aided design" (CAD) shall mean (1) any computer
          system or program that supports the design process or, (2) the use of
          computers to assist engineering design in developing, producing, and
          evaluating design, data, and drawings.

     (e)  The term "Computer-Aided Manufacturing" (CAM) shall mean the use of
          computers and computer data in the development of a Product, including
          fabrication, assembly, and installation.

     (f)  The term "Computer-Aided Design/Computer-Aided Manufacturing"
          (CAD/CAM) shall mean engineering/Manufacturing applications released
          as datasets in a digital format and provided by the Buyer to the
          Seller to be utilized in the Manufacturing process.

     (g)  The term "Dataset" means any compilation of data or information
          (including, without limitation, numerical data, geometric definitions,
          program instructions or coded information) which may be used directly
          in, integrated with or applied to, a computer program for further
          processing.  A Dataset may be a composite of two or more other
          Datasets or an extract of a larger Dataset.

     (h)  The term "Drawing" shall mean an automated or manual depiction of
          graphics or technical information representing a Product including
          parts list and specifications relating thereto.

     (i)  Words importing the singular number shall also include the plural
          number and vice versa.


                                       -8-
<PAGE>


     (j)  The term "Tooling" shall mean all tooling, as defined in Boeing
          Document M31-24, "Boeing Suppliers Tooling Manual," described on any
          purchase order, including but not limited to Boeing-Use Tooling,
          Supplier-Use Tooling and Common-Use Tooling as defined in Boeing
          Document D6-49004, "Operations General Requirements for Suppliers,"
          and Rotating-Use Tooling as defined in Boeing Document M31-13,
          "Accountability of Inplant/Outplant Special (Contract) Tools."  For
          purposes of this Agreement, in the documents named in this
          subparagraph, the term "Supplier Use Tooling" shall be changed to
          Seller Use Tooling and the term "Boeing Use Tooling" shall be changed
          to Buyer Use Tooling.

     (k)  The term "Shipset" shall mean the total quantity of a given part
          number necessary for installation on one airplane.

     (l)  The term "Derivative" shall mean any model airplane developed from the
          existing Model airplane which has a new model designation and which
          satisfies all of the following criteria:  (1) has the same number of
          engines as the existing Model airplane; (2) utilizes essentially the
          same aerodynamic and propulsion design, major assembly components, and
          systems and the existing Model airplane and (3) achieves other
          payload/range combinations by changes in body length, engine thrust,
          or variations in certified gross weight.

     (m)  The term "End Item Assembly" shall mean any Product which is described
          by a single part number and which is comprised of more than one
          component part.

     (n)  The term "Spare" shall mean any Product, regardless of whether the
          product is an End Item Assembly or a Purchased on Assembly Production
          Detail part, which is to be used other than the initial production of
          the airplane.

     (o)  The term "Purchased on Assembly Production Detail Part (POA)" shall
          mean a component part of an End Item Assembly.

     (p)  "Materiel Representative" shall mean the employee and his/her
          management designated as such by Buyer from time to time, or in the
          absence of such designation, Buyer's employee and his/her management
          primarily responsible for dealing with Seller in connection with
          administration of an applicable Order.

     (q)  The term "Customer" shall mean any customer of Buyer, any subsequent
          owner, operator or user of the Products or Goods, and any other
          individual, partnership, corporation or person or entity which has or
          acquires any interest in the Goods or Products from, through or under
          Buyer.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     (r)  The term "Goods" shall mean Products, services, documents, data,
          software and other information or items furnished or to be furnished
          to Buyer under any purchase order.

2.0  ISSUANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS AND APPLICABLE TERMS

2.1  ISSUANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS
     Buyer may issue purchase orders to Seller from time to time.  Each purchase
     order shall contain a description of the Products ordered, a reference to
     the applicable specifications and drawings, the quantities and prices, the
     delivery schedule, the terms and place of delivery, any special conditions
     and the following notation:

          "This order is subject to and incorporates by this reference
          the General Terms Agreement PLR-950 between The Boeing
          Company and Cashmere Manufacturing Company dated February 5,
          1990."

     Each purchase order bearing such notation shall be governed by and be
     deemed to include the provisions of this Agreement.  Purchase Order Terms
     and Conditions, Form Dl-4100-4045, as revised from time to time, does not
     apply to such purchase orders.

2.2  ACCEPTANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS
     Each purchase order is Buyer's offer to Seller and acceptance is strictly
     limited to its terms.  Buyer will not be bound by and specifically objects
     to any term or condition which is different from or in addition to the
     provisions of the purchase order, whether or not such term or condition
     will materially alter the purchase order.  Seller's commencement of
     performance or acceptance of the purchase order in any manner shall
     conclusively evidence Seller's acceptance of the purchase order as written.
     Buyer may revoke any purchase order prior to Buyer's receipt of Seller's
     written acceptance or Seller's commencement of performance.

2.3  WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
     Buyer may give written authorization to Seller to commence performance
     before Buyer issues a purchase order.  If Buyer in its written
     authorization specifies that a purchase order will be issued, Buyer and
     Seller shall proceed as if a purchase order had been issued.  This
     Agreement, the applicable Special Business Provisions and the terms stated
     in the written authorization shall be deemed to be a part of Buyer's offer
     and the parties shall promptly agree on any open purchase order terms.  If
     Buyer does not specify in its written authorization that a purchase order
     shall be issued, Buyer's obligation is strictly limited to the terms of the
     written authorization.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     If Seller commences performance (a) before a purchase order is issued or
     (b) without receiving Buyer's prior written authorization to proceed, such
     performance shall be at Seller's expense.

2.4  FORMATION OF CONTRACT
     Each purchase order accepted by Seller is a contract between Buyer and
     Seller and shall be referred to herein as an "Order."

2.5  REJECTION OF PURCHASE ORDER
     Any rejection by Seller of a purchase order shall specify the reasons for
     rejection and any changes or additions that would make the purchase order
     acceptable to Seller; provided, however, that Seller may not reject any
     purchase order for reasons inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Agreement or the applicable Special Business Provisions.

3.0  TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

     Title to and risk of any loss of or damage to the Products shall pass from
     Seller to Buyer at the F.O.B. point specified in the applicable Order,
     except for loss or damage thereto resulting from Seller's fault or
     negligence.  Passage of title on delivery does not constitute Buyer's
     acceptance of Products.

4.0  DELIVERY

4.1  REQUIREMENTS
     Deliveries shall be strictly in accordance with the quantities, the
     schedule and other requirements specified in the applicable Order.  Seller
     may not make early deliveries without Buyer's prior written authorization.


4.2  DELAY
     Seller shall notify Buyer immediately, of any circumstances that may cause
     a delay in delivery, stating the estimated period of delay and the reasons
     therefore.  If requested by Buyer, Seller shall use additional effort,
     including premium effort, and shall ship via air or other expedited routing
     to avoid or minimize delay to the maximum extent possible.  All additional
     costs resulting from such premium effort or premium transportation shall be
     borne by Seller.  Nothing herein may be construed to prejudice any of the
     rights or remedies provided to Buyer in the applicable Order or by law.

5.0  ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES

5.1  REVIEW
     At Buyer's request, Seller shall provide at Buyer's facility, or at a place
     designated by Buyer, a review explaining the status of the Order, actions
     taken or planned to be taken relating to the order and any other relevant
     information.  Nothing herein may 


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     be construed as a waiver of Buyer's rights to proceed against Seller
     because of any delinquency.

5.2  RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES
     Buyer may in its discretion and for such periods as it deems necessary
     assign resident personnel at Seller's facilities in addition to the
     resident Quality Control personnel provided for in Section 8.4, "Right of
     Entry."  The resident team will function under the guidance of Buyer's
     manager who will provide program coordination within the scope of the work
     authorized by the Order.  The resident team will provide communication and
     coordination to ensure timely performance of the order.  Buyer's resident
     team shall be allowed access to all work areas, Order status reports and
     management review necessary to assure timely coordination and conformance
     with the requirements of each Order.  Seller, however, remains fully
     responsible for performing in accordance with each Order.

6.0  INVOICE AND PAYMENT
     Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, invoicing shall be in
     accordance with Document D6-55772 Pay From Receipt, which is incorporated
     herein and made a hereof by this reference.  Payment shall be in accordance
     with the Section identified as "Payment," of the Special Business
     Provisions.

7.0  PACKING AND SHIPPING
     Seller shall (a) prepare for shipment and suitably pack all Products to
     prevent damage or deterioration, (b) secure lowest transportation rates,
     (c) comply with the appropriate carrier tariff for the mode of
     transportation specified by Buyer and (d) comply with any special
     instructions stated in the applicable order.

     Buyer shall pay no charges for preparation, packing, crating or cartage
     unless stated in the applicable Order.  All shipments forwarded on one day
     via one route must be consolidated.  Each container must be consecutively
     numbered and marked with the applicable Order and part numbers.  Container
     and order numbers must be indicated on the applicable Bill of Lading.  Two
     copies of the packing sheets, showing the applicable Order numbers, must be
     attached to the No. 1 container of each shipment.  Products sold F.O.B.
     place of shipment must be forwarded collect.  Seller may not make any
     declaration concerning the value of the Products shipped, except on
     Products where the tariff rating or rate depends on the released or
     declared value, and in such event the value shall be released or declared
     at the maximum value for the lowest tariff rating or rate.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

8.0  QUALITY CONTROL, INSPECTION, REJECTION, & ACCEPTANCE

8.1  CONTROLLING DOCUMENT
     The controlling Quality Control Document for orders under this Agreement
     shall be identified on the individual purchase orders. Said orders shall
     identify the document in accordance with one of the following:

     8.1.1     All work performed under this order shall be in accordance with
               Document Dl-8000A, "Quality Control Requirements for Boeing
               Suppliers," Revision F as said Document may be amended from time
               to time; or

     8.1.2     All work performed under this order shall be in accordance with
               Document Dl-9000, "Advance Quality System for Boeing Suppliers,"
               as said Document may be amended from time to time.

     NOTE:  In the event that Buyer fails to identify the controlling document
     on the individual order then Section 8.1.2, as outlined above, shall govern
     the order.

8.2  INSPECTION AND REJECTION
     Products shall be subject to final inspection and acceptance by Buyer at
     destination, notwithstanding any payment or prior inspection.  Buyer may
     reject any or all of the Products which do not strictly conform to the
     requirements of the applicable Order.  Buyer shall by notice, rejection tag
     or other communication notify Seller of such rejection.  At Seller's risk
     and expense, all such Products will be returned to Seller for immediate
     repair, replacement or other correction and redelivery to Buyer; provided,
     however, that with respect to any or all of such Products and at Buyer's
     election and at Seller's risk and expense, Buyer may: (a) hold, retain or
     return such Products without permitting any repair, replacement or other
     correction by Seller; (b) hold or retain such Products for repair by Seller
     or, at Buyer's election, for repair by Buyer with such assistance from
     Seller as Buyer may require; (c) hold such Products until Seller has
     delivered conforming replacements for such Products; (d) hold such Products
     until conforming replacements are obtained from a third party; or (e)
     return such Products with instructions to Seller as to whether the Products
     shall be repaired or replaced and as to the manner of redelivery.  All
     repair, replacement and other corrections and redelivery shall be completed
     within such time as Buyer may require.  All costs and expenses, loss of
     value and any other damages incurred as a result of or in connection with
     nonconformance and repair, replacement or other correction may be recovered
     from Seller by an equitable price reduction, set-off or credit against any
     amounts that may be owed to Seller under the applicable Order or otherwise.

     Buyer may revoke its acceptance of any Products and have the same rights
     with regard to the Products involved as if it had originally rejected them.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

8.3  RIGHT OF ENTRY
     Buyer's authorized representatives may enter Seller's plant at all
     reasonable times to conduct preliminary inspections and tests of the
     Products and work-in-process.  Seller shall include in its subcontracts
     issued in connection with an Order a like provision giving Buyer the right
     to enter the plants of Seller's subcontractors.  Buyer may assign
     representatives at Seller's plant on a full-time basis.  Seller shall
     furnish, free of charge, all office space, secretarial service and other
     facilities and assistance reasonably required by Buyer's representatives at
     Seller's plant.

8.4  CERTIFICATION
     A certification that materials and/or finished Products have been
     controlled and tested in accordance with and will meet specified Order
     requirements and applicable specifications and that records are on file
     subject to Buyer's examination shall be included on or with the packing
     sheet accompanying shipments.

     In the case of Spares, the drawing or specification revision level will be
     noted on the packing sheet.  The packing sheet shall note if Buyer has
     provided materials.  Copies of manufacturing planning, test and inspection
     results or certifications shall be furnished to Buyer on its request.

8.5  FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION OR EQUIVALENT GOVERNMENT AGENCY INSPECTION
     Representatives of Boeing or the FAA may inspect and evaluate Seller's
     plant including, but not limited to, Seller's facilities, systems, data,
     equipment, personnel, testing, and all work-in-process and completed
     Products manufactured for installation on Boeing commercial Airplanes.  The
     Seller's costs for such inspection and evaluation are included in the Order
     price.

8.6  RETENTION OF RECORDS
     Quality Control records shall be maintained on file and available to
     Buyer's authorized representatives.  Seller shall retain such records for a
     period of not less than seven years from the date of final payment under
     the applicable Order.  Prior to disposal of any such records, Buyer shall
     be notified and Seller shall transfer such records as Buyer may direct.

8.7  SOURCE INSPECTION
     If an Order contains a notation that "100% Source Inspection" is required,
     the Products shall not be packed for shipment until they have been
     submitted to Buyer's quality Control representative for inspection.  Both
     the packing list and Seller's invoice must reflect evidence of this
     inspection.

9.0  EXAMINATION OF RECORDS
     Seller shall maintain complete and accurate records showing the sales
     volume of all Products.  Such records shall support all services performed,
     allowances claimed and costs incurred by Seller in the performance of each
     Order, including but not limited to 


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     those factors which comprise or affect direct labor hours, direct labor
     rates, material costs, burden rates and subcontracts.  Such records and
     other data shall be capable of verification through audit and analysis by
     Buyer and be available to Buyer at Seller's facility for Buyer's
     examination and audit at all reasonable times from the date of the
     applicable Order until three (3) years after final payment under such
     Order.  Seller shall provide assistance to interpret such data if required
     by Buyer.  Such examination shall provide Buyer with complete information
     regarding Seller's performance for use in price negotiations with Seller
     relating to existing or future orders for Products (including but not
     limited to negotiation of equitable adjustments for changes and
     termination/obsolescence claims pursuant to Section 10.0, "Changes." Buyer
     shall treat such information as confidential.

10.0 CHANGES

10.1 GENERAL
     Buyer's Materiel Representative may at any time by written change order
     make changes within the general scope of an Order in any one or more of the
     following:  (a) drawings, designs, or specifications; (b) shipping or
     packing; (c) place of inspection, delivery or acceptance; (d) adjustments
     in quantities and delivery schedules, or both; and (e) the amount of Buyer-
     Furnished Material.  Seller shall proceed immediately to perform the Order
     as changed.  If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost
     of or the time required for the performance of any part of the work,
     whether changed or not changed by the change order, an equitable adjustment
     shall be made in the price of or the delivery schedule for those Products
     affected, and the applicable Order shall be modified in writing
     accordingly.  Any claim by Seller for adjustment under this Section 10.0
     must be received by Buyer in writing within one hundred eighty (180) days
     from the date of receipt by Seller of the written change order or
     engineering drawing requirement, whichever is later, or within such further
     time as the parties may agree in writing or such claim shall be deemed
     waived.   Nothing in this Section shall excuse Seller from proceeding with
     an Order as changed, including failure of the parties to agree on any
     adjustment to be made under this Section.

     If Seller considers that the conduct of any of Buyer's employees has
     constituted a change hereunder, Seller shall immediately notify Buyer in
     writing as to the nature of such conduct and its effect on Seller's
     performance.  Pending direction from Buyer's Materiel Representative,
     Seller shall take no action to implement any such change.

10.2 OBSOLESCENCE
     Claims for obsolete or surplus material and work-in-process created by
     change orders issued pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the
     procedures set forth in Section 12.1, "Termination-Convenience," except
     that Seller may not submit a claim for obsolete or surplus material
     resulting from an individual change order that has a total claim value of
     Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) or less.  Payment for 


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     obsolete or surplus materials shall be made by check deposited as first
     class mail in the United States Postal Service to the address designated by
     Seller in Section 21.1, "Addresses."  Payment will be made on the tenth
     (10th) day of the month following the month of the obsolescence claim
     settlement.

10.3 MODEL MIX
     In the event any Derivative aircraft(s) is introduced by Buyer, Buyer may
     (but is not obligated to) direct Seller within the scope of the applicable
     Order and in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.0, "Changes," to
     supply Buyer's requirements for Products for such Derivative aircraft(s)
     which correspond to those Products being produced under the applicable
     order.

11.0 PRODUCT ASSURANCE
     Buyer's acceptance of any Product does not alter or affect the obligations
     of Seller or the rights of Buyer and its customers under the document
     referenced in the Section identified as "Product Assurance," in the Special
     Business Provisions or as provided by law.

12.0 TERMINATION/CANCELLATION

12.1 TERMINATION-CONVENIENCE
     Buyer may terminate an Order in whole or in part for convenience in
     accordance with the provisions of FAR 52.249-2, and such clause is
     incorporated herein by this reference subject to the following
     modifications.  In FAR 52.249-2 "Government" and "Contracting Officer"
     shall mean Buyer, "Contractor" shall mean Seller and "this Contract and
     "the Contract" shall mean such Order.  All references to one year in
     paragraph (d) of such clause are changed to six (6) months, and all
     references to a "Disputes" clause are deleted.  Any termination settlement
     proposal submitted by Seller shall be limited to work covered by such
     Order.


12.2 CANCELLATION-DEFAULT
     Buyer may cancel the whole or any part of an Order for default in
     accordance with the provisions of FAR 52.249-8, which is incorporated
     herein by this reference subject to the following modifications.  In FAR
     52.249-8 "Government" and "Contracting Officer," except in paragraph (c),
     shall mean Buyer, "Contractor" shall mean Seller, "this Contract" and "the
     Contract" shall mean such Order, and all references to a "Disputes" clause
     are deleted.  If the parties fail to agree pursuant to paragraph (f) of FAR
     52.249-8 on the amount to be paid for manufacturing materials referred to
     in paragraph (e) of FAR 52-249-8, the amount shall be the reasonable value
     thereof, but not to exceed that portion of the order price which is
     reasonably allocable to such materials.


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

12.3 EXCUSABLE DELAY
     If delivery of any Product cannot be made within one (1) month after the
     delivery date stated in the applicable order due to a delay for which
     Seller would not be liable for excess costs under FAR 52.249-8 (c) (an
     "excusable delay"), Buyer may, at anytime after Buyer becomes aware of such
     delay, cancel such Order with respect to any or all Products in accordance
     with FAR 52.249-8 as modified in Section 12.2 above, but without any
     liability on Buyer's part except  to pay the Order price for delivered and
     accepted Products.

12.4 OTHER
     Buyer may give written notice to Seller to cancel the whole or any part of
     an Order in the event of: (a) the suspension of Seller's business; (b) the
     insolvency of Seller; (c) the institution of reorganization, arrangement or
     liquidation proceedings by or against Seller; (d) the appointment of a
     trustee or receiver for Seller's property or business; (e) an assignment
     for the benefit or creditors of Seller, or (f) Seller's trustee in
     bankruptcy or Seller as debtor in possession not assuming such Order
     pursuant to a  Federal Bankruptcy Court's approval within sixty (60) days
     after the bankruptcy petition was filed.  Such cancellation shall be for
     default and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined
     as provided in Section 12.2, "Cancellation -- Default."

13.0 RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY
     On delivery to Seller or manufacture or acquisition by it of any materials,
     parts, tooling or other property, title to any of which is in Buyer, Seller
     shall assume the risk of and shall be responsible for any loss thereof or
     damage thereto.  In accordance with the provisions of an Order, but in any
     event on completion thereof, Seller shall return such property to Buyer in
     the condition in which it was received except for reasonable wear and tear
     and except to the extent that such property has been incorporated in
     Products delivered under such Order or has been consumed in the normal
     performance of work under such Order.

14.0 LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO ENCUMBER ASSETS
     Seller warrants to Buyer that it has good title to all inventory, work-in-
     process, tooling and materials to be supplied by Seller in the performance
     of its obligations under any Order ("Inventory"), and that pursuant to the
     provisions of such Order, it will transfer to Buyer title to such
     Inventory, whether transferred separately or as part of any Product
     delivered under the Order, free of any liens, charges, encumbrances or
     rights of others.  Seller further agrees that it shall not sell, assign,
     lease, transfer possession of, grant a security interest in, allow to be
     attached or seized on execution or otherwise, allow a financing statement
     describing the Inventory to be filed in favor of anyone other than Buyer,
     or in any other way dispose of or encumber any item of Inventory or any
     part thereof without the prior written approval of Buyer.


                                      -17-
<PAGE>

15.0 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND ITEMS
     Each party hereto agrees to keep confidential and not disclose to any other
     person, corporation, or business organization all confidential,
     proprietary, and/or trade secret information received from the other party
     in connection with any Order (hereinafter Proprietary Information).  Each
     party hereto further agrees to use Proprietary Information only for
     purposes necessary to the performance of an Order, provided that Buyer
     shall also have the right to use and disclose Proprietary Information for
     any purpose necessary to the testing, certification, use, sale, or support
     of any item delivered under an Order or any airplane including such an
     item, and provided further that any such disclosure by Buyer shall,
     whenever appropriate, include a restrictive legend suitable to the
     particular circumstances.  For purposes of this Section, Proprietary
     Information shall:

     (a)  not include information already in the public domain, or known to (as
          evidence by written records) and under the unrestricted control of the
          receiving party, when first received from the other party;

     (b)  lose its status as Proprietary Information if, and as of the date
          when, it becomes part of the public domain through no wrongful or
          negligent act of the receiving party, is received by the receiving
          party without restriction from another who had the right to so
          disclose it, or is developed by the receiving party entirely
          independently of any disclosure from the other party; and

     (c)  include only (i) information disclosed in written or other physically
          tangible form with an appropriate restrictive legend and (ii)
          information disclosed orally where the receiving party is notified of
          the proprietary nature of the information prior to such disclosure and
          the proprietary status of the orally disclosed information is
          confirmed to the receiving party by the other party within ten (10)
          working days of such disclosure in a writing which identified the
          person(s) making the disclosure and the place and date thereof, lists
          the names of the receiving party's employee(s) receiving such
          disclosure, and describes the information so disclosed.

     All documents and other tangible media (excluding Products) containing or
     conveying Proprietary Information and transferred in connection with an
     Order, together with any copies thereof, are and remain the property of the
     transmitting party and shall, except to the extent that they are needed by
     Buyer for the purpose of testing, certifying, using, selling, or supporting
     an item delivered under an Order or an airplane containing such an item, be
     promptly returned, or at the option of the transmitting party destroyed,
     upon the written request of the transmitting party.

     Neither the existence of this Agreement nor the disclosure of Proprietary
     Information or any other information hereunder shall be construed as
     granting expressly, by implication, by estoppel, or otherwise a license
     under any invention or patent now or 


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

     hereafter owned or controlled by the transmitting party.  No disclosure or
     receipt of Proprietary Information or any other information by either party
     under this Agreement will constitute or be construed as a representation,
     warranty, assurance, guarantee or inducement by either party to the other
     with respect to any infringement of the patent rights of another.

     The obligations of each of the parties hereto with respect to Proprietary
     Information disclosed hereunder prior to the completion, termination, or
     cancellation of this Agreement shall not, except as expressly set forth
     herein, be affected by such completion, termination, or cancellation.

     Notwithstanding the restrictions on disclosure set forth hereinabove,
     either party to this Agreement may disclose Proprietary Information to its
     lower tier subcontractors as necessary in connection with Orders, provided
     that each such subcontractor first assumes by written agreement all of the
     obligations imposed on a receiving party under this Agreement relative to
     such Proprietary Information.

16.0 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
     Seller shall be responsible for complying with all laws, including, but not
     limited to, any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, order, or
     permit applicable to its performance under this Agreement.  Seller further
     agrees (1) to notify Buyer of any obligation under this Agreement which is
     prohibited under applicable environmental law, at the earliest opportunity
     but in all events sufficiently in advance of Seller's performance of such
     obligation so as to enable the identification of alternative methods of
     performance, and (2) to notify Buyer at the earliest possible opportunity
     of any aspect of its performance which becomes subject to additional
     environmental regulation or which Seller reasonably believes will become
     subject to additional regulation during the performance of this Agreement.

17.0 INFRINGEMENT
     Seller shall indemnify, defend, and save Buyer and Customers harmless from
     all claims, suits, actions, awards (including but not limited to awards
     based on intentional infringement of patents known to Seller at the time of
     such infringement and those exceeding actual damages and/or including
     attorneys' fees), liabilities, damages, costs and attorneys' fees related
     to the actual or alleged infringement of any United States or foreign
     intellectual property right (including but not limited to any right in a
     patent, copyright, industrial design or semiconductor mask work, or based
     on misappropriation or wrongful use of information or documents) and
     arising out of the manufacture, sale or use of Goods by Buyer or Customers.
     Buyer and/or Customers shall duly notify Seller of any such claim, suit or
     action; and Seller shall, at its own expense, fully defend such claim, suit
     or action on behalf of Buyer and/or Customers.  Seller shall have no
     obligation under this section with regard to any infringement arising from:
     (i) Seller's compliance with formal specifications issued by Buyer where
     infringement could not be avoided in complying with such specifications or
     (ii) 


                                      -19-
<PAGE>

     use or sale of Goods in combination with other items when such infringement
     would not have occurred from the use or sale of those Products solely for
     the purpose for which they were designed or sold by Seller.  For purposes
     of this section only, the term Customer shall not include the United States
     Government; and the term Buyer shall include The Boeing Company (Boeing)
     and all Boeing subsidiaries and all officers, agents, and employees of
     Boeing or any Boeing subsidiary.

18.0 BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S INVENTIONS
     As a part of this order and without any additional compensation to Seller,
     Buyer shall own all right, title, and interest in and to all inventions,
     discoveries, and improvements (hereinafter "Inventions"), whether or not
     patentable, which are conceived, developed, or first reduced to practice by
     Seller's agents, employees, or independent contractors (hereinafter
     "Personnel") on behalf of Seller, either alone or with others, provided
     such Inventions relate directly to the subject matter with which Seller's
     work for Buyer hereunder is concerned and are made while Seller's Personnel
     are assigned to perform services under this Order, and irrespective of
     whether or not such Inventions are conceived, developed, or first reduced
     to practice during working hours.  Seller and Seller's Personnel shall (1)
     disclose such Inventions to Buyer promptly and in written detail, (2)
     assist Buyer in obtaining patent protection for all such Inventions in the
     United States and any foreign countries specified by Buyer, (3)  assign all
     patent rights in such Inventions to Buyer or its designee forthwith and
     without charge, and (4) execute all instruments and render all such
     assistance as may reasonably be required in order to protect the rights of
     Buyer or its designee in such Inventions.  Seller shall also require its
     Personnel who are to perform services under this Order to execute
     appropriate agreements which obligate such Seller Personnel to Buyer with
     respect to such Inventions to the same extent that Seller is obligated to
     Buyer under this paragraph, and copies of such agreements shall be
     furnished to Buyer upon request.

19.0 BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S WORK PRODUCT
     As a part of this Order and without any additional compensation to Seller,
     Buyer shall own all right, title and interest in and to all work product
     generated by Seller in the performance of this Order including, without
     limitation, all designs, drawings, data, models, prototypes, reports,
     specifications, and computer programs.  Copies of such work product shall
     be made available to Buyer upon request at any time, and all tangible
     embodiments of such work product shall, at the option of Buyer, be
     delivered to Buyer upon the completion or termination of this Order.

20.0 BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS
     AND TOOLING
     Seller hereby grants to Buyer an irrevocable, nonexclusive, free, paid-up
     license to practice and/or use, and license others to practice and/or use
     on Buyer's behalf, all of Seller's patents, copyrights, trade secrets
     (including, without limitation, designs, processes, drawings, technical
     data and tooling), and tooling (hereinafter "Licensed 


                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     Property") related to the development, production, maintenance or repair of
     Products.  Buyer hereafter retains all its rights to use Licensed Property,
     but Buyer hereby covenants not to exercise such rights except in connection
     with the making, having made, using and selling of Products or products of
     the same kind, and then only in the event of any of the following:

     a.   Seller discontinues or suspends business operations or the production
          of any or all of the Products;

     b.   Seller is acquired by or transfers any or all of its rights to
          manufacture any Product to any third party, whether or not related;

     c.   Buyer cancels this Agreement or any Order for cause;

     d.   Seller breaches this Agreement or any Order;

     e.   Seller fails to deliver Products in accordance with this Agreement or
          any Order;

     f.   In Buyers judgement it becomes necessary, in order for Seller to
          comply with the terms of this Agreement or any Order, for Buyer to
          provide support to Seller (in the form of design, manufacturing, or
          on-site personnel assistance) substantially in excess of that which
          Buyer normally provides to its suppliers;

     g.   five (5) years shall have elapsed from date of the first order by
          Buyer;

     h.   Seller's trustee in bankruptcy (or Seller as debtor in possession)
          fails to assume this Agreement and all Orders by formal entry of an
          order in the bankruptcy court within sixty (60) days after entry of an
          order for relief in a bankruptcy case of the Seller, and/or Buyer
          elects to retain its rights to Licensed Property pursuant to section
          365(n)(1)(B) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy
          Code"), 11 U.S.C. 101-1330;

     i.   Seller is at any time insolvent (whether measured under a balance
          sheet test or by the failure to pay debts as they come due) or the
          subject of any insolvency or debt assignment proceeding under state or
          nonbankruptcy law; or

     j.   Seller voluntarily becomes a debtor in any case under the Bankruptcy
          Code or, in the event an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed
          against Seller, such petition is not dismissed within thirty (30)
          days.

     As a part of the license granted under this section, Seller shall, at the
     written request of Buyer and at no additional cost to Buyer, promptly
     deliver to Buyer any and all 


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

     Licensed Property considered by Buyer to be necessary to satisfy Buyer's
     production requirements for Products and products of the same kind.

21.0 NOTICES

21.1 ADDRESSES
     Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
     delivery, United States mail, telex, Teletype, telegram, facsimile, or
     cable addressed to the respective party as follows:

     To Buyer: BOEING COMMERCIAL AIRPLANE GROUP
               MATERIEL DIVISION
               P.O. Box 3707
               Seattle, Washington 98124-2207
               Attention:     Buyer:
                              Mail Stop:

     To Seller:Cashmere Manufacturing Company
               102 Maple Street
               Cashmere, WA 98815
               Attention:  Contracts

21.2 EFFECTIVE DATE
     The date on which  any  such  communication  is  received by the addressee
     is the effective date of such communication.

21.3 APPROVAL OR CONSENT
     With respect to all matters subject to the approval or consent of either
     party, such approval or consent shall be requested in writing and is not
     effective until given in writing.  With respect to Buyer, authority to
     grant approval or consent is limited to Buyer's Materiel Representative.

22.0 PUBLICITY
     Seller may not, and shall require that its subcontractors and suppliers of
     any tier may not, cause or permit to be released any publicity,
     advertisement, news release, public announcement, or denial or confirmation
     of the same, in whatever form, regarding any aspect of any Order without
     Buyer's prior written approval.

23.0 FACILITIES
     Seller shall bear all risks of providing adequate facilities and equipment
     to perform each Order in accordance with the terms thereof.  If any
     contemplated use of government or other facilities or equipment is not
     permitted by the government or is not available for any other reason,
     Seller shall be responsible for arranging for equivalent facilities and
     equipment at no cost to Buyer.  Any failure to do so does not 


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

     excuse any deficiencies in Seller's performance or affect Buyer's right to
     cancel under Section 12.2, "Cancellation-Default," or under any provision
     of law.

24.0 SUBCONTRACTING
     Seller may not procure any Product, as defined in the applicable order,
     from a third party in a completed or a substantially completed form without
     Buyer's prior written consent.

     No raw material may be incorporated in a Product (a) unless procured from a
     Buyer approved source or (b) unless Buyer has surveyed and qualified
     Seller's receiving inspection personnel and laboratories to test the
     specified raw materials.  Seller may request in writing, that Buyer survey
     and qualify additional sources of raw materials.  No waiver of survey and
     qualification requirements will be effective unless granted by Buyer's
     Engineering and Quality Control Departments.  Utilization of a Buyer-
     approved raw material source does not constitute a waiver of Seller's
     responsibility to meet all specification requirements.

25.0 NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES
     Seller shall immediately notify Buyer of any actual or potential labor
     dispute that may disrupt the timely performance of an Order.  Seller shall
     include the substance of this Section, including this sentence, in any
     subcontract relating to an Order if a labor dispute involving the
     subcontractor would have the potential to delay the timely performance of
     such Order.  Each subcontractor, however, shall only be required to give
     the necessary notice and information to its next higher-tier subcontractor.

26.0 ASSIGNMENT
     Each Order shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on each of the
     parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided
     however, that no assignment of any rights or delegation of any duties under
     such Order is binding on Buyer unless Buyer's written consent has first
     been obtained.  Notwithstanding the above, Seller may assign claims for
     monies due or to become due under any Order provided that Buyer may recoup
     or setoff any amounts covered by any such assignment against any
     indebtedness of Seller to Buyer, whether arising before or after the date
     of the assignment or the date of this Agreement, and whether arising out of
     any such Order or any other agreement between the parties.

     Buyer may settle all claims arising out of any Order, including termination
     claims, directly with Seller.  Buyer may unilaterally assign any rights or
     title to property under the Order to any wholly-owned subsidiary of The
     Boeing Company.

27.0 RELIANCE
     Seller acknowledges that Seller is an expert in all phases of the work
     involved in producing and supporting the Products, including but not
     limited to the designing, testing, developing, manufacturing, improving,
     overhauling and servicing of the 


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     Products.  Seller agrees that Buyer and Buyer's customers may rely on
     Seller as an expert, and Seller will not deny any responsibility or
     obligation hereunder to Buyer or Buyer's customers on the grounds that
     Buyer or Buyer's customers provided recommendations or assistance in any
     phase of the work involved in producing or supporting the Products,
     including but not limited to Buyer's acceptance of specifications, test
     data or the Products.

28.0 NON-WAIVER
     Buyer's failure at any time to enforce any provision of an Order does not
     constitute a waiver of such provision or prejudice Buyer's right to enforce
     such provision at any subsequent time.

29.0 HEADINGS
     Article and Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient
     reference only and do not affect the interpretation of the Agreement.

30.0 PARTIAL INVALIDITY
     If any provision of any Order is or becomes void or unenforceable by force
     or operation of law, the other provisions shall remain valid and
     enforceable.

31.0 APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION
     Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
     performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and
     enforced in accordance with, the law of the State of Washington as
     applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed wholly within such
     State between citizens of such State, without reference to any rules
     governing conflicts of law.  Seller hereby irrevocably consents to and
     submits itself to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court for King County,
     State of Washington and to the jurisdiction of the United States District
     Court for the Western District of Washington for the purpose of any suit,
     action or other judicial proceeding arising out of or connected with any
     order or the performance or subject matter thereof.  Seller hereby waives
     and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in
     any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that (a) Seller is not
     personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, (b) the
     suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or (c) the
     venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.

32.0 AMENDMENT
     Oral statements and understandings are not valid or binding.  Except for
     the provisions of Section 10.0, "Changes," of this Agreement and Section
     5.0, "Changes," of the Special Business Provisions, any Order may not be
     changed or modified except by a writing signed by both parties.


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

33.0 LIMITATION
     Seller may not (except to provide an inventory of Products to support
     delivery acceleration and to satisfy reasonable replacement and Spares
     requirements) manufacture or fabricate Products or procure any goods in
     advance of the reasonable flow time required to comply with the delivery
     schedule in the applicable order.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
     an Order, Seller is not entitled to any equitable adjustment or other
     modification of such Order for any manufacture, fabrication, or procurement
     of Products not in conformity with the requirements of the Order, unless
     Buyer's written consent has first been obtained.  Nothing in this Section
     shall be construed as relieving Seller of any of its obligations under the
     Order.

34.0 TAXES

34.1 INCLUSION OF TAXES IN PRICE
     All taxes, including but not limited to federal, state and local income
     taxes, value added taxes, gross receipt taxes, property taxes, and custom
     duties taxes are deemed to be included in the Order price, except
     applicable sales or use taxes on sales to Buyer ("Sales Taxes") for which
     Buyer has not supplied a valid exemption certificate.

34.2 LITIGATION
     In the event that any state or local taxing authority has claimed or does
     claim payment for Sales Taxes, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer, and
     Seller shall take such action as Buyer may direct to pay or protest such
     taxes or to defend against such claim.  The actual and direct expenses,
     without the addition of profit and overhead, of such defense and the
     amount, of such taxes as ultimately determined as due and payable shall be
     paid directly by Buyer or reimbursed to Seller.  If Seller or Buyer is
     successful in defending such claim, the amount of such taxes recovered by
     Seller, which had previously been paid by Seller and reimbursed by Buyer or
     paid directly by Buyer, shall be immediately refunded to Buyer.

34.3 REBATES
     If any taxes paid by Buyer are subject to rebate or reimbursement, Seller
     shall take the necessary actions to secure such rebates or reimbursement
     and shall promptly refund to Buyer any amount recovered.

35.0 FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET
     With respect to work covered by the Order, Seller shall use its best
     efforts to cooperate with Buyer in the fulfillment of any foreign offset
     program obligation that Buyer may have accepted as a condition of the sale
     of Buyer's product.  In the event that Seller solicits bids and/or
     proposals for, or procures or offers to procure any goods or services
     relating to the work covered by an Order form any source outside of the
     United States, Buyer shall be entitled, to the exclusion of all others, to
     all industrial benefits and other "offset" credits which may result from
     such solicitations, 


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

     procurements or offers to procure.  Seller agrees to take any actions that
     may be required on its part to assure that Buyer receives such credits. 
     Seller further agrees to report to Buyer any such foreign procurement
     activity if and when required by the Section identified as "Foreign
     Procurement Report," of the Special Business Provisions, as revised from
     time to time by Buyer.

36.0 ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

36.1 ENTIRE AGREEMENT
     The Order sets forth the entire agreement, and supersedes any and all other
     agreements, understandings and communications between Buyer and Seller
     related to the subject matter of an Order.

36.2 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
     In addition to the documents previously incorporated herein by reference,
     the documents listed below are by this reference made a part of this
     Agreement:

     A.   Engineering Drawing by Part Number and Related Outside Production
          Specification Plan (SPCO).

     B.   Any other exhibits or documents agreed to by the parties to be a part
          of this Agreement.

36.3 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
     In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any of the terms of the
     following documents, the following order of precedence shall control:

     A.   Special Business Provisions (Excluding E below)

     B.   General Terms Agreement (Excluding the documents listed in D and F
          below)

     C.   Order (Excluding references to A and B above)

     D.   Engineering Drawing by Part Number and Related outside Production
          Specification Plan (SPCO).

     E.   Administrative Agreement (If Required)

     F.   Any other exhibits or documents the parties agree shall be part of the
          Agreement.

36.4 DISCLAIMER
     Unless otherwise specified on the face of the applicable Order, any CATIA
     Dataset or translation thereof (each or collectively "Data") furnished by
     The Boeing Company is 


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

     furnished as an accommodation to Seller.  It is the Seller's responsibility
     to compare such Data to the comparable two dimensional computer aided
     design drawing to confirm the accuracy of the Data.

     BUYER HEREBY DISCLAIMS, AND SELLER HEREBY WAIVES, ALL WARRANTIES AND
     LIABILITIES OF BUYER AND ALL CLAIMS AND REMEDIES OF SELLER, EXPRESS OR
     IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DEFECT IN ANY
     CATIA DATASET OR TRANSLATION THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
     (A) IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE OR FOR A
     PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (B) ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING
     OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE, (C) RECOVERY BASED UPON TORT, WHETHER OR
     NOT ARISING FROM BUYER'S NEGLIGENCE, AND (D) ANY RECOVERY BASED UPON
     DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE
     BASED UPON LOSS OF USE OR PROFIT OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
     DAMAGES.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first written above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY  CASHMERE MANUFACTURING
by and through its division   COMPANY
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group


Name:     /s/ Nancy V. Rosser           Name:     /s/ John Eder     
          -------------------                     ------------------
Title:    Buyer                         Title:    General Manager
Date:     8-15-94                       Date:     8-15-94




                                      -27-


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.45

                             MATERIAL OMITTED PURSUANT TO
                          CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT APPLICATION



                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                       between




                                  THE BOEING COMPANY


                                         and


                            CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY








                                Number L-890821-814ON


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS ("SBP") are entered into as of December 18,
1992 by Cashmere Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation with its
principal office in Cashmere, Washington ("Seller"), and Boeing Commercial
Airplane Group, a division of The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation with
its principal office in Seattle, Washington ("Buyer").

                                       RECITALS

A.   Buyer and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement (the "Agreement")
     dated February 5, 1990 for the sale by Seller and purchase by Buyer of
     Products.

B.   Buyer and Seller desire to enter into another agreement to include these
     Special Business Provisions relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by
     Buyer of the Products.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the
parties agree as follows:


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

1.   DEFINITIONS

     The definitions used herein shall be the same as used in the Agreement.
     In addition, the term "Rate Tool Capacity" shall mean the quantity of
     tooling required to support a production rate not to exceed 21 shipsets on
     the 737, 10 shipsets on the 747, 10 shipsets on the 757, and 10 shipsets
     on the 767, and the term "Initial Order" shall mean the order as it first
     exists, prior to Amendment or Change.

2.   PURCHASE ORDER NOTE

     The following note shall be contained in any Order to which these Special
     Business Provisions are applicable:

           This Order is subject to and incorporates by this reference the
           Special Business Provisions L-890821814ON between The Boeing Company
           and Cashmere Mfg.  Company dated December 18, 1992.

     Each order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to include
     the provisions of these Special Business Provisions.

3.   PRICES

     3.1   FIRM FIXED PRICES

           The prices of Products to be delivered on or before December 31,
           1996 are listed in Attachment "l" which by this reference are
           incorporated herein and are firm fixed prices in United States
           dollars, F.O.B. Cashmere, Washington.

     3.2   MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE

           Unit pricing for each part number shown in Attachment "l" reflects
           the latest revisions of the Engineering Drawings and Outside
           Production Specification Plans (OPSP's) at the time of the signing
           of these Special Business Provisions.

     3.3   PACKAGING

           The prices shown in Attachment "l" do include packaging costs.
           Packaging shall be furnished by the Seller.  If necessary, Seller
           may repair or furnish additional packaging upon approval by Buyer of
           Seller's price proposal for such


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

           repair or additional packaging.  Separate purchase orders shall be
           released by Buyer to cover such expense (if applicable).

4.   PURCHASE ORDER ISSUANCE

     Buyer and Seller agree that, in addition to other provisions of the Order
     and in consideration of the prices set forth under Section 3.1, "Firm
     Fixed Prices," Buyer shall issue purchase orders for the Products listed
     in Attachment "1" from time to time to Seller for Buyer's requirements
     WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THOSE REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS, AS IDENTIFIED IN
     ATTACHMENT "1", WHICH MAY BE SUBJECT TO COMMITMENTS TO AN OFFSET SUPPLIER.
     Said Products are to be shipped at any scheduled rate of delivery, as
     determined by Buyer, but not to exceed the Rate Tool Capacity, and Seller
     shall sell to Buyer Buyer's requirements of such products, provided that,
     without limitation on Buyer's right to determine its requirements, Buyer
     shall not be obligated to issue any purchase orders for any given Product
     if:

           A.    Any of Buyer's customers specify an alternate product;

           B.    Such Product is, in Buyer's reasonable judgment, not
                 technologically competitive at any time.  "Technologically
                 competitive" shall be defined as significant changes to
                 Product design, including materials, specifications or
                 manufacturing processes which result in a reduced price or
                 weight.

           C.    Buyer gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of
                 Buyer's aircraft which will result in Buyer's no longer
                 requiring such Product for such aircraft;

           D.    Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations
                 under any order, whether or not Buyer has issued a notice of
                 default to Seller pursuant to Section 12.2, "Cancellation -
                 Default," of the Agreement; or

           E.    Buyer reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Buyer's
                 requirements for Products in the amounts and within the
                 delivery schedules Buyer requires.

5.   CHANGES

     5.1   CHANGES AT NO COST


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

           Notwithstanding the provision for an equitable adjustment in Section
           10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement, Buyer may make the changes set
           forth in subsections 5.1.1, 5.1.2, and 5.1.3 without cost or change
           in the unit price stated in the applicable Order.

           5.1.1 Changes in the delivery schedule, including firing order and
                 rate changes, if (a) the delivery date of the Product under
                 such Order is on or before December 31, 1996 and (b) Buyer
                 provides Seller with written notice of the changes.

                 A.    At least four (4) months prior to the first day of the
                       month in which any acceleration in the delivery schedule
                       is to take effect; and/or

                 B.    At least four (4) months prior to the first day of the
                       month in which any deceleration in the delivery schedule
                       is to take effect.

           5.1.2 Changes in the Tooling required to support delivery schedule
                 adjustments, including but not limited to production rate
                 changes, that are in accordance with the Rate Tool Capacity.

           5.1.3 Engineering changes to incorporate Seller initiated production
                 facility requirements to facilitate or improve Seller's
                 manufacturing processes.

           5.1.4

                 A.    Seller shall incorporate without adjustment to the 
                       non-recurring costs (either debit or credit) any and 
                       all changes up to a value equal to two (2) percent of 
                       the total non-recurring costs identified herein.  Any 
                       and all changes with an adjustment claim greater than 
                       the two (2) percent threshold will be in accordance 
                       with Section 5.3 and 5.4 below.

                 B.    Seller shall incorporate without adjustment to the
                       recurring unit price (either debit or credit) any and
                       all changes up to a value equal to two (2) percent of
                       the unit price for each Product identified herein.  Any
                       and all changes with an adjustment claim greater than
                       the two (2) percent threshold will be in accordance with
                       Section 5.3 and 5.4 below.

     5.2   CHANGES SUBJECT TO AN EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

           An equitable adjustment in the price of any Product shall be made in
           accordance with Section 10. 0, "Changes," of the Agreement if Buyer
           makes a change in the delivery schedule of such product under an
           Order and:

                 A.    Such Product, although originally scheduled for delivery
                       before January 1, 1997 under such order, is delivered
                       after December 31, 1996 in accordance with such order as
                       changed; or

                 B.    Such products monthly rate exceeds the Rate Tool
                       Capacity as stated in Section 1.0; or

                 C.    Such change does not meet the notice requirements of
                       Section 5.1.1 above; and,

           Seller submits to Buyer a written request for an equitable
           adjustment within 180 days of receipt of the written change notice.

           The amount of the price adjustment for each product shall be
           determined by multiplying the original unit price plus any
           negotiated changes which are incorporated into the individual
           product price, excluding items such as amortization of tooling,
           amortization of schedule slides, amortization of set-up charges,
           etc., by three tenths of one percent (.3 of 1%) then multiplying
           that factor by the cumulative balance of the number of products
           previously scheduled in each successive month that falls outside the
           changes at no cost periods set forth in Section 5.1.1 above.  No
           price adjustment shall be made for that portion of any delivery
           schedule change which falls inside the changes at no cost periods
           set for in Section 5.1.1.

     5.3   CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK

           Buyer may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order and
           in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.0, "Changes," of the
           Agreement to increase or decrease the work to be performed by the
           Seller in the manufacture of any Product.  The equitable adjustment,
           if any, to be paid by Buyer to Seller for such change shall be
           computed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

     5.4   COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT

           The Rates and Factors set forth in Attachment "4," which by this
           reference is incorporated herein, shall be used to determine the
           equitable adjustment, if any (including equitable adjustments, if
           any, in the prices of Products to be



                                         -6-

<PAGE>

           incorporated in Derivative Aircraft), to be paid by Buyer pursuant
           to Section 10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement.

     5.5   PLANNING SCHEDULE

           The planning schedule, attached hereto as Attachment "2" and by this
           reference incorporated herein, is a schedule to be used for planning
           production following the initial purchase order release.  Such
           planning schedule shall not constitute a limitation on Buyer's right
           to issue purchase orders to Seller for greater or lesser quantities
           or to specify different delivery dates as necessary to meet Buyer's
           requirements for the products listed on Attachment "1."  Such
           planning schedule shall be subject to adjustment from time to time.
           Any such adjustment shall not be deemed to be a change under Section
           10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement.

6.   TERMINATION LIABILITY

     When required by Buyer, Seller shall submit a time-phased Termination
     Liability Curve per Attachment "5" attached hereto and by this reference
     incorporated herein.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Buyer's
     termination liability pursuant to Section 12 of the Agreement shall not
     exceed the amount established by the Termination Liability Curve for the
     date of termination, reduced by the amount of all payments made by Buyer
     for delivered Products, tooling or other goods or services furnished by
     the Seller pursuant to the Order or made by Buyer in settlement of any
     other claim made by Seller or any other party in connection with the
     performance of the Order.

     At any point in time, whether or not Buyer requires Seller to submit a
     Termination Liability Curve, Buyer's termination liability shall be
     limited to the maximum value of scheduled production deliveries for twelve
     (12) months.

7.   EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZATION

     When requested by Buyer, Seller shall submit a Lot Release Schedule Plan
     for approval.  Seller's Lot Release Schedule Plan is included as
     Attachment "6" hereto and is by this reference incorporated herein.
     Buyer's written authorization must be obtained prior to release of any
     lots.  Expenditures incurred by Seller exceeding those authorized by the
     Lot Release Schedule shall be at Seller's risk and expense.

8.   PAYMENT

     8.1   RECURRING COSTS


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

           Payment shall be net thirty (30) days.  Unless otherwise provided
           under the applicable order, payment due dates, including discount
           periods, shall be computed from (a) the date of receipt of the
           Product, (b) the date of receipt of a correct invoice or (c) the
           scheduled delivery date of such Product, whichever is last, up to
           and including the date Buyer's check is mailed.  Unless freight and
           other charges are itemized, any discount shall be taken on the full
           amount of the invoice.  All payments are subject to adjustment for
           shortages, credits and rejections.

8.2  NON-RECURRING COSTS

           Unless otherwise provided in the applicable order, the total non-
           recurring price shall be paid by Buyer within the term discount
           period or thirty (30) calendar days (whichever is later) after
           receipt of both acceptable Products by Buyer and receipt of an
           acceptable invoice accompanied by a properly prepared Certified Tool
           List as specified in the M31-24 Document, "Boeing Supplier Tooling
           Manual."  Invoices received with incorrect, improperly prepared or
           incomplete certified tool lists will be returned for correction
           prior to payment.  Invoices shall be dated concurrent with, or
           subsequent to, shipment of the Products.

9.   PRODUCT ASSURANCE

     9.1   GOVERNING DOCUMENT

           Seller acknowledges that Buyer and the owner or operator of each
           aircraft manufactured by Buyer incorporating the Products must be
           able to rely on each Product performing as specified and that Seller
           will provide the required support services.  Accordingly, the
           provisions of the Boeing Document M6-1124-3, Rev. A "Boeing
           Designed, Sub-Contracted Products Manufacturers Warranty" are
           incorporated herein and by this reference are made a part hereof.

10.  COST PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY

     Seller's Program Manager shall be responsible to provide all necessary
     cost support data, source documents for direct and indirect costs, and
     assistance at the Seller's facility for cost performance reviews performed
     by Buyers pursuant to any Order referencing these Special Business
     Provisions.  Copies of such data are to be made available within 72 hours
     of any request by Buyer.  This data is required in addition to the cost
     data provided pursuant to Section 9.0 of the Agreement.  All such
     information so obtained shall be treated as confidential in accordance
     with Section 15.0 of the Agreement.


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

11.  GRANT OF LICENSE

     11.1  LICENSED PROPERTY

           For purposes of this Section, "Licensed Property" shall be deemed to
           mean all patents (including divisions, continuations or
           substitutions thereof), designs, specifications processes, tooling
           drawings, technical data and other information used in the
           development or production of Products.

     11.2  CONSIDERATION

           In consideration for Buyer's agreement to pay certain nonrecurring
           tooling, design, development and certification costs for the
           Products, Seller hereby grants to Buyer a present, royalty-free,
           non-exclusive license to use Licensed Property to make, have made,
           use and sell Products.  Buyer shall have the right to exercise said
           license at no additional cost to Buyer: (a) upon termination of this
           order for any reason; or (b) at any time after five years from the
           date of this order.

     11.3  TITLE TRANSFER

           At any time following the exercise of the license granted herein,
           Buyer shall have the right to require Seller at no additional cost
           to Buyer to transfer to Buyer the title to and possession of all
           tooling, fixtures, die and jigs used by Seller or Seller's
           subcontractors in the development or production of Products.

12.  SPARES PRICING

     Except as set forth in subsections 12.1 and 12.2 below, the price for
     Spare(s) shall be the same as the production price for the Products as
     listed on Attachment "1" in effect at the time the Spare(s) are ordered.
     POA parts shall be priced so that the sum of the prices for all POA parts
     of an End Item Assembly equals the applicable recurring portion of the
     price of the End Item Assembly.

     12.1  AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG) SPARES

           The AOG is the highest priority category utilized by Buyer for spare
           parts procurements.  This classification will be assigned part
           requirements for actual grounded aircraft.  The Seller is required
           to support this effort on a twenty-four (24) hour day basis, seven
           (7) day week and with maximum use of overtime.  Premium
           transportation is authorized.  Seller will provide delivery
           commitments within one (1) hour after receipt of requirement.  The
           price for Aircraft On


                                         -9-

<PAGE>

           Ground (AOG) spares shall be the price for such Products listed on
           Attachment "1" in effect when such Spares are ordered multiplied by
           a factor of 1.07.

     12.2  CRITICAL SPARES

           The critical priority classification is assigned spares requirements
           which are urgently needed by a customer or Buyer although no actual
           AOG condition exists, an AOG condition is imminent or a work
           stoppage may result from this Critical condition.

           All Critical priority spare parts requirements will have an
           expedited demand date.  Every effort shall be made by the Seller to
           support this date, including parts manufactured based on a twenty-
           four (24) hour day, seven (7) day week, maximum use of overtime and
           premium transportation.  Seller will provide delivery commitments
           within one (1) working day after receipt of requirement.  The price
           for Critical Spares shall be the price for such Products listed on
           Attachment "1" in effect when such Spares are ordered multiplied by
           a factor of 1.05.

     12.3  SPECIAL HANDLING

           The price for all effort associated with the production handling and
           delivery of Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for such
           Spare(s).  When Buyer directs delivery of Spare Parts to an F.O.B.
           point other than Seller's plant, however, Buyer shall reimburse
           Seller for shipping charges, including insurance, paid by Seller
           from the plant to the designated F.O.B. point.  Such charges shall
           be shown separately on all invoices.

13.  BUYER FURNISHED MATERIAL (WHERE APPLICABLE)

     It is the responsibility of the Seller to provide notice to the Buyer of
     required on-dock dates for all raw material to ensure production
     continuity.  Seller's notice shall provide Buyer with sufficient time to
     allow Buyer to competitively bid the raw material if so desired.

     Material furnished to Supplier shall be administered per the Bonded Stores
     Agreement between the parties.  Updates on the status of all Buyer
     furnished raw material shall be submitted quarterly by the Seller to Buyer

14.  FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

     The Foreign Procurement Report to Buyer required by Section 35.0, "Foreign
     Procurement Offset," of the Agreement is to be provided on the Foreign
     Procurement Report form, Attachment "3" hereto, in accordance with
     instructions provided therein.  Such document is by this reference made a
     part hereof.  The semi-annual reporting periods shall be January 1 to
     June 30 and July 1 to December 31.  The reports shall be submitted on the
     1st of August and the lst of February respectively.

15.  STATUS REPORTS

     Seller shall update and submit, as a minimum, monthly status reports using
     a method mutually agreed upon by the Buyer and Seller.  Seller shall also
     submit monthly status reports using Boeing's Vendor Follow-Up Report.

     For all first run programs, Seller shall provide to Buyer a milestone
     chart identifying the following:

           A.    Raw material schedule, including;

                 (i)   purchase order number and date,

                 (ii)  order quantity and delivery schedule

           B.    Planning and Programming start and completion;

           C.    Tooling manufacture start and completion;

           D.    Machining start and completion by operation;

           E.    Outside processing by operation and subcontractor;

           F.    First article completion date; and,

           G.    Production lot release plan.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                 CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY
By and Through its Division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

Name:                 /s/                      Name:   /s/ Jack Jones
     -------------------------------------             -----------------------

Title:           Buyer                         Title:            President

Date:            12/21/92                      Date:             12/21/92


                                         -12-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "1" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)

                              WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for Products to be delivered on or before December 31, 1996 shall be
as follows:








NOTE:  ALL PRODUCTS AND CORRESPONDING PRICING TO BE PURCHASED BY UNDER THIS
CONTRACT ARE IDENTIFIED AND MAINTAINED IN A PRICING CATALOG IDENTIFIED AS
CASHMERE MFG CO ATTACHMENT "1" TO SBP L-890821-814ON WHICH IS HEREBY
INCORPORATED AND MADE A PART HEREOF BY THIS REFERENCE.  SAID CATALOG SHALL BE
AMENDED AS DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE PARTIES BUT NO LESS THAN SEMI-ANNUALLY.  ALL
PRICING IN THE AFOREMENTIONED CATALOG IS FIRM FIXED PRICE FOR DELIVERIES THROUGH
THE DECEMBER 31, 1996, EXCEPT AS NOTED HEREIN IN SECTION 3.0 "PRICES."


                         *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                               FOR PRICING CATALOG ***


<PAGE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.46

                             MATERIAL OMITTED PURSUANT TO
                         CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT APPLICATION


Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                       between



                                  THE BOEING COMPANY


                                         and


                            CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY



                                Number L-500660-8134N


                                          i

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section    Item                                                            Page
- - -------    ----                                                            ----
1.0        DEFINITIONS                                                        2
2.0        PURCHASE ORDER NOTE                                                2
3.0        PRICES                                                             2
3.1        Firm Fixed Prices                                                  2
3.2        Manufacturing Configuration Baseline                               2
3.3        Packaging                                                          2
4.0        PURCHASE ORDER ISSUANCE                                            3
5.0        CHANGES                                                            3
5.1        Changes At No Cost                                                 3
5.2        Changes Subject to An
           Equitable Adjustment                                               4
5.3        Changes to the Statement of Work                                   4
5.4        Computation of Equitable Adjustment                                4
5.5        Planning Schedule                                                  5
5.6        Change Absorption                                                  5
6.0        TERMINATION LIABILITY                                              6
7.0        EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZATION                                          7
8.0        PAYMENT                                                            7
8.1        Recurring                                                          7
8.2        Non-Recurring                                                      7
9.0        PRODUCT ASSURANCE                                                  7
9.1        Governing Document                                                 7
10.0       COST PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY                                        8
11.0       GRANT OF LICENSE                                                   8
11.1       Licensed Property                                                  8
11.2       Consideration                                                      8
11.3       Title Transfer                                                     8
12.0       SPARES PRICING                                                     9
12.1       Aircraft on Ground (AOG) Spares                                    9
12.2       Critical Spares                                                    9
12.3       Special Handling                                                   9
13.0       BUYER FURNISHED MATERIAL                                          10
14.0       FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT                                        10
15.0       STATUS REPORTS                                                    10

Attachment  1  Work Statement and Pricing                                    12
Attachment  2  Planning Schedule                                             13
Attachment  3  Foreign Procurement Report                                    14
Attachment  4  Rates and Factors                                             15


                                          ii

<PAGE>

Attachment  5  Termination Liability Curve                                   16
Attachment  6  Incremental Lot Release
               Schedule Plan                                                 17
Attachment  7  Change Absorption Example                                     19


                                         iii

<PAGE>

                                      REVISIONS

REV.
SYM        DESCRIPTION                             DATE      APPROVAL

1.    A.   Under Section 3.3 Packaging             2-11-94
           documents added.

      B.   Under Section 5.1 and 5.2,
           4 month decel clause removed
           and slide factor of .3 of 1% removed.

      C.   Section 5.6, change
           absorption added.

      D.   Section 7.1, pay from receipt
           language added.

      E.   Section 10.0, addition
           of financial data to clause.

      F.   Redefined Spare, AOG, Critical
           and Expedited Spares.  Added
           provision for short flow production
           expedite.

      G.   Changed Attachment 1, "Statement
           of Work" to reflect part number
           change from 65C35015-4 to
           65C35015-6.

      H.   Changed Section 6.0 from 12
           months liability to 12 months
           for raw material and 6 months
           for work-in-process and finished
           parts.

      Complete reprint of document.  Footer
      designation changed to show latest
      pro forma (02-05-93).


                                          iv


<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS ("SBP") are entered into as of December 31,
1991 by Cashmere Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation with its
principle office in Cashmere, Washington ("Seller"), and Boeing Commercial
Airplane Group, a division of The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation with
its principle office in Seattle, Washington ("Buyer").

                                       RECITALS

A.    Buyer and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement (the "Agreement")
      GTA PLR-950 dated February 5, 1990 for the sale by Seller and purchase by
      Buyer of Products.

B.    Buyer and Seller desire to enter into another agreement to include these
      Special Business Provisions relating to the sale by Seller and purchase
      by Buyer of the Products.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the
parties agree as follows:


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

1.0   DEFINITIONS

      The definitions used herein shall be the same as used in the Agreement.
      In addition, the term "Rate Tool Capacity" shall mean the quantity of
      tooling required to support a production rate not to exceed 21 shipsets
      per month on the 737, 10 shipsets per month on the 747, 14 shipsets per
      month on the 757, 10 shipsets per month on the 767 and 7 shipsets per
      month on the 777 and the term "Initial order" shall mean the order as it
      first exists, prior to Amendment or Change.

2.0   PURCHASE ORDER NOTE

      The following note shall be contained in any order to which these Special
      Business Provisions are applicable:

             This Order is subject to and incorporates by this reference the
             Special Business Provisions L-5006608134N between The Boeing
             Company and Cashmere Manufacturing Company dated December 13,
             1991.

      Each order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to
      include the provisions of these Special Business Provisions.

3.0   PRICES

3.1   FIRM FIXED PRICES

      The prices of Products to be delivered on or before December 31, 1996,
      except as otherwise noted, are listed in Attachment "1" which by this
      reference are incorporated herein and are firm fixed prices in United
      States dollars, F.O.B. Cashmere, Washington.

3.2   MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE

      Unit pricing for each part number shown in Attachment "1" reflects the
      latest revisions of the Engineering Drawings and outside Production
      Specification Plans (OPSP's) at the time of the signing of these Special
      Business Provisions.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


3.3   PACKAGING

      The prices shown in Attachment "1" do include packaging costs.  For
      purposes of this Section, packaging costs shall include materials and
      labor required to package Products identified in Attachment "1" and
      material and labor required to package any and all Tooling and/or
      Licensed Property, as defined in Section 11.0 herein, relating to the
      Products identified in Attachment "1" upon order/contract expiration.
      Packaging shall be furnished by the Seller in accordance with Document
      M6-1025, Volume II, "Supplier Part Protection Guide" for production
      Products and A.T.A. Specification 300 "Specification for Packaging of
      Airline Supplies" for spares Products.  If necessary, Seller may repair
      or furnish additional packaging upon approval by Buyer of Seller's price
      proposal for such repair or additional packaging.  Separate purchase
      orders shall be released by Buyer to cover such expense (if applicable).

4.0   PURCHASE ORDER ISSUANCE

      Buyer and Seller agree that, in addition to other provisions of the Order
      and in consideration of the prices set forth under Section 3.1, "Firm
      Fixed Prices," Buyer shall issue purchase orders for the Products listed
      in Attachment "1" from time to time to Seller for Buyer's requirements,
      to be shipped at any scheduled rate of delivery, as determined by Buyer,
      but not to exceed the Rate Tool Capacity, and Seller shall sell to Buyer
      Buyer's requirements of such products, provided that, without limitation
      on Buyer's right to determine its requirements, Buyer shall not be
      obligated to issue any purchase orders for any given Product if:

      A.     Any of Buyer's customers specify an alternate product;

      B.     Such Product is, in Buyer's reasonable judgment, not
             technologically competitive at any time.  "Technologically
             competitive" shall be defined as significant changes to Product
             design, including materials, specifications or manufacturing
             processes which result in a reduced price or weight.

      C.     Buyer gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of
             Buyer's aircraft which will result in Buyer's no longer requiring
             such Product for such aircraft;

      D.     Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations under
             any order, whether or not Buyer has issued a notice of default to
             Seller pursuant to Section 12.2, "Cancellation - Default," of the
             Agreement; or


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


      E.     Buyer reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Buyer's
             requirements for Products in the amounts and within the delivery
             schedules Buyer requires.

5.0   CHANGES

5.1   CHANGES AT NO COST

      Not withstanding the provision for an equitable adjustment in Section
      10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement, Buyer may make the changes set forth
      in subsections 5.1.1, 5.1.2, and 5.1.3 without cost or change in the unit
      price stated in the applicable order.

5.1.1 Changes in the delivery schedule, either acceleration or deceleration,
      including firing order and rate changes, if (a) the delivery date of the
      Product under such Order is on or before December 31, 1996 and (b) Buyer
      provides Seller with written notice of the changes.  Buyer agrees,
      whenever possible, to work with Seller to identify and implement a
      delivery schedule acceptable to both parties, however, Buyer shall retain
      final decision making authority with respect to all schedules.

5.1.2 Changes in the Tooling required to support delivery schedule adjustments,
      including but not limited to production rate changes, that are in
      accordance with the Rate Tool Capacity.

5.1.3 Engineering changes to incorporate Seller initiated production facility
      requirements to facilitate or improve Seller's manufacturing processes.

5.2   CHANGES SUBJECT TO AN EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT

      An equitable adjustment in the price of any Product shall be made in
      accordance with Section 10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement if Buyer makes
      a change in the delivery schedule of such product under an Order and:

             A.     Such Product, although originally scheduled for delivery
                    before January 1, 1997 under such Order, is delivered after
                    December 31, 1996 in accordance with such Order as changed;
                    or

             B.     Such products monthly rate exceeds the Rate Tool capacity
                    as stated in Section 1.0; and, Seller submits to Buyer a
                    written request for an equitable adjustment within 180 days
                    of receipt of the written change notice.


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


5.3   CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK

      Buyer may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order and in
      accordance with the provisions of Section 10.0, "Changes," of the
      Agreement to increase or decrease the work to be performed by the Seller
      in the manufacture of any Product.  The equitable adjustment, if any, to
      be paid by Buyer to Seller for such change shall be computed in
      accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

5.4   COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT

      The Rates and Factors set forth in Attachment "4," which by this
      reference is incorporated herein, shall be used to determine the
      equitable adjustment, if any, (including equitable adjustments, if any,
      in the prices of Products to be incorporated in Derivative Aircraft), to
      be paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement.

5.5   PLANNING SCHEDULE

      The planning schedule, attached hereto as Attachment "2" and by this
      reference incorporated herein, is a schedule to be used for planning
      production following the initial purchase order release.  Such planning
      schedule shall not constitute a limitation on Buyers right to issue
      purchase orders to Seller for greater or lesser quantities or to specify
      different delivery dates as necessary to meet Buyers requirements for the
      products listed on Attachment "1."  Such planning schedule shall be
      subject to adjustment from time to time.  Any such adjustment shall not
      be deemed to be a change under Section 10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement.

5.6   CHANGE ABSORPTION

5.6.1 Adjustments to the price of Products made pursuant to Article 10.0,
      "Changes," of the Agreement except as provided in Section 5.2, "Changes
      Subject to an Equitable Adjustment," shall be negotiated on the merits of
      each individual change using the performance levels assumed when
      establishing the initial price and in accordance with Section 5.4,
      "Computation of Equitable Adjustment." Changes to the Statement of Work
      will be subject to the Change Absorption provisions set forth in Section
      5.6.2.

5.6.2 A.     Notwithstanding any other provisions of Article 10.0, except for
             Seller's obligation to proceed with the Order as changed, Seller
             shall comply with any Buyer basic engineering release or change
             order issued between the date of this Agreement and one hundred
             percent (100%) completion of basic


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


             engineering release.  For the purpose of this Section, the one
             hundred percent (100%) engineering drawing release date is defined
             as the date four (4) months prior to the scheduled delivery of the
             first production articles.  Changes in design concepts released
             prior to engineering drawing releases that do not affect (i) form,
             fit, or function, (ii) material type, or (iii) process
             specifications, shall be considered in scope and will be
             incorporated into the Order at no change in price.  In addition,
             individual changes released prior to 100% engineering drawing
             release that affect (i), (ii), or (iii) above but do not increase
             or decrease the Unit Price by the cumulative net effect of more
             than ten percent (10%) shall be incorporated into the order and
             Agreement at no change in price.  Individual Changes that affect
             (i), (ii), and (iii) above and that increase or decrease the Unit
             Price by more than the cumulative net effect of ten percent (10%)
             shall be incorporated in the recurring or nonrecurring price in
             accordance with Section 5.4. The ten percent (10%) cumulative net
             effect of changes will be separately applied to the nonrecurring
             price, and to the recurring price. For purposes of recurring price
             calculation, the Unit Price is defined as the then current
             recurring Unit price identified in Attachment "1."

      B.     Seller shall not make any assertions for changes considered
             out-of-scope until such time as the engineering drawings released
             by Boeing for each Product are one hundred percent (100%)
             complete.  Assertions for such changes will be submitted not later
             than sixty (60) days following the calendar quarter in which
             drawings are one hundred percent (100%) complete.  The price
             impact for such changes shall be negotiated and documented by the
             end of the next succeeding calendar quarter following receipt of
             the change assertion.  The price shall be adjusted only in the
             event the value of each individual change exceeds the limit as
             specified in Section 5.6.2.A. The Seller will continue to make
             quarterly claim assertions and negotiations shall be conducted one
             quarter later with appropriate price adjustments to be finalized
             once each quarter.

      C.     Calculations of change pricing adjustments pursuant to Section
             5.6.2.A above, shall be calculated in accordance with the example
             contained in Attachment "7."

5.6.3 A.     Notwithstanding any of the provisions of Article 10.0, except for
             Seller's obligation to proceed with the order as changed, Seller
             agrees to incorporate, on a no-charge basis, any change required
             by Boeing subsequent to one hundred percent (100%) completion of
             basic engineering release which has an


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


             incorporation cost per individual change, either debit or credit,
             of less than two percent (2%) of the Unit price, current at
             incorporation.

      B.     The provision of Section 5.6.3.A above, shall not be used as a
             deduction from changes which exceed the limit per change.  Changes
             shall not be arbitrarily segregated by Boeing to fall below the
             limit nor shall the changes be arbitrarily combined by Seller to
             exceed the limit.

      C.     Calculations of change pricing adjustments pursuant to Section
             5.6.3.A and 5.6.3.B above, shall be calculated in accordance with
             the example contained in Attachment "7."

6.0   TERMINATION LIABILITY

      When required by Buyer, Seller shall submit a time-phased Termination
      Liability Curve per Attachment "5" attached hereto and by this reference
      incorporated herein.

      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Buyer's
      termination liability pursuant to Section 12 of the Agreement shall not
      exceed the amount established by the Termination Liability Curve for the
      date of termination, reduced by the amount of all payments made by Buyer
      for delivered Products, tooling or other goods or services furnished by
      the Seller pursuant to the Order or made by Buyer in settlement of any
      other claim made by Seller or any other party in connection with the
      performance of the Order.

      At any point in time, whether or not Buyer requires Seller to submit a
      Termination Liability Curve, Buyer's termination liability shall be
      limited to the maximum value of scheduled production deliveries for
      twelve (12) months for raw material and six (6) months for
      work-in-process and finished parts.

7.0   EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZATION

      When requested by Buyer, Seller shall submit a Lot Release Schedule Plan
      for approval.  Seller's Lot Release Schedule Plan is included as
      Attachment "6" hereto and is by this reference incorporated herein.
      Buyer's written authorization must be obtained prior to release of any
      lots.  Expenditures incurred by Seller exceeding those authorized by the
      Lot Release Schedule shall be at Seller's risk and expense.


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


8.0   PAYMENT

8.1   RECURRING COST/SPECIAL CHARGE ITEMS

      Unless otherwise provided in the applicable order, payment shall be made
      in accordance with Document D6-55772 "Pay From Receipt".  Payment terms
      shall be net thirty (30) days except as otherwise agreed to by the
      parties.  All payments are subject to adjustment for shortages, credits
      and rejections.

8.2   NON-RECURRING COSTS

      Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, the total
      non-recurring price shall be paid by Buyer within the term discount
      period or thirty (30) calendar days (whichever is later) after receipt of
      both acceptable Products by Buyer and receipt of an acceptable invoice
      accompanied by a properly prepared Certified Tool List as specified in
      the M31-24 Document, "Boeing Supplier Tooling Manual."  Invoices received
      with incorrect, improperly prepared or incomplete certified tool lists
      will be returned for correction prior to payment.  Invoices shall be
      dated concurrent with, or subsequent to, shipment of the Products.

9.0   PRODUCT ASSURANCE

9.1   GOVERNING DOCUMENT

      Seller acknowledges that Buyer and the owner or operator of each aircraft
      manufactured by Buyer incorporating the Products must be able to rely on
      each Product performing as specified and that Seller will provide the
      required support services.  Accordingly, the provisions of the Boeing
      Document M6-1124-3, Rev.  A "Boeing Designed, Sub-Contracted Products
      Manufacturers Warranty" are incorporated herein and by this reference are
      made a part hereof.

10.0  COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY

      Seller's Program Manager shall be responsible to provide all necessary
      cost support data, source documents for direct and indirect costs, and
      assistance at the Seller's facility for cost performance reviews
      performed by Buyer pursuant to any Order referencing these Special
      Business Provisions.  Seller shall be responsible to provide financial
      data, on a quarterly basis, or as requested, to Buyer's Credit Office for
      credit and financial condition reviews.  Said data shall include but not
      be limited to balance sheets, schedule of accounts payable and
      receivable, major lines of credit,


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


      creditors, income statements (profit and loss), cash flow statements,
      firm backlog, and headcounts.  Copies of such data are to be made
      available within 72 hours of any written request by Buyer.  This data is
      required in addition to the cost data provided pursuant to Section 9.0 of
      the Agreement.  All such information so obtained shall be treated as
      confidential per Section 15.0 of the Agreement.

11.0  GRANT OF LICENSE

11.1  LICENSED PROPERTY

      For this Section, "Licensed Property" shall be deemed to mean all patents
      (including divisions, continuations or substitutions thereof), designs,
      spec. processes, tool drawings, technical data and other information used
      in the development or production of Products.

11.2  CONSIDERATION

      In consideration for Buyer's agreement to pay certain nonrecurring
      tooling, design, development and certification costs for the Products,
      Seller hereby grants to Buyer a present, royalty-free, non-exclusive
      license to use Licensed Property to make, have made, use and sell
      Products.  Buyer shall have the right to exercise said license at no
      additional cost to Buyer: (a) upon termination of this order for any
      reason; or (b) at any time after five years from the date of this order.

11.3  TITLE TRANSFER

      At any time following the exercise of the license granted herein, Buyer
      shall have the right to require Seller at no additional cost to Buyer to
      transfer to Buyer the title to and possession of all tooling, fixtures,
      die and jigs used by Seller or Seller's subcontractors in the development
      or production of Products.

12.0  SPARES AND SHORTFLOW PRODUCTION PRICING

      Except as set forth in subsections 12.1 and 12.2 below, the price for
      Spare(s) shall be the same as the production price for the Products as
      listed on Attachment "1" in effect at the time the Spare(s) are ordered.
      POA parts shall be priced so that the sum of the prices for all POA parts
      of an End Item Assembly equals the applicable recurring portion of the
      price of the End Item Assembly.


                                         -9-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


12.1  AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG)/CRITICAL SPARES, SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION
      RECRUITMENTS LESS THAN 60% OF SELLER'S RE-ORDER LEAD TIME (ROLT)

      The AOG is the highest priority category utilized by Buyer for spare
      parts procurements.  This classification will be assigned part
      requirements for actual grounded aircraft.  The Seller will provide
      delivery commitments within one (1) hour after receipt of the
      requirements.  The Critical priority classification is assigned spares
      requirements which are urgently needed by a customer or Buyer although no
      actual AOG condition exists, an AOG condition is imminent or a work
      stoppage may result from this Critical condition.  The Seller will
      provide delivery commitments within one (1) working day after receipt of
      the requirements.

      The Seller is required to support AOG/Critical Spares on a twenty-four
      (24) hour day basis, seven (7) day week and with maximum use of overtime.
      Premium transportation is authorized.  The price for Aircraft On Ground
      (AOG)/Critical Spares and short flow production requirements as defined
      herein shall be the price for such Products listed on Attachment "1" in
      effect when such Spares are ordered multiplied by a factor of 1.07.

12.2  EXPEDITE SPARE (CLASS 1) AND SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION RECRUITMENTS LESS THAN
      100% BUT GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 60% OF SELLER'S RE-ORDER LEAD TIME
      (ROLT)

      The Expedite Spare classification is used to identify spares requirements
      that require delivery in less than Seller's normal re-order lead time
      (ROLT).  Manufacturing efforts will be based on a two (2) shift day
      basis, six (6) day week.  The price for Expedite Spares and short flow
      production requirement, as defined herein, shall be the price for such
      Products listed on Attachment "1" in effect when such Spares are ordered
      multiplied by a factor of 1.05. Expedite action will be taken only if
      necessary to meet Buyer's required date.

12.3  SPECIAL HANDLING

      The price for all effort associated with the production handling and
      delivery of Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for such
      Spare(s).  When Buyer directs delivery of Spare Parts to an F.O.B. point
      other than Seller's plant, however, Buyer shall reimburse Seller for
      shipping charges, including insurance, paid by Seller from the plant to
      the designated F.O.B. point.  Such charges shall be shown separately on
      all invoices.


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

13.0  BUYER FURNISHED MATERIAL (WHERE APPLICABLE)

      It is the responsibility of the Seller to provide notice to the Buyer of
      required on-dock dates for all raw material to ensure production
      continuity.  Seller's notice shall provide Buyer with sufficient time to
      allow Buyer to competitively bid the raw material if so desired.

      Material furnished to Supplier shall be administered per the Bonded
      Stores Agreement between the parties.  Updates on the status of all Buyer
      furnished raw material shall be submitted quarterly by the Seller to
      Buyer

14.0  FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT

      The Foreign Procurement Report to Buyer required by Section 35.0,
      "Foreign Procurement Offset," of the Agreement is to be provided on the
      Foreign Procurement Report form, Attachment "3" hereto, in accordance
      with instructions provided therein.  Such document is by this reference
      made a part hereof.  The semi-annual reporting periods shall be January 1
      to June 30 and July 1 to December 31.  The reports shall be submitted on
      the 1st of August and the 1st of February respectively.

15.0  STATUS REPORTS

      Seller shall update and submit, as a minimum, monthly status reports
      using a method mutually agreed upon by the Buyer and Seller.  Seller
      shall also submit monthly status reports using Boeing's Vendor Follow-Up
      Report.

      For all first run programs, Seller shall provide to Buyer a milestone
      chart identifying the following:

             (a)    Raw material schedule, including;

                    (i)    purchase order number and date,

                    (ii)   order quantity and delivery schedule

             (b)    Planning and Programming start and completion;

             (c)    Tooling manufacture start and completion;

             (d)    Machining start and completion by operation;


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

Special Business Provisions
(Requirements)


             (e)    Outside processing by operation and subcontractor;

             (f)    First article completion date; and,

             (g)    Production lot release plan.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.


THE BOEING COMPANY                     CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY

By and Through its Division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group


Name: /s/ Kenneth H. Jong              Name: /s/ John Eder
      ----------------------                 ------------------------
Title:    Buyer                        Title:    Vice President

Date:     3-16-94                      Date:     3-1-94


                                         -12-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "1" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)

                              WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for Products to be delivered on or before DATE, except as otherwise
noted below, shall be as follows:


              QTY                               UNIT       ROLT/
PART NUMBER   S/S    MODEL      NOMENCLATURE    PRICE      WEEKS
- - -----------   ---    -----      ------------    -----      -----

65C35015-6                      *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "2" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                                  PLANNING SCHEDULE



The following Airplane model mix and rate are forecasted for the years
1993-1998.

                                     MONTHLY RATE
Model Mix     1993      1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
- - ---------     ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----

737
747
757                      *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
767
777


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "3" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                           FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT FORM
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 14.0)


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "4" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                                  RATES AND FACTORS

The following Rates and Factors, which are reflective of the proposed values
identified in Attachment "1" of this document, shall contribute to the
determination of equitable pricing for engineering changes, derivative aircraft,
and option or follow-on pricing.

      Direct Labor Rate                $

      Manufacturing Burden                   %

      G&A (Gen. Admin. Expense)              %

      Profit                                 %


                                         -16-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "5" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)



                             TERMINATION LIABILITY CURVE

                                  (Seller to Submit)

                               (Reference Section 6.0)


      In the event of termination or cancellation pursuant to Article 12.0 of
      the Agreement, Buyer shall not be obligated to pay Seller more than the
      Cumulative total amounts set forth below less payments previously made,
      for the month/quarter in which the termination notice is issued, as the
      amounts shall be amended from time to time.

                                    ($000 Omitted)

                   Nonrecurring             Recurring
Year/Quarter       Cost                     Cost                Total
- - ------------       ----                     ----                -----

_____ First        $                        $
_____ Second
_____ Third
_____ Fourth

_____ First        $                        $
_____ Second
_____ Third
_____ Fourth

_____ First        $                        $
_____ Second
_____ Third
_____ Fourth

TOTAL              $__________              $__________


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "6" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                        INCREMENTAL LOT RELEASE SCHEDULE PLAN
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 7.0)


A.    AUTHORIZATION SUMMARY Non-recurring releases authorized in conjunction
with the execution of the Agreement are as summarized below.  The non-recurring
Price represents the baseline value to be used to determine change pricing
adjustment per Section 5.2 "Changes Subject to an Equitable Adjustment."

                        To Support
                        Production          Authorization       Dollar
Item                    Rate Of             Date                Amount
- - ----                    -------             ----                ------

Contractor Use          ___S/S per          Execution of
Tooling                 Month               Agreement           ________

Common Use Tools                                                ________

Forging Dies                                                    ________

Other Non-Recurring
Work                                                            ________

Total Non-Recurring                                             ________
Baseline Value


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "6" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)

Recurring releases authorized in conjunction with execution of this Agreement
are herein summarized in shipset quantities.

Material                                                   Quantity S/S
- - --------                                                   ------------

Metallic Raw Material
Non-Metallic Raw Material
Purchased Parts
Extrusions

Fabrication
- - -----------
Detail Parts

Assembly
- - --------

B.  Lead Times

    Lead times for material, fabrication and assembly authorizations are as
    tabulated below in months prior to delivery of the first Shipset affected.

    Material                                                Months
    --------                                                ------

    Metallic Raw Material                                    TBD
    Non-Metallic Raw Material                                TBD
    Castings/Forgings                                        TBD
    Purchased Parts                                          TBD
    Extrusions                                               TBD


    Fabrication
    -----------

    Detail Parts                                             TBD


    Assembly                                                 TBD
    --------

    Rate Tooling
    ------------

    (Greater than the Baseline Shipsets per Month)           TBD


                                         -19-

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT "7" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)

                              CHANGE ABSORPTION  EXAMPLE
                               (Reference Section 5.6)

                                       Non-Recurring            Recurring
                                       -------------            ---------
Initial Unit Value

                                       Pre-100% Engineering
Seller's Limit for
Absorption of Changes

Change #1 Negotiated
Delta Price

Updated Order, rev. 1   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

Change #2 Negotiated
Delta Price

Updated Order, rev. 2

Change #3 Negotiated
Delta Price

Updated Order, rev. 3

(1)  The dollar values which are fixed at plus or minus ten percent (+/-l0%) of
     the initial Order values represent the Seller's maximum risk for
     absorption of changes.  The fixed values will be added to Section 5.6.2.

(2)  Change #1, made prior to 100% engineering release, has a negotiated
     non-recurring price of *** .  This price exceeds the ***.   Therefore, the
     total non-recurring price is increased from $*** to $***.  The net effect
     of Change #1 to the recurring portion is $*** which is less than 10%
     therefore no change is made.

(3)  The negotiated net effect of change #2, made prior to 100% engineering
     release, for the recurring pricing is $***.  Since it exceeds the $***
     limit, the recurring Total Unit Price is increased from $*** to $***.


                                         -20-

<PAGE>

(4)  Change #3, made after 100% engineering release, has a negotiated credit of
     $***. This is less than 2% of the recurring Total Unit Price of $***, so
     no change is made to the Unit Value.


                                         -21-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.47

                             MATERIAL OMITTED PURSUANT TO
                          CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT APPLICATION



                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                       between

                                  THE BOEING COMPANY

                                         and

                            CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY


                                Number L-435579-8180N
                                    ---------------


                                         -i-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section   Item                                                             Page
- - -------   ----                                                             ----

 1.0 DEFINITIONS.............................................................. 2
 2.0 PURCHASE ORDER NOTE...................................................... 2
 3.0 PRICES................................................................... 3
 3.1 Firm Fixed Prices........................................................ 3
 3.2 Manufacturing Configuration Baseline..................................... 3
 3.3 Packaging................................................................ 3
 4.0 PURCHASE ORDER ISSUANCE.................................................. 4
 5.0 CHANGES.................................................................. 5
 5.1 Changes At No Cost....................................................... 5
 5.2 Changes Subject to An Equitable Adjustment............................... 6
 5.3 Changes to the Statement of Work......................................... 7
 5.4 Computation of Equitable Adjustment...................................... 7
 5.5 Planning Schedule........................................................ 8
 5.6 Change Absorption........................................................ 8
 6.0 TERMINATION LIABILITY....................................................11
 7.0 EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZATION................................................12
 8.0 PAYMENT..................................................................12
 8.1 Recurring................................................................12
 8.2 Non-Recurring............................................................12
 9.0 PRODUCT ASSURANCE........................................................13
 9.1 Governing Document.......................................................13
10.0 COST PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY..............................................13
11.0 GRANT OF LICENSE.........................................................14
11.1 Licensed Property........................................................14
11.2 Consideration............................................................15
11.3 Title Transfer...........................................................15
12.0 SPARES PRICING...........................................................15
12.1 Aircraft on Ground (AOG) Spares..........................................16
12.2 Critical Spares..........................................................17
12.3 Special Handling.........................................................17


                                         -ii-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                     (Continued)

Section   Item                                                             Page
- - -------   ----                                                             ----

13.0 BUYER FURNISHED MATERIAL................................................18
14.0 FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT..............................................18
15.0 ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT................................................19
16.0 OPTION..................................................................19
16.1 Exercise of Option......................................................20
17.0 ASSIGNMENT/INTEGRATION..................................................20
Attachment 1  Work Statement and Pricing.....................................23
Attachment 2  Planning Schedule..............................................24
Attachment 3  Foreign Procurement Report.....................................25
Attachment 4  Rates and Factors..............................................26
Attachment 5  Termination Liability Curve....................................27
Attachment 6  Incremental Lot Release Schedule Plan..........................28
Attachment 7  PCOS Invoice Register..........................................30


                                        -iii-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                      REVISIONS

REV.
SYM           DESCRIPTION    DATE APPROVAL


                                         -iv-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)


                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS ("SBP") are entered into as of August 11, 1994
by Cashmere Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation with its principle
office in Cashmere, Washington ("Seller"), and Boeing Commercial Airplane Group,
a division of The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation with its principle
office in Seattle, Washington ("Buyer").

                                       RECITALS


A.  Buyer and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement (the "Agreement")
    GTA # PLR-950 dated February 5, 1990 for the sale by Seller and purchase by
    Buyer of Products.

B.  Buyer and Seller desire to enter into another agreement to include these
    Special Business Provisions relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by
    Buyer of the Products.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the
parties agree as follows:


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)


                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

1.0      DEFINITIONS

         The definitions used herein shall be the same as used in the
         Agreement.  In addition, the term "Rate Tool Capacity" shall mean the
         quantity of tooling required to support a production rate not to
         exceed 21 shipsets per month on the 737, the term "100% Engineering
         Release" shall mean the date at which all applicable engineering
         drawings have been completed with revision level new or greater and
         the term "Initial Order" shall mean the order as it first exists,
         prior to Amendment or Change.

2.0      PURCHASE ORDER NOTE

         The following note shall be contained in any order to which these
         Special Business Provisions are applicable:

              This Order is subject to and incorporates by this reference the
              Special Business Provisions L-435579-8180N between The Boeing
              Company and Cashmere Manufacturing Company dated August 11, 1994.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Each Order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to
         include the provisions of these Special Business Provisions.

3.0      PRICES

3.1      FIRM FIXED PRICES

         The prices of Products to be delivered on or before July 31, 1995,
         except as otherwise noted, are listed in Attachment "1" which by this
         reference are incorporated herein and are firm fixed prices in United
         States dollars, F.O.B. Seller's Plant.

3.2      MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE

         Unit pricing for each part number shown in Attachment "1" reflects the
         latest revisions of the Engineering Drawings and Outside Production
         Specification Plans (OPSP's) at the time of the signing of these
         Special Business Provisions.

3.3      PACKAGING

         The prices shown in Attachment "1" do not include packaging costs.
         Packaging shall be in accordance with Packaging Specification SC
         65C35000 "Reusable Shipping Container Overwing Escape Hatch", Document
         M6-1025, Volume II, "Supplier Part


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Protection Guide" for production Products and A.T.A. Specification 300
         "Specification for Packaging of Airline Supplies" for spares Products.
         If necessary, Seller may repair or furnish additional packaging upon
         approval by Buyer of Seller's price proposal for such repair or
         additional packaging.  Separate purchase orders shall be released by
         Buyer to cover such expense (if applicable).

4.0      PURCHASE ORDER ISSUANCE

         Buyer and Seller agree that, in addition to other provisions of the
         order and in consideration of the prices set forth under Section 3.1,
         "Firm Fixed Prices," Buyer shall issue purchase orders for the
         Products listed in Attachment "1" from time to time to Seller for
         Buyer's requirements, to be shipped at any scheduled rate of delivery,
         as determined by Buyer, but not to exceed the Rate Tool Capacity and
         Seller shall sell to Buyer Buyer's requirements of such Products,
         provided that, without limitation on Buyer's right to determine its
         requirements, Buyer shall not be obligated to issue any purchase
         orders for any given Product if:

A.       Any of Buyer's customers specify an alternate product;


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

B.       Such Product is, in Buyer's reasonable judgment, not technologically
         competitive at any time.  "Technologically competitive" shall be
         defined as significant changes to Product design, including materials,
         specifications or manufacturing processes which result in a reduced
         price or weight.

C.       Buyer gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of Buyer's
         aircraft which will result in Buyer's no longer requiring such Product
         for such aircraft;

D.       Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations under any
         Order, whether or not Buyer has issued a notice of default to Seller
         pursuant to Section 12.2, "Cancellation-Default," of the Agreement;

E.       Buyer reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Buyer's
         requirements for Products in the amounts and within the delivery
         schedules Buyer requires.

5.0      CHANGES

5.1      CHANGES AT NO COST


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Notwithstanding the provision for an equitable adjustment in Section
         10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement, Buyer may make the changes set
         forth in subsections 5.1.1, 5.1.2, and 5.1.3 without cost or change in
         the unit price stated in the applicable Order unless otherwise
         provided herein.

5.1.1    Changes in the delivery schedule, either acceleration or deceleration,
         including firing order and rate changes, if (a) the delivery date of
         the Product under such Order is on or before July 31, 1995 and (b)
         Buyer provides Seller with written notice of the changes.  Buyer
         agrees, whenever possible, to work with Seller to identify and
         implement a delivery schedule acceptable to both parties, however,
         Buyer shall retain final decision making authority with respect to all
         schedules.

5.1.2    Changes in the Tooling required to support delivery schedule
         adjustments, including but not limited to production rate changes,
         that are in accordance with the Rate Tool Capacity.

5.1.3    Engineering changes to incorporate Seller initiated production
         facility requirements to facilitate or improve Seller's manufacturing
         processes.

5.2 CHANGES SUBJECT TO AN EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         An equitable adjustment in the price of any Product shall be made in
         accordance with Section 10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement if Buyer
         makes a change in the delivery schedule of such product under an order
         and:

A.       Such Product, although originally scheduled for delivery before August
         1, 1995 under such order, is delivered after July 31, 1995 in
         accordance.

B.       Such products monthly rate exceeds the Rate Tool Capacity as stated in
         Section 1.0; and, Seller submits to Buyer a written request for an
         equitable adjustment within 30 days of receipt of the written change
         notice.

5.3      CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK

         Buyer may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable order and
         in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.0, "Changes," of the
         Agreement to increase or decrease the work to be performed by the
         Seller in the manufacture of any Product.  The equitable adjustment,
         if any, to be paid by Buyer to Seller for such change shall be
         computed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

5.4      COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         The Rates and Factors set forth in Attachment "4", which by this
         reference is incorporated herein, shall be used to determine the
         equitable adjustment, if any, (including equitable adjustments, if
         any, in the prices of Products to be incorporated in Derivative
         Aircraft), to be paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 10.0, "Changes," of
         the Agreement for each applicable change.

5.5      PLANNING SCHEDULE

         The planning schedule, attached hereto as Attachment "2" and by this
         reference incorporated herein, is a schedule to be used for planning
         production following the initial purchase order release.  Such
         planning schedule shall not constitute a limitation on Buyers right to
         issue purchase orders to Seller for greater or lesser quantities or to
         specify different delivery dates as necessary to meet Buyers
         requirements for the products listed on Attachment "1".  Such planning
         schedule shall be subject to adjustment from time to time.  Any such
         adjustment shall not be deemed to be a change under Section 10.0,
         "Changes," of the Agreement.

5.6      CHANGE ABSORPTION

5.6.1    PRIOR TO 100% ENGINEERING RELEASE

5.6.1.1  GENERALLY


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.0 "Changes" of the
         Agreement and Section 5.3 "Changes to the Statement of Work" of this
         SBP, no equitable adjustment in the prices or schedules of any Order
         ("Equitable Adjustment") shall be made for any change to technical
         requirements and descriptions, specifications, statement of work,
         drawing or designs ("Technical Change(s)") made by Buyer and
         communicated in writing to Seller prior to thirty days after 100%
         Engineering Release except that an Equitable Adjustment shall be made
         for the following Technical Changes:

         a.   Any Technical Change which changes raw material type of the
         Product.  For purposes of this Section, change to raw material type
         shall be defined as a change BETWEEN raw material classifications such
         as changing from aluminum to steel or titanium to plastic.  Not
         included as a Technical Change for purposes of this clause are changes
         WITHIN a raw material classification such as changing from 7050
         Aluminum to 7075 Aluminum;

         b.   Any Technical Change which adds or deletes a process
         specification including but not limited to chem milling, chrome plate,
         anodize, paint, prime and heat treat.

5.6.1.2  CLAIMS


                                         -9-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Claims for Equitable Adjustment shall be made as follows:

         a.   Claims for any Technical Change made prior to 100% Engineering
         Release shall be made within Thirty (30) days after 100% Engineering
         Release.

5.6.2    SUBSEQUENT TO 100% ENGINEERING RELEASE

5.6.2.1  GENERALLY

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.0, "Changes" of the
         Agreement, and Section 5.2, "Changes Subject to an Equitable
         Adjustment", no equitable adjustment shall be made to the recurring or
         nonrecurring costs subsequent to 100% Engineering Release for any
         change unless the value of such change (debit or credit) is greater
         than or equal to two percent (2%) of the then current Unit Cost for
         the Product (recurring) or is greater than or equal to two percent
         (2%) of the total then current Nonrecurring Cost as set forth in
         Attachment "1".  For purposes of this Section, the then current Unit
         Cost or Total Nonrecurring Cost shall be the price identified in
         Attachment "1" plus any and all price adjustments agreed to previously
         which have not been added to Attachment "1".

5.6.2.2  CLAIMS


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Claims shall be made separately for each Product and for each change.
         Each claim shall be considered separately for application of the two
         percent (2%) threshold.  Changes may not be combined for the purposes
         of exceeding the two percent (2%) threshold described in Section
         5.6.2.2.

6.0      TERMINATION LIABILITY

         When required by Buyer, Seller shall submit a time-phased Termination
         Liability Curve per Attachment "5" attached hereto and by this
         reference incorporated herein.

         Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Buyer's
         termination liability pursuant to Section 12.0 of the Agreement shall
         not exceed the amount established by the Termination Liability Curve
         for the date of termination, reduced by the amount of all payments
         made by Buyer for delivered Products, tooling or other goods or
         services furnished by the Seller pursuant to the Order or made by
         Buyer in settlement of any other claim made by Seller or any other
         party in connection with the performance of the Order.

         At any point in time, whether or not Buyer requires Seller to submit a
         Termination Liability Curve, Buyer's termination liability shall be
         limited to the maximum value of scheduled production deliveries for
         two (2) months.


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

7.0      EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZATION

         When requested by Buyer, Seller shall submit a Lot Release Schedule
         Plan for approval.  Seller's Lot Release Schedule Plan is included as
         Attachment "6" hereto and is by this reference incorporated herein.
         Buyer's written authorization must be obtained prior to release of any
         lots.  Expenditures incurred by Seller exceeding those authorized by
         the Lot Release Schedule shall be at Seller's risk and expense.

8.0      PAYMENT

         8.1  RECURRING COST/SPECIAL CHARGE ITEMS

         Unless otherwise provided in the applicable order, payment shall be
         made in accordance with Document D6-55772 "Pay From Receipt".  Payment
         terms shall be net thirty (30) days except as otherwise agreed to by
         the parties.  All payments are subject to adjustment for shortages,
         credits and rejections.  Seller shall submit itemized charges for
         Products in accordance with Attachment 7 "PCOS Invoice Register"
         monthly, or as otherwise required by Buyer.

8.2      NON-RECURRING COSTS


                                         -12-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, the total 
         non-recurring price shall be paid by Buyer within the term discount 
         period or thirty (30) calendar days (whichever is later) after 
         receipt of both acceptable Products by Buyer and receipt of an 
         acceptable invoice accompanied by a properly prepared Certified Tool 
         List as specified in the M31-24 Document, "Boeing Supplier Tooling 
         Manual." Invoices received with incorrect, improperly prepared or 
         incomplete certified tool lists will be returned for correction prior 
         to payment.  Invoices shall be dated concurrent with, or subsequent 
         to, shipment of the Products.

9.0      PRODUCT ASSURANCE

9.1      GOVERNING DOCUMENT

         Seller acknowledges that Buyer and the owner or operator of each
         aircraft manufactured by Buyer incorporating the Products must be able
         to rely on each Product performing as specified and that Seller will
         provide the required support services.  Accordingly, the provisions of
         the Boeing Document M6-1124-3, Rev.  A "Boeing Designed, Sub-
         Contracted Products Manufacturers Warranty" are incorporated herein
         and by this reference are made a part hereof.


10.0     COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Seller's Program Manager shall be responsible to provide all necessary
         cost support data, source documents for direct and indirect costs, and
         assistance at the Seller's facility for cost performance reviews
         performed by Buyer pursuant to any order referencing these Special
         Business Provisions.  Seller shall be responsible to provide financial
         data, on a quarterly basis, or as requested, to Buyer's Credit Office
         for credit and financial condition reviews.  Said data shall include
         but not be limited to balance sheets, schedule of accounts payable and
         receivable, major lines of credit, creditors, income statements
         (profit and loss), cash flow statements, firm backlog, and headcounts.
         Copies of such data are to be made available within 72 hours of any
         written request by Buyer.  This data is required in addition to the
         cost data provided pursuant to Section 9.0 of the Agreement.  All such
         information so obtained shall be treated as confidential per Section
         15.0 of the Agreement.

11.0     GRANT OF LICENSE

11.1     LICENSED PROPERTY

         For this Section, "Licensed Property" shall be deemed to mean all
         patents (including divisions, continuations or substitutions thereof),
         designs, spec. processes, tool drawings, technical data and other
         information used in the development or production of Products.


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

11.2     CONSIDERATION

         In consideration for Buyer's agreement to pay certain non-recurring
         tooling, design, development and certification costs for the Products,
         Seller hereby grants to Buyer a present, royalty-free, non-exclusive
         license to use Licensed Property to make, have made, use and sell
         Products.  Buyer shall have the right to exercise said license at no
         additional cost to Buyer: (a) upon termination of this order for any
         reason; or (b) at any time after five years from the date of this
         order.

11.3     TITLE TRANSFER

         At any time following the exercise of the license granted herein,
         Buyer shall have the right to require Seller at no additional cost to
         Buyer to transfer to Buyer the title to and possession of all tooling,
         fixtures, die and jigs used by Seller or Seller's subcontractors in
         the development or production of Products.

12.0     SPARES AND SHORTFLOW PRODUCTION PRICING

         Except as set forth in subsections 12.1 and 12.2 below, the price for
         Spare(s) shall be the same as the production price for the Products as
         listed on Attachment "1" in effect at the time the Spare(s) are
         ordered.  POA parts shall be priced so that the sum of the


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         prices for all POA parts of an End Item Assembly equals the applicable
         recurring portion of the price of the End Item Assembly.

12.1     AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG)/CRITICAL SPARES, SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION
         REQUIREMENTS LESS THAN 60% OF SELLER'S RE-ORDER LEAD TIME (ROLT)

              The AOG is the highest priority category utilized by Buyer for
              spare parts procurements.  This classification will be assigned
              part requirements for actual grounded aircraft.  The Seller will
              provide delivery commitments within one (1) hour after receipt of
              the requirements.  The Critical priority classification is
              assigned spares requirements which are urgently needed by a
              customer or Buyer although no actual AOG condition exists, an AOG
              condition is imminent or a work stoppage may result from this
              Critical condition.  The Seller will provide delivery commitments
              within one (1) working day after receipt of the requirements.

              The Seller is required to support AOG/Critical Spares on a
              twenty-four (24) hour day basis, seven (7) day week and with
              maximum use of overtime.  Premium transportation is authorized.
              The price for Aircraft On Ground (AOG)/Critical Spares and short
              flow production requirements as defined herein


                                         -16-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

              shall be the price for such Products listed on Attachment "1" in
              effect when such Spares are ordered multiplied by a factor of
              1.07.

12.2     EXPEDITE SPARE (CLASS 1) AND SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS LESS
         THAN 100% BUT GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 60% OF SELLER'S RE-ORDER LEAD
         TIME (ROLT)

         The Expedite Spare classification is used to identify spares
         requirements that require delivery in less than Seller's normal re-
         order lead time (ROLT).  Manufacturing efforts will be based on a two
         (2) shift day basis, six (6) day week.  The price for Expedite Spares
         and short flow production requirement, as defined herein, shall be the
         price for such Products listed on Attachment "1" in effect when such
         Spares are ordered multiplied by a factor of 1.05. Expedite action
         will be taken only if necessary to meet Buyer's required date.

12.3     SPECIAL HANDLING

         The price for all effort associated with the production handling and
         delivery of Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for such
         Spare(s).  When Buyer directs delivery of Spare Parts to an F.O.B.
         point other than Seller's plant, however, Buyer shall reimburse Seller
         for shipping charges, including insurance, paid by Seller from the
         plant to the designated F.O.B. point.  Such charges shall be shown
         separately on all invoices.


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

13.0     BUYER FURNISHED MATERIAL

         It is the responsibility of the Seller to provide notice to the Buyer
         of required on-dock dates for all material to ensure production
         continuity.  Seller's notice shall provide Buyer with sufficient time
         to allow Buyer to competitively bid the material if so desired.

         Material furnished to Supplier shall be administered per the Bonded
         Stores Agreement between the parties.  Updates on the status of all
         Buyer furnished material shall be submitted monthly by the Seller to
         Buyer.

         Seller shall perform a 100% visual inspection on all material not
         having "Key Characteristics" identified on the applicable engineering
         drawing.  In addition, Seller shall perform a 100% inspection of "Key
         Characteristics", where applicable, on all Buyer furnished material.
         Said inspection shall be accomplished within Thirty (30) days of
         receipt of the material.  Upon completion of the appropriate
         inspection, Seller shall either (a) submit to Buyer, via an Advance
         Rejection tag, all non-conforming material for Buyer disposition or
         (b) stamp and date and maintain in bonded store all conforming
         material.

14.0     FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Identification of contracts and dollars contracted with the subject
         companies and or countries shall be documented on the Foreign
         Procurement Report.  The Foreign Procurement Report to Buyer required
         by Section 35.0, "Foreign Procurement offset," of the Agreement is to
         be provided on the Foreign Procurement Report form, Attachment "3"
         hereto.  Such document is by this reference made a part hereof.  The
         semi-annual reporting periods shall be January 1 to June 30 and July 1
         to December 31.  The reports shall be submitted on the 1st of August
         and the 1st of February respectively.

15.0     ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT

         The Administrative Agreement states certain obligations of the parties
         relating to the administration of the Agreement, these Special
         Business Provisions and each order, and such agreement is incorporated
         herein by this reference.

16.0     OPTION

         Seller irrevocably grants to Buyer the option to purchase an
         additional seventeen (17) months worth of Products beginning in August
         1995 through 1996 on the terms and conditions set forth in the
         Agreement and these Special Business Provisions at the prices set
         forth below on Attachment 1, increased by the equitable adjustments to
         the prices of


                                         -19-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         such Products, if any, for which the Seller has qualified pursuant to
         Sections 5.2 and 5.3 of these Special Business Provisions prior to the
         date of Buyer's exercise of the option.

16.1     EXERCISE OF OPTION

         Buyer may exercise the option contained herein by giving written
         notice to Seller at any time prior to the delivery to Buyer of the
         last shipset of the initial order quantity of Products provided
         however, that said option must be exercised in sufficient time to
         permit production continuity.  Seller agrees to provide Buyer with at
         least sixty (60) days written notice of the date when in Seller's
         opinion the option must be exercised in order to assure such
         production continuity.  Buyer may extend the option exercise date by
         purchasing long lead materials, or authorizing Seller to purchase such
         materials on terms acceptable to Boeing, if such purchase would have
         the effect of extending the date for assuring production continuity.

         Buyer reserves the right to (a) refuse the option and commence new
         negotiations with Seller for follow-on Products; or (b) purchase
         follow-on Products from third parties.  The purchase of any Products
         from third parties shall not be deemed to abrogate any of Seller's
         obligations to Buyer pursuant to the Agreement.

17.0     ASSIGNMENT/INTEGRATION


                                         -20-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 24.0 "Assignment" of the
         Agreement, Buyer and Seller agree that Buyer may, at its discretion,
         transfer its obligation to issue Order(s) to a "Third Party" for
         hardware pursuant to the applicable terms and conditions as set forth
         in the agreement and Special Business Provisions for the hardware at
         the prices set forth therein.  Buyer reserves the right to rescind its
         transfer at anytime it deems necessary.


         Buyer's transfer of purchasing obligation of hardware to Seller shall
         be limited to:

         a.   Scheduling of Hardware;
         b.   Issuance of order(s) for Hardware;
         c.   Receival and Inspection of Hardware;
         d.   Acceptance or Rejection of Hardware; and,
         e.   Payment for accepted Hardware.

         Buyer shall retain all other rights and obligations as set forth in
         the applicable terms and conditions.  In addition, Buyer shall be
         responsible for coordinating and mediating with and between the Seller
         and the Third Party on all matters relevant to the purchase of


                                         -21-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

         Buyer's requirements of the Products and Hardware including disputes
         which may arise between the Seller and Third Party.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                CASHMERE MANUFACTURING
By and Through its Division       COMPANY
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group


Name: /s/ Nancy V. Rosser              Name: /s/ John Eder
      ---------------------                  ---------------------
Title: Buyer                           Title: General Manager
Date: 8/15/94                          Date: 8/15/94


                                         -22-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "1" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)

                              WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for Products to be delivered on or before July 31, 1995, except as
otherwise noted below, shall be as follows:

KIT NUMBER SC65C35000-102



                           CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                         -23-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "2" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                                  PLANNING SCHEDULE


The following Airplane model and rate are forecasted for the years 1994-1995.

                                     MONTHLY RATE


                           CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                         -24-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "3" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)



                           FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT FORM

                                  (Seller to Submit)

                               (Reference Section 14.0)


                                         -25-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "4" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                                  RATES AND FACTORS

The following Rates and Factors, which are reflective of the proposed values
identified in Attachment "1" of this document, shall contribute to the
determination of equitable pricing for engineering changes, derivative aircraft,
and option or follow-on pricing.


Direct Labor Rate            $         *
Manufacturing Burden              %    *
G&A (Gen. Admin. Expense)         %    *
Profit                            %    *

                          *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                         -26-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "5" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                             TERMINATION LIABILITY CURVE
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 6.0)


In the event of termination or cancellation pursuant to Article 12.0 of the
Agreement, Buyer shall not be obligated to pay Seller more than the Cumulative
total amounts set forth below less payments previously made, for the
month/quarter in which the termination notice is issued, as the amounts shall be
amended from time to time.


                                    ($000 Omitted)


                 Nonrecurring   Recurring
Year/Quarter     Cost           Cost           Total
- - ------------     ----           ----           -----
___ First        $              $
___ Second
___ Third
___ Fourth


___ First        $              $
___ Second
___ Third
___ Fourth

___ First        $              $
___ Second
___ Third
___ Fourth

TOTAL            $_______       $_______


                                         -27-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "6" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                        INCREMENTAL LOT RELEASE SCHEDULE PLAN
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 7.0)

A.  AUTHORIZATION SUMMARY Non-recurring releases authorized in conjunction with
    the execution of the Agreement are as summarized below.  The nonrecurring
    Price represents the baseline value to be used to determine change pricing
    adjustment per Section 5.2 "Changes Subject to an Equitable Adjustment."

                    To Support
                    Production     Authorization       Dollar
Item                Rate Of        Date                Amount
- - ----                -------        ----                ------

Contractor Use      ___S/S per     Execution of        _____
Tooling             Month          Agreement

Common Use Tools                                       _____

Forging Dies                                           _____

Other Non-Recurring
Work                                                   _____

Total Non-Recurring
Baseline Value                                         _____


                                         -28-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "6" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)

Recurring releases authorized in conjunction with execution of this Agreement
are herein summarized in shipset quantities.

Material                      Quantity S/S
- - --------                      ------------
Metallic Raw Material
Non-Metallic Raw Material
Purchased Parts
Extrusions

Fabrication
- - -----------
Detail Parts

Assembly
- - --------

B.  LEAD TIMES

    Lead times for material, fabrication and assembly authorizations are as
    tabulated below in months prior to delivery of the first Shipset affected.

Material                                              Months
- - --------                                              ------
Metallic Raw Material                                 TBD
Non-Metallic Raw Material                             TBD
Castings/Forgings                                     TBD
Purchased Parts                                       TBD
Extrusions                                            TBD

Fabrication
- - -----------
Detail Parts                                          TBD

Assembly                                              TBD
- - --------

Rate Tooling
- - ------------
(Greater than the Baseline Shipsets per Month)        TBD


                                         -29-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "7" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)

                                PCOS INVOICE REGISTER
                                  (See Section 8.1)


                                         -30-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.48

                             MATERIAL OMITTED PURSUANT TO
                       APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATEMENT




                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                       between




                                  THE BOEING COMPANY


                                         and


                            CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY














                                   Number PLR-950A

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION    ITEM                                                            PAGE
- - -------    ----                                                            ----

1.0  DEFINITIONS..............................................................1

2.0  PURCHASE ORDER NOTE......................................................1

3.0  PRICES...................................................................2

3.1  Firm Fixed Prices........................................................2

3.2  Manufacturing Configuration Baseline.....................................2

3.3  Packaging................................................................2

4.0  PURCHASE ORDER ISSUANCE..................................................2

5.0  CHANGES..................................................................3

5.1  Changes At No Cost.......................................................3

5.2  Changes Subject to An Equitable Adjustment...............................3

5.3  Changes to the Statement of Work.........................................4

5.4  Computation of Equitable Adjustment......................................4

5.5  Planning Schedule........................................................5

6.0  TERMINATION LIABILITY....................................................5

7.0  EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZATION................................................5

8.0  PAYMENT..................................................................6

8.1  Recurring Costs..........................................................6

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

8.2  Non-Recurring Costs......................................................6

9.0  PRODUCT ASSURANCE........................................................6

9.1  Governing Document.......................................................6

10.0 COST PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY..............................................6

11.0 GRANT OF LICENSE.........................................................7

11.1 Licensed Property........................................................7

11.2 Consideration............................................................7

11.3 Title Transfer...........................................................7

12.0 SPARES PRICING...........................................................7

12.1 Aircraft On Ground (AOG) Spares..........................................7

12.2 Critical Spares..........................................................8

12.3 Special Handling.........................................................8

13.0 BUYER FURNISHED MATERIAL (WHERE APPLICABLE)..............................8

14.0 FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT...............................................9

15.0 STATUS REPORTS...........................................................9

     Attachment 1      Work Statement and Pricing..............................
     Attachment 2      Planning Schedule.......................................
     Attachment 3      Foreign Procurement Report..............................
     Attachment 4      Rates and Factors.......................................
     Attachment 5      Termination Liability Curve.............................
     Attachment 6      Incremental Lot Release Schedule Plan...................

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                      REVISIONS


 REV.
 SYM                   DESCRIPTION                     DATE            APPROVAL
 ----                  -----------                     ----            --------

  1        INCORPORATE NEW CONTRACT                  08-22-91
           LANGUAGE L-71 (03-13-91) TO SHEET
           METAL OFFLOAD CONTRACTS

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS ("SBP") are entered into as of February 5,
1990 by Cashmere Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation with its
principal office in Cashmere, Washington ("Seller"), and Boeing Commercial
Airplane Group, a division of The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation with
its principal office in Seattle, Washington ("Buyer").

                                       RECITALS

A.   Buyer and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement (the "Agreement")
     dated February 5, 1990 for the sale by Seller and purchase by Buyer of
     Products.

B.   Buyer and Seller desire to enter into another agreement to include these
     Special Business Provisions relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by
     Buyer of the Products.  Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual
     covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.0  DEFINITIONS

     The definitions used herein shall be the same as used in the Agreement.
     In addition, the term "Rate Tool Capacity" shall mean the quantity of
     tooling required to support a production rate not to exceed 21 shipsets
     per month on the 737, 10 shipsets per month on the 747, 14 shipsets per
     month on the 757, 10 shipsets per month on the 767, 7 shipsets per month
     on the 777, and the term "Initial Order" shall mean the order as it first
     exists, prior to Amendment or Change.

2.0  PURCHASE ORDER NOTE

     The following note shall be contained in any order to which these Special
     Business Provisions are applicable:

           This order is subject to and incorporates by this reference the
           Special Business Provisions PLR-950A between The Boeing Company and
           Cashmere Manufacturing Company dated February 5, 1990.

     Each order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to include
     the provisions of these Special Business Provisions.


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

3.0  PRICES

3.1  FIRM FIXED PRICES

     The prices and period of performance of Products to be delivered under
     this contract are listed in Attachment "1" which by this reference are
     incorporated herein and are firm fixed prices in United States dollars,
     F.O.B. Cashmere, Washington.

3.2  MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE

     Unit pricing for each part number shown in Attachment "1"reflects the
     latest revisions of the Engineering Drawings and Outside Production
     specification Plans (OPSP's) at the time of the signing of these Special
     Business Provisions.

3.3  PACKAGING

     The prices shown in Attachment "1" do include packaging costs.  Packaging
     shall be furnished by the Seller.  If necessary, Seller may repair or
     furnish additional packaging upon approval by Buyer of Seller's price
     proposal for such repair or additional packaging.  Separate purchase
     orders shall be released by Buyer to cover such expense (if applicable).

4.0  PURCHASE ORDER ISSUANCE

     Buyer and Seller agree that, in addition to other provisions of the Order
     and in consideration of the prices set forth under Section 3.1, "Firm
     Fixed Prices," Buyer shall issue purchase orders for the Products listed
     in Attachment "1" from time to time to Seller for Buyer's requirements, to
     be shipped at any scheduled rate of delivery, as determined by Buyer, but
     not to exceed the Rate Tool Capacity, and Seller shall sell to Buyer
     Buyer's requirements of such products, provided that, without limitation
     on Buyer's right to determine its requirements, Buyer shall not be
     obligated to issue any purchase orders for any given Product if:

     A.    Any of Buyer's customers specify an alternate product;

     B.    Such Product is, in Buyer's reasonable judgment, not technologically
           competitive at any time.  "Technologically competitive" shall be
           defined as significant changes to Product design, including
           materials, specifications or manufacturing processes which result in
           a reduced price or weight.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

     C.    Buyer gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of
           Buyer's aircraft which will result in Buyer's no longer requiring
           such Product for such aircraft;

     D.    Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations under any
           Order, whether or not Buyer has issued a notice of default to Seller
           pursuant to Section 12.2, "Cancellation - Default," of the
           Agreement; or

     E.    Buyer reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Buyer's
           requirements for Products in the amounts and within the delivery
           schedules Buyer requires.

5.0  CHANGES

5.1  CHANGES AT NO COST

     Not withstanding the provision for an equitable adjustment in Section
     10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement, Buyer may make the changes set forth in
     subsections 5.1.1, 5.1.2, and 5.1.3 without cost or change in the unit
     price stated in the applicable order.

     5.1.1 Changes in the delivery schedule, including firing order and rate
           changes, if (a) the delivery date of the Product under such order is
           on or bef ore the last date of the applicable period of performance
           as identified in Attachment "1" and (b) Buyer provides Seller with
           written notice of the changes.

           A.    At least four (4) months prior to the first day of the month
                 in which any acceleration in the delivery schedule is to take
                 effect; and/or

           B.    At least four (4) months prior to the first day of the month
                 in which any deceleration in the delivery schedule is to take
                 effect.

     5.1.2 Changes in the Tooling required to support delivery schedule
           adjustments, including but not limited to production rate changes,
           that are in accordance with the Rate Tool Capacity.

     5.1.3 Engineering change to incorporate Seller initiated production
           facility requirements to facilitate or improve Seller's
           manufacturing processes.

5.2  CHANGES SUBJECT TO AN EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

     An equitable adjustment in the price of any Product shall be made in
     accordance with Section 10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement if Buyer makes a
     change in the delivery schedule of such product under an order and:

     A.    Such Product, although originally scheduled for delivery during the
           period of performance for the applicable package under such Order as
           identified in Attachment "1", is delivered after the period of
           performance in accordance with such order as changed; or

     B.    Such products monthly rate exceeds the Rate Tool Capacity as stated
           in Section 1.0; or

     C.    Such change does not meet the notice requirements of Section 5.1.1
           above; and, Seller submits to Buyer a written request for an
           equitable adjustment within 180 days of receipt of the written
           change notice.

     The amount of the price adjustment for each product shall be determined by
     multiplying the original unit price plus any negotiated changes which are
     incorporated into the individual product price, excluding items such as
     amortization of tooling, amortization of schedule slides, amortization of
     set-up charges, etc., by three tenths of one percent (.3 of 1%) then
     multiplying that factor by the cumulative balance of the number of
     products previously scheduled in each successive month that falls outside
     the changes at no cost periods set forth in Section 5.1.1 above.  No price
     adjustment shall be made for that portion of any delivery schedule change
     which falls inside the changes at no cost periods set for in Section
     5.1.1.

5.3  CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK

     Buyer may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order and in
     accordance with the provisions of Section 10.0, "Changes," of the
     Agreement to increase or decrease the work to be performed by the Seller
     in the manufacture of any Product.  The equitable adjustment, if any, to
     be paid by Buyer to Seller for such change shall be computed in accordance
     with the provisions of Section 5.4.

5.4  COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT

     The Rates and Factors set forth in Attachment "4", which by this reference
     is incorporated herein, shall be used to determine the equitable
     adjustment, if any, (including equitable adjustments, if any, in the
     prices of Products to be incorporated in


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

     Derivative Aircraft), to be paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 10.0, 
     "Changes," of the Agreement.

5.5  PLANNING SCHEDULE

     The planning schedule, attached hereto as Attachment "2" and by this
     reference incorporated herein, is a schedule to be used for planning
     production following the initial purchase order release.  Such planning
     schedule shall not constitute a limitation on Buyers right to issue
     purchase orders to Seller for greater or lesser quantities or to specify
     different delivery dates as necessary to meet Buyers requirements for the
     products listed on Attachment "1".  Such planning schedule shall be
     subject to adjustment from time to time.  Any such adjustment shall not be
     deemed to be a change under Section 10.0, "Changes," of the Agreement.

6.0  TERMINATION LIABILITY

     When required by Buyer, Seller shall submit a time-phased Termination
     Liability Curve per Attachment "5" attached hereto and by this reference
     incorporated herein.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Buyer's
     termination liability pursuant to Section 12 of the Agreement shall not
     exceed the amount established by the Termination Liability Curve for the
     date of termination, reduced by the amount of all payments made by Buyer
     for delivered Products, tooling or other goods or services furnished by
     the Seller pursuant to the order or made by Buyer in settlement of any
     other claim made by Seller or any other party in connection with the
     performance of the Order.

     At any point in time, whether or not Buyer requires Seller to submit a
     Termination Liability Curve, Buyer's termination liability shall be
     limited to the maximum value of scheduled production deliveries for twelve
     (12) months.

7.0  EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZATION

     When requested by Buyer, Seller shall submit a Lot Release Schedule Plan
     for approval.  Seller's Lot Release Schedule Plan is included as
     Attachment "6" hereto and is by this reference incorporated herein.
     Buyer's written authorization must be obtained prior to release of any
     lots.  Expenditures incurred by Seller exceeding those authorized by the
     Lot Release Schedule shall be at Seller's risk and expense.


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

8.0  PAYMENT

8.1  RECURRING COSTS

     Payment shall be net thirty (30) days.  Unless otherwise provided under
     the applicable Order, payment due dates, including discount periods, shall
     be computed from (a) the date of receipt of the Product, (b) the date of
     receipt of a correct invoice or (c) the scheduled delivery date of such
     Product, whichever is last, up to and including the date Buyer's check is
     mailed.  Unless freight and other charges are itemized, any discount shall
     be taken on the full amount of the invoice.  All payments are subject to
     adjustment for shortages, credits and rejections.

8.2  NON-RECURRING COSTS

     Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, the total non-recurring
     price shall be paid by Buyer within the term discount period or thirty
     (30) calendar days (whichever is later) after receipt of both acceptable
     Products by Buyer and receipt of an acceptable invoice accompanied by a
     properly prepared Certified Tool List as specified in the M31-24 Document,
     "Boeing Supplier Tooling Manual." Invoices received with incorrect,
     improperly prepared or incomplete certified tool lists will be returned
     for correction prior to payment.  Invoices shall be dated concurrent with,
     or subsequent to, shipment of the Products.

9.0  PRODUCT ASSURANCE

9.1  GOVERNING DOCUMENT

     Seller acknowledges that Buyer and the owner or operator of each aircraft
     manufactured by Buyer incorporating the Products must be able to rely on
     each Product performing as specified and that Seller will provide the
     required support services.  Accordingly, the provisions of the Boeing
     Document M6-1124-3, "Boeing Designed, Sub-Contracted Products
     Manufacturers Warranty" are incorporated herein and by this reference are
     made a part hereof.

10.0 COST PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY

     Seller's Program Manager shall be responsible to provide all necessary
     cost support data, source documents for direct and indirect costs, and
     assistance at the Seller's facility for cost performance reviews performed
     by Buyers pursuant to any order


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

     referencing these Special Business Provisions.  Copies of such data are to
     be made available within 72 hours of any request by Buyer.  This data is
     required in addition to the cost data provided pursuant to Section 9.0 of
     the Agreement.  All such information so obtained shall be treated as
     confidential in accordance with Section 15.0 of the Agreement.

11.0 GRANT OF LICENSE

11.1 LICENSED PROPERTY

     For purposes of this Section, "Licensed Property" shall be deemed to mean
     all patents (including divisions, continuations or substitutions thereof),
     designs, specifications processes, tooling drawings, technical data and
     other information used in the development or production of Products.

11.2 CONSIDERATION

     In consideration for Buyer's agreement to pay certain nonrecurring
     tooling, design, development and certification costs for the Products,
     Seller hereby grants to Buyer a present, royalty-free, non-exclusive
     license to use Licensed Property to make, have made, use and sell
     Products.  Buyer shall have the right to exercise said license at no
     additional cost to Buyer: (a) upon termination of this Order for any
     reason; or (b) at any time after five years from the date of this Order.

11.3 TITLE TRANSFER

     At any time following the exercise of the license granted herein, Buyer
     shall have the right to require Seller at no additional cost to Buyer to
     transfer to Buyer the title to and possession of all tooling, fixtures,
     die and jigs used by Seller or Seller's subcontractors in the development
     or production of Products.

12.0 SPARES PRICING

     Except as set forth in subsections 12.1 and 12.2 below, the price for
     Spare(s) shall be the same as the production price for the Products as
     listed on Attachment "1" in effect at the time the Spare(s) are ordered.
     POA parts shall be priced so that the sum of the prices for all POA parts
     of an End Item Assembly equals the applicable recurring portion of the
     price of the End Item Assembly.


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

12.1 AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG) SPARES

     The AOG is the highest priority category utilized by Buyer for spare parts
     procurements.  This classification will be assigned part requirements for
     actual grounded aircraft.  The Seller is required to support this effort
     on a twenty-four (24) hour day basis, seven (7) day week and with maximum
     use of overtime.        Premium transportation is authorized.  Seller will
     provide delivery commitments within one (1) hour after receipt of
     requirement.  The price for Aircraft On Ground (AOG) spares shall be the
     price for such Products listed on Attachment "1" in effect when such
     Spares are ordered multiplied by a factor of 1.07.

12.2 CRITICAL SPARES

     The Critical priority classification is assigned spares requirements which
     are urgently needed by a customer or Buyer although no actual AOG
     condition exists, an AOG condition is imminent or a work stoppage may
     result from this Critical condition.

     All Critical priority spare parts requirements will have an expedited
     demand date.      Every effort shall be made by the Seller to support this
     date, including parts manufactured based on a twenty-four (24) hour day,
     seven (7) day week, maximum use of overtime and premium transportation.
     Seller will provide delivery commitments within one (1) working day after
     receipt of requirement.  The price for Critical Spares shall be the price
     for such Products listed on Attachment "1" in effect when such Spares are
     ordered multiplied by a factor of 1.05.

12.3 SPECIAL HANDLING

     The price for all effort associated with the production handling and
     delivery of Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for such
     Spare(s).  When Buyer directs delivery of Spare Parts to an F.O.B. point
     other than Seller's plant, however, Buyer shall reimburse Seller for
     shipping charges, including insurance, paid by Seller from the plant to
     the designated F.O.B. point.  Such charges shall be shown separately on
     all invoices.

13.0 BUYER FURNISHED MATERIAL (WHERE APPLICABLE)

     It is the responsibility of the Seller to provide notice to the Buyer of
     required on-dock dates for all raw material to ensure production
     continuity.  Seller's notice shall provide


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

     Buyer with sufficient time to allow Buyer to competitively bid the raw
     material if so desired.

     Material furnished to Supplier shall be administered per the Bonded Stores
     Agreement between the parties.  Updates on the status of all Buyer
     furnished raw material shall be submitted quarterly by the Seller to Buyer

14.0 FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT

     The Foreign Procurement Report to Buyer required by Section 35.0, "Foreign
     Procurement Offset," of the Agreement is to be provided on the Foreign
     Procurement Report form, Attachment "3" hereto, in accordance with
     instructions provided therein.  Such document is by this reference made a
     part hereof.  The semi-annual reporting periods shall be January 1 to
     June 30 and July 1 to December 31.  The reports shall be submitted on the
     lst of August and the 1st of February respectively.

15.0 STATUS REPORTS

     Seller shall update and submit, as a minimum, monthly status reports using
     a method mutually agreed upon by the Buyer and Seller.  Seller shall also
     submit monthly status reports using Boeing's Vendor Follow-Up Report.

     For all first run programs, Seller shall provide to Buyer a milestone
     chart identifying the following:

     (a)   Raw material schedule, including;

           (i)   purchase order number and date,

           (ii)  order quantity and delivery schedule

     (b)   Planning and Programming start and completion;

     (c)   Tooling manufacture start and completion;

     (d)   Machining start and completion by operation;

     (e)   Outside processing by operation and subcontractor;


                                         -9-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

     (f)   First article completion date; and,

     (g)   Production lot release plan.


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.


THE BOEING COMPANY                       CASHMERE MANUFACTURING
By and Through its Division              COMPANY
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group



Name: /s/                                Name: /s/ John Eder
      ----------------------------             ----------------------------
Title: Buyer                             Title: Vice President, Manufacturing


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "1" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                              WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price and period of performance for Products to be delivered under this
contract shall be as follows:









NOTE:  ALL PRODUCTS, CORRESPONDING PRICING AND THE APPLICABLE PERIOD OF
PERFORMANCE FOR SAID PRODUCTS, TO BE PURCHASED BY THE SHEET METAL/OFF-LOAD GROUP
ARE IDENTIFIED AND MAINTAINED IN A SHEET METAL PRICING CATALOG IDENTIFIED AS
CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY ATTACHMENT "1" TO SBP PLR-950A WHICH IS HEREBY
INCORPORATED AND MADE A PART HEREOF BY THIS REFERENCE.  SAID CATALOG SHALL BE
AMENDED AS DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE PARTIES BUT NO LESS THAN SEMI-ANNUALLY.  ALL
PRICING IN THE AFOREMENTIONED CATALOG IS FIRM FIXED PRICE FOR DELIVERIES THROUGH
THE APPLICABLE TIME FRAME, EXCEPT AS NOTED HEREIN IN SECTION 3.0 "PRICES".

                       *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

PLEASE NOTE:  THE EXTENDED AMOUNTS SHOWN IN THIS ATTACHMENT ARE BASED UPON
ESTIMATED USAGE RATES AND ARE USED AS A GUIDE ONLY.  ANY ESTIMATE OF PRESENT OR
FUTURE REQUIREMENTS PROVIDED TO SELLER BY BUYER IS NOT TO BE CONSIDERED AS A
COMMITMENT OF BUYER IS ACTUAL PURCHASE REQUIREMENTS.  EXTENDED AMOUNTS ARE NOT
GUARANTEED TO BE ACTUALLY AWARDED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY BUYER TO SELLER.


                                         -12-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "2" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                                  PLANNING SCHEDULE





The following Airplane model mix and rate are forecasted for the year 1992-1996.



Model Mix        1992        1993        1994        1995        1996
737
747
757
767              *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
777

TOTAL


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "3" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                           FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT FORM
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 14.0)



                                         -14-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "4" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                                  RATES AND FACTORS

The following Rates and Factors, which are reflective of the proposed values
identified in Attachment "1" of this document, shall contribute to the
determination of equitable pricing for engineering changes, derivative aircraft,
and option or follow-on pricing.

                                               TOOL FAB
                             PRODUCTION        & REWORK          EXPEDITE
Direct Labor Rate
Manufacturing Burden
G&A (Gen. Admin. Exp.)
Profit

                       *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "5" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                             TERMINATION LIABILITY CURVE
                                 (Seller to  Submit)
                               (Reference Section 6.0)


In the event of termination or cancellation pursuant to Article 12.0 of the
Agreement, Buyer shall not be obligated to pay Seller more than the Cumulative
total amounts set forth below less payments previously made, for the
month/quarter in which the termination notice is issued, as the amounts shall be
amended from time to time.


                                    ($000 Omitted)

                       Nonrecurring
                       Cost              Recurring
Year/Quarter           Total             Cost
- - ------------           ------------      ---------

____ First             $                 $
____ Second
____ Third
____ Fourth


____ First             $                 $
____ Second
____ Third
____ Fourth


____ First             $                 $
____ Second
____ Third
____ Fourth



                                         -16-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

TOTAL              $__________    $__________


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

                                                               ATTACHMENT "5" TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                                                  (REQUIREMENTS)


                        INCREMENTAL LOT RELEASE SCHEDULE PLAN
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 9.0)

A.  AUTHORIZATION SUMMARY  Non-recurring releases authorized in conjunction
    with the execution of the Contract are as summarized below.  The non-
recurring Price represents the baseline value to be used to determine change
pricing adjustment per Section 5.2 "Changes Subject to an Equitable Adjustment."


                                   To Support
                                   Production        Authorization     Dollar
Item                               Rate of           Date              Amount
- - ----                               ----------        -------------     ------

Contractor Use Tooling             ___S/S per        Execution of      ______
                                   Month             Contract
Common Use Tools                                                       ______
Forging Dies                                                           ______
Other Non-Recurring Work                                               ______
Total Non-Recurring Baseline Value                                     ______


Recurring releases authorized in conjunction with execution of this Contract are
herein summarized in shipset quantities.

Material                           Quantity SIS
- - --------                           ------------

Metallic Raw Material
Non-Metallic Raw Material
Purchased Parts
Extrusions


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
(REQUIREMENTS)

FABRICATION
Detail Parts

ASSEMBLY

B.  LEAD TIMES
    Lead times for material, fabrication and assembly authorizations are as
    tabulated below in months prior to delivery of the first Shipset affected.

                Material                              Months
                --------                              ------

    Metallic Raw Material                             TBD
Non-Metallic Raw Material                             TBD
        Castings/Forgings                             TBD
          Purchased Parts                             TBD
               Extrusions                             TBD

              Fabrication
              -----------

             Detail Parts                             TBD

                 Assembly                             TBD
                 --------

             Rate Tooling
             ------------

(Greater than the Baseline Shipsets per Month)        TBD


                                         -19-


<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.49



                            ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT


                                     between



                               THE BOEING COMPANY


                                       and





                         CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY








                              NUMBER L-435579-818ON




                                       -i-
<PAGE>

                            ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


 Section       Title                                                      Page
 -------       -----                                                      ----

    1.0      INTRODUCTION                                                   1

    2.0      CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENT AUTHORIZATION                           2

    2.1      Buyer Designees                                                2

    2.2      Seller Designees                                               3

    3.0      COMMUNICATION AND CORRESPONDENCE                               3

    3.1      Seller to Buyer                                                3

    3.2      Buyer to Seller                                                4

    4.0      RESIDENT TEAM ADMINISTRATION                                   5

    5.0      PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS                                           5

    5.1      Fabrication/Purchase of Details                                6

    5.2      Delivery Requirements                                          6

    5.3      On-site Support                                                7

    6.0      ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES                                7

    6.1      Program Management Documentation                               7

    6.2      Facilities                                                     8

    7.0      PROGRAM MANAGEMENT                                             8

    7.1      Program Manager                                                8

    7.2      Status Reports                                                 8

    7.3      Quarterly Reviews                                             10

    8.0      CHANGE NOTIFICATION                                           10

    9.0      NEGOTIATION DOCUMENTATION                                     11

   10.0      DISPUTE RESOLUTION                                            12



                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

                                    REVISIONS


Rev
Sym            Description                        Date
- - ---            -----------                        ----












                                      -iii-
<PAGE>

                            ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT


THIS ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT is entered into as of August 11, 1994 by Cashmere
Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation with its principle office in
Cashmere, Washington ("Seller"), and Boeing Commercial Airplane Group, a
division of The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation with its principal office
in Seattle, Washington ("Buyer").

                                    RECITALS

A.   Buyer and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement (the "Agreement")
     dated February 5, 1990 and Special Business Provisions dated August 11,
     1994 for the sale by Seller and purchase by Buyer of Products.

B.   Buyer and Seller desire to enter into another agreement to include this
     Administrative Agreement relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by
     Buyer of the Products.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the
parties agree as follows:

1.0       INTRODUCTION

1.1       This Administrative Agreement sets forth additional requirements of
          Seller in support of Buyer and Buyer's requirements other than those
          identified in General Terms Agreement 


                                       -1-
<PAGE>

          PLR-950 and Special Business Provisions L-435579-8180N.  The objective
          of this Administrative Agreement is to establish the work and
          coordination required of Seller during the performance of this
          contract.

1.2       Paragraphs 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 3.1.1, 3.1.2 and 3.1.3 may be revised
          unilaterally by Buyer, at any time, by written notification to Seller.

          Paragraphs 2.2.1 and 3.2.1 may be revised unilaterally by Seller, at
          any time, by written notification to Buyer.

          The remaining paragraphs included in this document may be revised only
          by bilateral agreement executed by both parties.

1.3       In the event of any conflict between the requirements stated herein
          and the language in the General Terms Agreement (GTA) and Special
          Business Provisions (SBP), the requirements of the GTA and SBP shall
          prevail.

2.0       CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENT AUTHORIZATION

2.1       BUYER DESIGNEES

2.1.1     Only the following individuals are authorized to make contractual
          commitments, provide contractual direction and to coordinate
          operational matters with Seller on behalf of Buyer 


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

          with regard to the General Terms Agreement, Special Business
          Provisions and this Administrative Agreement:

     Name                       Title                             Limits
     ----                       -----                             -------

     R. L. Ecker                Director POP                      None

     G. M. Meredith             Senior Manager POP                None

     R. C. Sellers              Procurement Manager               None

     N. Rosser                  Contracts Administrator           None


2.1.2     The following individuals are authorized to communicate directly with
          Seller concerning engineering, quality control, production, schedule
          and delivery status and cost performance problems on behalf of Buyer:

     Name           Title                              Responsibility
     ----           -----                              ---------------


                                                       Quality Rep.

     M. Marsh                                          Technical Support

     M. Lea                                            Technical Support

2.2       SELLER DESIGNEES

2.2.1     Only the following individuals are authorized to make contractual
          commitments on behalf of the Seller with regard to the General Terms
          Agreement, Special Business Provisions and this Administrative
          Agreement:

     Name           Title                              Responsibility
     ----           -----                              ---------------



                                       -3-
<PAGE>

3.0       COMMUNICATION AND CORRESPONDENCE

3.1       SELLER TO BUYER

3.1.1     All correspondence to Buyer concerning the General Terms Agreement,
          Special Business Provisions or this Administrative Agreement is to be
          addressed as follows:

     MAIL           THE BOEING COMPANY
                    Boeing Commercial Airplane Group
                    Post Office Box 3707
                    Seattle, WA 98124-2207
                    Attention:  N. Rosser
                    Organization:  6-5380
                    Mail Stop:  39-CJ

     FACSIMILES     Fax Number     (206) 266-2221
                    Attention N. Rosser
                    Organization   6-5380
                    Mail Stop 39-CJ
                    Telephone (206) 266-1038

3.1.2     Contractual correspondence shall be marked for the attention of the
          person designated in paragraph 3.1 above.

3.1.3     Correspondence pertaining to other than contractual matters or falling
          within the purview of an individual other than the designated Contract
          Administrator, shall be marked for the attention of the individual
          concerned with an information copy routed to the person identified in
          paragraph 3.1.

3.2       BUYER TO SELLER


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

3.2.1     All correspondence to Seller concerning the General Terms Agreement,
          Special Business Provisions or this Administrative Agreement is to be
          addressed as follows:

     MAIL           Cashmere Manufacturing Company
                    102 Maple St.
                    Cashmere, WA 98815
                    Attention:  Contracts

     FACSIMILES     Fax Number     509-782-2580
                    Attention
                    Organization   Contracts
                    Telephone 509-782-2455

4.0       RESIDENT TEAM ADMINISTRATION

          In the event the parties determine that a resident team is required in
          support of the General Terms Agreement and Special Business
          Provisions, the following shall apply.

4.1       The names and titles of the personnel assigned as members of a
          resident team of one party at the other parties' facility shall be
          identified in writing prior to the resident team members arrival at
          the facility.  A description of any changes in personnel, once the
          team is assigned, will also be provided in writing.

4.2       A resident team consisting of more than one person shall have one
          specific person designated as team leader who shall act as
          administrative focal point for the resident team activities.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

4.3       Discipline of resident team personnel employed by one party and
          located at the facility of the other party shall be the responsibility
          of the employer of that person.  Employees of each party will obey all
          applicable rules while at the other party's facility.

5.0       PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

          Seller acknowledges and accepts the requirements of this program as
          outlined below.  Seller also acknowledges and accepts the remedies
          afforded the Buyer as provided under the GTA, SPB, and at law in the
          event of a breach.

          Seller shall maintain the management and control functions necessary
          to insure that program requirements are met and to provide program and
          technical visibility to Buyer's representatives.

5.1       FABRICATION/PURCHASE OF DETAIL COMPONENTS

          Seller shall be responsible for the fabrication and/or purchase of all
          components required in the manufacture of the Product(s) except as
          otherwise agreed to by the parties.

5.2       DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

          Seller shall support Buyer's delivery requirements in the manner
          necessary by Buyer to support aircraft manufacture.  Buyer reserves
          the right to have Seller deliver in any quantity and at any delivery
          schedule which best facilitates Buyer's manufacture process.  This may
          include Just-in-Time delivery, Kitting, direct delivery to point of
          use facility, 


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

          twenty-four (24) hour turn around of repair and engineering change
          requirements and delivery of specific aircraft requirements per
          Buyer's Firing Order.

5.3       ON-SITE SUPPORT

          Seller agrees to provide, as required, on-site support at Buyer's
          facility to support engineering changes and factory rejections within
          Buyer's facility.  Said support shall be immediate for such a period
          of time as required by Buyer to support Buyer's production schedule. 
          Seller shall provide information, as set forth in 4.0 Resident Team
          above, for all personnel to be used on-site by Seller.

6.0       ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES

          Seller shall provide the equipment, material, facilities, and
          personnel necessary to comply with the administrative requirements set
          forth in this Administrative Agreement.

6.1       PROGRAM MANAGEMENT DOCUMENTATION

          Seller shall provide three copies of the data required herein, unless
          otherwise specified.

6.1.1     SELLER'S RESPONSIBILITY

          Seller is responsible for supporting meetings and reviews as may be
          necessary.  This includes providing required status reports and test
          hardware as set forth herein as may be required.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

6.1.2     COORDINATION MEETINGS

          Seller shall initiate a telephone conference whenever failures,
          schedule slides or other urgent matters indicate the need.  Buyer
          shall confirm any direction given to Seller as a result of telephone
          conferences in a telegram or letter within five (5) working days of
          the conference.

6.2       FACILITIES

          Seller is responsible for providing sufficient facilities to perform
          the requirements of this contract.

7.0       PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

7.1       PROGRAM MANAGER

          The Seller's Program Manager will monitor all departments involved in
          producing the parts listed in the Special Business Provisions,
          Attachment "1".  The Program Manager, as set forth above, will be the
          primary Buyer interface for program status.

7.2       STATUS REPORTS

7.2.1     Status reports shall be submitted after contract go ahead, as
          requested by Buyer.  Said status reports for each hardware item shall
          cover, but not be limited to, the following topics:

          (a)  Discussion of any schedule slides and identification of
               corrective action;


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     (b)  Technical discussion of the events of the past month, covering
          significant advancements and problem areas;

     (c)  Identification of any changes to the key manpower or manning level;

     (d)  An identification of the critical events expected within the next
          month and a discussion of any factors which may affect the outcome of
          these events;

     (e)  A status report on any open action items including compliance with
          scheduled closure dates;

     (f)  Purchased components and raw material status update; and,

     (g)  Schedules on first article hardware including fabrication, subassembly
          and final assembly and/or delinquent parts shall be progressively
          detailed with major program milestones on the first sheet and detail
          schedule for the hardware area on subsequent sheets.  Updates of the
          schedules shall contain clear indication of any adjustments from the
          previous submittal.

7.2.2     Seller will submit monthly tool design and fabrication progress
          reports until completion of basic tooling fabrication.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>


7.2.3     Seller will submit a Certified Tool List for all accountable tools
          thirty (30) days after delivery of the first production unit to Buyer,
          in accordance with Section 4.0 of Document M31-24, "Boeing Supplier's
          Tooling Manual."  Subsequent to the initial Certified Tool List,
          Seller will submit Certified Tool Lists for any new, reworked or
          re-identified tools, thirty (30) days after completion of the first
          affected production part.

7.3  QUARTERLY REVIEWS

     Quarterly Program Reviews will be held at the Seller's or Buyer's
     facilities.  The topics of these reviews may include raw material and
     component part status, production status, Boeing supplied components
     inventory, Boeing requirements, changes, forecasts and other issues
     pertinent to the program.

8.0  CHANGE NOTIFICATION

8.1  Engineering changes and other modifications, revisions, additions,
     deletions, and/or stop work orders to the General Terms Agreement pursuant
     to Article 10.0 "Changes" thereof shall be accomplished by a serialized
     Contract Change Notice (CCN) which shall be Seller's formal authorization
     to proceed.  CCNs shall include all the data required to insure complete
     and prompt understanding and compliance by Seller.  The Contract
     Administrator identified in 2.1.1 hereof will control and assign all CCN
     numbers.

8.2  CCN numbers will be identified by serial numbers continuing in numerical
     sequence.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


8.3  All subsequent correspondence, including claims for adjustment pursuant to
     Article 10.0 "Changes," must reference the applicable CCN number.  In this
     regard and solely as an administrative convenience, Buyer will assign a CCN
     number upon the written request for any effort judged by Seller as beyond
     the scope of the subject agreement.  Such assignments, when made, shall not
     be construed as implying or accepting the validity of Seller's resultant
     claim.  When claims against CCN's have been settled between Buyer and
     Seller, Buyer will issue a Contract Amendment incorporating the CCN's into
     the Contract.

8.4  Seller shall provide to Buyer once a month, a Contract Change Status Report
     through the end of the previous month outlining the following:

          The latest Contract Amendment Number and the negotiated contract
          prices through that Amendment.

          The CCNs by serial number that have been negotiated but not recognized
          by contract amendment together with the amounts negotiated by the CCN
          number.

          The CCNs by serial number that have been asserted but not negotiated
          together with asserted by the CCN number.

9.0  NEGOTIATION DOCUMENTATION


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

9.1  Negotiations shall be commenced in a timely manner in accordance with the
     applicable provisions of the General Terms Agreement and Special Business
     Provisions by those individuals designated by the parties.

9.2  Where necessary, negotiations shall be summarized by a jointly executed and
     signed Memorandum of Agreement until such time as a contract amendment can
     be formalized.

9.3  Buyer will issue a Contract Amendment for Seller's execution within thirty
     (30) after the completion of negotiations.  Both parties will use their
     best efforts to execute the Contract Amendment within thirty (30) days
     after the issuance.

10.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     Buyer and Seller shall use their best reasonable efforts to resolve any and
     all disputes, controversies, claims or differences between the parties,
     arising out of or relating in any way to this Contract or its performance,
     including, but not limited to, any questions regarding the existence,
     validity or termination hereof ("Disputes"), through negotiation.  If a
     Dispute cannot be resolved by the functional representatives of Buyer and
     Seller, it shall be referred to subsequent authority levels of Buyer and
     Seller, or their respective designees, for further negotiation.  Only upon
     failure by Buyer and Seller to resolve the Dispute through such negotiation
     may either Party institute legal action.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year set forth below by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                           CASHMERE MANUFACTURING
By and Through its Division                  COMPANY
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group

Name:  /s/ Nancy V. Rosen                    Name:  /s/ John Eder
       ------------------------                     -------------------------
Title:  Buyer                                Title:  General Manager
Date:  8-15-94                               Date:  8-15-94





                                      -13-


<PAGE>


                                                                   Exhibit 10.50


                             MATERIAL OMITTED PURSUANT TO
                          CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT APPLICATION



                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                       between


                                  THE BOEING COMPANY


                                         and


                            CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY



                                Number POP-65311-0047


<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

1.    DEFINITIONS.............................................................2
2.    PURCHASE ORDER NOTE.....................................................2
3.    PRICES..................................................................2

      3.1    Product Pricing..................................................3

             3.1.1  Option Pricing............................................3
             3.1.2  Exercise of Option........................................3

      3.2    Manufacturing Configuration Baseline.............................4
      3.3    Packaging........................................................4

4.    GOVERNING QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT.................................4

5.    APPLICABLE LAW JURISDICTION.............................................5
6.    PRODUCT ASSURANCE.......................................................5

      6.1    Governing Document...............................................6

7.    PAYMENT.................................................................6

      7.1    Recurring Price..................................................6
      7.2    Non-Recurring Price/Special Charges..............................6

8.    ACCELERATION/DECELERATION AT NO COST....................................7
9.    NOTICES.................................................................7

      9.1    Addresses........................................................7

10.   OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL.........................................8
11.   COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY...............................9
12.   CHANGES................................................................10

      12.1   Changes to the Statement of Work................................10
      12.2   Computation of Equitable Adjustment.............................10
      12.3   Obsolescence....................................................10
      12.4   Change Absorption...............................................11


                                         -i-

<PAGE>

      12.5   Planning Schedule...............................................13
      12.6   Value Engineering...............................................13
      12.7   Reduction in Quantity to be Deliver.............................17

13.   SPARES AND OTHER PRICING...............................................17

      13.1   Spares..........................................................17
      13.2   Short Flow Production Requirements..............................22
      13.3   Tooling.........................................................22
      13.4   Pricing of Boeing's Supporting Requirements.....................23
      13.5   Pricing of Requirements for Modification or Retrofit............23
      13.6   Similar Pricing.................................................24

14.   STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS.................................................24
15.   PROVISIONS FOR OFFSET/BUSINESS STRATEGIES
      FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT.............................................25
16.   BOEING FURNISHED MATERIAL..............................................26
17.   ASSIGNMENT.............................................................26
18.   INVENTORY AT CONTRACT COMPLETION.......................................27
19.   OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.....................................27

      19.1   Technical Work Product..........................................28
      19.2   Inventions and Patents..........................................28
      19.3   Works of Authorship and Copyrights..............................28
      19.4   Pre-Existing Inventions and Works of Authorship.................28

20.   ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENTS..............................................28
21.   GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS.........................................28
22.   SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS.............................................29
23.   DEFERRED PAYMENT.......................................................29
24.   SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION RIGHTS................................29

Attachment 1        Work Statement and Pricing
Attachment 2        Foreign Procurement Report
Attachment 3        Rates and Factors
Attachment 4        Boeing AOG Coverage
Attachment 5        Boeing AOG/Critical Shipping Notification


                                         -ii-

<PAGE>

                                      AMENDMENTS

AMEND
NUMBER        DESCRIPTION                        DATE           APPROVAL
- - ------        -----------                        ----           --------


                                        -iii-

<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


      THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS are entered into as of February 26,
1996 by and between Cashmere Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation
with its principal office in Wenatchee, Washington ("Seller"), and The Boeing
Company, a Delaware corporation with an office in Seattle, Washington acting by
and through its division the Boeing Commercial Airplane Group ("Boeing").


                                       RECITALS


      A.     Boeing and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement GTA
#BCA-65311-0044 dated February 26, 1996 (the "Agreement") which is incorporated
herein and made a part hereof by this reference, for the sale by Seller and
purchase by Boeing of Products.

      B.     Boeing and Seller desire to include these special business
provisions ("SBP") relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by Boeing of
Products.

      C.     Boeing and Seller agree that as of the date set forth above, this
SBP shall replace and supersede Special Business Provision L-890821-8140N,
Special Business Provision L-500660-8143N, Special Business Provision PLR-950A
and Special Business Provisions L-435579-8180N.


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

      Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth
herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                      PROVISIONS


1.    DEFINITIONS

      The definitions used herein shall be the same as used in the Agreement.

2.    PURCHASE ORDER NOTE

      The following note shall be contained in any Order to which these SBP are
      applicable:

      This Order is subject to and incorporates by this reference SBP
      POP-65311-0047 between The Boeing Company and Cashmere
      Manufacturing Company dated February 26, 1996.

      Each Order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to
include the provisions of these SBP.

3.    PRICES


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

      3.1    PRODUCT PRICING

      The prices and applicable period of performance of Products scheduled for
delivery under this SBP are set forth in Attachment 1.  Prices are in United
States dollars, F.O.B. Seller's Plant.

             3.1.1   OPTION PRICING

      Seller irrevocably grants to Boeing the option to purchase additional
annual quantities of Products for the periods 1998 and 1999 on the terms and
conditions set forth in this SBP at the prices set forth herein, increased or
decreased by any equitable adjustments provided herein.

             3.1.2   EXERCISE OF OPTION

      Boeing may exercise such option by written notice to Seller at any time
prior to the last delivery of the Product(s) to Boeing; provided however, that
such option must be exercised in sufficient time to permit Seller to support
Boeing's required deliveries.  Seller agrees to provide Boeing with written
notice at least sixty (60) days prior to the date when, in Seller's opinion, the
option must be exercised.  Boeing may extend the option exercise date by
purchasing long lead materials, or authorizing Seller to purchase such materials
on terms acceptable to Boeing, if such purchase would have the effect of
extending the date for assuring production continuity.


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

      Boeing reserves the right to (a) not exercise the option and commence new
negotiations with Seller for additional quantities of Products; or (b) purchase
such additional quantities of Products from third parties.  The purchase of such
additional quantities of Products from third parties shall not abrogate any of
Seller's obligations to Boeing pursuant to the Agreement.

      3.2    MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE

      Unit pricing for each Product or part number shown in Attachment 1 is
based on the latest revisions of the engineering drawings or specifications at
the time of the signing of this SBP.

      3.3    PACKAGING

      The prices shown in Attachment 1 include packaging costs and all
materials and labor required to package Products identified in Attachment 1.
Packaging shall be furnished by the Seller in accordance with Document M6-1025,
Volume II, "Supplier Part Protection Guide" or Document D200-10038-2 "Supplier
Packaging Requirements" as applicable.  In the case of Products to be shipped
directly to Customers, A.T.A. Specification 300 "Specification for Packaging of
Airline Supplies" shall apply unless otherwise directed by Boeing.

4.    GOVERNING QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

      All work performed under this SBP shall be in accordance with the
following document which is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this
reference:

      Document DI -9000, "Advanced Quality System for Boeing Suppliers," as
amended from time to time.

5.    APPLICABLE LAW JURISDICTION

      Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance only with the law of the State of Washington as applicable to
contracts entered into and to be performed wholly within such State between
citizens of such State, without reference to any rules governing conflicts of
law.  Seller hereby irrevocably consents to and submits itself exclusively to
the jurisdiction of the applicable courts of the State and the federal courts
therein for the purpose of any suit, action or other judicial proceeding arising
out of or connected with any Order or the performance or subject matter thereof.
Seller hereby waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense, or
otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that (a) Seller is
not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, (b) the
suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or (c) the venue
of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.

6.    PRODUCT ASSURANCE


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

      6.1    GOVERNING DOCUMENT

      Seller acknowledges that Boeing and Customers must be able to rely on
each Product performing as specified and that Seller will provide all required
support.  Accordingly, the following provisions and document(s) are incorporated
herein and made a part hereof.

"BOEING DESIGNED, SUB-CONTRACTED PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS WARRANTY" BOEING
DOCUMENT  M6-1124-3

7.    PAYMENT

      7.1    RECURRING PRICE

      Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, payment of the
recurring price shall be made in accordance with Form X-27981 "Pay From Receipt
- - - Additional Terms and Conditions Regarding Invoicing and Payment".  Payment
terms shall be net thirty (30) days except as otherwise agreed to by the
parties.  All payments are subject to adjustment for shortages, credits and
rejections.

      7.2    NON-RECURRING PRICE/SPECIAL CHARGES.


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

      Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, any non-recurring
price payable by Boeing under Attachment 1 shall be paid within the term
discount period or thirty (30) calendar days (whichever is later) after receipt
by Boeing of both acceptable Products and a correct invoice.

8.    ACCELERATION/DECELERATION AT NO COST

      Notwithstanding GTA Section 10.0, Boeing may make changes in the delivery
schedule without additional cost or change to the unit price stated in the
applicable Order if (a) the delivery date of the Product under such Order is on
or before the last date of contract, if applicable, and (b) Boeing provides
Seller with written notice of such changes.

9.    NOTICES

      9.1    ADDRESSES

      Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
delivery, United States mail, telex, teletype, telegram, facsimile, cable or
electronic transmission addressed to the respective party as follows:

To Boeing:           Attention: Buyer: Randy Parks M/S 38-LH
                     BOEING COMMERCIAL AIRPLANE GROUP


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

                     MATERIEL DIVISION
                     P.O. Box 3707
                     Seattle, Washington 98124-2207

To Seller:           Attention: Contracts
                     Cashmere Manufacturing Company
                     102 Maple Street
                     Cashmere, WA 98815

10.   OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL

      Boeing and Seller agree that in consideration of the prices set forth
under Attachment 1, Boeing shall issue Orders for Products from time to time to
Seller for Boeing's requirements.  Such Products shall be shipped at any
scheduled rate of delivery, as determined by Boeing, and Seller shall sell to
Boeing Boeing's requirements of such Products, provided that, without limitation
on Boeing's right to determine its requirements, Boeing shall not be obligated
to issue any Orders for any given Product if:

      10.1   Any of Boeing's customers specify an alternate product;

      10.2   Such Product is, in Boeing's reasonable judgment, not
technologically competitive at any time, for reasons including but not limited
to the availability of significant changes


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

in technology, design, materials, specifications, or manufacturing processes
which result in a reduced price or weight or improved appearance, functionality,
maintainability or reliability;

      10.3   Boeing gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of
Boeing's aircraft which will result in Boeing no longer requiring such Product
for such aircraft;

      10.4   Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations under
any Order, whether or not Boeing has issued a notice of default to Seller
pursuant to GTA Section 13.0; or,

      10.5   Boeing reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Boeing's
requirements for Products in the amounts and within the delivery schedules
Boeing requires.

11.   COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY

      Seller shall provide all necessary cost support data, source documents
for direct and indirect costs, and assistance at the Seller's facility for cost
performance reviews performed by Boeing pursuant to any Order.

      Furthermore, Seller shall provide financial data, on a quarterly basis,
or as requested, to Boeing's Credit Office for credit and financial condition
reviews.  Said data shall include but not be limited to balance sheets, schedule
of accounts payable and receivable, major lines of credit, creditors, income
statements (profit and loss), cash flow statements, firm backlog,


                                         -9-

<PAGE>

and headcounts.  Copies of such data are to be made available within 72 hours of
any written request by Boeing.  This data is required in addition to the cost
data provided pursuant to GTA Section 9.0. All such information shall be treated
as confidential in accordance with GTA Section 20.0.

12.   CHANGES

      12.1   CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK

      Boeing may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order and in
accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 10.0, to increase or decrease the
work to be performed by the Seller in the manufacture of any Product.

      12.2   COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT

      The Rates and Factors set forth in Attachment 3, which by this reference
is incorporated herein, shall be used to determine the equitable adjustment, if
any, (including equitable adjustments, if any, in the prices of Products to be
incorporated in Derivative Aircraft), to be paid by Boeing pursuant to SBP
Section 12.1 and GTA Section 10.0 for each individual change.

      12.3   OBSOLESCENCE


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

      Claims for obsolete or surplus material and work-in-process created by
change orders issued pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the procedures
set forth in GTA Section 12.0, except that Seller may not submit a claim for
obsolete or surplus material resulting from an individual change order that has
a total claim value of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or less.  Payment for
obsolete or surplus materials shall be made by check deposited as first class
mail to the address designated by Seller in SBP Section 9.1.  Payment will be
made on the tenth (10th) day of the month following the month of the
obsolescence claim settlement.

      12.4   CHANGE ABSORPTION

             12.4.1  PRIOR TO 100% ENGINEERING RELEASE (DRAWING REVISION LEVEL
NEW)

                     12.4.1.1  GENERALLY  Notwithstanding the provisions of GTA
      Section 10.0 and SBP Section 12.1, no equitable adjustment in the prices
      or schedules of any Order shall be made for any change initiated by
      Boeing made prior to the date on which all engineering drawings that
      change the technical requirements, descriptions, specifications,
      statement of work, drawing or designs ("Technical Change(s)") have been
      released by Boeing ("100% Engineering Release") provided, that an
      equitable adjustment shall be made for:


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

                     a.        Any Technical Change which is a change BETWEEN
      raw material classifications such as a change from aluminum to steel or
      titanium to plastic.  Not included as a Technical Change for purposes of
      this Section are changes WITHIN a raw material classification such as a
      change from 7050 Aluminum to 7075 Aluminum;

                     b.        Any Technical Change which adds or deletes a
      process specification including but not limited to chem milling, chrome
      plating, anodizing, painting, priming and heat treating.

                     12.4.1.2  CLAIMS  Claims for equitable adjustment for
      Technical Changes shall be submitted in writing within thirty (30) days
      after 100% Engineering Release.

             12.4.2  SUBSEQUENT TO 100% ENGINEERING RELEASE

                     12.4.2.1  GENERALLY  Notwithstanding the provisions of GTA
      Section 10.0 and SBP Section 12.1, no equitable adjustment shall be made
      to the recurring or non-recurring prices after the date of 100%
      Engineering Release for any change initiated by Boeing unless the value
      of such change (debit or credit) is greater than or equal to two percent
      (2%) of the then current unit price for the Product (recurring) or is
      greater than or equal to two percent (2%) of the total then current


                                         -12-

<PAGE>

      nonrecurring price as set forth in Attachment 1. For purposes of this
      Section, the then current unit price or total nonrecurring price shall be
      the price identified in Attachment 1 plus any and all price adjustments
      agreed to previously by the parties.

                     12.4.2.2  CLAIMS  Claims shall be made individually for
      each Product and for each change.  Each claim shall be considered
      separately for application of the two percent (2%) threshold.  Changes
      may not be combined for the purposes of exceeding the two percent (2%)
      threshold set forth herein.

      12.5   PLANNING SCHEDULE

      Any planning schedule or quantity estimate provided by Boeing shall be
used solely for production planning.  Boeing may purchase Products in different
quantities and specify different delivery dates as necessary to meet Boeing's
requirements.  Such planning schedule and quantity estimate shall be subject to
adjustment from time to time.  Any such adjustment is not a change under GTA
Section 10.0.

      12.6   VALUE ENGINEERING

      Seller may from time to time submit proposals to Boeing to change
drawings, designs, specifications or other requirements that:


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

      a.     decrease Seller's performance costs; or

      b.     produce a net reduction in the cost to Boeing of installation,
             operation, maintenance or production of the Product.

Provided, that such change shall not impair any essential functions or
characteristics of the Products or Tooling.

             12.6.1  SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL  Proposals shall be submitted to
Boeing's Materiel Representative.  Boeing shall not be liable for any delay in
acting upon a proposal.  Boeing's decision to accept or reject any proposal
shall be final.  If there is a delay and the net result in savings no longer
justifies the investment, Seller will not be obligated to proceed with the
change.  Seller has the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, any proposal not
accepted by Boeing within the time period specified in the proposal.  Seller
shall submit, as a minimum, the following information with the proposal:

      a.     description of the difference between the existing requirement and
             the proposed change, and the comparative advantages and
             disadvantages of each;

      b.     the specific requirements which must be changed if the proposal is
             adopted;

      c.     the cost savings and Seller's implementation costs;


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

      d.     each proposal shall include the need dates for engineering release
             and the time by which a proposal must be approved so as to obtain
             the maximum cost reduction.

             12.6.2  ACCEPTANCE AND COST SHARING  Boeing may accept, in whole
or in part, any proposal by issuing a change order.  Until such change has been
issued, Seller shall remain obligated to perform in accordance with the terms
and requirements of the original Order as written.  Boeing and Seller shall
share the savings as follows:

                     (50%) savings to Boeing;
                     (50%) savings to Seller.

      Seller shall include with each proposal verifiable cost records and other
data as required by Boeing for proposal review and analysis.

      Each party shall be responsible for its own implementation costs,
including but not limited to non-recurring costs.

             12.6.3  COST SAVINGS COMPUTATION

      A change order shall be issued by Boeing and the unit price shall be
reduced in an  amount equal to the savings portion attributable to Boeing as set
forth above.  The


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

applicable unit price as set forth in Attachment 1 Statement of Work shall be
amended to  reflect such change.

      EXAMPLE:
      Current Price:           $600.00
      Proposed Cost Savings:   $100.00/unit
      Boeing's Percentage:     50.0%
      Seller's Percentage:     50.0%

STEP BY STEP COMPUTATION:

      1.     $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Boeing's percentage of savings =
             $50.00 Boeing savings.

      2.     $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Seller's percentage of savings =
             $50.00 Seller savings.

      3.     Net affect to the unit cost = $50.00

             New Unit Price For Units = $550.00


                                         -16-

<PAGE>

             12.6.4  WEIGHT REDUCTION PROPOSALS  Seller is encouraged to submit
proposals to Boeing that reduce the Product's weight without impairing any
essential functions or characteristics of the Product.

      Seller shall submit such proposals in accordance with SBP Section 12.6.1
above.  The amount of any costs or savings that result from a weight reduction
proposal shall be agreed by Boeing and Seller.  Seller shall include with each
proposal verifiable cost records and other data as required by Boeing for
proposal review and analysis.

      Boeing may accept in whole or in part, any such proposal by issuing a
change order to the applicable Order.

      12.7   REDUCTION IN QUANTITY TO BE DELIVER

             NOT APPLICABLE

13.   SPARES AND OTHER PRICING

      13.1   SPARES  For purposes of this Section, the following definitions
shall apply:

             A.      AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG) - means the highest Spares
                     priority.  Seller will expend best efforts to provide the
                     earliest possible delivery of any Spare


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

                     designated AOG by Boeing.  Such effort includes but is not
                     limited to working twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven
                     days a week and use of premium transportation.  Seller
                     shall specify the delivery date and time of any such AOG
                     Spare within two (2) hours of receipt of an AOG Spare
                     request.

             B.      CRITICAL - means an imminent AOG work stoppage.  Seller
                     will expend best efforts to provide the earliest possible
                     delivery of any Spare designated Critical by Boeing.  Such
                     effort includes but is not limited to working two (2)
                     shifts a day, five (5) days a week and use of premium
                     transportation.  Seller shall specify the delivery date
                     and time of any such Critical Spare within the same
                     working day of receipt of a Critical Spare request.

             C.      EXPEDITE (CLASS I) - means a Spare required in less than
                     Seller's normal lead time.  Seller will expend best
                     efforts to meet the requested delivery date.  Such effort
                     includes but is not limited to working overtime and use of
                     premium transportation.

             D.      ROUTINE (CLASS III) - means a Spare required in Seller's
                     normal lead time.

             E.      POA REQUIREMENT (POA) - means any detail component needed
                     to replace a component on an End Item Assembly currently
                     in Boeing's assembly line


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

                     process.  Seller shall expend best efforts feasible to
                     provide the earliest possible delivery of any Spare
                     designated as POA by Boeing.  Such effort includes but is
                     not limited to working twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven
                     days a week and use of premium transportation.  Seller
                     shall specify the delivery date and time of any such POA
                     within two (2) hours of an AOG Spare request.

             F.      IN-PRODUCTION - means any Spare with a designation of AOG,
                     Critical, Expedite, Routine, POA or End Item Assembly
                     which is in the current engineering configuration for the
                     Product and is used on a model aircraft currently being
                     manufactured by Boeing.

             G.      NON-PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS - means any Spare with a
                     designation of AOG, Critical, Expedite and Routine
                     requirements which is used on model aircraft no longer
                     being manufactured by Boeing (Post Production) or is in a
                     noncurrent engineering configuration for the Product (Out
                     of Production).

             H.      BOEING PROPRIETARY SPARE - means any Spare which is
                     manufactured (i) by Boeing, or (ii) to Boeing's detailed
                     designs with Boeing's authorization or (iii) in whole or
                     in part using Boeing's Proprietary Materials.

             13.1.1  SPARES SUPPORT


                                         -19-

<PAGE>

      Seller shall provide Boeing with a written Spares support process
describing Seller's plan for supporting AOG and Critical commitments and
manufacturing support.  The process must provide Boeing with the name and number
of a twenty-four (24) hour contact for coordination of AOG and Critical
requirements.  Such contact shall be equivalent to the coverage provided by
Boeing to its Customers as outlined in Attachment 4 "Boeing AOG Coverage" which
is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference.

      Seller shall notify Boeing as soon as possible via fax, telecon, or as
otherwise agreed to by the parties of each AOG and Critical requirement shipment
using the form identified in Attachment 5 "Boeing AOG and Critical Shipping
Notification".  Such notification shall include time and date shipped, quantity
shipped, Order, pack slip, method of transportation and air bill if applicable.
Seller shall also notify Boeing immediately upon the discovery of any delays in
shipment of any requirement and identify the earliest revised shipment possible.

             13.1.2  RECLASSIFICATION OR RE-EXERCISES

      Boeing may on occasion, instruct Seller to re-prioritize or reclassify an
existing requirement in order to improve or otherwise change the established
shipping schedule.  Seller shall expend the effort required to meet the revised
requirement as set forth above in the definitions of the requirements.  Seller's
commitment of a delivery schedule shall be given in


                                         -20-

<PAGE>

accordance with that set forth above for the applicable classification but in no
case shall it exceed twenty-four (24) hours from notification by Boeing.

             13.1.3  SPARE PRICING  Except as set forth in subsections 13.1.3.1
and 13.1.3.2 below, the price for Spare(s) shall be the same as the production
price for the Products as listed on Attachment 1, in effect at the time the
Spare(s) are ordered.  POA parts shall be priced so that the sum of the prices
for all POA parts of an End Item Assembly equals the applicable recurring
portion of the End Item Assembly.

                     13.1.3.1  AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG).  CRITICAL SPARES AND
      POA REQUIREMENT  The price for AOG and Critical Spares and POA
      requirements shall be the price for such Products listed on Attachment 1
      in effect when such Spares are ordered multiplied by a factor of 1.07.

                     13.1.3.2  EXPEDITE SPARE (CLASS 1)  The price for Expedite
      Spares shall be the price for such Products listed on Attachment 1 in
      effect when such Spares are ordered multiplied by a factor of 1.05.

             13.1.4  SPECIAL HANDLING  The price for all effort associated with
the handling and delivery of Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for
such Spare(s).  Provided, that if Boeing directs delivery of Spares to an F.O.B.
point other than Seller's plant, Boeing


                                         -21-

<PAGE>

shall reimburse Seller for shipping charges, including insurance, paid by Seller
from the plant to the designated F.O.B. point.  Such charges shall be shown
separately on all invoices.

      13.2   SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS

      Expedite charges, if any, to be paid for short flow production
requirements shall not exceed the amount payable under SBP Section 13.1.3.1
above for that portion of the Order which is released short flow except as
otherwise agreed to in writing by Boeing.  In the event Boeing agrees to pay an
amount in excess of that set forth in SBP Section 13.1.3.1 above, Seller shall
provide data to verify expedite charges requested.  For purposes of this
Section, "Short Flow Production" shall be defined as any requirement released
less than Seller's current Re-Order Lead time (ROLT).  If Seller fails to meet
the required delivery, Boeing shall not be obligated to pay the agreed upon
amount.

      13.3   TOOLING

             13.3.1  RESPONSIBLE PARTY  Where Boeing agrees to pay to Seller
for Tooling to support the manufacture and delivery of applicable Product(s)
identified herein, the amount shall be set forth in Attachment 1.  The costs of
necessary repair and maintenance to the Tooling is included in such amount.  In
addition to the requirements set forth in SBP Section 7.2 of this SBP, the
Seller shall comply with the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Blanket
Tooling Purchase Control Order established with Seller who possess or controls


                                         -22-

<PAGE>

Tooling.  Furthermore, Seller must include a properly prepared certified tool
list, where applicable, as specified in the M31-24 Document, "Boeing Supplier
Tooling Manual." Invoices received with incorrect, improperly prepared or
incomplete certified tool lists will be returned for correction prior to
payment.  Invoices shall be dated concurrent with, or subsequent to, shipment of
the Products.

             13.3.2  BOEING FURNISHED TOOLING  In the event Boeing furnishes
Tooling to Seller to support the delivery of Product(s), Seller shall comply
with the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Blanket Tooling Purchase Control
Order established with Seller who possess or controls Tooling.  No repair,
replacement or rework required shall be performed without Boeing's prior written
consent.  Boeing shall notify Seller of, what if any, action shall be required
for all discrepant Tooling.

      13.4   PRICING OF BOEING'S SUPPORTING REQUIREMENTS

      Any Products required to assist Boeing's supporting requirements,
including but not limited to color and appearance samples, design studies,
Product qualification, Boeing owned simulators, test requirements, factory
support, flight test spares will be provided for not more than the applicable
price as set forth in Attachment 1.

      13.5   PRICING OF REQUIREMENTS FOR MODIFICATION OR RETROFIT


                                         -23-

<PAGE>

      Any Products required by Boeing to support a modification or retrofit
program shall be provided for not more than the applicable price as set forth in
Attachment 1.

      13.6   SIMILAR PRICING

      New Products ordered by Boeing that are similar to or within Product
families of Products currently being manufactured by Seller shall be priced
using the same methodology or basis as that used to price the existing
Product(s).

      13.7   STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS

      When requested by Boeing, Seller shall update and submit, as a minimum,
monthly status reports on data requested by Boeing using a method mutually
agreed upon by Boeing and Seller.

      When requested by Boeing, Seller shall provide to Boeing a manufacturing
milestone chart identifying the major purchasing, planning and manufacturing
operations for the applicable Product(s).

      Upon request by Boeing, a program review may be held between the parties.
The location of such review shall be mutually agreed to by the parties.  The
purpose of the review


                                         -24-

<PAGE>

is to improve communication and understanding between the parties to ensure
program success.

15.   PROVISIONS FOR OFFSET/BUSINESS STRATEGIES
      FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT

      Seller agrees to cooperate with Boeing in identifying possible
subcontractors for work under any Order that support Boeing's offset or business
strategies.  Prior to releasing any request for proposal to a subcontractor to
support Boeing's offset or business strategy, Seller shall coordinate with
Boeing.

      Seller shall document on Attachment 2 all offers to contract and executed
contracts with such subcontractors including the dollars contracted.  Seller
shall provide to Boeing with an updated copy of Attachment 2 for the six-month
periods ending June 30 and December 31 of each year.  The reports shall be
submitted on the 1st of August and the 1st of February respectively.

      Furthermore, Boeing and Seller agree that in the event it becomes
necessary for Boeing to purchase Products from a third party(s) to facilitate an
offset commitment or business strategy, Boeing and Seller agree to work together
to develop and implement a plan for the removal of such Product or Products from
this SBP.  Upon settlement of this plan, Boeing shall not be obligated


                                         -25-

<PAGE>

to buy from Seller and Seller shall not be obligated to sell to Boeing the
applicable Product(s) notwithstanding SBP Section 10.0.

16.   BOEING FURNISHED MATERIAL

      Material, including but not limited to raw material, standards, detail
components and assemblies, furnished to Seller by Boeing shall be administered
in accordance with a bonded stores agreement between Boeing and Seller.

      Seller shall provide Boeing with required on-dock dates for all material.
Seller's notice shall provide Boeing with sufficient time to competitively bid
the material if, in its sole and absolute discretion, it desires to do so.

17.   ASSIGNMENT

      Boeing and Seller agree that Boeing may, in its discretion, assign, in
part or in whole, its purchasing obligations under the Agreement or any Order,
as applicable, at the prices set forth in Attachment 1 thereof.  Boeing reserves
the right to rescind its assignment at anytime.

      Boeing's assignment of purchasing obligation includes scheduling,
issuance of Order(s), receival and inspection of Products, acceptance or
rejection of Products, payment for accepted Products, and ensuring conformance
to the quality assurance system requirements.


                                         -26-

<PAGE>

      Boeing shall retain all other rights and obligations pursuant to the
applicable terms and conditions.  In addition, Boeing reserves the right, where
necessary, to coordinate with and mediate between Seller and any assignee
regarding such assignment.

18.   INVENTORY AT CONTRACT COMPLETION

      Subsequent to Seller's last delivery of Product(s), Products which
contain, convey, embody or were manufactured in accordance with or by reference
to Boeing's Proprietary Materials including but not limited to finished goods,
work-in-process and detail components (hereafter "Inventory") which are in
excess of Order quantity shall be made available to Boeing for purchase.  In the
event Boeing, in its sole discretion, elects not to purchase the Inventory,
Seller may scrap the Inventory.  Prior to scrapping the Inventory, Seller shall
mutilate and/or render it unusable.  Seller shall maintain, pursuant to their
quality assurance system, records certifying destruction of the applicable
Inventory.  Said certification shall state the method and date of mutilation and
destruction of the subject Inventory.  Boeing shall have the right to review and
inspect these records at any time it deems necessary.  In the event Seller
elects to maintain the Inventory, Seller shall not sell or provide the Inventory
to any third party without prior specific written authorization from Boeing.
Failure to comply with these requirements shall be a material breach and grounds
for default pursuant to GTA Section 13.0.

19.   OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY


                                         -27-

<PAGE>

      19.1   TECHNICAL WORK PRODUCT

      NOT APPLICABLE

      19.2   INVENTIONS AND PATENTS

      NOT APPLICABLE

      19.3   WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP AND COPYRIGHTS

      NOT APPLICABLE

      19.4   PRE-EXISTING INVENTIONS AND WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP.

      NOT APPLICABLE

20.   ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENTS

      NOT APPLICABLE

21.   GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS


                                         -28-

<PAGE>

      NOT APPLICABLE

22.   SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS

      NOT APPLICABLE

23.   DEFERRED PAYMENT

      NOT APPLICABLE

24.   SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION RIGHTS

      NOT APPLICABLE

      EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by
the duly authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                     CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY
By and Through its Division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group


Name: /s/ Randolph L. Parks            Name: /s/ John Eder
      -----------------------------           --------------------------------

Title: Buyer                           Title: Vice President
Date: March 12, 1996                   Date: March 11, 1996


                                         -29-

<PAGE>

                                                                   ATTACHMENT TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                              WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for Products to be delivered on or before December 31, 1997, except as
otherwise noted below, shall be as follows:

PART NUMBER          MODEL                  NOMENCLATURE             UNIT PRICE
- - -----------          -----                  ------------             ----------



STATEMENT OF WORK ATTACHED HERETO IN ATTACHMENT 1 TO SBP
POP-65311-0047.

                       *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***


                                         -30-

<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 2 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                           FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT FORM
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 15.0)


                             COMMODITY/          BID            CONTRACTED
SUPPLIER NAME  COUNTRY       NOMENCLATURE        DOLLARS        DOLLARS
- - -------------  -------       ------------        -------        -------


                                         -31-

<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 3 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                  RATES AND FACTORS


The following Rates and Factors shall be used on all price change negotiations
during the period of performance of these SBP


      Direct Labor Rate                $ *
      Manufacturing Burden               *
      G&A (Gen. Admin. Expense)          *
      Profit                             *
                                         -



                          * CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                         -32-

<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 4 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                 BOEING AOG COVERAGE


- - -     NORMAL HOURS BOEING'S MATERIEL REPRESENTATIVE (MATERIEL DIVISION)

      Approximately 5:30 a.m. - 6:00 p.m.

      -      Performs all functions of procurement process.
      -      Manages formal communications with Seller.

- - -     SECOND SHIFT   AOG PROCUREMENT SUPPORT (MATERIEL DIVISION)

      3:00 p.m. - 11:00 p.m.

      -      May place order and assist with commitment and shipping
             information, working with several suppliers on a priority basis.

      -      Provides a communication link between Seller and Boeing.

- - -     24 HOUR AOG SERVICE   AOG CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE (CUSTOMER SERVICE
      DIVISION) 544-9000

      -      Support commitment information particularly with urgent orders.

      -      Customer Service Representative needs (if available):

             -      Part Number
             -      Boeing Purchase Order
             -      Airline Customer & customer purchase order number
             -      Boeing S.I.S.#

If Seller is unable to contact any of the above, please provide AOG/Critical
shipping information notification via FAX using Boeing AOG/Critical shipping
notification form (Attachment 5).


                                         -33-

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.51


                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT

                                     between

                               THE BOEING COMPANY

                                       and

                         CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY




                              Number BCA-65311-0044



                                        
<PAGE>

                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION     TITLE
- - -------     -----

   1.0      DEFINITIONS

   2.0      ISSUANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS AND APPLICABLE TERMS

   2.1      Issuance of Purchase Orders

   2.2      Acceptance of Purchase Orders

   2.3      Written Authorization to Proceed

   2.4      Rejection of Purchase Orders

   3.0      TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

   4.0      DELIVERY

   4.1      Requirements

   4.2      Delay

   4.3      Notice of Labor Disputes

   5.0      ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES

   5.1      Review

   5.2      Resident Representatives

   6.0      INVOICE AND PAYMENT

   7.0      PACKING AND SHIPPING

   8.0      QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION REJECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

   8.1      Controlling Document


                                       -i-
<PAGE>

   8.2      Seller's Inspection

   8.3      Boeing's Inspection and Rejection

   8.4      Federal Aviation Administration or Equivalent Government Agency
            Inspection

   8.5      Retention of Records

   8.6      Source Inspection

   8.7      Language for Technical Information

   9.0      EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

   10.0     CHANGES

   10.1     General

   10.2     Model Mix

   11.0     PRODUCT ASSURANCE

   12.0     TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

   13.0     EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

   14.0     EXCUSABLE DELAY

   15.0     SUSPENSION OF WORK

   16.0     TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION:
            INDEMNITY AGAINST SUBCONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS

   17.0     ASSURANCE OF PERFORMANCE

   18.0     RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY

   19.0     LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO ENCUMBER ASSETS

   20.0     PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND ITEMS

   21.0     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS


                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

   22.0     INTEGRITY IN PROCUREMENT

   23.0     INFRINGEMENT

   24.0     BOEING'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS,
            TRADE SECRETS AND TOOLING

   25.0     NOTICES

   25.1     Addresses

   25.2     Effective Date

   25.3     Approval or Consent

   26.0     PUBLICITY

   27.0     PROPERTY INSURANCE

   27.1     Insurance

   27.2     Certificate of Insurance

   27.3     Notice of Damage or Loss

   28.0     RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE

   28.1     Subcontracting

   28.2     Reliance

   28.3     Assignment

   29.0     NON-WAIVER

   30.0     HEADINGS

   31.0     PARTIAL INVALIDITY

   32.0     APPLICABLE LAW

   33.0     AMENDMENT


                                      -iii-
<PAGE>

   34.0     LIMITATION

   35.0     TAXES

   35.1     Inclusion of Taxes in Price

   35.2     Litigation

   35.3     Rebates

   36.0     FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET

   37.0     ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

   37.1     Entire Agreement

   37.2     Incorporated by Reference

   37.3     Order of Precedence

   37.4     Disclaimer


                                      -iv-
<PAGE>

                                    AMENDMENT



AMEND
NUMBER              DESCRIPTION              DATE                APPROVAL
- - ------              -----------              ----                --------








                                       -v-
<PAGE>

GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT



                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT

                                   RELATING TO

                                 BOEING PRODUCTS



   THIS GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of February 26,
1996, by and between Cashmere Manufacturing Company, a Washington corporation,
with its principal office in Wenatchee, Washington ("Seller"), and The Boeing
Company, a Delaware corporation with its principal office in Seattle, Washington
acting by and through its division the Boeing Commercial Airplane Group
("Boeing").


                                    RECITALS

     A.   Boeing produces commercial airplanes.

     B.   Seller manufactures and sells certain goods and services for use in
          the production and support of such aircraft.

     C.   Seller desires to sell and Boeing desires to purchase certain of
          Seller's goods and services in accordance with the terms set forth in
          this Agreement.

     D.   Boeing and Seller agree that as of the date set forth above, this
          Agreement shall replace and supersede General Terms Agreement PLR-950.


     Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein,
     the parties agree as follows:


                                       -1-
<PAGE>

                                   AGREEMENTS

1.   DEFINITIONS

     The definitions set forth below shall apply to the following terms as they
are used in this Agreements, any Order, or any related Special Business
Provisions ("SBP").  Words importing the singular number shall also include the
plural number and vice versa.

          a.   "Customer" means any owner, operator or user of Products and any
other individual, partnership, corporation or entity which has or acquires any
interest in the Products from, through or under Boeing.


          b.   "Derivative" means any new model airplane designated by Boeing as
a derivative of an existing Model airplane and which:  (1) has the same number
of engines as the existing model airplane; (2) utilizes essentially the same
aerodynamic and propulsion design, major assembly components, and systems as the
existing model airplane and (3) achieves other payload/range combinations by
changes in body length, engine thrust, or variations in certified gross weight.

          c.   "Drawing" means an automated or manual depiction of graphics or
technical information representing a Product or any part thereof and which
includes the parts list and specifications relating thereto.

          d.   "End Item Assembly" means any Product which is described by a
single part number and which is comprised of more than one component part.

          e.   "FAA" means the United States Federal Aviation Administration or
any successor agency thereto.

          f.   "FAR" means the Federal Acquisition Regulations in effect on the
date of this Agreement.

          g.   "Materiel Representative" means the individual designated from
time to time, by Boeing as being primarily responsible for interacting with
Seller regarding this Agreement and any Order.

          h.   "Order" means each purchase order issued by Boeing and accepted
by Seller under the terms of this Agreement.  Each Order is a contract between
Boeing and Seller.

          i.   "Product" means goods, including components and parts thereof,
services, documents, data, software, software documentation and other
information or items 


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

furnished or to be furnished to Boeing under any Order, including Tooling except
for Rotating Use Tools.

          j.   "Purchased on Assembly Production Detail Part (POA)" means a
component part of an End Item Assembly.

          k.   "Shipset" means the total quantity of a given part number or
material necessary for production of one airplane.

          l.   "Spare" means any Product, regardless of whether the Product is
an End Item Assembly or a Purchased on Assembly Production Detail Part, which is
intended for use or sale as a spare part or a production replacement.

          m.   "Tooling" means all tooling, as defined in Boeing Document M31-
24, "Boeing Suppliers Tooling Manual," and/or described on any Order, including
but not limited to Boeing-Use Tooling, Supplier-Use Tooling and Common-Use
Tooling as defined in Boeing Document D6-49004, "Operations General Requirements
for Suppliers," and Rotating-Use Tooling as defined in Boeing Document M31-13,
"Accountability of Inplant/Outplant Special (Contract) Tools."  For purposes of
this Agreement, in the documents named in this subparagraph, the term "Supplier
Use Tooling" shall be changed to Seller Use Tooling.

2.   ISSUANCE OF ORDERS AND APPLICABLE, TERMS

     2.1  ISSUANCE OF ORDERS

     Boeing may issue Orders to Seller from time to time.  Each Order shall
contain a description of the Products ordered, a reference to the applicable
specifications and Drawings, the quantities and prices, the delivery schedule,
the terms and place of delivery and any special conditions.

     Each Order which incorporates this Agreement shall be governed by and be
deemed to include the provisions of this Agreement.  Purchase Order Terms and
Conditions, Form D1-4100-4045, Form P252T and any other purchase order terms and
conditions which may conflict with this Agreement, do not apply to the Orders.

     2.2  ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS

     Each Order is Boeing's offer to Seller and acceptance is strictly limited
to its terms.   Boeing will not be bound by and specifically objects to any term
or condition which is different from or in addition to the provisions of the
Order, whether or not such term or condition will materially alter the Order. 
Seller's commencement of performance or acceptance of the Order in any manner
shall conclusively evidence Seller's acceptance of the 


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

Order as written.  Boeing may revoke any Order prior to Boeing's receipt of
Seller's written acceptance or Seller's commencement of performance.

     2.3  WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED

     Boeing's Materiel Representative may give written authorization to Seller
to commence performance before Boeing issues an Order.  If Boeing in its written
authorization specifies that an Order will be issued, Boeing and Seller shall
proceed as if an Order had been issued.  This Agreement, the applicable SBP and
the terms stated in the written authorization shall be deemed to be a part of
Boeing's offer and the parties shall promptly agree on any open Order terms.  If
Boeing does not specify in its written authorization that an Order shall be
issued, Boeing's obligation is strictly limited to the terms of the written
authorization.  For purposes of this Section 2.3 only, written authorization
includes electronic transmission chosen by Boeing.

     If Seller commences performance before an Order is issued or without
receiving Boeing's prior authorization to proceed, such performance shall be at
Seller's expense.

     2.4  REJECTION OF PURCHASE ORDER

     Any rejection by Seller of an Order shall specify the reasons for rejection
and any changes or additions that would make the Order acceptable to Seller;
provided, however, that Seller may not reject any Order for reasons inconsistent
with the provisions of this Agreement or the applicable SBP.

3.   TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

     Title to and risk of any loss of or damage to the Products shall pass from
Seller to Boeing at the F.O.B. point as specified in the applicable Order,
except for loss or damage thereto resulting from Seller's fault or negligence. 
Passage of title on delivery does not constitute Boeing's acceptance of
Products.

4.   DELIVERY

     4.1  REQUIREMENTS

     Deliveries shall be strictly in accordance with the quantities, the
schedule and other requirements specified in the applicable Order.  Seller may
not make early or partial deliveries without Boeing's prior written
authorization.  Deliveries which fail to meet Order requirements may be returned
to Seller at Seller's expense.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     4.2  DELAY

     Seller shall notify Boeing immediately, of any circumstances that may cause
a delay in delivery, stating the estimated period of delay and the reasons
therefor.  If requested by Boeing, Seller shall use additional effort, including
premium effort, and shall ship via air or other expedited routing to avoid or
minimize delay to the maximum extent possible.  All additional costs resulting
from such premium effort or premium transportation shall be borne by Seller with
the exception of such costs attributable to delays caused directly by Boeing. 
Nothing herein shall prejudice any of the rights or remedies provided to Boeing
in the applicable Order or by law.

     4.3  NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES

     Seller shall immediately notify Boeing of any actual or potential labor
dispute that may disrupt the timely performance of an Order.  Seller shall
include the substance of this Section 4.3, including this sentence, in any
subcontract relating to an Order if a labor dispute involving the subcontractor
would have the potential to delay the timely performance of such Order.  Each
subcontractor, however, shall only be required to give the necessary notice and
information to its next higher-tier subcontractor.

5.   ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVE

     5.1  REVIEW

     At Boeing's request, Seller shall provide at Boeing's facility or at a
place designated by Boeing, a review explaining the status of the Order, actions
taken or planned relating to the Order and any other relevant information. 
Nothing herein may be construed as a waiver of Boeing's rights to proceed
against Seller because of any delinquency.

     Boeing's authorized representatives may enter Seller's plant at all
reasonable times to conduct preliminary inspections and tests of the Products
and work-in-process.  Seller shall include in its subcontracts issued in
connection with an Order a like provision giving Boeing the right to enter the
premises of Seller's subcontractors.  When requested by Boeing, Seller shall
accompany Boeing to Seller's subcontractors.

     5.2  RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES

     Boeing may in its discretion and for such periods as it deems necessary
assign resident personnel at Seller's facilities.  Seller shall furnish, free of
charge, all office space, secretarial service and other facilities and
assistance reasonably required by Boeing's representatives at Seller's plant. 
The resident team will function under the guidance of Boeing's manager.  The
resident team will provide communication and coordination to ensure timely
performance of 


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

the Order.  Boeing's resident team shall be allowed access to all work areas,
Order status reports and management review necessary to assure timely
performance and conformance with the requirements of each Order. 
Notwithstanding such assistance, Seller remains solely responsible for
performing in accordance with each Order.

6.   INVOICE AND PAYMENT

     Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, invoicing and payment
shall be in accordance with SBP Section 7.0.


7.   PACKING AND SHIPPING

     Seller shall (a) prepare for shipment and suitably pack all Products to
prevent damage or deterioration, (b) where Boeing has not identified a carrier,
secure lowest transportation rates, (c) comply with the appropriate carrier
tariff for the mode of transportation specified by Boeing and (d) comply with
any special instructions stated in the applicable Order.

     Boeing shall pay no charges for preparation, packing, crating or cartage
unless stated in the applicable Order.  Unless otherwise directed by Boeing, all
standard routing shipments forwarded on one day must be consolidated.  Each
container must be consecutively numbered and marked as set forth below. 
Container and Order numbers must be indicated on the applicable bill of lading. 
Two copies of the packing sheets must be attached to the No. 1 container of each
shipment and one copy in each individual container.  Each pack sheet must
include as a minimum the following: a) Seller's name, address and phone number;
b) Order and item number; c) ship date for the Products; d) total quantity
shipped and quantity in each container, if applicable; e) legible pack slip
number; f) nomenclature; g) unit of measure; h) ship to if other than Boeing; i)
warranty data and certification, as applicable; j) rejection tag, if applicable;
k) Seller's certification that Products comply with Order requirements; and, 1)
identification of optional material used, if applicable.  Products sold F.O.B.
place of shipment must be forwarded collect.  Seller may not make any
declaration concerning the value of the Products shipped, except on Products
where the tariff rating or rate depends on the released or declared value, and
in such event the value shall be released or declared at the maximum value for
the lowest tariff rating or rate.

     The following markings shall be included on each unit container: a)
Seller's name; b) Seller's part number, if applicable; c) Boeing part number, if
applicable; d) part nomenclature; e) Order number; f) quantity of Products in
container; g) unit of measure; h) serial number, if applicable; i) date
(quarter/year) identified as assembly or rubber cure date, if applicable; j)
precautionary handling instructions or marking as required.

     In addition, the following markings/labels shall be included on each
shipping container: a) Name and address of consignee; b) Name and address of
consignee; c) Order number; d) 


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

Part number as shown on the Order; e) Quantity of Products in container; f) Unit
of measure; g) Box number; h) Total number of boxes in shipment; and, i)
Precautionary handling, labeling or marking as required.

8.   QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION, REJECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

     8.1  CONTROLLING DOCUMENT

     The controlling quality assurance document for Orders shall be as set forth
in the SBP Section 4.0.

     8.2  SELLER'S INSPECTION

     Seller shall inspect or otherwise verify that all Products and components
thereof, including those procured from or furnished by subcontractors or Boeing,
comply with the requirements of the Order prior to shipment to Boeing or
Customer.  Seller shall be responsible for all tests and inspections of the
Product and any component thereof during receiving, manufacture and Seller's
final inspection.  Seller shall include on each packing sheet a certification
that the Products comply with the requirements of the Order.

          8.2.1     SELLER'S DISCLOSURE


     Seller will immediately notify Boeing when discrepancies in Seller's
processes or Product are discovered or suspected for Products Seller has
delivered.

     8.3  BOEING'S INSPECTION AND REJECTION

     Unless otherwise specified on an Order, Products shall be subject to final
inspection and acceptance by Boeing at destination, notwithstanding any payment
or prior inspection.  Boeing may reject any Product which does not strictly
conform to the requirements of the applicable Order.  Boeing shall by notice,
rejection tag or other communication notify Seller of such rejection.  Whenever
possible, Boeing may coordinate with Seller prior to disposition of the rejected
Product(s), however, Boeing shall retain final disposition authority with
respect to all rejections.  At Seller's risk and expense, all such Products will
be returned to Seller for immediate repair, replacement or other correction and
redelivery to Boeing; provided, however, that with respect to any or all of such
Products and at Boeing's election and at Seller's risk and expense, Boeing may: 
(a) hold, retain, or return such Products without permitting any repair,
replacement or other correction by Seller; (b) hold or retain such Products for
repair by Seller or, at Boeing's election, for repair by Boeing with such
assistance from Seller as Boeing may require; (c) hold such Products until
Seller has delivered conforming replacements for such Products; (d) hold such
Products until conforming replacements are obtained from a third party; (e)
return such Products with instructions to 


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

Seller as to whether the Products shall be repaired or replaced and as to the
manner of redelivery; or (f) return such Products with instructions that they be
scrapped.  Upon final disposition by Boeing that the non-conforming Product(s)
are not subject to repair and prior to the Products being scrapped, Seller shall
render the Product(s) unusable.  Seller shall also maintain, pursuant to their
quality assurance system, records certifying destruction of the applicable
Products.  Said certification shall state the method and date of mutilation and
destruction of the subject Product(s).  Boeing shall have the right to review
and inspect these records at any time it deems necessary.  Failure to comply
with these requirements shall be a material breach of this Agreement and grounds
for default pursuant to GTA Section 13.0. All repair, replacement and other
corrections and redelivery shall be completed within such time as Boeing may
require.  All costs and expenses, loss of value and any other damages incurred
as a result of or in connection with nonconformance and repair, replacement or
other correction may be recovered from Seller by an equitable price reduction,
set-off or credit against any amounts that may be owed to Seller under the
applicable Order or otherwise.

     Boeing may revoke its acceptance of any Products and have the same rights
with regard to the Products involved as if it had originally rejected them.

8.4  FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION OR EQUIVALENT GOVERNMENT AGENCY INSPECTION

     Representatives of Boeing, the  FAA  or  any  equivalent  government 
agency  may  inspect and evaluate Seller's plant including, but not limited to,
Seller's and subcontractor's
facilities, systems, data, equipment, inventory holding areas, procedures,
personnel, testing, and all work-in-process and completed Products.  For 
purposes  of  this  Section 8.4, equivalent  government agency shall mean those
governmental agencies so designated by the FAA or those  agencies within
individual countries which maintain responsibility for assuring aircraft
airworthiness.

     8.5  RETENTION OF RECORDS

     Quality assurance records shall be maintained on file at Seller's facility
and available
to Boeing's authorized representatives. Seller shall retain such records for a
period of
not less than seven (7) years from the date of final payment under the
applicable Order.

     8.6  SOURCE INSPECTION

     If an Order contains a notation that "100% Source Inspection" is required,
the  Products shall not be packed for shipment until they have been submitted to
Boeing's quality assurance representative for inspection.  Both the packing list
and Seller's invoice must reflect evidence of this inspection.


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     8.7  LANGUAGE FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION

     All reports, drawings and other technical information submitted to Boeing
for review
or approval shall be in English and shall employ the units of measure
customarily used by Boeing in the U.S.A.

9.   EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

     Seller shall maintain complete and accurate records showing the sales
volume of all Products. Such records shall support all services performed,
allowances claimed and costs incurred by Seller in the performance of each
Order, including but not limited to those factors which comprise or affect
direct labor hours, direct labor rates, material costs, burden rates and
subcontracts. Such records and other data shall be capable of verification
through audit and analysis by Boeing and be available to Boeing at Seller's
facility for Boeing's examination and audit at all reasonable times from the
date of the applicable Order until three (3) years after final payment under
such order. Seller shall provide assistance to interpret such data if requested
by Boeing. Such examination shall provide Boeing with complete information
regarding Seller's performance for use in price negotiations with Seller
relating to existing or future orders for Products, including but not limited to
negotiation of equitable adjustments for changes and termination/obsolescence
claims pursuant to GTA Section 10.0. Boeing shall treat all information
disclosed under this Section as confidential. 

10.  CHANGES

     10.1 GENERAL

     Boeing's Materiel Representative may at any time by written change order
make changes within the general scope of an Order in any one or more of the
following: drawings, designs, specifications, shipping, packing, place of
inspection, place of delivery place of acceptance, adjustments in quantities,
adjustments in delivery schedules, or the amount of Boeing furnished material. 
Seller shall proceed immediately to perform the Order as changed.  If any such
change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or the time required for
the performance of any part of the work, whether changed or not changed by the
change order, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the price of or the
delivery schedule for those Products affected, and the applicable Order shall be
modified in writing accordingly.  Any claim by Seller for adjustment under this
Section 10.1 must be received by Boeing in writing no later than (60) days from
the date of receipt by Seller of the written change order or within such further
time as the parties may agree in writing or such claim shall be deemed waived. 
Nothing in this Section 10.1 shall excuse Seller from proceeding with an Order
as changed, including failure of the parties to agree on any adjustment to be
made under this Section 10.1.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     If Seller considers that the conduct of any of Boeing's employees has
constituted a change hereunder, Seller shall immediately notify Boeing's
Materiel Representative in writing as to the nature of such conduct and its
effect on Seller's performance.  Pending direction from Boeing's Materiel
Representative, Seller shall take no action to implement any such change.

     10.2 MODEL MIX

     In the event any Derivative aircraft(s) is introduced by Boeing, Boeing may
(but is not obligated to) direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order
and in accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 10.0 to supply Boeing's
requirements for Products for such Derivative aircraft(s) which correspond to
those Products being produced under the applicable Order.

11.  PRODUCT ASSURANCE

     Boeing's acceptance of any Product does not alter or affect the obligations
of Seller or the rights of Boeing and its customers under the document
referenced in the SBP Section 6.0 or as provided by law.

12.  TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

     12.1 BASIS FOR TERMINATION; NOTICE

     Boeing may, from time to time and at Boeing's sole discretion, terminate
all or part of any Order issued hereunder, by written notice to Seller.  Any
such written notice of termination shall specify the effective date and the
extent of any such termination.

12.  TERMINATION INSTRUCTIONS

     On receipt of a written notice of termination pursuant to GTA Section 12.1,
unless otherwise directed by Boeing, Seller shall:

          (a)  Immediately stop work as specified in the notice;

          (b)  Immediately terminate its subcontracts and purchase orders
relating to work terminated;

          (c)  Settle any termination claims made by its subcontractors or
suppliers; provided, that Boeing shall have approved the amount of such
termination claims prior to such settlement;


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

          (d)  Preserve and protect all terminated inventory and Products;

          (e)  At Boeing's request, transfer title (to the extent not previously
transferred) and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's designee all supplies and
materials, work-in-process, Tooling and manufacturing drawings and data produced
or acquired by Seller for the performance of this Agreement and any Order, all
in accordance with the terms of such request;

          (f)  Take all reasonable steps required to return, or at Boeing's
option and with prior written approval to destroy, all Boeing Proprietary
Information and Items in the possession, custody or control of Seller;

          (g)  Take such other action as, in Boeing's reasonable opinion, may be
necessary, and as Boeing shall direct in writing, to facilitate termination of
this Order; and

          (h)  Complete performance of the work not terminated.

     12.3 SELLER'S CLAIM

     If Boeing terminates an Order in whole or in part pursuant to Section 12.1
above, Seller shall have the right to submit a written termination claim to
Boeing in accordance with the terms of this Section 12.3.  Such termination
claim shall be submitted to Boeing not later than six (6) months after Seller's
receipt of the termination notice and shall be in the form prescribed by Boeing.
Such claim must contain sufficient detail to explain the amount claimed,
including detailed inventory schedules and a detailed breakdown of all costs
claimed separated into categories (e.g., materials, purchased parts, finished
components, labor, burden, general and administrative), and to explain the basis
for allocation of all other costs.  Seller shall be entitled to be compensated
in accordance with and to the extent allowed under the terms of FAR 52-249-2(e)-
(m) excluding (i), (as published in 48 C.F.R. Section 52.249-2) which is
incorporated herein by this reference except "Government" and "Contracting
Officer" shall mean Boeing, "Contractor" shall mean Seller and "Contract" shall
mean Order.

     12.4 FAILURE TO SUBMIT A CLAIM

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.0, if Seller fails
to submit a termination claim within the time period set forth above, Seller
shall be barred from submitting a claim and Boeing shall have no obligation for
payment to Seller under this Section 12.0 except for those Products previously
delivered and accepted by Boeing.

     12.5 PARTIAL TERMINATION


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     Any partial termination of an Order shall not alter or affect the terms and
conditions of the Order or any Order with respect to Products not terminated.

     12.6 PRODUCT PRICE

     Termination under any of the above paragraphs shall not result in any
change to unit prices for Products not terminated.

     12.7 EXCLUSIONS OR DEDUCTIONS

     The following items shall be excluded or deducted from any claim submitted
by Seller:

          (a)  All unliquidated advances or other payments made by Boeing to
Seller pursuant to a terminated Order;

          (b)  Any claim which Boeing has against Seller;

          (c)  The agreed price for scrap allowance;

          (d)  Except for normal spoilage and any risk of loss assumed by
Boeing, the agreed fair value of property that is lost, destroyed, stolen or
damaged.

     12.8 PARTIAL PAYMENT/PAYMENT

     Payment, if any, to be paid under this Section 12.0 shall be made thirty
(30) days after settlement between the parties or as otherwise agreed to between
the parties.  Boeing may make partial payments and payments against costs
incurred by Seller for the terminated portion of the Order, if the total of such
payments does not exceed the amount to which Seller would be otherwise entitled.
If the total payments exceed the final amount determined to be due, Seller shall
repay the excess to Boeing upon demand.

     12.9 SELLER'S ACCOUNTING PRACTICES

     Boeing and Seller agree that Seller's "normal accounting practices" used in
developing the price of the Product(s) shall also be used in determining the
allocable costs at termination.  For purposes of this Section 12.9, Seller's
"normal accounting practices" refers to Seller's method of charging costs as
either a direct charge, overhead expense, general administrative expense, etc.

     12.10     RECORDS


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by law, Seller shall
maintain all records and documents relating to the terminated portion of the
Order for three (3) years after final settlement of Seller's termination claim.

13.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

          13.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute
an "Event of Default":

          (a)  Any failure by Seller to deliver, when and as required by this
Agreement or any Order, any Product, except as provided in GTA Section 14.0; or

          (b)  Any failure by Seller to provide an acceptable Assurance of
Performance within the time specified in GTA Section 17.0, or otherwise in
accordance with applicable law; or,

          (c)  Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any obligation
set forth in GTA Section 20.0; or

          (d)  Seller is or has participated in the sale, purchase or
manufacture of airplane parts without the required approval of the FAA.

          (e)  Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any obligation
(other than as described in the foregoing Sections 13.1.A, 13.1.B, 13.1.C and
13.1.D) set forth in this Agreement and such failure shall continue unremedied
for a period of thirty (30) days or more following receipt by Seller of notice
from Boeing specifying such failure; or

          (f)  (a) the suspension, dissolution or winding-up of Seller's
business, (b) Seller's insolvency, or its inability to pay debts, or its
nonpayment of debts, as they become due, (c) the institution of reorganization,
liquidation or other such proceedings by or against Seller or the appointment of
a custodian, trustee, receiver or similar Person for Sellers properties or
business, (d) an assignment by Seller for the benefit of its creditors, or (e)
any action of Seller for the purpose of effecting or facilitating any of the
foregoing.

     13.2 REMEDIES

     If any Event of Default shall occur:


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

          (a)  CANCELLATION

     Boeing may, by giving written notice to Seller, immediately cancel this
Agreement and/or any Order, in whole or in part, and Boeing shall not be
required after such notice to accept the tender by Seller of any Products with
respect to which Boeing has elected to cancel this Agreement.

          (b)  COVER

     Boeing may manufacture, produce or provide, or may engage any other persons
to manufacture, produce or provide, any Products in substitution for the
Products to be delivered or provided by Seller hereunder with respect to which
this Agreement or any Order has been canceled and, in addition to any other
remedies or damages available to Boeing hereunder or at law or in equity, Boeing
may recover from Seller the difference between the price for each such Product
and the aggregate expense, including, without limitation, administrative and
other indirect costs, paid or incurred by Boeing to manufacture, produce or
provide, or engage other persons to manufacture, produce or provide, each such
Product.

          (c)  REWORK OR REPAIR

     Boeing may rework or repair any Product in accordance with GTA Section 8.3;

          (d)  SETOFF

     Boeing shall, at its option, have the right to set off against and apply to
the payment or performance of any obligation, sum or amount owing at any time to
Boeing hereunder or under any Order, all deposits, amounts or balances held by
Boeing for the account of Seller and any amounts owed by Boeing to Seller,
regardless of whether any such deposit, amount, balance or other amount or
payment is then due and owing.

          (e)  TOOLING AND OTHER MATERIALS

     As compensation for the additional costs which Boeing will incur as a
result of the actual physical transfer of production capabilities from Seller to
Boeing or Boeing's designee, Seller shall upon the request of Boeing, transfer
and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's designee title to any or all (i) Tooling, (ii)
Boeing-furnished material, (iii) raw materials, parts, work-in-process,
incomplete or completed assemblies, and all other Products or parts thereof in
the possession or under the effective control of Seller or any of its
subcontractors, (iv) Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing including
without limitation planning data, drawings and other Proprietary Information and
Materials relating to the design, production, maintenance, repair and use of
Tooling, in the possession or under the effective control of Seller or any of
its subcontractors, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims or other
rights of any person.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     Seller shall be entitled to receive from Boeing reasonable compensation for
any item accepted by Boeing which has been transferred to Boeing pursuant to
this Section 13.2.E (except for any item the price of which shall have been paid
to Seller prior to such transfer); provided, however, that such compensation
shall not be paid directly to Seller, but shall be accounted for as a setoff
against any damages payable by Seller to Boeing as a result of any Event of
Default.

          (f)  REMEDIES GENERALLY

     No failure on the part of Boeing in exercising any right or remedy
hereunder, or as provided by law or in equity, shall impair, prejudice or
constitute a waiver of any such right or remedy, or shall be construed as a
waiver of any Event of Default or as an acquiescence therein.  No single or
partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  No acceptance of
partial payment or performance of any of Seller's obligations hereunder shall
constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or a waiver or release of payment or
performance in full by Seller of any such obligation.  All rights and remedies
of Boeing hereunder and at law and in equity shall be cumulative and not
mutually exclusive and the exercise of one shall not be deemed a waiver of the
right to exercise any other.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
construed to limit any right or remedy of Boeing now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity.

14.  EXCUSABLE DELAY

     If delivery of any Product is delayed by unforeseeable circumstances beyond
the control and without the fault or negligence of Seller or of its suppliers or
subcontractors (any such delay being hereinafter referred to as "Excusable
Delay"), the delivery of such Product shall be extended for a period to be
determined by Boeing after an assessment by Boeing of alternate work methods. 
Excusable Delays may include, but are not limited to, acts of God, war, riots,
acts of government, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, freight
embargoes, strikes or unusually severe weather, but shall exclude Seller's
noncompliance with any rule, regulation or order promulgated by any governmental
agency for or with respect to environmental protection.  However, the above
notwithstanding, Boeing expects Seller to continue production, recover lost time
and support all schedules as established under this Agreement or any Order. 
Therefore, it is understood and agreed that (i) delays of less than two (2)
days' duration shall not be considered to be Excusable Delays unless such delays
shall occur within thirty (30) days preceding the scheduled delivery date of any
Product and (ii) if delay in delivery of any Product is caused by the default of
any of Seller's subcontractors or suppliers, such delay shall not be considered
an Excusable Delay unless the supplies or services to be provided by such
subcontractor or supplier are not obtainable from other sources in sufficient
time to permit Seller to meet the applicable delivery schedules.  If delivery of
any Product is delayed by any Excusable Delay for more than three (3) months,
Boeing may, without any additional extension, cancel all or part of any Order
with respect to 


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

the delayed Products, and exercise any of its remedies in accordance with GTA
Section 13.2 provided however, that Boeing shall not be entitled to monetary
damages or specific performance to the extent Seller's breach is the result of
an Excusable Delay.

15.  SUSPENSION OF WORK

     Boeing may at any time, by written order to Seller, require Seller to stop
all or any part of the work called for by this Agreement hereafter referred to
as a "Stop Work Order" issued pursuant to this Section 15.  On receipt of a Stop
Work Order, Seller shall promptly comply with its terms and take all reasonable
steps to minimize the occurrence of costs arising from the work covered by the
Stop Work Order during the period of work stoppage.  Within the period covered
by the Stop Work Order (including any extension thereof) Boeing shall either (i)
cancel the Stop Work Order or (ii) terminate or cancel the work covered by the
Stop Work Order in accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 12.0 or 13.0. 
In the event the Stop Work Order is canceled by Boeing or the period of the Stop
Work Order (including any extension thereof) expires, Seller shall promptly
resume work in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any applicable
Order.

16.  TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION AND INDEMNITY
     AGAINST SUBCONTRACTOR CLAIMS

     Boeing shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from any
termination pursuant to GTA Section 12. 1, except as expressly provided in GTA
Section 12.3 or any cancellation under GTA Section 13.0 except to the extent
that such cancellation shall have been determined by Boeing and Seller to have
been wrongful, in which case such wrongful cancellation shall be deemed a
termination pursuant to GTA Section 12.1 and therefore shall be limited to the
payment to Seller of the amount or amounts identified in GTA Section 12.3.  As
subcontractor claims are included in Seller's termination claim pursuant to GTA
Section 12.3, Seller shall indemnify Boeing and hold Boeing harmless from and
against (i) any and all claims, suits and proceedings against Boeing by any
subcontractor or supplier of Seller in respect of any such termination and (ii)
any and all costs, expenses, losses and damages incurred by Boeing in connection
with any such claim, suit or proceeding.

17.  ASSURANCE OF PERFORMANCE

          (a)  SELLER TO PROVIDE ASSURANCE

     If Boeing determines, at any time or from time to time, that it is not
sufficiently assured of Seller's full, timely and continuing performance
hereunder, or if for any other reason Boeing has reasonable grounds for
insecurity, Boeing may request, by notice to Seller, written assurance
(hereafter an "Assurance of Performance") with respect to any specific matters
affecting Seller's performance hereunder, that Seller is able to perform all of
its 


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

respective obligations under this Agreement when and as specified herein.  Each
Assurance of Performance shall be delivered by Seller to Boeing as promptly as
possible, but in any event no later than 15 calendar days following Boeing's
request therefore and each Assurance of Performance shall be accompanied by any
information, reports or other materials, prepared by Seller, as Boeing may
reasonably request.  Boeing may suspend all or any part of Boeing's performance
hereunder until Boeing receives an Assurance of Performance from Seller
satisfactory in form and substance to Boeing.

          (b)  MEETINGS AND INFORMATION

     Boeing may request one or more meetings with senior management or other
employees of Seller for the purpose of discussing any request by Boeing for
Assurance of Performance or any Assurance of Performance provided by Seller. 
Seller shall make such persons available to meet with representatives of Boeing
as soon as may be practicable following a request for any such meeting by Boeing
and Seller shall make available to Boeing any additional information, reports or
other materials in connection therewith as Boeing may reasonably request.

18.  RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY

     On delivery to Seller or manufacture or acquisition by it of any materials,
parts, Tooling or other property, title to any of which is in Boeing, Seller
shall assume the risk of and shall be responsible for any loss thereof or damage
thereto.  In accordance with the provisions of an Order, but in any event on
completion thereof, Seller shall return such property to Boeing in the condition
in which it was received except for reasonable wear and tear and except to the
extent that such property has been incorporated in Products delivered under such
Order or has been consumed in the normal performance of work under such Order.

19.  LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO ENCUMBER ASSETS

     Seller warrants to Boeing that it has good title to all inventory, work-in-
process, tooling and materials to be supplied by Seller in the performance of
its obligations under any Order ("Inventory"), and that pursuant to the
provisions of such Order, it will transfer to Boeing title to such Inventory,
whether transferred separately or as part of any Product delivered under the
Order, free of any liens, charges, encumbrances or rights of others.

20.  PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND ITEMS

     Boeing and Seller shall each keep confidential and protect from disclosure
all (a) confidential, proprietary, and/or trade secret information; (b) tangible
items containing, conveying, or embodying such information; and (c) tooling
obtained from and/or belonging to the other in connection with this Agreement or
any Order (collectively referred to as "Proprietary Information and Materials").
Boeing and Seller shall each use Proprietary 


                                      -17-
<PAGE>

Information and Materials of the other only in the performance of and for the
purpose of this Agreement and/or any Order.  Provided, however, that despite any
other obligations or restrictions imposed by this Section 20.0, Boeing shall
have the right to use and disclose of Seller's Proprietary Information and
Materials for the purposes of testing, certification, use, sale, or support of
any item delivered under this Agreement, an Order, or any airplane including
such an item; and any such disclosure by Boeing shall, whenever appropriate,
include a restrictive legend suitable to the particular circumstances.  The
restrictions on disclosure or use of Proprietary Information and Materials by
Seller shall apply to all materials derived by Seller or others from Boeing's
Proprietary Information and Materials.  Upon Boeing's request at any time, and
in any event upon the completion, termination or cancellation of this Agreement,
Seller shall return all of Boeing's Proprietary Information and Materials, and
all materials derived from Boeing's Proprietary Information and Materials to
Boeing unless specifically directed otherwise in writing by Boeing.  Seller
shall not, without the prior written authorization of Boeing, sell or otherwise
dispose of (as scrap or otherwise) any parts or other materials containing,
conveying, embodying, or made in accordance with or by reference to any
Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing.  Prior to disposing of such
parts or materials as scrap, Seller shall render them unusable.  Boeing shall
have the right to audit Seller's compliance with this Section 20.0.  Seller may
disclose Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing to its subcontractors
as required for the performance of an Order, provided that each such
subcontractor first assumes, by written agreement, the same obligations imposed
upon Seller under this Section 20.0 relating to Proprietary Information and
Materials; and Seller shall be liable to Boeing for any breach of such
obligation by such subcontractor.  The provisions of this Section 20.0 are
effective in lieu of, and will apply notwithstanding the absence of, any
restrictive legends or notices applied to Proprietary Information and Materials;
and the provisions of this Section 20.0 shall survive the performance,
completion, termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any Order.  This
Section 20.0 supersedes and replaces any and all other prior agreements or
understandings between the parties to the extent that such agreements or
understandings relate to Boeing's obligations relative to confidential,
proprietary, and/or trade secret information, or tangible items containing,
conveying, or embodying such information, obtained from Seller and related to
any Product, regardless of whether disclosed to the receiving party before or
after the effective date of this Agreement.

21.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

          21.1 SELLER'S OBLIGATION

     Seller shall be responsible for complying with all laws, including, but not
limited to, any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, order, or permit
applicable to its performance under this Agreement.  Seller further agrees (1)
to notify Boeing of any obligation under this Agreement which is prohibited
under applicable environmental law, at the earliest opportunity but in all
events sufficiently in advance of Seller's performance of such obligation so as
to 


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

enable the identification of alternative methods of performance, and (2) to
notify Boeing at the earliest possible opportunity of any aspect of its
performance which becomes subject to additional environmental regulation or
which Seller reasonably believes will become subject to additional regulation
during the performance of this Agreement.

     21.2 GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS

     If any of the work to be performed under this Agreement is performed in the
United States, Seller shall, via invoice or other form satisfactory to Boeing,
certify that the Products covered by the Order were produced in compliance with
Sections 6, 7, and 12 of the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. 201-291), as
amended, and the regulations and orders of the U. S. Department of Labor issued
thereunder.  In addition, the following Federal Acquisition Regulations are
incorporated herein by this reference except "Contractor" shall mean "Seller":

          FAR 52.222-26       "Equal Opportunity"
          FAR 52.222-35       "Affirmative Action for Special Disabled and 
                              Vietnam Era Veterans"
          FAR 52.222-36       "Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers"

22.  INTEGRITY IN PROCUREMENT

     Boeing's policy is to maintain high standards of integrity in procurement. 
Boeing's employees must ensure that no favorable treatment compromises their
impartiality in the procurement process.  Accordingly, Boeing's employees must
strictly refrain from soliciting or accepting any payment, gift, favor or thing
of value which could improperly influence their judgment with respect to either
issuing a Order or administering this Agreement.  Consistent with this policy,
Seller agrees not to provide or offer to provide any employees of Boeing any
payment, gift, favor or thing of value for the purposes of improperly obtaining
or rewarding favorable treatment in connection with any Order or this Agreement.
Seller shall conduct its own procurement practices and shall ensure that its
suppliers conduct their procurement practices consistent with these standards. 
If Seller has reasonable grounds to believe that this policy may have been
violated, Seller shall immediately report such possible violation to the
appropriate Director of Materiel or Ethics Advisor of Boeing.

23.  INFRINGEMENT

     Seller shall indemnify, defend, and save Boeing and Customers harmless from
all claims, suits, actions, awards (including but not limited to awards based on
intentional infringement of patents known to Seller at the time of such
infringement, exceeding actual damages, and/or including attorneys' fees and/or
costs), liabilities, damages, costs and attorneys' fees related to the actual or
alleged infringement of any United States or foreign intellectual property right
(including but not limited to any right in a patent, copyright, 


                                      -19-
<PAGE>

industrial design or semiconductor mask work, or based on misappropriation or
wrongful use of information or documents) and arising out of the manufacture,
sale or use of Products by Boeing or Customers.  Boeing and/or Customers shall
duly notify Seller of any such claim, suit or action; and Seller shall, at its
own expense, fully defend such claim, suit or action on behalf of Boeing and/or
Customers.  Seller shall have no obligation under this Section 23 with regard to
any infringement arising from:  (i) Seller's compliance with formal
specifications issued by Boeing where infringement could not be avoided in
complying with such specifications or (ii) use or sale of Products in
combination with other items when such infringement would not have occurred from
the use or sale of those Products solely for the purpose for which they were
designed or sold by Seller.  For purposes of this Section 23 only, the term
Customer shall not include the United States Government; and the term Boeing
shall include The Boeing Company (Boeing) and all Boeing subsidiaries and all
officers, agents, and employees of Boeing or any Boeing subsidiary.

24.  BOEING'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS,
     TRADE SECRETS AND TOOLING

     Seller hereby grants to Boeing an irrevocable, non-exclusive, paid-up
worldwide license to practice and/or use, and license others to practice and/or
use on Boeing's behalf, all of Seller's patents, copyrights, trade secrets
(including, without limitation, designs, processes, drawings, technical data and
tooling), industrial designs, semiconductor mask works, and tooling
(collectively hereinafter referred to as "Licensed Property") related to the
development, production, maintenance or repair of Products.  Boeing hereafter
retains all of the aforementioned license rights in Licensed Property, but
Boeing hereby covenants not to exercise such rights except in connection with
the making, having made, using and selling of Products or products of the same
kind, and then only in the event of any of the following:

          (a)  Seller discontinues or suspends business operations or the
production of any or all of the Products;

          (b)  Seller is acquired by or transfers any or all of its rights to
manufacture any Product to any third party, whether or not related;

          (c)  Boeing cancels this Agreement or any Order for cause pursuant to
GTA Section 13.0 herein;

          (d)  in Boeing's judgment it becomes necessary, in order for Seller to
comply with the terms of this Agreement or any Order, for Boeing to provide
support to Seller (in the form of design, manufacturing, or on-site personnel
assistance) substantially in excess of that which Boeing normally provides to
its suppliers;


                                      -20-
<PAGE>

          (e)  Seller's trustee in bankruptcy (or Seller as debtor in
possession) fails to assume this Agreement and all Orders by formal entry of an
order in the bankruptcy court within sixty (60) days after entry of an order for
relief in a bankruptcy case of the Seller, or Boeing elects to retain its rights
to Licensed Property under the bankruptcy laws;

          (f)  Seller is at any time insolvent (whether measured under a balance
sheet test or by the failure to pay debts as they come due) or the subject of
any insolvency or debt assignment proceeding under state or nonbankruptcy law;
or

          (g)  Seller voluntarily becomes a debtor in any case under bankruptcy
law or, in the event an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against Seller,
such petition is not dismissed within thirty (30) days.

     As a part of the license granted under this Section 24.0, Seller shall, at
the written request of Boeing and at no additional cost to Boeing, promptly
deliver to Boeing any and all Licensed Property considered by Boeing to be
necessary to satisfy Boeing's requirements for Products and their substitutes.

25.  NOTICES

     25.1 ADDRESSES

     Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
delivery, mail, telex, teletype, telegram, facsimile, cable or other electronic
transmission addressed to the respective party as set forth in the SBP Section
9.0.


     25.2 EFFECTIVE DATE

     The date on which any such communication is received by the addressee is
the effective date of such communication.

     25.3 APPROVAL OR CONSENT

     With respect to all matters subject to the approval or consent of either
party, such approval or consent shall be requested in writing and is not
effective until given in writing.  With respect to Boeing, authority to grant
approval or consent is limited to Boeing's Materiel Representative.

26.  PUBLICITY

     Seller will not, and will require that its subcontractors and suppliers of
any tier will not, (i) cause or permit to be released any publicity,
advertisement, news release, public 


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

announcement, or denial or confirmation of the same, in whatever form, regarding
any Order or Products, or the program to which they may pertain, or (ii) use, or
cause or permit to be used, the Boeing name or any Boeing trademark in any form
of promotion or publicity without Boeing's prior written approval.

27.  PROPERTY INSURANCE

     27.1 INSURANCE

     Seller shall maintain continuously in effect a property insurance policy
covering loss or destruction of or damage to all property in which Boeing does
or could have an insurable interest pursuant to this Agreement, including but
not limited to Tooling, Boeing-furnished property, raw materials, parts, work-in
process, incomplete or completed assemblies and all other products or parts
thereof, and all drawings, specifications, data and other materials relating to
any of the foregoing in each case to the extent in the possession or under the
effective care, custody or control of Seller, in the amount of full replacement
value thereof providing protection against all perils normally covered in an
"all risk" property insurance policy (including without limitation fire,
windstorm, explosion, riot, civil commotion, aircraft, earthquake, flood or
other acts of God).  Any such policy shall be in the form and with insurers
acceptable to Boeing and shall (i) provide for payment of loss thereunder to
Boeing, as loss payee, as its interests may appear and (ii) contain a waiver of
any rights of subrogation against Boeing, its subsidiaries, and their respective
directors, officers, employees and agents.

     27.2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

     Prior to commencement of this Agreement, Seller shall provide to Boeing's
Materiel Representative, for Boeing's review and approval, certificates of
insurance reflecting full compliance with the requirements set forth in GTA
Section 27.1.  Such certificates shall be kept current and in compliance
throughout the period of this Agreement and shall provide for thirty (30) days
advanced written notice to Boeing's Materiel Representative in the event of
cancellation, non-renewal or material change adversely affecting the interests
of Boeing.

     27.3 NOTICE OF DAMAGE OR LOSS

     Seller shall give prompt written notice to Boeing's Materiel Representative
of the occurrence of any damage or loss to any property required to be insured
herein.  If any such property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in
part, by an insured peril or otherwise, and if no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, then Seller may, upon written notice to Boeing,
settle, adjust, or compromise any and all such loss or damage not in excess of
Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any one occurrence and Five
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate.  Seller may settle, adjust
or 


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

compromise any other claim by Seller only after Boeing has given written
approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

28.  RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE

     Seller shall be responsible for the requirements of this Agreement and any
Order referencing this Agreement.  Seller shall bear all risks of providing
adequate facilities and equipment to perform each Order in accordance with the
terms thereof.  Seller shall include as part of its subcontracts those elements
of the Agreement which protect Boeing's rights including but not limited to
right of entry provisions, proprietary information and rights provisions and
quality control provisions.  In addition, Seller shall provide to its
subcontractors sufficient information to clearly document that the work being
performed by Seller's subcontractor is to facilitate performance under this
Agreement or any Order.  Sufficient information may include but is not limited
to Order number, GTA number or the name of Boeing's Materiel Representative.  No
subcontracting by Seller shall relieve Seller of its obligation under the
applicable Order.

     28.1 SUBCONTRACTING

     Seller may not procure any Product, as defined in the applicable Order,
from a third party in a completed or a substantially completed form without
Boeing's prior written consent.

     Where required by the requirements of the Order, no raw material and/or
material process may be incorporated in a Product unless:  (a) Seller uses an
approved source or (b) Boeing has surveyed and qualified Seller's receiving
inspection personnel and laboratories to test the specified raw materials an/or
material process.  No waiver of survey and qualification requirements will be
effective unless granted by Boeing's Engineering and Quality Control
Departments.  Utilization of a Boeing-approved raw material source does not
constitute a waiver of Seller's responsibility to meet all specification
requirements.

     28.2 RELIANCE

     Boeing's entering into this Agreement is in part based upon Boeing's
reliance on Seller's ability, expertise and awareness of the intended use of the
Products.  Seller agrees that Boeing and Boeing's customers may rely on Seller
as an expert, and Seller will not deny any responsibility or obligation
hereunder to Boeing or Boeing's customers on the grounds that Boeing or Boeing's
customers provided recommendations or assistance in any phase of the work
involved in producing or supporting the Products, including but not limited to
Boeing's acceptance of specifications, test data or the Products.

     28.3 Each Order shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on each of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided however,
that no assignment of 


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

any rights or delegation of any duties under such Order is binding on Boeing
unless Boeing's written consent has first been obtained.  Notwithstanding the
above, Seller may assign claims for monies due or to become due under any Order
provided that Boeing may recoup or setoff any amounts covered by any such
assignment against any indebtedness of Seller to Boeing, whether arising before
or after the date of the assignment or the date of this Agreement, and whether
arising out of any such Order or any other agreement between the parties.

     Boeing may settle all claims arising out of any Order, including
termination claims, directly with Seller.  Boeing may unilaterally assign any
rights or title to property under the Order to any wholly-owned subsidiary of
The Boeing Company.

29.  NON-WAIVER

     Boeing's failure at any time to enforce any provision of an Order does not
constitute a waiver of such provision or prejudice Boeing's right to enforce
such provision at any subsequent time.

30.  HEADINGS

     Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only
and do not affect the interpretation of the Agreement.

31.  PARTIAL INVALIDITY

     If any provision of any Order is or becomes void or unenforceable by force
or operation of law, the other provisions shall remain valid and enforceable.

32.  APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

     Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the law as set forth in SBP Section 5.

33.  Oral statements and understandings are not valid or binding.  Except as
otherwise provided in GTA Section 10 and SBP Section 12, no Order may be changed
or modified except by a writing signed by Seller and Boeing's Materiel
Representative.

34.  LIMITATION

     Seller may not (except to provide an inventory of Products to support
delivery acceleration and to satisfy reasonable replacement and Spares
requirements) manufacture or fabricate Products or procure any goods in advance
of the reasonable flow time required to 


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

comply with the delivery schedule in the applicable Order.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of an Order, Seller is not entitled to any equitable adjustment
or other modification of such Order for any manufacture, fabrication, or
procurement of Products not in conformity with the requirements of the Order,
unless Boeing's written consent has first been obtained.  Nothing in this
Section 34 shall be construed as relieving Seller of any of its obligations
under the Order.

35.  TAXES

          35.1 INCLUSION OF TAXES IN PRICE

     All taxes, including but not limited to federal, state and local income
taxes, value added taxes, gross receipt taxes, property taxes, and custom duties
taxes are deemed to be included in the Order price, except applicable sales or
use taxes on sales to Boeing ("Sales Taxes") for which Boeing has not supplied a
valid exemption certificate or unless otherwise indicated on the applicable
Order.

          35.2 LITIGATION

     In the event that any taxing authority has claimed or does claim payment
for Sales Taxes, Seller shall promptly notify Boeing, and Seller shall take such
action as Boeing may direct to pay or protest such taxes or to defend against
such claim.  The actual and direct expenses, without the addition of profit and
overhead, of such defense and the amount of such taxes as ultimately determined
as due and payable shall be paid directly by Boeing or reimbursed to Seller.  If
Seller or Boeing is successful in defending such claim, the amount of such taxes
recovered by Seller, which had previously been paid by Seller and reimbursed by
Boeing or paid directly by Boeing, shall be immediately refunded to Boeing.

          35.3 REBATES

     If any taxes paid by Boeing are subject to rebate or reimbursement, Seller
shall take the necessary actions to secure such rebates or reimbursement and
shall promptly refund to Boeing any amount recovered.

36.  FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET

     With respect to work covered by the Order, Seller shall use its best
efforts to cooperate with Boeing in the fulfillment of any foreign offset
program obligation that Boeing may have accepted as a condition of the sale of
Boeing's products. In the event that Seller solicits bids or proposals for, or
procures or offers to procure any goods or services relating to the work covered
by an Order from any source outside of the United States, Boeing shall be
entitled, to the exclusion of all others, to all industrial benefits and other
"offset" 


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

credits which may result from such solicitations, procurements or offers to
procure. Seller agrees to take any actions that may be required on its part to
assure that Boeing receives such credits.

37.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

          37.1 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     The Order sets forth the entire agreement, and supersedes any and all other
prior
agreements understandings and communications between Boeing and Seller related
to the subject  matter of an Order.  The rights and remedies afforded to Boeing
or Customers pursuant to any provisions of an Order are in addition to any other
rights and remedies afforded by any other provisions of this Order, by law or
otherwise.

          37.2 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     In addition to the documents previously incorporated herein by reference,
the documents listed below are by this reference made a part of this Agreement:

          (a)  Engineering Drawing by Part Number and Related Outside Production
Specification Plan (OPSP).

          (b)  Any other exhibits or documents agreed to by the parties to be a
part of this Agreement.

     37.3 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

     In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any of the terms of the
following documents, the following order of precedence shall control:

          (a)  SBP (excluding the Administrative Agreement identified in E
below)

          (b)  This General Terms Agreement (excluding the documents identified
in D and F below)

          (c)  Order (excluding the documents identified in A and B above)

          (d)  Engineering Drawing by Part Number and, if applicable, related
Outside Production Specification Plan (OPSP)

          (e)  Administrative Agreement (If Applicable)


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

          (f)  Any other exhibits or documents the parties agree shall be part
of the Agreement

     37.4 DISCLAIMER

     Unless otherwise specified on the face of the applicable Order, any CATIA
Dataset or translation thereof (each or collectively "Data") furnished by Boeing
is furnished as an accommodation to Seller.  It is the Seller's responsibility
to compare such Data to the comparable two dimensional computer aided design
drawing to confirm the accuracy of the Data.

          BOEING  HEREBY DISCLAIMS,  AND  SELLER HEREBY WAIVES, ALL
          WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES OF BOEING AND ALL CLAIMS AND
          REMEDIES OF SELLER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR
          OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DEFECT IN ANY CATIA DATASET
          OR TRANSLATION THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
          (A) IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE
          OR FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (B) ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY
          ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF
          TRADE, (C) RECOVERY BASED UPON TORT, WHETHER OR NOT ARISING
          FROM BOEING'S NEGLIGENCE, AND (D) ANY RECOVERY BASED UPON
          DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON  DAMAGED PROPERTY,
          OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON LOSS OF USE OR PROFIT OR OTHER
          INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first written above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                      CASHMERE MANUFACTURING COMPANY
by and through its division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group

Name: /s/ Randolph L. Parks             Name: /s/ John Eder                    
     -----------------------------            -----------------------------

Title:  Buyer                           Title:  Vice President        
      ----------------------------             ----------------------------

Date:  March 12, 1996                   Date:  March 11, 1996         
     -----------------------------             ----------------------------




                                      -27-


 

<PAGE>


                                                                   Exhibit 10.52

                    EXTENSION AND MODIFICATION OF PROMISSORY NOTES

          This Extension and Modification of Promissory Notes ("Extension
Agreement") is entered into as of April ____, 1996, by and between PCT HOLDINGS,
INC., a Nevada corporation (hereinafter "Borrower") and WILLIAM H. PAYNE; IVAN
G. SARDA; THE WALDAL FAMILY TRUST, JEFFREY H. WALDAL, TRUSTEE, AS SUCCESSOR TO
ELINOR A. WALTERS, deceased; and KATRINA A. KNOWLES (hereinafter collectively
"Lenders") with reference to the following facts:

          A.  In connection with a merger between Borrower, Ceramic Devices,
Inc., a Washington corporation ("CDIW"), and Ceramic Devices, Inc., a California
corporation, Borrower entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger
Dated as of February 28, 1995 ("Merger Agreement").  In connection with the
Merger Agreement, Borrower became indebted to Lenders for certain amounts and
executed two promissory notes memorializing such indebtedness, as described
below.

          B.  The first such promissory note executed by Borrower in favor of
Lenders was dated May 10, 1995, and was in the amount of $200,000 ("$200,000
Note").  The $200,000 Note provided for a principal payment, on February 28,
1996, in the amount of $50,000, plus accrued interest, and principal payments of
$75,000 each, plus accrued interest, on February 28, 1997 and February 28, 1998,
respectively.  Pursuant to the terms of the $200,000 Note, default occurred if
any installment of principal and interest was not paid within 30 days after the
date such payment became due.  Borrower did not pay the principal installment or
accrued interest due on February 28, 1996, has advised Lenders that it is unable
to pay such amounts within 30 days after such date, and thus is or will soon be
in default under the terms of the $200,000 Note.

          C.  The second such promissory note executed by Borrower in favor of
Lenders was  dated May 10, 1995, and was in the amount of $400,000 ("$400, 000
Note").  The entire balance of the principal and accrued interest on the
$400,000 Note was due and payable on November 30, 1995 pursuant to an agreement
entered into by and between Borrower and Lenders, the due date for the entire
balance of the principal and accrued interest on the $400,000 Note was extended
to March 1, 1996.  Pursuant to the terms of the $400,000 Note, default occurred
if any installment of principal and interest was not paid within 30 days after
the date such payment became due.  Borrower did not pay the principal balance or
accrued interest due on the extended due date of March 1, 1996, has advised
Lenders that it is unable to pay such amounts within 30 days after such date,
and thus is or will soon be in default under the terms of the $400,000 Note.

          D.  The Notes are secured by a first priority lien on the assets of
CDIW, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower, except for the Lenders' lien on
CDIW's accounts and


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

inventory which Lenders subordinated to the lien of Silicon Valley Bank, under
the terms of a Security Agreement dated April 27, 1995 ("Security Agreement").

          E.  Under the terms of the $200,000 Note and the $400,000 Note
(collectively referred to as "Notes"), in the event of Borrower's default, the
Lenders have the right to declare the entire unpaid balance, together with
accrued interest, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand,
protest or other notice of any kind ("Acceleration").

          F.  Lenders are willing to forbear their exercise of their right to
Acceleration and extend the due dates of the Notes provided Borrower agrees to
certain modifications of the terms of the Notes, and Borrower is willing to
agree to such modifications in exchange for such forbearance and extensions.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the
mutual agreements contained herein and for valuable consideration, receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.  MODIFICATION OF PAYMENT TERMS OF $200,000 NOTE.  The payment
terms of the $200,000 Note, as set forth in Paragraph 3 of the $200,000 Note,
are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

              "3.   REPAYMENT.  Borrower shall pay principal and accrued
         interest in full an August 31, 1996, or sooner.  All payments received
         shall be applied first to accrued, interest, then to costs of
         collection, and the balance, if any, to the reduction of principal.
         Borrower may prepay the obligation evidenced by this Note at any
         time."

          2.  MODIFICATION OF  PAYMENT TERMS OF $400,000 NOTE.  The payment
terms of the $400,000 Note, as set forth in Paragraph 3 of the $400,000 Note,
are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

              "3.  REPAYMENT. Borrower shall pay principal and accrued interest
         in full on August 31, 1996, or sooner.  All payments received shall be
         applied first to accrued interest, then to costs of collection, and
         the balance, if any, to the reduction of principal.  Borrower may
         prepay the obligation evidenced by this Note at any time."

          3.  MODIFICATION OF INTEREST RATE. The interest rate set forth in
both Notes shall be amended to be ten percent (10%) per annum, commencing
February 28, 1996, in the case of the $200,000 Note, and March 1, 1996, in the
case of the $400,000 Note.  The revised interest rate shall accrue on the entire
balance of principal plus accrued interest due on each of the Notes as of such
respective dates.  The parties agree that the balance of principal and accrued
interest on each of the Notes as of such respective dates are as follows:


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

                       Principal Balance      Accrued Interest
    Promissory Note           Due                  Due
    ---------------   --------------------   --------------------

    $200,000            $200,000                $12,877.67
    $400,000            $400,000                $25,950.68

          4.  CONFIRMATION OF COLLATERAL.  The parties hereto agree and confirm
that the collateral for the Notes, as evidenced by the Security Agreement, is as
act forth on Exhibit "A", attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference
as if set forth in full.  All references in said Exhibit "A" to "Debtor" shall
be deemed to refer to CDIW, which is defined as the Debtor in the Financing
Statement Form UCC-1, to which Exhibit "A" was originally attached as an
exhibit, and to its successors.

          5.  NEGATIVE COVENANT.  So long as any balance of principal and/or
accrued interest remains unpaid by Borrower under the Notes, as modified herein,
Borrower covenants and agrees that it will not expend any funds or incur any
indebtedness, other than in the ordinary course of business (which, for purposes
of this paragraph, shall be deemed to include indebtedness relating to
Borrower's working capital line of credit), in an amount exceeding ten thousand
dollars ($10,000), or issue any additional stock or securities, in any single
transaction or any series of related transactions, without Lenders' prior
written consent, which may be granted or withheld by Lenders in their sole and
absolute discretion, it being agreed by Borrower that Lenders are not required
to consent even if the withholding of such consent could be deemed unreasonable,
unless the proceeds of such transaction result in the full and immediate payment
of the outstanding balance of principal and interest due on the Notes, in which
case Lenders will consent to the proposed transaction so long as they receive
adequate assurances, acceptable to them in their sole and absolute discretion,
that the proceeds of the proposed transaction will be so applied.  By way of
example only, and not in limitation of the foregoing, pursuant to the terms of
this Paragraph, Borrower shall not be permitted to acquire the stock or assets
of any other entities, whether by purchase, merger, stock exchange or otherwise;
purchase, either for cash or on credit terms, any machinery or equipment with a
cost of more than $10,000; enter into any short or long term obligations, other
than those necessary for the ordinary conduct of Borrower's business, which
require payments of more than $10,000 per month, it being expressly agreed by
the parties that any new leases for premises, equipment, furniture, fixtures,
office or operating machinery or similar items shall NOT be deemed to be in the
ordinary conduct of Borrower's business and therefore shall require Lenders'
consent hereunder; or retire or redeem any securities issued by Borrower or pay
any principal payments on debt instruments issued by Borrower or on indebtedness
owed by Borrower, in excess of the minimum amounts which Borrower is obligated
to periodically pay on such obligations as of the date of execution of this
Extension Agreement.

          6.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANT.  So long as any balance of principal and/or
accrued interest remains unpaid by Borrower under the Notes, as modified herein,
Borrower covenants and agrees that all proceeds it receives from any financing
or securities transactions, including, but not limited to, issuance of
securities, or securing of new financing or loans, but excluding


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

any funds advanced to Borrower on its working capital line of credit in the
ordinary course of business, shall be immediately applied towards the
indebtedness owed on the Notes, without regard to whether the principal and
accrued interest on the Notes are then due.

          7.  COSTS.  Borrower shall pay all costs incurred by Lenders or
Borrower in the negotiation and drafting of this Extension Agreement and related
documents, including, but not limited to, Lenders' attorneys' fees incurred in
connection with discussions concerning Borrower's default under the Notes and
this Extension Agreement.

          8.  OTHER TERMS.  Except as specifically modified hereby, the terms
of the Notes and the Merger Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and
shall not be deemed modified, amended or revoked and, in particular, Lenders'
original priority in the collateral set forth in the Security Agreement and the
rights, benefits, duties, or obligations of the parties under the Notes and
Security Agreement (collectively "Loan Documents") are unaffected by this
Extension Agreement.  Except as specifically modified hereby, Borrower hereby
confirms  and acknowledges that: (a) Loan Documents are in full force and
effect; (b) the Borrower is liable under the Loan Documents in accordance with
their terms, as modified hereby; (c) Borrower's liability under the Notes is not
limited to the value of the Collateral, as set forth in Exhibit "A", but shall
be for the full balance due on the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid
interest and all other amounts which may be due from Borrower to Lenders under
the Notes, the Security Agreement or otherwise; and (d) the Lenders have
performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents to this date.  The
entire principal and interest due on the Notes, as amended hereby, is and shall
continue to be secured by the collateral set forth in the Security Agreement,
until paid in full.

         9.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.

              9.1   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Extension Agreement contains the
entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes any and all prior agreements, representations and understandings of
the parties, written or oral.

              9.2  GOVERNING LAW.    This Extension Agreement and the
obligations of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted, construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington.

              9.3  NO WAIVER.  No consent or waiver, express or implied, by any
party to, or of any breach or default by any other party in, the performance of
its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or
waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other party of
the same or any other obligations hereunder.  Failure on the part of a party to
complain of any act of the other party or to declare a party in default,
irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver
of such party of its rights hereunder.


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

              9.4  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Extension Agreement
or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or
unenforceable, but the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability does not
destroy the basis of the bargain between the parties as contained herein, the
remainder of this Extension Agreement and the application of such provision or
provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and
shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

              9.5  BINDING EFFECT.  This Extension Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs,
executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns.
This Extension Agreement, or any right or interest hereunder, shall not be
assignable by any party hereto without the written consent of any other party
hereto.

              9.6  COUNTERPARTS.  This Extension Agreement may be executed in
one or more counterparts, any one of which, if originally executed, shall be
binding upon each of the parties signing thereon, and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  One or more photostatic
copies of this Extension Agreement may be originally executed by the parties
hereto, and such photostatic copies shall be deemed originals and shall be
valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

              9.7  AUTHORITY. The parties hereto represent and warrant that
they have full power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver, and to
perform and observe the provisions of, this Extension Agreement and to carry out
the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance
by the parties to this Extension Agreement have been duly authorized by all
necessary legal action and the parties have obtained any necessary consent,
approval of, notice to, or any action by, any person, firm, corporation or
governmental entity or agency necessary or appropriate to consummate the
transaction contemplated hereby.

              9.8  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party agrees and covenants that it
will at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the other, execute,
acknowledge, deliver or perform all such further acts, deeds, assignments,
transfers, conveyances and assurances as may be required to carry out the terms
and provisions of this Extension Agreement.

              9.9  CUMULATIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  The rights and remedies of
the parties hereunder shall not be mutually exclusive, and the exercise by any
party of any right to which he or it is entitled shall not preclude the exercise
of any other right he or it may have.

              9.10  THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  No person shall have any rights
whatsoever under this Extension Agreement unless such person is a party to this
Extension Agreement, and only in such capacities as such person is a party
hereto.

              9.11 ADVICE OF COUNSEL.  Each party represents and warrants that
in executing this Extension Agreement: (1) such party has had the opportunity to
obtain independent accounting, financial, investment, legal, tax and other
appropriate advice; (2) the terms of the


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

Extension Agreement have been carefully read by such party and its consequences
explained to such party by his or its independent advisors; (3) such party fully
understands the terms and consequences of this Extension Agreement; (4) such
party has not relied on any inducements, promises or representations made by the
other party (except those expressly set forth herein) or the accountants,
attorneys or other agents representing or serving the other party; and (5) its
execution of this Extension Agreement is free and voluntary.

              9.12 ATTORNEYS' FEES.  In the event of any dispute between
parties to this Extension Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
immediate payment of all costs incurred by such party in such dispute,
including, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.

              9.13 AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.  No provision of this Extension
Agreement or any of the documents referred to herein may be amended, modified,
supplemented, changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except by a writing
signed by or on behalf of each party hereto.

              9.14 INTERPRETATION.  This Extension Agreement shall be construed
in accordance with its fair meaning as if prepared by all parties hereto, and
shall not be interpreted against either party on the basis that it was prepared
by one party or the other.  The captions, headings, and subcaptions used in this
Extension Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way affect,
limit, amplify or modify the terms and provisions thereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                       "LENDER":


                                       /S/ William H Payne
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       WILLIAM H. PAYNE


                                  /S/ Ivan G. Sarda
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                       IVAN G. SARDA, as Trustee U/T/A
                                       dated 6/26/87


                                       /S/ Jeffrey H. Waldal
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       JEFFREY H. WALDAL, Successor
                                       Trustee of the Waldal Family Trust
                                       dated March 19, 1979, as amended
                                       on April 23, 1994, as successor to
                                       ELINOR A. WALTERS, deceased


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

                                       /S/ Katrina A. Knowles
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       KATRINA A. KNOWLES


                                       /S/ Gregory B. Knowles
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       GREGORY B. KNOWLES


                                       "BORROWER":

                                       PCT HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation


                                       By: /S/ Donald A. Wright
                                           -----------------------------------
                                              DONALD  A.  WRIGHT
                                                 President


                                         -7-

<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.54

                             LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


    This Loan Modification Agreement is entered into as of April 23, 1996, by
and among PCT Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation; Ceramic Devices, Inc., a
California corporation; Cashmere Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Washington
corporation; and Pacific Coast Technologies, Inc., a Washington corporation
(jointly and severally the "Borrower"), whose address is c/o PCT Holdings, Inc.,
434 Olds Station Road, Wenatchee, WA 98801 and Silicon Valley Bank ("Silicon")
whose address is 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054.

1.  DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.  Among other indebtedness which may
be owing by Borrower to Silicon, Borrower is indebted to Silicon pursuant to,
among other documents, a Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 24, 1995,
together with all Schedules thereto, as amended (the "Loan Agreement").  The
Loan Agreement provided for, among other things, a Secured Accounts Receivable
Line of Credit in the original principal amount of Two Million Five Hundred
Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($2,500,000.00) (the "Line").  The Line has been
modified pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement dated August 24, 1995.
Defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings
as in the Loan Agreement.

Hereinafter, all indebtedness owing by Borrower to Silicon shall be referred to
as the "Indebtedness".

2.  DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL AND GUARANTIES.  Repayment of the indebtedness is
secured by the collateral as described in the Loan Agreement, and a Patent and
Trademark Security Agreement and Conditional Assignment, together with all
attachments thereto, and a Security Agreement in Copyrighted Works, each dated
April 24, 1995.

Hereinafter the above-described security documents and guaranties, together with
all other documents securing repayment of the Indebtedness shall be referred to
as the "Security Documents".  Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with
all other documents evidencing or securing the Indebtedness shall be referred to
as the "Existing Loan Documents".

3.  DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

    A.   MODIFICATION(S) TO SCHEDULE TO LOAN AGREEMENT.

         1.   Section 1.3 entitled "Maturity Date", is hereby amended in its
         entirety, to read as follows:

<PAGE>

              May 26, 1996, at which time all unpaid principal and accrued by
              unpaid interest shall be due and payable.

4.  CONSISTENT CHANGES.  The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended
wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

5.  COUNTERPARTS.  This [Loan Modification Agreement] may be executed in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one instrument.

6.  NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER.  Borrower (and each guarantor and pledgor signing
below) agrees that it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts
under the Indebtedness.

7.  CONTINUING VALIDITY.  Borrower (and each guarantor and pledgor signing
below) understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Indebtedness,
Silicon is relying upon Borrower's representations, warranties, and agreements,
as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents.  Except as expressly modified
pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan
Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect.  Silicon's agreement to
modifications to the existing Indebtedness pursuant to this Loan Modification
Agreement in no way shall obligate Silicon to make any future modifications to
the Indebtedness. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a
satisfaction of the Indebtedness.  It is the intention of Silicon and Borrower
to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of Existing Loan Documents,
unless the party is expressly released by Silicon in writing.  No maker,
endorser, or guarantor will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification
Agreement.  The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Loan Modification
Agreement, but also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

    This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written
above.

BORROWER:                                   SILICON:

PCT HOLDINGS, INC.                     SILICON VALLEY BANK


By: /s/ Nick A. Gerde                       By:   /s/ Eric Siow
   --------------------------------        ------------------------------------
Name: Nick A. Gerde                         Name: Eric Siow
Title: Vice President                       Title: Vice President

<PAGE>

CERAMIC DEVICES, INC.

By:/s/ Nick A. Gerde
   --------------------------------
Name: Nick A. Gerde
Title: Vice President


CASHMERE MANUFACTURING CO., INC.


By:/s/ Nick A. Gerde
   --------------------------------
Name: Nick A. Gerde
Title: Vice President


PACIFIC COAST TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


By:/s/ Nick A. Gerde
   --------------------------------
Name: Nick A. Gerde
Title: Vice President

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
    We  consent to  the inclusion  in this Amendment  No. 1  to the Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-5011) of our report dated June 15, 1996  on
our  audits of the  consolidated financial statements of  PCT Holdings, Inc. and
Subsidiaries. We also  consent to the  reference to our  firm under the  caption
"Experts."
    
 
                                          /S/ MOSS ADAMS LLP
 
   
Everett, Washington
June 18, 1996
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                             CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                          CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
PCT Holdings, Inc.
Wenatchee, Washington
 
    We  hereby  consent  to  the  inclusion  in  this  Amendment  No.  1  to the
Registration Statement on  Form SB-2  (File No.  333-5011) of  our report  dated
November  8, 1995, except for Notes 4 and 9  as to which the date is December 1,
1995, relating to  the consolidated  financial statements  of Morel  Industries,
Inc.
 
    We  also consent to the  reference to us under  the caption "Experts" in the
Prospectus.
 
                                          /S/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
 
   
Seattle, Washington
June 18, 1996
    

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4

                                  CONSENT OF COUNSEL


    We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters"
in the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No.  333-5011), and the related
Prospectus of PCT Holdings, Inc., for the registration of 2,2250,000 Units.

                                  /s/  STOEL RIVES LLP

Seattle, Washington
June 18, 1996



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission